POLICY & PROCEDURE MANUAL - City of Champaign

POLICY & PROCEDUREMANUALSERVICE WITH PRIDEPolicies Valid as of November 26, 2012 and will be updatedperiodically

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURETABLE OF CONTENTSPOLICY #POLICY TITLE1.1 Law Enforcement Agency Role1.1 Attachment A Code of Ethics1.2 Limits of Authority1.2 Attachment A Strip Search Form1.3 Use of Force1.4 Weapons Requirements1.4 Attachment A Courses of Fire1.5 Firearms Discharge Review and Investigation1.6 Multi-Jurisdictional Investigative Team1.8 Procedural Rules for Stop and Frisk, Warrantless Searches, and Warrant Searches1.9 Bias Based Profiling2.1 Agency Jurisdiction and Mutual Aid3.1 Contractual Agreements for Police Services11.1 Organizational Structure11.2 Unity of Command11.3 Authority and Responsibility11.4 General Management and Administration12.1 Direction12.2 Written Directives15.1 Planning and Research15.2 Organizational Goals15.3 Crime Analysis17.3 Fiscal – Purchasing17.4 Fiscal – Accounting17.5 Agency Owned Property21.1 Job Task Analysis21.2 Position Classification22.1 Compensation22.2 Benefits22.3 Conditions of Work22.5 Line of Duty Deaths22.6 Honor Guard25.1 Grievance Procedures26.1 Disciplinary Procedures26.2 Recognition and Awards32.1 Selection of Sworn Personnel32.2 Selection – Administrative Procedures33.1 Training Administration33.2 Academy Training33.4 Recruit Training33.5 In-Service and Roll Call Training33.6 Specialized Training33.7 Civilian Training33.8 Career Development33.9 Field Training34.1 Promotion35.1 Performance Evaluation41.1 Patrol Administration41.2 Response to Calls, Motor Vehicle Pursuits, and Forcible Stopping41.3 Vehicles and Uniforms41.4 Canine Operations41.7 Missing Persons41.8 Domestic Violence41.9 Automated External Defibrillators (AEDs)41.11 Mobile Video Recording41.12 Infectious DiseasesPOLICY #POLICY TITLE41.13 Crisis Intervention TeamPage 1 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 44.5SUBJECT: ABANDONED NEWBORN INFANT PROTECTION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE: 01/06/10REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:44.5.1 RELINQUISHED NEWBORNS44.5.2 REPORTING REQUIREMENTSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures forthe Department to follow in the event an infant isabandoned at the Champaign Police Department. TheDepartment will act in accordance with 325 ILCS 2/1,Abandoned Newborn Infant Protection Act.DEFINITIONS:Newborn Infant: A child who a licensed physicianreasonably believes to be 30 days old or less at the timethe child is initially relinquished to a hospital, policestation, fire station, or emergency medical facility, andwho is not an abused or a neglected child.Relinquish: To bring a newborn infant, who a licensedphysician reasonably believes to 30 days old or less, to ahospital, police station, fire station, or emergency medicalfacility and to leave the infant with personnel of the facility,if the person leaving the infant does not express an intentto return for the infant or states that he or she will notreturn for the infant.Temporary Protective Custody: The temporary placementof a newborn infant within a hospital or other medicalfacility out of the custody of the infant’s parent.POLICY:44.5.1 RELINQUISHED NEWBORNSA. All employees must accept a newborn infant broughtto the police station for the purpose of relinquishingan infant in accordance with the provisions of theAbandoned Newborn Infant Protection Act.B. An ambulance will immediately be called to transportthe infant to a hospital for medical examination and asupervisor will be notified. The supervisor shallpromptly notify the on-call supervisor from theInvestigations Division.C. Relinquishing a newborn infant does not, by itself,constitute a basis for a finding of abuse, neglect, orabandonment of the infant pursuant to the laws of thisstate nor does it, by itself, constitute a violation of theCriminal Code of 1961.D. Neither a child protective investigation nor a criminalinvestigation may be initiated solely because anewborn infant is relinquished under the provisions ofthe Abandoned Newborn Infant Protection Act. Aninvestigation may only be initiated when there is clearevidence of abuse or neglect.E. If there is clear evidence of abuse or neglect, acriminal investigation may begin and the incidentmust be reported to the Illinois Department ofChildren and Family Services.F. If there is no evidence of abuse or neglect of therelinquished newborn infant, the person relinquishingthe newborn has the right to remain anonymous andto leave the police station at any time and not to bequestioned, pursued, or followed.G. Before the person relinquishing the newborn infantleaves the building, the employee accepting the infantshall attempt to solicit, voluntarily, the identity of theindividual. The employee will also verbally inform theperson that by relinquishing the child anonymously,he or she will have to petition the court if they desireto prevent the termination of their parental rights andregain custody of the child.H. The employee will offer the person relinquishing thenewborn infant an information packet supplied by theDepartment of Public Health containing applicationforms for the Illinois Adoption Registry and MedicalInformation Exchange, including the MedicalInformation Exchange Questionnaire and the web siteaddress and toll-free phone number of the IllinoisAdoption Registry, explaining that acceptance of thepacket is voluntary. Information packets will bemaintained at the front desk.I. If the person wishes to provide their name and fill outthe application provided in the Illinois Department ofPublic Health information packet, they may do so andrequest that the Department forward them to theIllinois Adoption Registry and Medical InformationExchange.J. If the parent of the newborn infant returns to claim theinfant within 72 hours after relinquishing the infant tothe Department, the parent shall be informed of thename and location of the hospital to which the infantwas transported.44.5.2 REPORTING REQUIREMENTSA. If there is no evidence of abuse or neglect of therelinquished newborn infant, a report of the incidentwill be written using UCR code 1755, CHILDABANDONMENT. In addition, and in all cases,notification shall be made to the DCFS Hotline (1-800-55ABUSE) within 12 hours of accepting arelinquished newborn.B. If there is clear evidence of abuse or neglect, a reportof the incident will be written using the proper criminaloffense UCR code for the appropriate criminalincident.Page 1 of 2

C. Employees acting in good faith in accordance withthe Abandoned Newborn Infant Protection Act areimmune from criminal or civil liability.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 33.2SUBJECT: ACADEMY TRAINING EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:INDEX AS:33.2.1 NOT APPLICABLE BY FUNCTION33.2.2 NOT APPLICABLE BY FUNCTION33.2.3 RELATIONSHIP WITH TRAINING ACADEMY33.2.4 SUPPLEMENTAL ORIENTATION TRAININGPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for theinitial training of new police officers.POLICY:33.2.1 NOT APPLICABLE BY FUNCTION33.2.2 NOT APPLICABLE BY FUNCTION33.2.3 RELATIONSHIP WITH TRAINING ACADEMYA. In accordance with Illinois Compiled Statutes, 50ILCS 705/8.1, no person shall receive a permanentappointment as a law enforcement officer unless thatperson has been awarded, within six months of hisinitial full-time employment, a certificate attesting tosuccessful completion of the Minimum StandardsBasic Law Enforcement Training Course asprescribed by the Illinois Law Enforcement Trainingand Standards Board.B. The Department utilizes the services of the PoliceTraining Institute. If circumstances require theDepartment to use another training academy forbasic recruit training, the requisite proofs ofcompliance to meet the accreditation standards willbe obtained prior to the enrollment of new personnel.C. The Training Sergeant and Field Training Coordinatorshall both maintain a close liaison with the staff of thePolice Training Institute in order to monitor theprogress of recruits and provide input to the academytraining program.D. The Department may make available to the trainingacademy its facilities, staff, instructors, and resourceswhen the Department determines that to do so wouldenhance the training efforts of all concerned and therequest will not lessen the training efforts of theDepartment.E. The Department’s financial obligation to the academyis limited to the payment of tuition and, if applicable,room and board charges.responsible for the administration of the prescribedtraining programs and provide for the fair and nondiscriminatorytesting of each student. Liability forsaid administration shall be borne by the academy.33.2.4 SUPPLEMENTAL ORIENTATION TRAININGA. The Department provides a formal orientationprogram for sworn employees in addition to theinstruction provided at the academy. The orientationprogram is completed prior to the start of fieldtraining. The program consists of, but is not limitedto, the following:1. Organizational structure.2. Problem-Oriented Policing.3. A review of written directives.4. The Field Training and Evaluation Program.5. Report writing and A.R.M.S.6. Crime Scene Processing.7. Defensive Tactics.8. Firearms qualification.9. Vehicle stops and building searches.10. Serious Use of Force.11. Officer-Involved Shootings.12. Crime Analysis.13. Issuance of equipment, manuals, maps, etc.14. Employee benefits, including the police pensionfund.15. F.O.P. and P.B.P.A.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentF. Liability for any training related physical impairment ofany Department member at the recruit academy shallbe borne by the Department. The academy shall bePage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 41.9SUBJECT: AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATORS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:PER.09.0241.9.1 AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATORSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to describe the procedures tobe followed for the deployment and use of AutomatedExternal Defibrillators (AEDs).DEFINITIONS:POLICY:41.9.1 AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATORSA. Training.1. All officers will be trained in the use of the AED inaccordance with the standards of the AmericanHeart Association for AED and CPR training.2. Non-sworn staff may be trained on a voluntary oras-needed basis.3. Trained personnel will be re-certified as requiredby the American Heart Association2. An AED is considered to have been used whenthe pads have been applied to a victim,regardless of whether or not a shock wasapplied.a. Whenever an AED is deployed the officerdeploying the AED should obtainreplacement pads on scene from respondingparamedics.3. If an AED is used, the AED will be brought in andchecked by Carle Hospital, which serves as theDepartment’s medical coordinator for the AEDs.AED’s will also be subject to periodic routinetesting.4. A defibrillation utilization form will be completedwhenever the AED is used.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department4. Training will include detailed instructions onCPR, the use of the AED, systems checks, andthe method of dispatch to medical calls.B. Deployment.1. Non-deployed AEDs will be stored in thebuilding. AEDs will not be left in squad cars.2. Each officer will check an AED out at thebeginning of their shift. During the shift, the AEDis to be carried in the passenger compartment ofthe squad car. At the conclusion of the shift,each officer will return the AED to the building.3. Each time an officer checks an AED out they willperform a systems check of the unit to ensurethat it is functioning properly.4. An officer with an AED may be deployed tocertain medical calls. In such cases, officers areauthorized to respond with use of lights andsiren, provided that the response is consistentwith Policy 41.2.C. Use of the AED.1. The AED will be used within the guidelines of theAmerican Heart Association training.Page 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY AND PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 2.1SUBJECT: AGENCY JURISDICTION AND MUTUAL AID EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:ADM.13.01INDEX AS:2.1.1 JURISDICATIONAL BOUNDARIES2.1.2 CONCURRENT JURISDICTION2.1.3 MUTUAL AID PROCEDURES2.1.4 REQUESTS FOR FEDERAL LAWENFORCEMENT OR NATIONAL GUARDASSISTANCEPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines forproviding or requesting mutual aid assistance to/fromother agencies and to define the concurrent jurisdictionalauthority and boundaries of the department.DEFINITIONS:Concurrent Jurisdiction: The sharing of, or having equalauthority within, the same jurisdictional boundaries by twoor more governmental entities.Law Enforcement Emergency: Any situation whichexceeds the capability of the local agency to respondeffectively.Mutual Aid: An agreement by which a law enforcementagency may render assistance to or request assistancefrom another agency in law enforcement emergencies.POLICY:2.1.1 JURISDICTIONAL BOUNDARIESA. All members of the Department shall familiarizethemselves with the geographical boundaries of theCity of Champaign.1. The geographical boundaries of the City ofChampaign are shown on the official beat map ofthe City of Champaign and shall constitute theprimary area of jurisdiction for members of theDepartment.2. Current detailed official reporting beat andgeocode maps which include boundaries of theCity are posted at strategic locations within theDepartment.2.1.2 CONCURRENT JURISDICTIONA. Within the geographical boundaries of the City ofChampaign, the Department shall be the primaryprovider of law enforcement services. In addition, theDepartment shall enforce the laws of the State ofIllinois and carry out all other duties, responsibilitiesand directives pursuant to the provisions of the City ofChampaign Municipal Code.1. The Department shall have concurrentjurisdiction with the Urbana Police Department,the University of Illinois Police Department, theParkland College Police Department, and theChampaign County Sheriff’s Department.2. Concurrent jurisdiction shall exist with variousstate and federal law enforcement agencies.3. If a Champaign unit inadvertently responds to anemergency call from an address located in thejurisdictional area of another agency, believingthat address to be in Champaign, the Champaignunit shall continue to answer the call anddisregard the jurisdictional boundaries. TheChampaign unit shall not be recalled solely onthe basis of jurisdictional boundaries.4. As soon as the Champaign unit determines thatit is answering a call outside of Champaign, itshall notify the appropriate agency by the fastestmeans possible.5. If the Champaign unit arrives at the address first,aid shall be rendered as it is necessary to protectlife and property. When the appropriate agencyarrives at the address, the Champaign unit shallbe relieved of primary responsibility.B. There are other federal, state, county and localagencies that may, on occasion, perform a policefunction within the City. The origin of their office(federal, state, etc.) will define the scope of theirauthority.C. Although the Department generally meets the lawenforcement needs of the community, it may fromtime to time enter into agreements, both oral andwritten, with agencies having concurrent or nearbyjurisdiction for the purpose of fulfilling specialized lawenforcement needs.1. In any situation where a question arisesconcerning jurisdiction with another agency, theresponding Champaign police officer shall makeevery effort to resolve the matter in the mostprofessional manner possible. If this mattercannot be resolved by the responding officer, animmediate supervisor will be notified.2.1.3 MUTUAL AID PROCEDURESA. The Champaign Police Department is amember of the Illinois Law EnforcementAlarm System (I.L.E.A.S.) and a member inthe East Central Illinois Mutual Aid SystemPage 1 of 3

(ECIMAS), and has agreed to assist otherlaw enforcement agencies with personneland equipment in times of law enforcementemergencies. Other entities participating inECIMAS are Urbana, Thomasboro,Champaign County, Parkland College,Mahomet, Rantoul, and the University ofIllinois. Any of these agencies may requesttemporary emergency assistance from anyor all other member agencies.1. Illinois law authorizes agencies to assistother jurisdictions upon request (65ILCS 5/1-4-8), and includes provisionsfor:a. The legal status of the Departmentand Department personnelresponding to a mutual aid request.b. Vesting Department personnel withthe legal authority to act within thereceiver agency’s jurisdiction.c. Expenditures, if any, which shouldbe borne by the receiver agency tocompensate for the use of theDepartment’s resources.2. When responding at the request ofanother police agency or whenever anemergency police situation becomesevident in an adjacent or concurrentjurisdiction, (such as traffic accidents,fires, severe weather damage, etc.), itshall be the responsibility of an on-dutyshift supervisor or designee to authorizeand determine the extent of theresponse.a. Upon receipt of a request formutual aid, an on-duty shiftsupervisor shall immediatelydetermine whether the departmenthas the available personnel andequipment necessary to respond toa request for mutual aid.b. Upon release of personnel andequipment, notification will be madeto the Deputy Chief of FieldOperations.c. If a request for mutual aid exceedsthe on-duty resources, the DeputyChief of Field Operations shalldetermine the method of personneland equipment call-up for aresponse.d. The Department can commit aminimum of one officer and onesquad car for a mutual aid request.When requested, additionalmanpower and equipment may besent, if available.e. When called upon to respond to arequest for mutual aid, there will bean acknowledgement to the IllinoisLaw Enforcement Alarm System(I.L.E.A.S.) Central DispatchCenter, and, unless otherwisedirected, the requested manpowerwill be immediately dispatched.3. Responding Champaign officers shallbe directed to a staging area within therequesting jurisdiction and shall adhereto all lawful instructions of therequesting agency, regardless of therank of the responding personnel or theofficer-in-charge of the requestingagency.4. In most situations, communicationsbetween responding police units fromjurisdictions who do not share the samecommon radio frequencies will beaccomplished by using the Illinois StatePolice Emergency Radio Network(I.S.P.E.R.N.).5. If the mutual aid request amounts to aperiod of extended involvement, an ondutyshift supervisor shall initiate actionto contact off-duty personnel tosupplement the shift strength as a resultof on-duty officers assisting the otheragency.B. If mutual aid is required within the City ofChampaign, the request must be authorizedby an on-duty shift supervisor. Generally,the request will be made ECIMAS agencies,and then to the Illinois Law EnforcementAlarm System (I.L.E.A.S.) from the FrontDesk by telephone.1. When an on-duty shift supervisordecides that an incident is beyond theDepartment’s ability to deal witheffectively, he shall:a. Notify METCAD of the need fortemporary emergency assistancefrom local law enforcementagencies.b. Determine the number of officersand/or units needed.c. State the problem or reason for therequest.d. State the staging area where the respondingunits are to report.e. Detail any special equipment that could beused.f. State to who the responding units are toreport.g. If a request is made by the Chief of Policefor I.L.E.A.S. mutual aid, confirm that contactwas made with the ILEAS Central DispatchCenter at phone (847) 590-3500 or (309)494-8000, who will activate the system.Page 2 of 3

2. In order to ensure proper communications, spareradios, when available, shall be issued toresponding officers. If spare radios are notavailable, Champaign officers shall be pairedwith responding mutual aid officers.C. Except in cases of extreme emergency, an on-dutyshift supervisor shall not leave the corporate limits ofthe City of Champaign on any request for mutual aidassistance.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department2.1.4 REQUESTS FOR FEDERAL LAWENFORCEEMNT OR NATIONAL GUARDASSISTANCEA. In cases where the involvements of federal lawenforcement agencies are mandated by law, it shallbe the responsibility of an on-duty shift supervisor toensure that proper notification to the respectivefederal agency or agencies is accomplished.B. In situations where federal law enforcementassistance is requested under mutual aid conditions,the request shall be made through the office of theChief of Police.1. The Illinois National Guarda. As provided in the Illinois Compiled Statutes,the chief elected official of the City, ordesignee, subject to the authority of theGovernor, may call upon the Illinois NationalGuard to “aid in suppressing riots and otherdisorderly conduct, or to aid in carrying intoeffect any law or ordinance.”2. The administrative requirements and operationalguidelines pertaining to the use of military forcein such situations, as specified in this policy areoutlined in the City of Champaign EmergencyOperations Plan, which is on file in the office ofthe Chief of Police and the Fire Department.Page 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 17.5SUBJECT: AGENCY OWNED PROPERTY EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.15.04ADM.19.0317.5.1 INVENTORY CONTROL17.5.2 ISSUING / RE-ISSUING AGENCYOWNED PROPERTY17.5.3 OPERATIONAL READINESSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures forthe ordering, distribution, disposition, and accounting ofproperty in the possession of the Department.DEFINITIONS:Expendable Property: Includes general operating suppliessuch as office supplies, ammunition, batteries, etc.Fixed Assets: Capital outlay purchases including vehicles,furniture, cameras, pistols, special weapons, andcomputers, etc.Operational Readiness: Care and cleaning, preventivemaintenance, repair, workability, and responsiveness.Personal Equipment: Department-issued items includinguniforms, jackets, batons, etc.POLICY:17.5.1 INVENTORY CONTROLA. The Department shall maintain accurate recordsregarding the maintenance and inventory of agencyowned equipment.B. Responsibility for the maintenance of all Departmentproperty and facilities is delegated to the DeputyChief of Operational Support.C. In performing this function, the Deputy Chief ofOperational Support or his designee shall:1. Maintain a current inventory of all agency-ownedequipment valued at $1,000.00 or more. Officefurniture and fitness equipment are exempt fromthis requirement. On a periodic basis averification of the inventory shall be performed.The specific responsibility of this inventory is asfollows:a. All computers and computer-relatedequipment shall be inventoried by the City ofChampaign Information TechnologyDepartment.b. Range equipment, firearms, and ammunitionshall be inventoried by the supervisor incharge of the Firearm’s Cadre.c. Vehicles and related equipment shall beinventoried by the City of Champaign FleetServices Division.d. All mobile and portable radios shall beinventoried by the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards.e. SWAT equipment shall be inventoried by theSWAT Commander or his designee.f. Crime Scene Unit equipment shall beinventoried by the Unit Supervisor or hisdesignee.g. Equipment assigned to ElectronicTechnicians Unit shall be inventoried by theUnit Supervisor or his designee.h. All other equipment shall be inventoried bythe Deputy Chief of Operational Support orhis designee.2. Maintain current written records on all personalequipment purchases by date, item and, whenapplicable, person to whom the items wereissued.3. Maintain current written records of itemsdamaged, replaced, retired, destroyed, or lost.D. In cases of agency-owned property being reportedlost or stolen, the Deputy Chief of OperationalSupport shall be notified immediately.1. The person who notices an item lost or stolenshall without delay prepare a detailed writtenreport of the incident and forward it to theirimmediate supervisor.2. The supervisor receiving the report shall reviewit, attach their comments and recommendations,and forward the correspondence through theirchain of command.2. The Deputy Chief of Operational Support will beresponsible for investigating all incidents of lostor stolen agency-owned equipment and formaking a report of his findings to the Chief ofPolice.E. Department members are responsible for the careand safekeeping of agency-owned equipment issuedto them. If a Department member notices problemsor deficiencies with equipment assigned to him, suchdeficiency shall be immediately reported to asupervisor.Page 1 of 2

F. A completed copy of the inventory shall be forwardedto the Chief of Police.17.5.2 ISSUING / REISSUING AGENCY OWNEDPROPERTYA. Agency-owned equipment will be controlled andissued to the Division or person making the request.This function is administered by the Deputy Chief ofOperational Support.B. Issued personal equipment remains the property ofthe City of Champaign and must be returned upontermination of employment.C. Department equipment that is no longer serviceableor is due for replacement will be disposed of in thefollowing manner:1. Traded-in.2. Donated to another police department or nonprofitorganization.3. Sold at an authorized public or electronicauction.4. Destroyed.17.5.3 OPERATIONAL READINESSA. Agency owned equipment stored for periodic orirregular use must be maintained in a condition ofoperational readiness. Such equipment includes, butis not limited to:1. Crime Scene Equipment.2. Tactical Response Equipment.3. Crowd Control Equipment.4. Breath / Alcohol instruments.C. It is the responsibility of each division to ensure thatall agency-owned equipment assigned within thatdivision is adequately maintained, kept in a conditionof operational readiness, and inspected twice yearly.D. The operational readiness of agency-ownedequipment is verified through a process of ongoingline inspections.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICEPOLICY AND PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 11.3SUBJECT: AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITY EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:ILEAP REFERENCE:ADM.07.04INDEX AS:11.3.1 AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITY11.3.2 SUPERVISORY ACCOUNTABILITYPURPOSE:The purpose of this order is to establish accountability ofdelegated authority.POLICY:11.3.1 AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITYA. An employee cannot be held responsible for theaccomplishment of an order unless the authoritynecessary for its accomplishment has beendelegated. Therefore, at every level within theDepartment:1. Responsibility shall be accompanied bycommensurate authority.2. Every employee will be held accountable for theuse or failure to use authority, delegated orstructured for the position.11.3.2 SUPERVISORY ACCOUNTABILITYA. To achieve effective direction, coordination andcontrol, supervisory personnel shall beaccountable for the performance of employeesunder their immediate control. Supervisors arealso responsible for providing guidance andassistance to their subordinates.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDUREPOLICY NUMBER: 1.4 – ATTACHMENT “B”SUBJECT: AUTHORIZED WEAPONS EFFECTIVE DATE: 01/09/10REVISED DATE:06/07/10Authorized Duty and Off-Duty WeaponsSemi-Automatic Pistol Semi-Automatic Pistol CalibersGlock Heckler & Koch (H&K) .380 ACP (Backup & Off-Duty only)Colt Kahr 9 mmSig-Sauer Taurus .40 caliberSmith & Wesson Browning .45 ACPBeretta AMT .38 caliberRuger.357 magnum1911A1 Style Weapons Revolver 10 mmKimberColtSpringfieldSmith & WessonKel-TechTaurusWaltherRuger- Approved semi-automatic pistols must have a de-cocking mechanism that returns to the"fire position" automatically or operate similarly to the Glock or Colt pistol.- The barrel length of revolvers carried by on-duty officers will be no less than four inchesand no more than six inches, except that uniformed officers assigned to headquarters dutyor non-uniformed officers may be armed with no less than a 1.5 inch barrel revolver.- Backup revolvers may also be carried as long as they have a barrel length of at least 1.5inches.- The barrel length of semi-automatic pistols carried on duty, either uniformed or nonuniformed,will be no less than 2.5 inches and no more than 5.5 inches.Authorized Urban Police RifleWeapon StyleCaliberAR-15 Style .223M-16 StyleRuger Mini 14 StyleAuthorized ShotgunsShotgun MakeRemingtonBenelliMossbergFNGauge12 Gauge20 GaugeLess Lethal ShotgunAuthorized SWAT WeaponsPage 1 of 2

Any of the above listed weapons and calibersSig Sauer 556 RifleRemington or Accuracy International sniper rifle in .308 caliber37 mm Less Lethal WeaponAny other weapon authorized by the Chief of Police or his designeeAuthorized AmmunitionThe Department approved ammunition for all handgun calibers is listed below..380 auto – 90 grain cartridge, Speer Gold Dot Hollow Point38 Special +P – 135 grain cartridge, Speer GDHP357 Magnum – 158 grain cartridge, Speer GDHP9mm – 147 grain cartridge, Speer GDHP10 mm – 180 grain jacketed hollow point cartridge, Federal Premium Hydra-Shock.40 caliber – 180 grain Speer GDHP.45 ACP – 230 grain Speer GDHPThe Department approved round for the 12 and 20 gauge shotguns is the RemingtonManaged Recoil rifled 2 ¾” slug, 1 ounce in weight.The Department approved round for the .223 caliber Urban Police Rifle is the Black Hills,Match grade, 69 grain Boat Tail Hollow Point.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 46.13SUBJECT: RESPONSE GUIDELINES FOR BANK ALARMS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:REFERENCE CALEA:INDEX AS:46.13.1 DUTIES OF ALARM CENTER46.13.2 DUTIES OF PATROL OFFICERS46.13.3 DUTIES OF INVESTIGATORS46.13.4 DUTIES OF FACILITY OFFICIALSPURPOSE:In order to reduce the risk of injury and to reduce thepotential for a hostage situation, the following bank, creditunion, and savings and loan alarm procedures will befollowed. These procedures are set up so that, in theevent of a bank robbery, no police officer has to be insight of or enter the location until any or all suspects haveleft the immediate area. These procedures are for normalbusiness hours at financial institutions, excluding drive-upfacilities, when employees are present. After businesshours alarms will be handled the same as any otheralarm. Business hours for all facilities for which havesuch alarms will be maintained by the alarm center.POLICY:46.13.1 DUTIES OF ALARM CENTER WHEN ALARMACTIVATESA. The alarm center calls the facility at the designatedtelephone number. If there is no answer, the alarmcenter will advise METCAD of the alarm conditions.The respective number will be posted or listed ateach alarm center.B. The alarm center will advise the answering facilityofficial that they have an alarm for that facility. If theofficial confirms a robbery is in progress, the alarmcenter will advise METCAD of the alarm, its status,and all information obtained by the alarm center. Thealarm center should attempt to get information onsuspects, their mode of travel, and their direction oftravel.C. If the alarm center is not advised of a robbery inprogress, the facility must make a return call to thealarm center within 90 seconds to avert a METCADnotification. If no return call is received within 90seconds, the alarm center will advise METCAD of thealarm condition and they will dispatch patrol units.D. If an actual armed robbery is in progress and thefacility is forced to call back, the facility will callMETCAD and will advise METCAD whatever theofficial is forced to say. A call to METCAD by thefacility means there is an actual robbery in progress,regardless what is said. METCAD shall inform patrolpersonnel of the bank alarm.E. When all suspects have cleared the facility, thefacility will advise METCAD so that investigators anduniform patrol officers can respond to the scene.F. Any call to the alarm center on the call-back numberwhich does not follow a call from the alarm centerinitiating the call-back procedures is a signal from thefacility that something is wrong. Such calls will causethe alarm center to notify METCAD, and they will inturn dispatch patrol officers.46.13.2 DUTIES OF PATROL UNITS ASSIGNED TORESPOND TO ALARMSA. The first, or primary, unit assigned to the call willcoordinate an invisible response. A shift supervisor,at his discretion, may assume this responsibility ifavailable. The units assigned are to approach thearea so as not to give notice to the suspects whomight still be on the scene. While en route, therefore,officers should not use sirens and should extinguishemergency lights before coming within sight of thefacility. The officer coordinating the response shouldposition units out of the sight of the suspects whomight still be inside the facility so as to get themaximum view of the area outside the facility.B. If the suspects or their vehicle are observed after theyhave left the facility, advise direction of travel, obtainadequate assistance, and attempt to apprehend.C. Upon hearing METCAD make any transmissionregarding any bank or savings and loan alarmcondition, assume it is an actual armed robbery.1. GPS-based information, if available, will bebroadcast over the encrypted “OPS” channel.D. Be aware of the possibility of counter-surveillancewhen approaching the scene/location.E. If, after a reasonable period of observation, thedesignated official has not notified the alarm center orMETCAD that the alarm is false, the on-scenesupervisor or his designee will telephone the bank fora situational report. A request will be made to have abank official step outside to a designated location tospeak with the supervisor/officer in charge of thescene.46.13.3 DUTIES OF INVESTIGATORSA. Choose a location where the facility’s main entrancecan be observed without attracting undue attention.Page 1 of 2

B. Relay any pertinent information observed to assignedunits.C. DO NOT approach the bank until advised to do so bythe supervisor in charge of the scene.D. Even if the suspects are believed to have left and youare told to approach the facility by the supervisor incharge, approach the facility with caution as therecould possibly be a suspect left behind.E. Take charge of the crime scene investigation andobtain the necessary assistance.46.13.4 DUTIES OF FACILITY OFFICIALSA. METCAD is to be called only in the case of an armedrobbery. These procedures apply only to alarms.1. If an armed robbery is in progress and thesuspects order to tell you to call the police andsay it is a false alarm, call METCAD at 333-8911and state what you are told to say.2. The police will not enter the facility or be visiblefrom the facility until the police department isadvised of the situation at the facility by adesignated bank or savings and loan official.3. The police department front desk staff willautomatically assume there is an actual armedrobbery in progress on any calls made toMETCAD regarding any facility alarm that isactive during normal business hours.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 22.2SUBJECT: BENEFITS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:PER.03.02PER.03.03PER.03.041. Disability and death benefits for Departmentemployees are governed by the provisions ofArticle 13 of the Police Labor Agreement and theChampaign Police Pension Fund.22.2.1 LEAVE PROGRAM22.2.2 PERSONNEL PROGRAMS22.2.3 PERSONNEL SUPPORT SERVICES22.2.4 DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL/FAMILY – VICTIMASSISTANCE22.2.5 UNIFORM CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT22.2.6 EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM22.2.7 EMPLOYEE IDENTIFICATIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to outline many of thebenefits afforded to Department employees, although thedescription of benefits is not comprehensive.POLICY:22.2.1 LEAVE PROGRAMA. Leave policies including holiday leave, vacationleave, personal leave, sick leave, duty injury leave,family medical leave, and leave without pay areprescribed in the Police Labor Agreement and theAFSCME Labor Agreement.B. Police Officers injured in the line of duty are entitledto all leave benefits prescribed in the Illinois CompiledStatutes relating to salary, benefits, etc.22.2.2 PERSONNEL PROGRAMSA. Retirement Programs.1. Sworn police personnel are eligible to participatein the Police Pension Fund as prescribed by theIllinois Compiled Statutes.2. Additional information on retirement benefits canbe obtained through the Champaign PolicePension Board or the Human ResourcesDepartment.D. Liability Protection.1. Liability protection will be provided in accordancewith Article 19 of the Labor Agreement.2. In the event of any civil suit against an officerseeking damages on account of injury to theperson, property, or civil rights of another person,which suit arises out of the performance of policeduties, provided that such duties were inconformance with applicable laws, City policiesand procedures, and Department rules andregulations, the City shall:a. At the City’s expense, designate and providean attorney to provide defense of the suit;andb. Indemnify the officer for any and all claims,damages, liability, and costs which mayarise therefrom.3. The City may choose to provide such legalrepresentation for and/or indemnification of theofficer by and through policies or insurance, selfinsurance,or a combination of both.4. In the event of any such civil suit for which theCity is required to provide a defense andindemnification, the officer shall, within ten (10)calendar days of service or process, file a writtenrequest for such defense and indemnificationwith the City Clerk and City Attorney, attaching tothe request such process as has been served.E. Employee Educational Benefits1. Educational benefits are provided in accordancewith Article 8 of the Police Labor Agreement andArticle 18 of the AFSCME Labor Agreement.B. Health Insurance.1. In accordance with Article 15 of the Police LaborAgreement and Article 19 of the AFSCME LaborAgreement, the City of Champaign providesmedical and dental insurance programs coveringemployees and their dependents.2. Further information on employee health andinsurance benefits obtained through the HumanResources Department office.C. Disability and Death Benefits.22.2.3 PERSONNEL SUPPORT SERVICESA. The City of Champaign offers an EmployeeAssistance Program (EAP) which is designed toprovide short-term counseling and problem-solvingfor City employees. Information on the program isavailable from any Department supervisor or from theHuman Resources Department.22.2.4 VICTIM/FAMILY ASSISTANCEPage 1 of 2

A. The Department will provide assistance services topersonnel and their families following a line-of-dutydeath as outlined in Policy 22.5, Line of Duty Deaths.22.2.5 UNIFORM CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENTA. Provisions for uniforms and equipment for swornpersonnel are described in the Article 17 of the PoliceLabor Agreement.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department22.2.6 EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAMA. The City of Champaign offers an EmployeeAssistance Program (EAP). Employees seekingassistance with personal problems, marital difficulties,stress, financial problems, drug or alcoholdependency, or other similar situations may availthemselves of this service. Confidentiality is assuredexcept in cases where an employee indicates thathe/she is a danger to themselves or others.B. Any supervisor may confidentially refer an employeeto EAP. In such cases, all records will remainconfidential and will not be available to the referringsupervisor without the employee’s consent.C. Supervisors may take steps to recommend anemployee for mandatory counseling.D. Additional information on EAP can be obtainedthrough the Human Resources Department.22.2 .7 EMPLOYEE IDENTIFICATIONA. In accordance with Rule 3, employees shall provideadequate identification in a prompt and respectfulmanner when requested by any person when theemployee is on duty or acting in an authorized policecapacity, except when withholding such information isnecessary for the performance of duties.B. Non-sworn employees who have been issued badgesshall wear their badges only when on duty and inuniform.C. All Department employees shall be issued photoidentification cards.D. If an employee’s photo identification card is lost orstolen, the employee shall inform the Chief of Policeof the loss or theft. In such cases, a new photoidentification card will be issued.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 1.9SUBJECT: BIAS BASED PROFILING EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE: 1/26/12REFERENCE ILEAP: ADM.02.05REFERENCE CALEA: 1.2.9INDEX AS:1.9.1 BIAS BASED PROFILING PROHIBITED1.9.2 TRAINING AGENCY PERSONNEL1.9.3 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS1.9.4 DATA COLLECTIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish policiesregarding the treatment of people based on race, religion,ethnicity, age, gender or sexual orientation.DEFINITIONS:Detention: The act of stopping or restraining anindividual’s freedom to walk away, approaching andquestioning an individual outside the realm of aconsensual encounter, or stopping an individualsuspected of being involved in criminal activity.Bias Based Profiling: The detention, interdiction, or otherdisparate treatment of an individual on the basis of race,religion, ethnicity, age, gender or sexual orientation.POLICY:1.9.1 BIASED BASED PROFILING PROHIBITIONA. Bias based profiling of individuals by members of theChampaign Police Department is strictly prohibited.1. In the absence of a specific report, the race orethnicity of an individual will not be a factor indetermining the existence of probable cause toplace in custody or arrest an individual, or inconstituting a reasonable articulable suspicionthat an offense has been, is being, or is about tobe committed so as to justify the detention of anindividual, seizing assets or the investigatorystop of a motor vehicle.2. In response to a specific credible report ofcriminal activity, race and ethnicity of anindividual will not be the sole factor indetermining the existence of probable cause toplace in custody or arrest an individual.B. Stops, detentions, or seizing assets based upon race,ethnicity, age, gender, sexual orientation, or any otherprejudicial basis by any member of the ChampaignPolice Department are prohibited.1. The detention of any individual that is not basedupon factors related to an investigation of aviolation of a federal law, Illinois statutes, Cityordinances, or any combination thereof isprohibited.2. No officer shall stop, detain, search, or seizeassets from any person when such action ismotivated by race, religion, color, ethnicity, age,gender, or sexual orientation.1.9.2 TRAINING AGENCY PERSONNELA. The department shall provide training and continuingeducation to officers concerning cultural diversity,including sensitivity toward racial and ethnicdifferences.1. Training and continuing education shall include,but not be limited to, an emphasis on the factthat the primary purpose of enforcement of theIllinois Vehicle Code is safety and equal anduniform enforcement under the law.1.9.3 REPORTING REQUIREMENTSA. Members of the Champaign Police Department failingto report any observed or known violations of thisorder may be subject to disciplinary action.B. Complaints of discriminatory practices or bias basedprofiling will be handled in accordance with Policies26.1, 52.1, and 52.2.1. A supervisor shall promptly respond to anincident when requested by an officer advisingthat a person is making a complaint allegingprofiling or other improper conduct.2. If necessary, and/or if the matter can not beresolved, the responding supervisor shall takethe complaint and provide the complainant with aCitizen Complaint Fact Sheet.3. After the supervisor has summarized anddocumented the complaint, the complaint shallbe forwarded to the Deputy Chief of ProfessionalStandards.C. The Chief of Police or his designee will beresponsible for completing an annual administrativereview of agency practices to include:1. A listing of each complaint.2. An explanation of action(s) taken.3. Recommended training needs.4. Recommended policy changes.1.9.4 DATA COLLECTIONPage 1 of 2

A. The Champaign Police Department will participate inthe traffic stop/field contact statistical study.1. Whenever an officer issues a Uniform TrafficCitation or warning citation for an allegedviolation of the Illinois Vehicle Code, he shallcomplete the Traffic Stop Data Sheet / StopCard.B. Data Compilation.1. Standardized forms for data collection shall beprovided by the department and utilized by theofficer making the stop.2. Once completed, forms shall be forwarded in thesame manner as traffic citations. Shiftsupervisors and District Commanders shallconduct periodic audits of traffic stops andcompleted forms in order to ensure compliance,completeness, and consistency.3. The data collected shall be transmitted to theIllinois Department of Transportation (IDOT) in aformat approved by IDOT in accordance with 625ILCS 5/11-212.4. Information related to the data collected asrequired by the Public Act 93-209 and this orderis not subject to the Freedom of Information Actand shall not be released to the public or otherorganization(s) unless required by law or order ofthe court.C. Driving Population Data Collection.1. In order to obtain accurate driving populationdata, officers completing traffic crash reports willnote their subjective determination of the race ofeach driver. The person’s race shall be selectedfrom the following list: Caucasian, African-American, Hispanic, Native American / Alaskan,or Asian/Pacific Islander.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 41.4SUBJECT: CANINE UNIT ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:OPR.01.09REFERENCE CALEA: 41.1.4INDEX AS:41.4.1 CANINE OFFICER SELECTION & RETENTION41.4.2 OWNERSHIP OF CANINES41.4.3 REQUESTS FOR CANINE UNIT41.4.4 USE OF CANINE UNIT41.4.5 RESPONSIBILITIES OF K-9 OFFICERS41.4.6 RELEASE FROM LEAD41.4.7 USE OF FORCE INJURIES41.4.8 SUPERVISION41.4.9 DUTY HOURS41.4.10 REQUESTS FOR CANINE TEAMS41.4.11 RECORD KEEPING41.4.12 TRAINING41.4.13 EQUIPMENT41.4.14 CONTROL OF TRAINING AIDS41.4.15 TREATMENT OF DOG BY DEPARTMENTPERSONNEL41.4.16 K-9 UNIT VEHICLES41.4.17 K-9 OFFICER UNIFORMS41.4.18 VETERINARY SERVICE; KENNELING;ILLNESS OR INJURY; NON-DUTY ORVACATIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish objectives andprocedures for the organization, operation,responsibilities, and use of canine teams.DEFINITIONS:Canine Unit: That component of the Champaign PoliceDepartment encompassing canines, handlers, and theirimmediate supervisors.Canine Team (K-9): One officer and one canine assignedtogether as a part of the canine unit.Canine (K-9): A trained police dog utilized by theDepartment and assigned to a handler, both of whomhave been trained by a recognized training facility.School Search: A term that applies to the action of thedog “sniffing” for controlled substances. It is understoodthat this action is not technically a search as definedunder the Fourth Amendment.POLICY:41.4.1 CANINE OFFICER SELECTION & TRAININGA. All Class A patrol officers who are in sound physicalcondition are eligible to apply for the position of K-9officer. Officers seeking appointment must:1. Submit a resume and an application to theDeputy Chief of Operations stating the reason fortheir interest.2. Have received overall performance evaluationratings of at least “Met Standards” on their lasttwo years’ worth of performance evaluations.3. Have passed the department’s most recentphysical fitness test.B. Interview Process:1. The interview board will consist of the Chief ofPolice, the Deputy Chief of Operations, a patrollieutenant, a current K-9 officer, and arepresentative of the agency doing the training, ifthey are available.C. Selection Criteria Includes:1. A desire to work with a dog and the patience toparticipate in the training.2. The willingness to provide care and maintenanceto the dog as soon as one is assigned.3. An awareness of the personal danger which theassignment may present.4. A high level of dedication and self-discipline,along with a willingness to work independently.5. Demonstrated self-control and emotionalstability.6. The ability to work and cooperate with other K-9officers, CPD personnel, and outside agencypersonnel.7. The absence of debilitating phobias, such as fearof water, darkness, working alone, snakes,insects, etc.8. A demonstrated interest in narcotics interdiction.9. A work history which includes a high level of proactivework.D. K-9 officers serve at the discretion of the Chief ofPolice. He may remove an officer from the K-9 Unitor take other remedial action for:1. Failure to complete or pass initial certification.2. Poor performance based upon trainingevaluations conducted at the appropriate trainingagency.3. Inability of the K-9 team to achieve recertification.Page 1 of 6

4. Unacceptable training techniques, excessiveabsences from training, lack of interest, poorperformance as a K-9 officer, or unacceptablemaintenance of K-9 equipment.5. Improper care of the canine, including failure tokeep the kennel clean.6. An unacceptable level of physical fitness or thefailure to pass the departmental fitness test ontwo or more occasions.41.4.2 OWNERSHIP OF CANINESA. Police dogs assigned to the Canine Unit are theproperty of the City of Champaign and are under thecontrol of the police department.B. Police dogs will not be used for any purpose otherthan official duties. Specifically prohibited usesinclude:1. Entry in any dog show or exhibition, other thanfor training purposes.2. Exhibitions not authorized by the policedepartment.3. Using or permitting use of the canine for studpurposes.C. When it becomes necessary to retire a canine fromactive duty, the department will transfer ownership ofthe canine to the last assigned officer provided thatthe officer wishes to keep the dog at his own expenseand liability. Should the last assigned officer declinethe dog, the department will make arrangements fordisposition of the animal.41.4.3 REQUESTS FOR CANINE UNITA. On Duty.1. On duty requests for the canine unit fromdepartment personnel will be made via shiftcommand or METCAD. All requests are subjectto the K-9 officer’s review.2. Requests for the K-9 unit from other jurisdictionswill be directed to an on-duty shift supervisor.B. Off Duty:a. Requests will be evaluated on a case-bycasebasis.b. A K-9 officer assigned to assist anotherjurisdiction will, when possible, complete anincident report prior to going off duty.1. When off-duty, a K-9 officer, with the approval ofan on-duty shift supervisor, may be called towork for the following:a. To search for a lost or missing child, or asick, elderly, or disabled individual.b. To assist with the execution of a searchwarrant where illegal drugs are named onthe warrant as items to be seized.c. To search for a felony suspect or evidence.d. To assist with any incident where K-9assistance is deemed necessary by asupervisor.2. K-9 officers generally will not be called when offdutyto assist other agencies. Exceptions maybe made by the Chief of Police, a Deputy Chiefof Police, a Lieutenant, or, in their absence, ashift supervisor.a. The K-9 officer will complete all requiredreports prior to going home.b. The K-9 officer will also notify METCADwhen they complete the assignment andwhen they have returned home.41.4.4 USE OF CANINE UNITThe two primary objectives behind the deployment of apolice canine are to enhance officer safety and to assist inthe investigation of narcotics-related crimes. In all caseswhere a K-9 unit is called to assist, the K-9 officer is incharge of the dog and will be the sole judge as to whetheror not the dog will be of any value in a particular situation.A. Insecure Buildings.1. The building should be secured to the extentpossible. Absolutely no one shall be allowed toenter the building until the canine has arrived,and no one shall enter the building with thehandler unless specifically requested by thehandler.2. When searching school buildings, the K-9 officerwill use a 30’ lead unless officer safety iscompromised.B. Tracking, Area Search, or Scene Search.An officer requesting the services of a K-9 unit fortracking, an area search, or a scene search should:1. Not pursue the believed trail or search the area,unless the lost or wanted individual is in view.The area should be secured. If any scent itemsare found they should be left un-disturbed.2. Not disturb any evidence, items, or materialdropped or discarded by the lost or wantedperson. Both the item and the surrounding areashould instead be secured.3. Direct back-up units to avoid the scene. Back-upunits should be positioned around the perimeterin an effort to contain the individual in the generalarea.C. Narcotics Vehicle Sweeps.1. The assistance of a K-9 officer at the scene of atraffic stop may only be requested when therequesting officer has developed reasonablesuspicion to request a K-9 sniff.Page 2 of 6

2. When a request for a narcotics vehicle sweep ismade, the officer making the request should dothe following prior to the arrival of the K-9 Unit:a. Secure the vehicle by closing all doors andwindows, unless otherwise directed by theK-9 officer.b. Advise all occupants of the vehicle to besearched to remain in the vehicle. At notime while the canine is at or near thevehicle should passengers attempt or beallowed to exit.c. Secure any and all animals present in thevehicle to be searched and place them in alocation a safe distance away.D. Narcotics Building/Structure Sweeps.1. When a request for a narcotic building/structuresweep is made, the officer making the requestshould do the following prior to the arrival of theK-9 Unit:a. Secure the building or structure by closingall doors and windows, unless otherwisedirected by the K-9 handler.b. Remove all occupants from the building orstructure. If circumstances are such that theoccupants can not be removed, they shall bemoved to an isolated area within thestructure which is away from the canine andapproved by the handler.c. Remove all animals from thebuilding/structure.E. Search of Persons.1. Under no circumstances will a canine be used tosearch a person for possession of narcotics.F. Crowd Control.1. The K-9 Unit may be used for crowd controlwhen requested and/or authorized by asupervisor.2. The K-9 officer is responsible for keeping thecanine on a leash and under control at all times.The canine should never be set free into a crowdunless required to rescue an officer from acrowd.G. Public Demonstrations.1. K-9 officers may be used to publicly demonstratethe value and effectiveness of police canines.2. Requests for such appearances should bedirected to the Deputy Chief of Operations, withas much advance notice as possible.3. The person or organization making the requestfor a K-9 demonstrations will be told that theappearance is conditional based upon theoperational needs of the department.H. School Searches.1. Requests by local school districts for drugsearches will only be authorized when:a. The request is directed to the Chief of Policeand signed by the chief school administrator.b. The purpose of the search is limited towardmaintaining a safe and secure schoolenvironment.c. School officials agree to take eitheradministrative or criminal action againstthose determined to be in possession ofillegal drugs or other contraband.d. Students will not be present in the area to besearched when the search is conducted.2. Searches intended to result only in administrativeaction will be conducted on school premises andbody searches are not permitted. The K-9 officerwill be responsible for marking and identifying thelockers or areas where the canine has alerted.Those lockers and areas will then be searchedonly by school administrators.3. Prior to conducting a school search intended toresult in criminal action, the K-9 officer who willbe conducting the search will be responsible fornotifying both the State’s Attorney’s Office andthe School Resource Officer (SRO) assigned tothe school. The K-9 officer will be responsible formarking and identifying the lockers and/or areaswhere the canine has alerted. Those lockers willbe searched by members of this department onlyupon receipt of written consent or the issuance ofa search warrant.41.4.5 RESPONSIBILITIES OF K-9 OFFICERSA. The K-9 officer will use caution and discretion in theutilization of the canine at all times.B. Individuals should be discouraged from attempting topet, touch, or otherwise come into physical contactwith the canine at any time.C. K-9 officers will be held responsible for the actions oftheir dogs. Police canines may be removed fromlead at the discretion of the K-9 officer, but releasefrom lead will generally be restricted to buildingsearches and/or apprehensions.D. Canines will not be used for apprehensions unlessthe K-9 handler has reason to believe that thesuspect has committed a serious crime, is activelyresisting arrest and/or threatening or attempting toevade arrest, or poses an immediate threat to thesafety of officers or citizens. The use of a policecanine for apprehension is considered to be a highlevel use of force, and such force shall not be appliedagainst a suspect fleeing for unknown reasons orunless the officer can articulate cause for such use offorce. If probable cause exists, special efforts shouldbe made to arrest any individual injured by a policecanine.Page 3 of 6

E. When feasible, a verbal warning should be given priorto the deployment of a police canine.F. The K-9 officer is responsible for the care andmaintenance of the City owned dog, the K-9 vehicle,and all related equipment. The City will provide 6hours per week for canine care and maintenance.G. The K-9 officer is responsible for the ongoing trainingof the City owned police canine. The department willprovide the time and equipment required for training.41.4.6 RELEASE FROM LEADA. Canines normally work on a lead with the handler.However, K-9 officers may release their dog fromlead, while maintaining verbal control, when suchrelease is necessary to:1. Protect a citizen or officer from attack, or2. Pursue and stop a fleeing felon or a personwhom the officer believes has committed afelony, or3. Guard and/or restrain an arrested person toprevent flight, or4. Accomplish training objectives in the trainingsetting.41.4.7 USE OF FORCE INJURIESA. In all incidents where a person has been bitten by apolice canine owned by the City, the K-9 officer willensure that the victim receives prompt medicalattention.B. The K-9 officer will prepare a written police reportdocumenting every canine use of force. Thereviewing supervisor will be responsible forforwarding a copy of the report to the Chief of Police,the Deputy Chief of Operations, and the LegalDepartment.C. Photographs will be taken of any injuries along withan overall photograph of the victim.41.4.8 SUPERVISIONA. The K-9 Unit will fall under the direct supervision ofthe Deputy Chief of Operations, DistrictCommanders, and shift supervisors.B. The responsibilities of shift supervisors as related tothe K-9 are:1. To ensure field supervision and direction.2. To take part in evaluating the K-9 program andprocedures.3. To encourage and facilitate the acceptance andutilization of the K-9 unit.41.4.9 DUTY HOURSA. Shift supervisors may assign K-9 units as needed.B. Duty shifts for K-9 officers will be eight and one-half(8 ½) hours.C. If the K-9 is injured and kenneled and does notrequire the officer’s care, then the K-9 officer will worka ten (10) hour shift.D. During duty hours, K-9 officers will typically nothandle routine calls for service, but they should beused as back-up officers as frequently as possible.K-9 officers should respond to all alarms, open doors,and other crimes in progress in which their assistancecan reasonably be anticipated.E. The K-9 officer will be allowed one (1) duty shift perpay period for training purposes. This training maybe conducted in one or more blocks of time. Trainingshould be coordinated with the appropriate DistrictCommander and shift supervisor. This does notpreclude the K-9 officer from using other duty time fortraining as long as the K-9 unit is available to respondif requested.41.4.10 LOST CANINESA. When a K-9 officer realizes that their canine ismissing that officer shall:1. Immediately notify a shift supervisor.2. Begin a search of the area.3. Coordinate search efforts with on-duty personnel.4. Submit a written report to the Chief of Policedocumenting and explaining the incident within24 hours of its occurrence.B. The shift supervisor will:1. Send assistance to help in locating the canine.2. Contact the Deputy Chief of Operations or theChief of Police.41.4.11 RECORD KEEPINGA. K-9 officers shall keep logs detailing the use of theircanine. The logs shall contain the followinginformation: date, time, location, nature of use, andresult.B. In addition to the log, in every situation where thecanine is deployed and a report is written by anotherofficer, a report shall be written by the K-9 officer.C. The K-9 officer will keep a log of all training.D. The K-9 officer is responsible for maintaining allveterinary and medical records pertaining to thecanine.E. K-9 officers will submit a monthly record detailing alluse and training of the K-9 to their immediatesupervisor and the Deputy Chief of Operations. Themonthly report will also document any apprehensionsby the canine, the number of any suspects orarrestees injured by the canine, and the ratio ofinjuries to apprehensions.41.4.12 TRAININGPage 4 of 6

A. Because of liability and wide exposure to the public,training is a constant endeavor which must beperformed on both a daily and weekly basis.B. Full service canines will be trained in the followingareas: obedience, agility, area searches, articlesearches, building searches, tracking, aggressioncontrol, and narcotics detections. Canines shall betrained to USPCA standards in all of the above areas.C. Canines that are not full service will be trained toUSPCA standards in all areas in which they work andare certified.D. Canines will be certified as required and trainingfollowing re-certification will be designed to addressany identified weaknesses.41.4.13 EQUIPMENTA. K-9 officers are authorized to use the followingequipment during the training and/or deployment ofpolice canines.1. 6-, 15-, and 30- foot leads.2. Tracking harness.3. Leather collar.4. Electronic collar.5. Agitation collar.6. Choke chain collar.7. Bite suit, bite sleeve, hidden bite sleeve, and bitesleeve hand protector.8. Muzzle.9. Muzzle impact vest.10. Starter pistol.order to ensure that they are not left behind in thetraining area.F. Narcotic training aides will not be concealed in areaswhere people are present unless the aides remainunder constant observation.G. Narcotic training aides shall not be concealed initems of personal property which could permit aperson to unknowingly remove the training aides fromthe training area.H. Strict physical security and control procedures mustbe adhered to in order to prevent the misuse or theftof narcotic training aides. All K-9 officers usingnarcotic training aides will comply with the followingminimum security and control requirements:1. The area used to store narcotic training aidesmust provide a high degree of protection againsttheft.2. Different types of narcotic training aides must bestored in separate air tight containers to preventcontamination.3. Narcotic training aide containers will be openedin order to:a. Issue inventory.b. Re-package training aides.c. Return training aides.41.4.15 TREATMENT OF CANINES BY DEPARTMENTPERSONNELA. Department personnel shall not touch, pet, or leanclosely toward the head of a canine without consentof the K-9 officer.B. Under no circumstances will any departmentemployee tease or harass a police canine.41.4.14 CONTROL OF TRAINING AIDSA. Narcotic training aids will be issued as described inPolicy 84.1.B. K-9 officers authorized to conduct training usingnarcotic training aides must be thoroughlyindoctrinated in the requirements for security ofcontrolled substances and cannabis prior to beingallowed to use them.C. When narcotic training aides are used, the K-9 officermust not leave the immediate area in which trainingaides are placed until the training has concluded andall training aides have been accounted for.D. The only persons authorized to handle narcotictraining aides are Evidence Technicians and theofficers listed on the State and DEA licenses. Swornpersonnel may handle narcotic training aides asnecessary to assist with training so long as they areunder the supervision of a K-9 officer when doing so.41.4.16 K-9 UNIT VEHICLESA. The K-9 unit vehicles are be specifically equipped forthe safe and proper transportation of the canine.B. K-9 unit vehicles are designated for exclusive use bythe K-9 units and will be used to transport the caninesto and from work, training exercises, veterinary care,and other authorized functions.C. Unless prior approval is obtained from the Chief ofPolice or a Deputy Chief of Police, only City ownedpolice canines will be transported within the K-9vehicle.D. K-9 vehicles will be appropriately marked to warncitizens of the presence of the canine.41.4.17 K-9 OFFICER UNIFORMSE. K-9 officers or their training assistants will record thelocations where narcotic training aides are placed inPage 5 of 6

A. In addition to the uniform of the day, as specified bydepartment order, K-9 officers are authorized to wearthe following:1. A one-piece jumpsuit for call-outs and searches.2. All uniforms will have the Champaign PoliceDepartment shoulder patch affixed.B. If the canine is unavailable for any reason, the K-9officer will wear the uniform of the day.41.4.18 VETERINARY SERVICE; KENNELING;ILLNESS OR INJURY; NON-DUTY ORVACATIONA. Veterinary Service.1. A veterinarian designated by the department willprovide all services. A department canine shallbe examined according to a scheduleestablished by the veterinarian and anytreatment will be governed by the veterinarian.1. When K-9 officers elect to spend their non-dutyand/or vacation days away from home the caninemust be properly kenneled.2. If the canine is under the care of the officer, thenthe officer will only be required to use 8.5 hoursof leave time. If the canine is not under the careof the officer, then the officer will be required touse 10 hours of leave time.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department2. In an emergency, K-9 officers may take theircanine to the nearest clinic for treatment. Insuch emergencies an attempt to contact thedepartment veterinarian will be made.3. Canine medical bills will be forwarded to theDeputy Chief of Operational Support or hisdesignee for payment.B. Kenneling.1. K-9 officers must kennel their dogs at theirresidence.2. Any kenneling away from the officer’s residencemust be at a department-approved kennel.3. K-9 officers will submit all requests for kennelingto the Chief of Police or his designee.4. The kennel shall not release the canine toanyone other than the K-9 officer without thewritten authorization of either the K-9 officer orthe Chief of Police.C. Sick Leave or Injury.1. If the K-9 officer is ill and unable to care for thecanine, the dog will be kenneled at an approvedkennel. No other officer will be allowed to workwith the canine.2. If the canine is ill, the K-9 officer will determinewhether or not the dog should work. If the dogcan not work then a shift supervisor shall benotified of that fact, but the K-9 officer will stillreport for duty.3. An ill or injured canine may be kenneled at theofficer’s home, an approved kennel, or theapproved veterinarian’s office.4. If the ill or injured K-9 is kenneled at the officer’shome then the K-9 officer will work an 8.5-hourshift. If the canine is kenneled away from homethen the K-9 officer shall work a 10-hour shift.D. Non-Duty or Vacation.Page 6 of 6

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 33.8SUBJECT: CAREER DEVELOPMENT EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:TRN.02.0333.8.1 CAREER DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION33.8.2 PROMOTIONAL TRAINING33.8.3 CAREER DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish a careerdevelopment program to provide employees with anopportunity for individual growth and development. Allsworn employees shall have equal access to training anddevelopment opportunities.DEFINITIONS:Career Counseling: Career counseling is an establishedcomponent of the career development program throughwhich an employee receives guidance that will assistthem in choosing, preparing for, entering, or progressingin a job assignment.POLICY:33.8.1 CAREER DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATIONA. The Training Sergeant will conduct the careerdevelopment program subject to the direction of theDeputy Chief of Professional Standards.B. The objectives of the career development programare:1. To identify, through the skills, knowledge, andabilities of each employee, an inventory of assetsavailable to the Department relative to presentand future job assignments.2. To allow employees who aspire to advance inrank or position, or to become a member of aspecialized unit, to meet at least annually withthe Training Sergeant in a career counselingsession to discuss the career goals of theemployee.3. To provide pertinent in-service training, coveringa wide range of topics, to all employees.4. To ensure that the program is equitablyadministered.2. Advanced, specialized, and in-service training.33.8.2 PROMOTIONAL TRAININGA. Advanced training is designed to improve theprofessional competence of officers who have beenpromoted or who have demonstrated leadershipcapabilities.B. It is the policy of the Champaign Police Departmentto send personnel assigned to supervisory duties toadvanced training in those areas correlating to theassignment.C. Advanced training specifically refers to trainingprovided in the following schools and courses:1. Northwestern University Center for Public Safety:a. First Line Supervision (mandatory for thosepromoted to Sergeant).b. School of Police Staff and Command(mandatory for those promoted toLieutenant).c. Executive Management Program.2. The Police Executive Research Forum (PERF).3. FBI National Academy.4. Any equivalent training.C. Consistent with the principles of career developmentand sound management practices, officers promotedto supervisory positions will attend advanced trainingprior to or within one year of assuming rank.D. Consistent with the purpose of advanced training,officers who have completed such training may beassigned duties and management responsibilitiesconsistent with the training received.33.8.3 CAREER DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMA. On an annual basis and upon request, the TrainingSergeant will interview those employees interested ina career path and offer guidance that will assist themin choosing, preparing for, entering, or progressing ina job assignment. The interview will consist of thefollowing:1. A joint review of the employee’s training records.C. The principal components of the career developmentprogram are:1. Career counseling.Page 1 of 22. A discussion of the training programs currentlyavailable, and a review of how the employee canapply for such training.

3. A review of career specialties available to theemployee.4. A review of the employee’s skills, knowledge,and abilities.5. A review of the employee’s previous careercounseling session to determine what progressthe employee has made in career development.B. The Training Sergeant will complete an evaluationchecklist based upon each career counselinginterview to assess the effectiveness of the careercounseling process. The checklist will containinformation regarding:1. The goals and expectations the employee hasestablished in the area of career development.This would include desired training, additionalexperience, etc.2. An evaluation of what progress the employeehas made in achieving established goals andexpectations.3. Comments pertinent to concerns, suggestions,and ideas regarding the employee’s careerdevelopment plan.C. All records related to career counseling sessions willbe maintained by the Training Sergeant in theemployee’s individual file in the Training Office.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 44.6SUBJECT: CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT INVESTIGATIONS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:44.6.1 CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECTPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines thatprovide for the effective investigation of all child abuseand neglect cases.DEFINITIONS:Abused Child: An abused child is a child under 18 yearsof age whose parent or any person responsible for thechild’s welfare or any individual residing in the child’shome or a paramour of the child’s parent who:1. Inflicts or causes to be inflicted physical injuryother than accidental, which causes death,disfigurement, impairment of physical oremotional health, or loss or impairment of anybodily function.2. Creates a substantial risk of physical injury,which would lead to those listed in number oneabove.3. Commits or allows to be committed any sexoffense against the child as defined by thecriminal code.4. Commits or allows to be committed any act oftorture upon the child.5. Inflicts excessive corporal punishment.Neglected Child: Any child whose parent or other personresponsible for the child’s welfare does not provide theproper or necessary support, education as required bylaw, or medical or other remedial care necessary for thechild’s well being, including adequate clothing and shelter.POLICY:44.6.1 CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECTA. Any Champaign Police officer who, in their officialcapacity, has reasonable cause to believe a childmay be an abused or neglected child shallimmediately report such information to the IllinoisDepartment of Children and Family Services (DCFS).1. This notification should be made by calling theDCFS toll free hotline 1-800-252-2873.2. An offense report shall also be completed.B. If an officer has reason to believe the conditions orcircumstances of the child are such that continuing inhis place of residence or in the custody of the personresponsible for the child’s welfare presents animminent danger to the child’s life or health and thereis not time to apply for a court order, the officershould take temporary protective custody of the child.1. If the child is placed in protective custody, theDCFS hotline and local DCFS office shall benotified immediately and the child transferred tothem upon their response.2. If a case of abuse or neglect is present but thereis some doubt as to the necessity of protectivecustody, a DCFS case worker and/or juvenileofficer should be notified. The responding officershall remain at the scene until the arrival of oneof those persons.C. Factors to be considered prior to taking a child intoprotective custody include:1. Could the child suffer physical or mental injury ifleft there?2. Is the child in need of immediate medical care?3. Do the parents refuse to obtain medical care?4. Do the child’s age and/or physical or mentalcondition indicate an inability to protectthemselves?5. Does evidence suggest that the child is beingtortured?6. Does the physical environment of the home posean immediate threat to the child?7. Does evidence show that parental anger ordiscomfort will be directed toward the child in theform of severe retaliation?8. Are the parents so out of touch with reality thatthey can not provide for the child’s basic needs?9. Is there any history of the child being hidden fromauthorities?10. Is there a history of prior offenses or allegationsof abuse or neglect?11. Is there any inappropriate resistance by theparent to an investigation of the child abusecomplaint?D. All cases of child abuse and/or neglect reportedto the Champaign Police Department shall bepromptly documented in an official police reportand completely investigated. An offense reportshall be completed even when there appears tobe no basis for such complaint.Page 1 of 2

ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 33.7SUBJECT: CIVILIAN TRAINING EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:TRN.03.0133.7.1 CIVILIAN TRAINING33.7.2 PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TRAININGPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish basic guidelinesfor the training of civilian personnel within the Department.POLICY:33.7.1 CIVILIAN TRAININGA. All newly hired civilian employees shall undergo initialtraining and orientation.B. The orientation program consists of, but is not limitedto the following:1. Orientation to the role, goals, policies andprocedures of the Department.2. Review of employee benefits, working conditions,and related regulations.3. The rights and responsibilities of employees.1. In-service.2. On-the job or field training.3. Other agency.C. Periodic refresher and/or in-service training will beprovided for all civilian employees to:1. Update skills.2. Review new laws.3. Enhance job knowledge for new responsibilities.4. Review procedural and/or technological changesthat affect their work.5. Review Department directives as may beappropriate.6. Increase interpersonal communication skills.7. Review job safety regulations.ISSUING AUTHORITY4. Facility orientation.5. Review of the Department and city governmentorganizational structure.6. Review of laws and Departmental policies,procedures, rules and regulations controllingaccess to confidential records and data.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department7. Customer Service skills and telephone etiquette.8. Equipment familiarization.33.7.2 PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TRAININGA. Training for civilian positions, in addition toorientation, will be accomplished prior to theassumption of job responsibilities for the followingpositions:1. Records Unit Personnel.2. Front Desk Staff.3. Clerical Personnel.B. Civilian training will normally be accomplished in thefollowing manner:Page 1 of 1

POLICY 1.1ATTACHMENT ACHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTCODE OF ETHICSAs a member of the Champaign Police Department, my first duty is to serve thepeople of the City of Champaign. I will safeguard lives and property, and protectthe innocent against deception, the weak against oppression or intimidation, andthe peaceful against violence or disorder.Above all else, I shall respect the constitutional rights of all people to liberty,equality, and justice. I will keep my private life unsullied as an example to all,maintain courageous calm in the face of danger, scorn, or ridicule, develop selfrestraint,and be constantly mindful of the welfare of others.I will be honest in thought and deed in both my personal and official life, and I willbe exemplary in obeying the laws of the land and the regulations of myDepartment.Whatever I see or hear of a confidential nature or that is confided to me in myofficial capacity will be kept confidential unless revelation is necessary in theperformance of my duty. I will never act officiously or permit personal feelings,prejudices, animosities, or friendships to influence my decisions.With no compromise for crime and with relentless prosecution of criminals, I willenforce the law courteously and appropriately without fear or favor, malice or illwill, never employing unnecessary force or violence, and never acceptinggratuities.I recognize the badge of my office as a symbol of public faith, and accept it as apublic trust to be held so long as I am true to the ethics of the police service. Iwill constantly strive to achieve these objectives and ideals, dedicating myself tomy chosen profession…law enforcement.”

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 81.1SUBJECT: COMMUNICATIONS ADMINISTRATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAPINDEX AS:ADM.24.03E. Front Desk staff of the Champaign Police Departmentwill be responsible for the use and monitoring of bothLEADS and NCIC.81.1.1 COMMUNICATIONS COMPONENT81.1.2 LICENSING AND OPERATIONALREQUIREMENTSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish responsibilitiesand procedures of the Champaign Police Departmentcommunications function.POLICY:81.1.2 LICENSING AND OPERATIONALREQUIREMENTSA. All communications operations and activitiesundertaken by METCAD and its employees shall bein accordance with the Rules and Regulations of theFederal Communications Commission, LEADS, andNCIC.ISSUING AUTHORITY81.1.1 COMMUNICATIONS COMPONENTA. The primary communications function andresponsibility for the Champaign Police Department isdelegated to Metropolitan Computer-Aided Dispatch(METCAD).R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentB. The Chief of Police serves on the Policy Board forMETCAD, which has responsibility for oversight of thepolicies and operational procedures for theorganization.C. METCAD shall establish and maintain a Policy andProcedure Manual, and it is to be made available toall employees and member agencies. Nothingcontained in the METCAD Policy and Proceduremanual will be in conflict with these directives.D. On a periodic basis, designated persons fromMETCAD and the Police Department will meet todiscuss any operational issues which need to beaddressed.D. METCAD shall be responsible for functions includingbut not limited to:1. Radio communications.2. Operation of automated data systems.3. Citizen contacts on the telephone.4. Dispatching officers to burglar and fire alarmsreported by call centers.5. Recording incident data.6. Relaying messages received by radio, telephone,FAX, in person, or otherwise coming to theirattention.7. Other duties as assigned.Page 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 81.3SUBJECT: COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.24.08ADM.24.1081.3.1 SECURITY MEASURES81.3.2 ALTERNATE ELECTRICAL POWER SOURCE81.3.3 EMERGENCY CALL SEPARATION81.3.4 MULTI-CHANNEL RADIO EQUIPMENTPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for themanagement of communication facilities and equipment.POLICY:81.3.1 SECURITY MEASURESA. Access to the METCAD Communications Center shallbe limited to only to authorized personnel on officialbusiness. Others shall be admitted only uponapproval of a METCAD supervisor. Allowableexceptions are:1. Service personnel or technicians who areengaged in the performance of their duties.2. Citizens, interns, or prospective employees whohave been authorized to observecommunications operations.B. Equipment not located in the actual CommunicationsCenter but used in its operation shall have limitedaccess to protect the integrity of the equipment and toguard it against vandalism, theft, etc. Securitymeasures including locks, alarms, and audio or videomonitoring may be used to accomplish this purpose.C. In the event that METCAD is rendered inoperable orinaccessible for any reason, METCAD shall have aplan in place to transfer its functions to a backupfacility.D. The antennas for communications devices arelocated in various locations throughout ChampaignCounty with limited access. Security features shall beinstalled at these locations to ensure that access islimited only to authorized persons.operation of emergency communications equipmentin the event of the failure of the primary powersource.1. A diesel generator, as well as an UninterruptedPower Supply (UPS) System supplies back-upelectrical power.2. Documented inspections and testing of back-uppower sources are completed weekly.3. In conformance with manufacturerrecommendations, back-up power sources willbe tested or operated under full load at leastonce per year.81.3.3 EMERGENCY CALL SEPARATIONA. METCAD is equipped with both emergency 9-1-1 andadministrative telephone systems. Additionally,METCAD staffs and monitors a non-emergencyadministrative number 24-hours a day. In the eventthat a non-emergency call is received on the 9-1-1system, METCAD will handle the call but tactfullyinstruct the caller to use the non-emergencyadministrative number in the future.81.3.4 MULTI-CHANNEL RADIO EQUIPMENTA. The Department has multi-channel mobile andportable radio equipment capable of two-waycommunications with other law enforcement andpublic service agencies.1. Communication with various other departmentsis possible via positioning the radio selectorswitch to available programmed talkgroups/frequencies.2. Each police vehicle is equipped with a radio thatis capable of transmitting on the Illinois StatePolice Emergency Radio Network (ISPERN) andthe Illinois Radio Emergency Assist Channel(IREACH).ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department81.3.2 ALTERNATE ELECTRICAL POWER SOURCEA. The METCAD Communications Center hasadequately secured alternate sources of electricalpower that are sufficient to ensure continuedPage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 81.2SUBJECT: COMMUNICATIONS OPERATIONS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.24.01ADM.24.02ADM.24.03ADM.24.05ADM.24.06ADM.24.07ADM.24.09OPR.01.0281.2.1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBER81.2.2 CONTINUOUS COMMUNICATION81.2.3 CONTROL SYSTEM81.2.4 RADIO COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES81.2.5 RESOURCE DIRECTORIES81.2.6 CALLS FOR INFORMATION OR SERVICES81.2.7 VICTIM/WITNESS ASSISTANCE81.2.8 RECORDING81.2.9 LEADS and NCIC81.2.10 ALTERNATIVE METHODS OFCOMMUNICATIONS81.2.11 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION81.2.12 MISDIRECTED EMERGENCY CALLS81.2.13 ALARM MONITORING AND RESPONSE81.2.14 ALTERNATE CALL RECEIPT PROCEDURES81.2.15 EMERGENCY MEDICAL DISPATCHPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to describe thecommunications system utilized by the Champaign PoliceDepartment during routine and emergency activities.DEFINITIONS:CAD: Computer Aided Dispatch, which is a computersystem designed to aid telecommunicators in routineoperations by providing rapid access to operational andhistorical data, to support both dispatching andoperational analysis.LEADS: Law Enforcement Agencies Data System.LEADS is a statewide, computerized telecommunicationssystem which is interfaced with several otherinformation/data systems and designed to provideservices, information, and capabilities to the lawenforcement and criminal justice community in the state ofIllinois.NCIC: National Crime Information Center. The FederalBureau of Investigation operates the NCIC. The NCICcomputer located in Washington, D.C., is connecteddirectly to the LEADS computer by two high-speed lines.The NCIC is also connected to law enforcementcomputers or terminals in all other states.81.2.1 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERA. In order to allow the public to contact the police at alltimes, Metropolitan Computer-Aided Dispatch(METCAD) provides 24-hour, toll-free telephone andTDD access for emergency calls for service via the 9-1-1 system, or transfer by the operator.B. The Department also provides telephone access fornon-emergency and informational purposes 24-hoursa day, 7 days a week.C. The Department utilizes 9-1-1 as an emergencytelephone number. This emergency telephonenumber is displayed to the public in the followingways:1. Inside area telephone books.2. Listed in various crime prevention andcommunity publications.3. Posted in various public places.81.2.2 CONTINUOUS COMMUNICATIONA. All Department personnel engaged in field dutiesshall have continuous 24-hour radio communicationsaccess to METCAD by means of portable radios.B. METCAD shall be staffed 24-hours each day withcompetent, trained individuals. The assignedtelecommunications personnel will be responsible formaintaining radio communications between field unitsand the base, and between police and fire agenciesand personnel as needed.81.2.3 CONTROL SYSTEMA. METCAD shall utilize a control system based uponIncident Records, with each dispatch ticket beingassigned a unique, sequential number to log allincoming and assigned calls for service. Incidentnumbers are automatically generated by theComputer Aided Dispatch (CAD) system.Telecommunicators shall be responsible for includingall obtainable information for the incident record asindicated in the procedures manual, to include thefollowing:1. Incident number (if needed).2. Date and time of the request for service.3. Name, address, and telephone number of thecomplainant, if available.4. The nature of the incident.POLICY:5. The location of the incident.Page 1 of 5

6. Badge number and/or unit numbers assigned.7. Time of dispatch.8. Time of officer arrival.9. Time of officer return to service, or completion ofcall.10. Disposition or status of the incident.B. Dispatch tickets created through the Computer AidedDispatch (CAD) system will be retained for seven (7)years.81.2.4 RADIO COMMUNICATION PROCEDURESA. The Department recognizes the importance of havingan efficient and organized way of determining officers’status and facilitating the exchange of informationbetween field personnel and those assigned toMETCAD. The following shall serve as guidance forMETCAD and patrol personnel in performing theirduties:1. Officers shall at all times keep METCAD advisedof their status: available for calls, busy unlessurgent, or out of service. When an officerinitiates a traffic stop, field contact, etc., theofficer will advise the Telecommunicator of thelocation, nature of call, status, and whether abackup is necessary.2. Communications personnel shall log the status offield units who are unavailable or assigned to acall.3. All personnel shall use the full call indicator foreach unit when referring to the specific unitnumber.a. When contacting another agency by radio,use of the full call indicator will serve toidentify the unit as a Champaign unit.4. Department units shall be assigned to callsbased upon their beat or zone of assignment andtheir availability, as recommended by theComputer Aided Dispatch (CAD) system.Supervisors may respond on any call, or directother personnel to respond as required, though itis advisable to coordinate with communicationsto avoid resource conflicts.5. The CAD system is pre-programmed torecommend units based upon call type andavailability by beat. However, METCADpersonnel must remember that CAD is simply acommunications tool, and therefore not anexcuse to knowingly dispatch inappropriatepersonnel. If and/or when there is a question asto which unit should be dispatched to a call, asupervisor should be consulted. In determiningthe number of personnel to assign to a particularcall, the telecommunicator shall consider thenature of the call, its relative danger orsignificance, the use or likelihood of the use ofweapons, whether or not the call is “in progress”,and any prior history of calls at the samelocation.6. Patrol shift supervisors shall monitor radio trafficto determine if and/or when additional personnelare required, and to then make assignments asnecessary. Shift supervisors shall in all casesrespond to the scene of serious violent crimes. Itis METCAD’s responsibility to ensure asupervisor is aware of such instances.7. All METCAD telecommunicators shall be familiarwith the procedures for responding to officeremergency requests for assistance and for theactivation of an emergency alarm on an officerradio or in-car mobile computer including but notlimited to:a. Attempt to contact the officer to check on hisstatus.b. Assign additional officers to respond to thelast known location of the officer.c. Notify a shift supervisor of the alarmactivation or of the emergency involving theofficer.d. When necessary, switch units not involvedin the emergency to another frequency.81.2.5 RESOURCE DIRECTORIESA. The Department recognizes the importance of havingan efficient and organized way of determining officerstatus and facilitating the exchange of informationbetween field personnel and METCAD.Telecommunicators shall have immediate access tothe following resources:1. Daily worksheets prepared by the shift supervisorwhich identifies on-duty personnel, including shiftsupervisors, and including shift assignments andunit numbers.2. Home and departmental cellular telephonenumbers for all Department personnel (viaChampaign Police Department Front Desk staff).a. Telecommunicators are not authorized togive out Department employees’ hometelephone numbers, cellular telephonenumbers, or residential addresses to thepublic or non-employees.3. A map of the Department’s jurisdiction and beatstructure.4. Visual officer status indicators as denoted in theCAD system by color, or acronym.5. Telecommunicators may have to contact specialservices not available within the Department.METCAD will maintain current information foremergency resources including but not limited to:a. Fire fighting services.b. Emergency medical services.c. Environmental/hazardous services.Page 2 of 5

d. Helicopter services.e. Towing services.f. Other public utilities.g. Taxi cabs.6. Telecommunicators shall have immediate accessto tactical dispatch plans. These plans include,but are not limited to, procedures to be followedin directing resources and obtaining informationon crimes in progress such as bank robberies,pursuits, etc.81.2.6 CALLS FOR INFORMATION OR SERVICESA. Telecommunicators occasionally receive callsrequesting information or services. It is important fortelecommunicators to first ascertain if the call is of anurgent nature, or requires referral to an informationalentity or service organization. Proper interviewtechniques shall be employed to ensure appropriateassessment of the response needed. At the veryleast telecommunicators shall determine:1. The nature of the problem/inquiry.2. Agency or entity best suited to meet their need/s.3. The victim/witness should be advised of theresponse to be expected, which may include:a. The identity of the agency or departmentwhich will be responding.b. The identity of the agency or jurisdiction towhom the information is being referred, andwhat assistance can be reasonablyexpected of them.81.2.7 VICTIM / WITNESS ASSISTANCEA. Telecommunicators may be called upon to answerrequests for services from victims/witnesses ofcrimes who require immediate attention to theirneeds. This may occur after normal business hoursthereby requiring the telecommunicator to refer thecaller to the appropriate resource.B. Telecommunicators will have immediate access toresources in the Champaign County area which areavailable for victims/witness requests, including butnot limited to:1. Champaign County State’s Attorney OfficeVictim/Witness Units.2. Crisis referral hot lines, including 24-hour per daynumbers for counseling and assistance.3. Local mental health services.C. Callers may be referred to a shift supervisor, who willmake a determination as to the immediacy of a policeresponse or of the type of service required.D. See Policy 55.2, Victim / Witness AssistanceOperations.81.2.8 RECORDINGA. METCAD is equipped with a recording systemallowing for the recording of all incoming andoutgoing telephone calls, as well as radiotransmissions between METCAD personnel and fieldunits and officers communicating car-to-car.B. Communication recordings are routinely held for amaximum of 180 days.C. The recordings shall be preserved on a secure harddrive. Maintenance of the recordings shall be theresponsibility of the METCAD Director or hisdesignee.D. Access to these recordings is limited toCommunications Supervisors and Police Supervisors.Recordings will be forwarded to Police Supervisorsupon written requestE. A Communications Supervisor must approve allrequests for copies or preservation requests.F. METCAD is equipped with a digital data recorder ateach workstation, which allows for immediateplayback of 9-1-1, radio communications, andtelephone conversations. This system may beutilized at any time for Official Purposes Only withoutobtaining prior approval.81.2.9 LEADS and NCICA. As a vital service to the communications operation,the Department has entered into certain agreementswith other law enforcement information services.These systems shall be monitored at all times forincoming information and messages, and consist ofthe Law Enforcement Agencies Data System(LEADS) administered by the Illinois State Police, andthe National Crime Information Center (NCIC)administered by the Federal Bureau of Investigation.B. All METCAD and Police Department employees shallbe required to adhere to all LEADS and NCICguidelines, and use these systems for official lawenforcement purposes only.C. Any employee who is uncertain of the appropriate useof these systems shall consult with a supervisor orLEADS Coordinator prior to entering information,sending messages, or conducting inquiries.81.2.10 ALTERNATIVE METHODS OFCOMMUNICATIONA. Cellular phones.1. Selected Department vehicles and individualsare issued cellular phones. Employees mayutilize cell phones when on duty as a method foralternative communication to carry out officialduties.2. A roster of assigned cell phones is available toMETCAD, through the Front Desk. Mobile phonenumbers shall not be published or given out tothe public unless operationally necessary.Page 3 of 5

3. Employees are accountable for ensuring that cellphone use is consistent with City Administrativepolicy governing the use of cell phones.4. Personnel who are issued a Departmental cellphone are required to maintain the phone andreport any problems and/or defects.B. E-mail and Internet Access.1. Employees may utilize e-mail as an alternativemethod of communication. All employees areassigned an e-mail address.2. E-mail may be used in the normal day-to-daybusiness operation of the Department to carryout directives and communicate with employees.3. Employees are expected, at a minimum, to checktheir Departmental e-mail account at thebeginning and conclusion of each day of work.4. The City of Champaign has established rules andprocedures governing the use of Departmentalcomputers and Internet access.C. Desktop computers and Mobile Data Computers(MDCs)1. The Department encourages the use of desktopcomputers and mobile data terminal deviceswhenever it is necessary and appropriate to carryout official duties. Accessing or transmittingmessages other than for official duties orunauthorized personal messages is notpermitted.2. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards mayconduct periodic audits of MDC messages toensure compliance with this and other Citydirectives.3. With the exception of Windows updates and antivirussoftware updates, only software and/orprograms loaded by City of Champaign ITpersonnel or the department’s IT administrator ortheir designee are allowed. Unauthorizedsoftware or other files may not be downloaded toany computer provided to employees by theDepartment.81.2.11 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATIONA. Delivering emergency notifications is a legitimate lawenforcement function. Requests for emergencynotifications may come from sources such ascitizens, hospitals, medical examiners, and other lawenforcement agencies.B. All requests for emergency notification shall result inthe creation of a dispatch ticket.C. If there is any doubt as to the legitimacy of a request,the telecommunicator shall confirm the request withthe originating agency.81.2.12 MISDIRECTED EMERGENCY CALLSA. The Department responds to emergency calls on apriority basis. This sometimes includes responding toemergency calls where proper jurisdiction cannotimmediately be determined.B. Occasionally, METCAD receives emergencytelephone calls which are obviously intended for, orunder the jurisdiction of, another law enforcementagency or public service agency. In those cases ofemergency situations or need for prompt policeassistance, the Telecommunicator involved will:1. Preferably, transfer the call to the appropriateagency while staying on the telephone line withthe caller until the request for assistance hasbeen processed by the other agency, or2. If necessary, obtain all pertinent information fromthe caller and relay the information immediatelyto the appropriate agency via telephone or radio.81.2.13 ALARM MONITORING AND RESPONSEA. Alarms, which are either telephoned or transmittedelectronically to control locations other than theDepartment and are subsequently telephoned toMETCAD, shall be dispatched accordingly.B. Department personnel will respond to all securityalarms within the City limits as outlined below.1. Customarily, upon receipt of a security alarm,unless on the do-not-respond list, METCAD willdispatch an officer to the location of the alarm.Unless advised otherwise by the primaryresponding officer, a back-up officer shall also beassigned to the alarm.2. When dispatching an alarm, METCAD will givethe type of alarm, the address, the business orresident name, and any other pertinentinformation.3. At the direction of the responding officers,METCAD shall advise a key holder of the statusof the alarm and any action needed.4. A police shift supervisor or METCAD supervisormay, in the event of severe weather or otherextreme or unusual circumstances, alterestablished procedures for the dispatch andresponse to security alarms.81.2.14 ALTERNATE CALL RECEIPT PROCEDURESA. On occasion, calls are received which do not requirethe dispatch of a patrol officer and can be effectivelyhandled by telephone.B. Whenever extreme weather conditions exist or callvolume exceeds the number of available field units, afield supervisor may direct certain non-emergencyreports be forwarded to an officer assigned to thepolice facility who will take the reports in person orover the telephone.1. In cases which could be reported by telephone,but a citizen requests that a police officerrespond to the scene, a shift supervisor shallmake the determination as to whether or not aPage 4 of 5

police officer will respond to the scene to takethe report.C. Reports taken by telephone will generally berestricted to non-crime reports and property crimeswhere the suspect is not known or is no longer at thescene.D. When a report is taken by teleserve which requiresfollow-up investigation, the officer taking the report isresponsible for delivering the report to a shiftsupervisor and communicating the need for anotherofficer to be assigned to complete the follow-upinvestigation.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentE. In cases where a teleserve report is taken and eithera subject or vehicle involved in the offense expectedto be found locally, the officer taking the report willcause the description to be transmitted in a timelymanner, by radio or MDC, to appropriate patrol units.F. In cases where there is physical evidence to beseized or processed, the officer taking the telephonereport will request that either an officer or CrimeScene Technician, whichever is appropriate, respondand process the physical evidence in accordancewith Chapters 83 and 84 of Champaign PoliceDepartment Policy and Procedure.81.2.15 EMERGENCY MEDICAL DISPATCHA. METCAD authorizes the use of emergency first aidinstructions over the telephone.B. METCAD telecommunicators receive initialcertification training as authorized by the IllinoisDepartment of Public Health.C. Telecommunicators utilize computer-based medicalprotocol cards approved by the authorizing agencies.Protocol cards are available to telecommunicationspersonnel at each dispatch position.D. Re-certification training of all telecommunicationspersonnel is conducted every 24 months.Page 5 of 5

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 45.2SUBJECT: COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX ASADM.20.01ADM.20.02ADM.21.01B. Although all employees of the Department areresponsible for promoting and maintaining favorablecommunity involvement, the Department shall assignspecialized personnel to promote communityinvolvement in specific areas, including:45.2.1 COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT FUNCTION ANDPLAN45.2.2 COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT REPORT45.2.3 TRANSMITTING RELEVANT INFORMATIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for thepolicies, procedures, and components of the communityinvolvement program.POLICY:45.2.1 COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT FUNCTION ANDPLANA. The Department is committed to the philosophy ofcommunity policing as a department-wide policy inwhich all employees play a role in developingpartnerships with the community. The Department’scommunity involvement plan includes:1. Establishing liaison with formal communityorganizations and other community groups.2. Informing all employees that they shareresponsibility for achieving communityinvolvement objectives and play a vital role in theoverall community involvement efforts of theDepartment.3. Developing community involvement policy thatincludes citizen participation with the police, andother agencies, to form a framework foraddressing community concerns and problems.4. Publicizing Departmental objectives, problems,and achievements related to communityinvolvement.5. Conveying information transmitted from citizens’organizations to the Department.6. Improving Department practices which impactpolice community interactions and/or relations.7. Identifying training needs through interviews withcitizen representatives, consultations with thoseinvolved in internal investigations, andconferences with supervisors.8. Assisting with the establishment of communitygroups where they are needed.1. School Resource Officers.2. Permanent Beat Officers.3. Community Action Team Officers.4. Public Information Officer.C. Department employees shall receive periodic andongoing training in community involvement and theproblem-solving process.45.2.2 COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT REPORTA. At least quarterly, the Deputy Chief of Operationsshall complete a report detailing communityinvolvement efforts and activities and forward it to theChief of Police. The report shall include the following:1. A description of current concerns voiced by thecommunity.2. A description of potential problems that have abearing on law enforcement activities within thecommunity.3. A statement of recommended actions designedto address previously identified concerns andproblems.4. A statement of progress made toward addressingpreviously identified concerns and problems.45.2.3 TRANSMITTING RELEVANT INFORMATIONA. Employees who identify or receive informationrelevant to community involvement activities shallforward such information, either in writing or by e-mail, through their chain of command and to theattention of the Deputy Chief of Operations forconsideration in the development of the requiredreport.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 22.1SUBJECT: COMPENSATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:PER.03.01F. The Department’s overtime policy is established inArticle 5 of the Police Labor Agreement and Article 7of the AFSCME Labor Agreement.22.1.1 DEPARTMENT SALARY PROGRAMISSUING AUTHORITYPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to provide a description of theDepartment’s salary program, to provide for an annualreview of the salary program, and to describe theconditions under which different kinds of salaryaugmentation could be provided.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPOLICY:22.1.1 DEPARTMENT SALARY PROGRAMA. The Department’s salary program is established andcontrolled by the Article 7 of the Police LaborAgreement and Article 9 of the AFSCME LaborAgreement. The salary program addresses thefollowing areas:1. Entry level salaries.2. Salary differential within ranks.3. Salary differential between ranks.B. Elements of the salary program for Departmentemployees who are members of a collectivebargaining unit are determined through negotiationsbetween the bargaining unit and the City ofChampaign.C. As a part of the negotiations process, the Chief ofPolice normally provides input to the City ofChampaign Human Resources office as to thechanges recommended in the salary program.D. Elements of the salary program for all otherDepartment employees include:1. City of Champaign position classification.2. City of Champaign salary plan for non-bargainingunit employees.3. Job descriptions.4. Performance evaluations.E. The use of compensatory time is established inArticle 6 of the Police Labor Agreement and Article 8of the AFSCME Labor Agreement.Page 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 22.3SUBJECT: CONDITIONS OF WORK EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:PER.03.05PER.03.06PER.04.01PER.04.0222.3.1 PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS22.3.2 GENERAL HEALTH AND FITNESS22.3.3 OFF-DUTY EMPLOYMENT22.3.4 EXTRA-DUTY EMPLOYMENTPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to define the provisions forphysical examinations, fitness requirements, andsecondary employment.DEFINITIONS:Employment: The provision of a service, whether inexchange for a fee, service, or product. Employmentdoes not include volunteer charity work.Extra-Duty Employment: Any employment that isconditional upon the actual or potential use of lawenforcement powers by the police employee. The serviceis rendered outside of the employee’s regular work hours.Off-Duty Employment: Any employment outside of regularwork hours where compensation is received for services.Both sworn and civilian employees are covered by thisdefinition.POLICY:22.3.1 PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONSA. Pre-entry medical examinations.1. As part of the police officer selection process, allpolice applicants, prior to final selection foremployment, must undergo a thorough medicalexamination.B. Post-entry medical examinations.1. As provided in Article 35 of the Labor Agreement,officers will undergo a medical examinationaccording to a schedule developed andpublished by the Department.2. The examination will be administered for thepurpose of determining the employee’s generalhealth and ability.3. All examination results will be given to eachemployee.C. All physical examinations undergone at the directionof the Department shall be provided at the expense ofthe City.22.3.2 GENERAL HEALTH AND FITNESSA. As provided in Article 35, each officer of thisDepartment shall participate in a physical fitness testestablished by the City according to a scheduledeveloped and published by the City.B. As provided in Article 35 of the Labor Agreement, theCity will provide officers with two (2) hours of trainingtime each week for purposes of training and/orphysical fitness activities. Scheduled training timeswill be subject to the operational needs of theDepartment.22.3.3 OFF-DUTY EMPLOYMENT22.3.4 EXTRA-DUTY EMPLOYMENTA. There are two (2) types of secondary employment inwhich an officer may engage:1. Off-duty employment.2. Extra-duty employment.B. Only those employees who have attained Class Astatus or who have advanced to Step 5 of FieldTraining will be authorized to engage in secondaryemployment.C. Employees shall submit a Notification of Off-DutyEmployment form to the Chief of Police, through theirchain-of-command, prior to such employment.1. Denial of off-duty employment must be madewithin ten (10) days of notification. However,denial may be made at a later date upon reviewof more current information or upon the criterialisted in 2(a), (b), or (c).2. Criteria for denial shall be based upon:a. Interference with off-duty availability;b. Avoiding conflicts of interest and protectingthe image of the Department; andc. Sub-standard performance.d. Avoiding impairment of on-dutyperformance.D. Authorization for secondary employment may bedenied if the requesting employee has been placedon sick leave review.Page 1 of 2

E. A police officer engaged in secondary employment issubject to call-out in case of emergency, and will beexpected to leave the secondary employment in suchsituations.F. When secondary employment is terminated, theemployee shall notify their Deputy Chief in writing.G. No member of the department shall use any officialChampaign Police Department equipment, clothing,insignia, or badge in the course of secondaryemployment without the prior written consent of theChief of Police. No such use shall be approvedunless the employment is with and supervised byanother government agency, or unless, in thediscretion of the Chief of Police, the use of officialChampaign Police Department equipment in thecourse of secondary employment is reasonable andappropriate and will promote public safety, health,and welfare.H. It should be noted that Workmen’s Compensationinsurance likely will not cover injuries resulting fromor occurring during secondary employment.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 41.14SUBJECT: CONFLICT MANAGEMENT AND EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09CRISIS INTERVENTIONREVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:RFERENCE CALEA:INDEX AS:41.14.1 AUTHORITY41.14.2 OBJECTIVES41.14.3 TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS41.14.4 LOCAL RESOURCESPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance toChampaign police officers responding to ordermaintenance situations involving conflict between two ormore people, alcohol incapacitation, mental illness, or anaddiction to controlled substances.POLICY:41.14.1 AUTHORITYA. The police order maintenance function involves theresponsibility to protect life and property and keep thepeace. This responsibility requires a unique authorityto investigate and, if need be, authority to take aperson into custody even though there is no authorityto arrest.B. Peace officers have statutory non-arrest authority totake custody of persons involving alcoholincapacitation, mental illness, and addiction tocontrolled substances.41.14.2 OBJECTIVESA. The objectives of this policy are as follows:1. To provide officers with awareness of thepotential for danger, injury, or death oftenassociated with conflict situations.2. To provide officers with awareness of the basicprecautions that should be taken to ensureofficer and citizen safety and survival duringpolice response to various conflict situations.B. Conflict management and crisis interventionobjectives are as follows:1. To provide officer intervention as a calm thirdparty, to reduce tension and hostility, and torestore order without unnecessary force.2. To reduce the emotional level of the dispute topre-conflict level and to obtain control of thesituation without having to resort to the use ofphysical force.3. To provide an initial effort for informationgathering and to objectively determine theunderlying issues of the dispute or conflict.4. To provide an initial approach that will enhancenegotiation or conflict resolution, to reduce thepotential for repeat calls for service to thatlocation.41.14.3 TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONSA. An officer approaching a potentially violent conflictshould ensure that a back-up officer has beendispatched, seek clarification from METCADregarding any information which is vague or unclear,and make a tactical approach which enhances officersafety and minimizes the potential for officer or citizeninjury to the extent possible.B. When officers are attempting to defuse a hostilesituation, the involved parties should typically beseparated.C. Officers should present themselves in a calm,authoritative manner so as not to contribute to theconflict.D. The initial approach to conflict resolution shouldtypically include determining precipitating causes,determining underlying causes, bringing separateddisputants back into calm discussion, and the use ofnegotiation skills.41.14.4 LOCAL RESOURCESA. The Front Desk will maintain a current list of localresources which can be utilized during suchsituations, including but not limited to:1. Detoxification facilities for the emergencytreatment of alcohol incapacitation.2. Mental health facilities for the treatment of mentalillness.3. Facilities for the treatment of addiction tocontrolled substances.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY AND PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 3.1SUBJECT: CONTRACTUAL AGREEMENTS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09FOR POLICE SERVICESREVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.17.013.1.1 WRITTEN AGREEMENT3.1.2 EMPLOYEE RIGHTSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines forentering into contractual agreements for paid servicesprovided by the Department.POLICY:1. Promotional opportunities.2. Training opportunities.3. Fringe benefits.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department3.1.1 WRITTEN AGREEMENTA. All written contractual agreements will be drafted andagreed upon by the Champaign Police Department,the City of Champaign, and the agency receiving theservice. This written agreement shall govern the lawenforcement services provided and will include:1. A statement of specific services to be provided.2. Specific language dealing with the financialagreement between the parties.3. Specification of the records to be maintainedconcerning the performance of services by theChampaign Police Department.4. Language dealing with the duration, modification,and termination of the contract.5. Specific language dealing with legalcontingencies.6. Stipulation that the Champaign PoliceDepartment maintains control over its personnel.7. Specific arrangements for the use of equipmentand facilities.8. A procedure for review and revision of theagreement if needed.3.1.2 EMPLOYEE RIGHTSA. Employment rights of personnel assigned under acontract for law enforcement services are notabridged by the Champaign Police Department.B. The employee shall not be penalized in any way forworking under a contractual agreement for lawenforcement services. This includes, but is notlimited to, the following rights for:Page 1 of 1

"A" Course of FireOn-Duty/Off-Duty HandgunSemi-Auto and Revolver (minimum 5-round capacity)30 roundsWhere indicated below, the word “DRAW” requires the shooter to withdraw the handgun from asecured holster upon the command of fire. The word “PRESENT” means that the shooter has thehandgun in the shooting hand at the “low ready” position ands stands ready for the command of fire.5 yds/12 rds I. Unsupported.7 yds/12 rds II. Unsupported.15 yds/6 rds III. Unsupported.(OPTIONAL)25 yds/3 rds IV. Unsupported.Stage 1 – Draw/Present and fire 2 rounds in 6 seconds.Stage 2 – Draw/Present and fire 2 rounds in 6 seconds.Stage 3 – Draw/Present and fire 2 rounds in 6 seconds.Stage 4 – Draw/Present and fire 2 rounds in 6 seconds.Stage 5 – Draw/Present and fire 2 rounds in 6 seconds.Stage 6 – Draw/Present and fire 2 rounds in 6 seconds.Stage 7 – Draw/Present and fire 3 rounds in 7 seconds.Stage 8 – Draw/Present and fire 3 rounds in 7 seconds.Stage 9 – Draw/Present and fire 3 rounds in 7 seconds.Stage 10 – Draw/Present and fire 3 rounds in 7 seconds.Stage 11 – Draw/Present and fire 3 rounds in 10 seconds.Stage 12 – Draw/Present and fire 3 rounds in 10 seconds.Optional Stage 12 - Draw/Present and fire 3 rounds in 15 seconds, in lieu of thesecond three round stage at 15 yards.- For duty weapons qualifications, all stages of fire will be from a secured holster.- For off-duty weapons and retired officer qualifications, all stages of fire will commence from the lowready” position”.- Target Scoring Area: 8 ½ x 14 inch overlay, center mass of target.- The minimum passing score is 70%.Policy 1.4 - Attachment A

"B" Course of FireURBAN POLICE RIFLE (UPR)50 yds/20 rds High readyA. 5 rounds standing 25 secondsB. 5 rounds standing to kneeling 30 secondsC. 5 rounds standing to prone 30 secondsD. 5 rounds standing to sitting 30 seconds25 yds/10 rds From the huntA 6 rounds standing- two rounds on command in 8 secondsB 4 rounds- two rounds on command standing to kneeling in 10 seconds15 yds/10 rds From the huntA. 6 rounds standing- two rounds on command in 6 seconds fired 3timesB. 4 rounds standing to kneeling- two rounds on command in 10 secondsfired 2 times15 yds/8 rds From the huntA. 1 round standing, to the head in 5 seconds, fired 8 times10 yds/12 rds From the huntA. 12 rounds standing, three shots on command (two shots to the bodyone to the head) in 7 secondsOfficers who carry the UPR must score 510, 85%, or more on the annual UPR qualification to carry theUPR on duty. The UPR qualification course consists of the course of fire shot once. Officers who scoreless than 510, 85%, on the UPR qualifications are un-qualified and are not allowed to carry the UPR onduty.25 yds/8 rds I. Unsupported"C" Course of FireShotgun8 roundsA. 8 rounds - begin with 4 rounds in magazine/1 chambered, single shot,tactical reload after each shot, no time limit.All firing will commence from the unsupported, strong shoulder position. A minimum score of 6 of 8center mass hits must be attained on at least one of the two qualification attempts. Officers who scoreless than 6 of 8 hits in center mass on the shotgun qualifications are un-qualified and are not allowed tocarry the shotgun on duty.Policy 1.4 - Attachment A

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 15.3SUBJECT: CRIME ANALYSIS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.11.01B. Sources used for the collection of crime data include:1. Incident reports,15.3.1 CRIME ANALYSIS PROCEDURES15.3.2 FEEDBACK ANALYSISPURPOSE:The purpose of this order is to establish a crime analysisfunction that will collect, collate, analyze, and disseminateinformation gathered from sources within the departmentand from agencies outside the department with the goal ofassisting operational and administrative personnel withplanning and deployment of resources in order to preventand suppress criminal activity.DEFINITIONS:Crime Analysis: The gathering of information and theextrication of data for developing tactical, strategic, andlong-range action plans for crime suppression.Appropriate crime analysis should be able to identifysimilarities of separate offenses, reveal commonalitiesand patterns of emerging and prevailing crime problems,assist in the screening and ordering of suspect lists, andsupport the assembling of specific crimes that may havebeen perpetrated by a specific offender already incustody.POLICY:15.3.1 CRIME ANALYSISA. Crime analysis provides useful information to aidoperational personnel in meeting tactical crimecontrol and prevention objectives by identifying andanalyzing the methods of operation of individualcriminals, providing crime pattern recognition, andproviding analyses of data from field interrogations,police reports, and arrests.1. The Department maintains a formally organizedcrime analysis function within the OperationalSupport Division.2. Analysis of crime data is accomplished usingstandard mathematical formulas. The systememployed for crime analysis includes,a. Computer spreadsheet programs,b. Computer graphing and presentationprograms,c. Computer mapping and link analysisprograms,d. Basic logic2. Supplemental reports,3. Arrest Reports,4. Field Interviews,5. Monthly statistical reports,6. Intelligence from internal sources,7. Intelligence from other agencies and theirsources,8. Traffic citations, and9. Citizen reports/information.C. The crime analysis function will identify similaritiesamong different offenses and reveal commonalitiesand patterns in the characteristics of current crimeproblems. The crime analysis function will considerfactors including, but not limited to:1. Frequency by type of crime,2. Geographical factors,3. Temporal Factors,4. Victim or property descriptions,5. Suspect, offender and vehicle descriptions,6. Modus operandi,7. Physical evidence information,8. Problem-oriented or community policingstrategiesD. Crime analysis information is disseminated toDepartment personnel as needed or upon request.1. Temporal and geographic data collected andanalyzed will be filed and distributed asconfidential information to Champaign policeofficers and selected other law enforcementpersonnel. These items can be distributedelectronically through the central computersystem or via hard-copy versions to the Patrolsection. This will be accomplished through:a. Crime Analysis bulletins, including analysisof crime patterns,b. Weekly Crime Bulletins,Page 1 of 2

c. Officer safety, wanted, or police hazardbulletins,d. Information sharing at roll call2. The Department will release crime analysisinformation to other criminal justice agencieswhenever appropriate and necessary to fulfill itsmission or to support the common mission of thelaw enforcement community.3. The Chief of Police shall be advised of existing oremerging criminal patterns as they are identified.Notification can be accomplished throughattendance at staff meetings, commandmeetings, daily interaction, memoranda, weeklyreports, and/or crime analysis bulletins.15.3.2 FEEDBACK ANALYSISA. In order to evaluate the Department’s crime analysisprogram, all personnel are encouraged to providefeedback to the Investigations Commander regardingthe effectiveness of the information disseminated.B. The Investigations Commander will periodicallysurvey department members to determine theeffectiveness of the process and identify areasneeding modification.C. Employee input is encouraged, and suggestions forchange will be considered and implemented whenand where practical.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 45.1SUBJECT: CRIME PREVENTION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX ASADM.21.01ADM.21.023. Officers will receive training in current crimeprevention theory and practices. The crimeprevention function will be responsible for thefollowing:45.1.1 CRIME PREVENTION PRIORITIES45.1.2 LIAISON WITH CRIME PREVENTION GROUPS45.1.3 COMMUNITY PLANNING POLICY INPUTPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for theDepartment’s commitment to crime prevention, toestablish the crime prevention component, and to informall employees that they play a role in the Department’soverall crime prevention efforts.POLICY:45.1.1 CRIME PREVENTION PRIORITIESA. The Department’s crime prevention function shall becoordinated by the Assistant to the Chief forCommunity Services, whose responsibilities include:1. Planning and coordination of crime preventionprograms, community education programs,school safety programs, and community relationsefforts.2. Other responsibilities include sharing the latestcrime prevention techniques with otheremployees of the Department, with the objectiveof encouraging them to have an impact onpreventing crime in the community.B. The Department is committed to crime prevention asa Department-wide philosophy, not just a specificprogram. All employees play a role in theDepartment’s overall crime prevention efforts.Consequently, the success of Department’s crimeprevention strategies and tactics are dependent uponall employees working together in partnership with thecommunity. Specific crime prevention programs,which are intended to reduce the incidence ofcriminal activity in the community, have beendeveloped, implemented, and maintained by theDepartment and are periodically reviewed foreffectiveness.1. The Department shall prioritize crime preventionprograms based upon information provided inDepartment crime analysis bulletins, crimestatistic updates, and citizen requests.a. Child safety education.b. Residential and business security educationand evaluation.c. Workplace safety education.d. Bicycle safety and security education.e. Drug prevention education.f. Senior citizen safety and security education.g. Police community relations.h. Youth relations and mentoring programs.45.1.2 LIAISON WITH CRIME PREVENTION GROUPSA. The Department’s crime prevention programs shallassist in the organization and operation of citizen orbusiness groups who have, as one of their purposes,the goal of crime prevention.B. District Commanders, supervisors, and officers shallmaintain active roles in community interest groupsand civic organizations with an emphasis on thepositive exchange of information. Any Departmentemployee who has special expertise or knowledgemay be called upon to present a program to acommunity organization or group. Any employee whogives such a presentation will be responsible fornotifying the Assistant to the Chief for CommunityServices, either in writing or by e-mail, of thepresentation.45.1.3 COMMUNITY PLANNING POLICY INPUTA. Upon request from another City department, or at thedirection of the Chief of Police, the Police Departmentwill provide crime prevention perspectives regardingthe development and/or revision of zoning policies,building codes, fire codes, and commercial and/orresidential building permits. The crime preventionperspectives will focus on enhancement of securityand the reduction of criminal opportunity throughplanning and design.2. The Department shall address communityperceptions or misperceptions of crime throughnew or existing crime prevention programs,including ongoing programs to educate thepublic.Page 1 of 2

ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 42.2SUBJECT: CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIONS OPERATIONS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.02.01OPR.02.03OPR.02.06OPR.13.0142.2.1 PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS42.2.2 FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATIONS42.2.3 INVESTIGATIVE CHECKLISTS42.2.4 ROLL CALL ATTENDANCE42.2.6 POLYGRAPH EXAMINATIONS42.2.7 USE OF CONFIDENTIAL SOURCES42.2.8 IDENTITY THEFT42.2.9 COLD CASES42.2.10 INTERVIEW ROOM SECURITYPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines thatprovide for the efficient and effective investigation of allreported crimes occurring within the City of Champaign.DEFINITIONS:Identity Theft: The wrongful use of another person’sidentifying information, such as a credit card, socialsecurity, or driver’s license number, which is used tocommit financial or other crimes.Confidential Source (C/S): An individual who, either withor without expectation of compensation, furnishesinformation or services regarding criminal activity. TheC/S may, at times, work under the supervision of anofficer, and is distinguished from a concerned citizen orcomplainant.Official Advance Funds (OAF): Funds made available bythe department for use during investigative activities,covert operations, and confidential source (C/S)payments.Cold Case: An unnatural death that generally, but notnecessarily always, has gone unsolved for at least oneyear and which is not being actively investigated.POLICY:42.2.1 PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONSA. A thorough and comprehensive preliminaryinvestigation often negates the need for investigativefollow-up. A shift supervisor shall be responsible forthe supervision of the preliminary investigation untilsuch investigation is completed or until command ofthe scene is assumed by a responding investigator.B. Appropriate steps in a preliminary investigation mayinclude, but are not limited to:1. Locating, identifying and interviewing victims,witnesses, complainants, and/or suspects.2. Observing and noting pertinent conditions,events, remarks, and activities surrounding theincident under investigation.3. Identifying, locating, and interviewing anysuspect(s).4. Securing and protecting the crime scene andarranging for the collection of evidence and anyspecialized assistance that is needed from asupervisor, K-9 unit, detective, Crime Scenetechnician, etc.5. Limiting entry/exit at the scene to a singlelocation where the potential for disturbing thescene is minimized to the extent possible, andlogging the names of all persons entering thescene.6. Providing aid to injured persons.7. Providing other units with pertinent information,such as a suspect and/or vehicle description.When known, the mode, method, and direction oftravel should also be provided.8. Reporting the incident as completely andaccurately as possible in an official police report.C. The following crimes require notification of anInvestigations supervisor. Upon notification, theInvestigations supervisor may either direct aninvestigator to the scene or provide guidance forfurther investigation:1. Homicide and/or an attempted homicide.2. Suspicious and/or suicidal death.3. Aggravated criminal sexual assault and criminalsexual assault.4. Armed robbery.5. Home invasion.6. Kidnapping (non-parental).7. Burglaries with more than $10,000.00 propertyloss.8. Arson with structural damage.9. Any other crime deemed appropriate by asupervisor.D. It is the policy of this Department to file charges orpresent case investigations to the appropriateprosecutive official only when each element of theoffense can be proven beyond the required burden.Page 1 of 5

Whenever this evidence standard is not met as aresult of more current information, mistake, or error ofjudgment, there is a responsibility to bring the currentinformation, mistake, or error of judgment to theattention of the appropriate prosecutive official toenable that official to make a more intelligent decisionas to how to proceed. This responsibility lies with thearresting or investigating officer and/or his immediatesupervisor.42.2.2 FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATIONSA. Appropriate steps in a follow-up investigation mayinclude, but are not limited to:1. Review and analysis of reports filed during thepreliminary investigation.2. Re-interviews of the victim, witnesses, and/or anyother person who may possess pertinentinformation.3. Interviews with patrol officers who preparedpreliminary reports and/or those who initiallyresponded to the call.4. Examining seized evidence, searching for furtherevidence, and reviewing the results of laboratoryand/or physical examinations.5. Attempts to identify the suspect(s) and/oroffender(s) and obtain a statement from them.6. Upon identification of a suspect, checking allavailable records to ensure the correctidentification of the suspect, ascertaining thesuspect’s involvement in past offenses, and,when appropriate, checking with other localpolice agencies to determine if the suspect isthought to be involved in any other criminalactivity.7. Running and obtaining criminal histories on anyand all suspects involved in the investigation.8. The officer or detective conducting the follow-upinvestigation should ensure that all writtendocuments related to the investigation, includingreports, statements, drawings, sketches, andother written materials of any kind are ofsufficient quality that they could be used by theState’s Attorney’s Office during presentation ofthe case in court.9. Each investigator will make contact, either bytelephone, by mail, or in person with the victim orcomplaint in each case assigned to him. Ideally,this contact will be made within three workingdays of the assignment. The purpose of thiscontact is to determine whether or not the victimor complainant has any new information notincluded in the initial report and to inform themwhat actions will be taken during the follow-upinvestigation.42.2.3 INVESTIGATIVE CHECKLISTSA. An offense report, when properly completed, willserve as a satisfactory checklist for mostinvestigations.B. Complex criminal investigations may requireadditional efforts. When assigning follow-upinvestigations, the Investigations DivisionCommander may affix an investigative checklist to acase assignment to ensure that critical areas of theinvestigation are not overlooked.42.2.4 ROLL CALL ATTENDANCEA. Both periodically and upon operational need,detectives will attend shift briefings. The purpose ofsuch attendance is to maintain open lines ofcommunication, to ensure the timely exchange ofinformation, and to share specific information oncriminal activity or criminal trends.42.2.6 POLYGRAPH EXAMINATIONSA. Polygraph services may be used in the follow-upinvestigation of any case when the lead investigatorhas determined he has reached a stage in theinvestigation where such exam would provebeneficial. If the suspect consents to a polygraphexamination, arrangements will be made with a statelicensed and certified polygraph examiner approvedby the Department.B. Generally, the Illinois State Police Polygraph sectionwill be requested to conduct the exams. However,private polygraph examiners may be used if priorapproval is received from the Investigations DivisionCommander.C. Polygraph procedures are as follows:1. An Investigations supervisor must approve theuse of a polygraph examination.2. Polygraph examinations are used as a last resortin determining or eliminating a suspect.3. The lead investigator shall ensure that thesuspect is willing to cooperate and take apolygraph exam.4. An appointment will be arranged with a certifiedpolygraph examiner.5. If necessary, the investigator will arrange fortransportation of the suspect to the examinationlocation.6. The detective will review the case with thepolygraph examiner prior to the examination.7. If the subject is under seventeen (17) years ofage, a parental waiver must be obtained. Incases involving young children, the polygraphexaminer shall be consulted regarding thefeasibility of an examination.8. The polygraph examination shall be conducted inaccordance with the Illinois State Policeprocedures regarding examination techniques,release, etc., unless the examiner is a privatecompany/person.a. In such cases, the private company/personshall conduct the exam and secure releasewaivers, etc.Page 2 of 5

. Current state and case law involvingpolygraph examinations must be followed.42.2.7 USE OF CONFIDENTIAL SOURCESA. The Department recognizes that a confidential source(C/S) can at times be essential in the investigation ofspecific crimes. The procedures set forth in thissection are to be used in the management andcontrol of a confidential source (C/S). Theprocedures will be followed strictly and uniformlyunless otherwise authorized by a District, Unit, orInvestigations Commander.1. A thorough background investigation, to includecriminal history, shall be completed on anyindividual who indicates a desire to work as aconfidential source (C/S) for the ChampaignPolice Department.2. Before an individual is documented and jacketedas a confidential source (C/S), approval to usethe individual must be obtained from asupervisor. The supervisor is expected to reviewthe results of the background check indetermining whether or not an individual may beutilized as a confidential source (C/S).3. When supervisory approval has been obtainedfor the use of an individual as a confidentialsource (C/S), the officer shall complete a C/Sjacket for the individual. Information which shallbe included in the confidential source (C/S)jacket includes:a. The results of the background investigation.b. The results of the criminal history check onthe confidential source (C/S).c. Fingerprints and a recent photograph.d. Completion of Personal History Form.e. A handwriting specimen.f. A signed confidential source (C/S)Indoctrination Form.4. Once a confidential source (C/S) has beenjacketed, the Investigations Division Commandershall create a unique confidential source (C/S)number for that individual. A confidential source(C/S) file will be assembled and retained by theInvestigations Division Commander in a securelocation reserved for confidential source (C/S)records. The Investigations Division Commanderwill be responsible for maintaining the file, andno person will be allowed access to confidentialsource (C/S) files without his express permission.5. Additional measures will be taken to protect theidentity of a confidential source (C/S). An officerutilizing a confidential source (C/S) shall ensurethat the confidential source (C/S) has a thoroughunderstanding of the following:a. The amount and method of payments, if anyare to be made.b. The restrictions placed on the expenditure ofadvance money by the confidential source(C/S).c. The procedures to be followed inestablishing contacts and arrangingmeetings.d. The procedures to be followed if theconfidential source (C/S) is arrested.e. Any obligations the confidential source (C/S)may have regarding testimony and courtappearances.f. The absence of any obligation by thedepartment after the services of theconfidential source (C/S) have beencompleted.g. The Department’s limitations in protectingthe identity of the confidential source (C/S).B. The Department will not tolerate criminal activity onthe part of any confidential source (C/S). If, during aninvestigation, an officer becomes aware of any illegalacts by the confidential source, the officer’simmediate supervisor and the Investigations DivisionCommander shall be notified immediately.C. When and where confidential sources are to be paidfor their services, strict payment records shall becompleted on the appropriate forms and shall include,but not be limited to:1. A signature from the confidential source (C/S)acknowledging the receipt of payment.2. A signature by the officer indicating that theconfidential source (C/S) has been paid.3. A signature by the officer who witnessed thepayment.D. Only a supervisor may authorize the payment ofmoney to a confidential source (C/S).E. Payments for confidential source (C/S) services inexcess of $500.00 must be approved by the DeputyChief of the appropriate Division.F. Fees paid to a confidential source (C/S) shall bepredicated upon:1. The quality of information.2. The quantity of information.3. The role of the confidential source (C/S) in theinvestigation.4. The amount of risk involved.5. The seriousness of the case.G. Fees will be paid to a confidential source (C/S) in theform of cash, and only after services have beenrendered.Page 3 of 5

H. Officers are limited to advising prosecutors of theextent to which a confidential source (C/S) hasassisted the department. No officer may promiseand/or guarantee any reduced charge, reducedsentence, or outcome involving the judicial system.I. Precautions to be taken with informants.1. When meeting with an informant, the officershould always choose the time and place.Locations should vary to avoid patterns.2. An officer will not meet with a confidential sourceunder any circumstance unless at least one otherofficer is present.3. Contact with a confidential source (C/S) shall belimited to that which is professional in nature.Social, sexual, and other off-duty contact isprohibited.4. Contacts with a confidential source (C/S) shall bein such a way that their knowledge of policefacilities, operations, activities, and personnel iskept to a minimum. Covert vehicles,investigative resources, investigative techniques,and investigative equipment shall not be unnecessarilyrevealed to a confidential source(C/S).5. A confidential source (C/S) will be accompaniedat all times when they are present in the policedepartment.6. A confidential source shall be searched forweapons prior to entering into the policedepartment or a department vehicle.7. Any time a confidential source (C/S) may comeinto contact with Official Advance Funds (OAF),controlled substances, or anything else ofpotential value, the confidential source (C/S)shall be thoroughly searched both before andafter the encounter.8. If an individual is on Federal SupervisedRelease, permission to use that individual as aconfidential source (C/S) must be obtained fromboth the United States Attorney’s Office and aUnited States District Judge.9. Juveniles will not be used as informants unlessapproval is granted by the appropriate UnitSupervisor and the appropriate waivers aresigned by parents or guardians.J. Confidential source (C/S) funds will be balanced on amonthly basis by the Investigations DivisionCommander, and confidential source (C/S) funds willbe audited periodically by Fiscal Administration. TheChief of Police may order and audit of confidentialsource (C/S) funds at any time without notice.42.2.8 IDENTITY THEFTA. The Department shall investigate identity theft reportsfrom residents who have learned or suspect that theirpersonal information has been unlawfully used byanother. A report shall be taken when either theoffense occurred within the City of Champaign or thevictim lives within the City.1. The Department is responsible for taking a reportand providing the victim with a copy of the report(720 ILCS 5/16G-30). No special identity crimereport form is utilized. All relevant informationand data concerning the theft will be recorded.2. Officers taking reports of Identity Theft shall takereasonable steps to assist victims of identitytheft. This shall include providing victims with thefollowing suggestions, where appropriate:a. Contact the Federal Trade Commission(FTC), which serves as the nation’sclearinghouse for information related toidentity theft crimes.b. Cancel all credit, debit, and chargeaccounts and request new cards andaccount numbers.c. Contact the fraud departments of thethree major credit reporting agencies(Equifax, Experian, and TransUnion)and have them place a fraud alert onthe account.d. If bank accounts are involved, reportlosses to each financial institution,cancel existing accounts, and open newaccounts.e. If a driver’s license is involved, contactthe Secretary of State’s Office.f. If a Social Security number is involved,contact Social Security Administration todetermine the integrity of the socialsecurity number.g. If the keys to a house or motor vehicleare involved, have the owner re-keythem.3. All identity theft reports will be forwarded to theInvestigations Division for review.4. When the investigation reveals that a crime hasoccurred in another jurisdiction, the investigatingofficer will make contact with the appropriatejurisdiction.5. The Department will provide the public withinformation on identity theft prevention throughpublic presentations and the distribution ofeducational materials.42.2.9 COLD CASESA. All cold cases, even those which have been placedon inactive status, will be assigned to a detective. Ona periodic basis, the Investigations DivisionCommander will review cold cases to determinewhether an individual cold case has the potential tobe solved and should be re-opened.B. The criteria for evaluating and re-opening a cold casegenerally includes, but is not limited to the following,Page 4 of 5

1. Legal considerations, such as applicable statutesof limitation.2. Technological considerations, such as the natureand condition of any evidence and theadvancement of technology which may be usedto assist in solving the crime.3. Practical considerations, such as the availabilityof a victim or witness.4. Resource considerations, such as whether thereis time, money, and/or and personnel availablefor re-investigation.I. The subject being interviewed will be allowed accessto a restroom and to water, and will be allowedcomfort breaks as needed. Subjects will be escortedto the restroom by a sworn officer who will stand byoutside the restroom door and then escort the subjectback to the interview room.J. Officers do not need to secure their weapons whenconducting interviews or interrogations in either of thefirst floor lobby interview rooms.K. All officers will be trained in proper suspect handlingprocedures pertaining to the use of investigativeinterview rooms.C. Any new information regarding a cold case will beevaluated by the Investigations Division Commanderto determine if it warrants additional investigation.D. Any investigative efforts will be documented onappropriate agency forms and included in the originalcase.42.2.10 INTERVIEW ROOM SECURITYA. The Department provides six interview rooms withinthe Investigations Division. Each of those interviewrooms shall contain only those items necessary toconduct interviews and to provide for the safetyand/or comfort of both the officer(s) and the person(s)being interviewed.1. None of the interview rooms are capable of beinglocked, but access to them is controlled throughthe use of electronic key cards which arerequired to access the Investigations Division.B. Prior to entering an interview room where an arrestedperson is present, every officer will secure anyfirearm in their possession in one of the lockboxesprovided in the Investigations Division. Less-lethalweapons do not have to be secured.C. Under normal circumstances, no more than two lawenforcement personnel will be present in an interviewroom during an interview or interrogation. Additionalpersonnel may be allowed as necessary or underexceptional circumstances, such as a physicalconfrontation.D. Unless an interview is being electronically monitoredby another officer, any officer utilizing the interviewrooms will carry either a radio and/or a telephone withthem to be used in the event they require assistance.E. Equipment kept in the interview rooms includes atable, chairs, and covert audio/visual monitoringequipment.F. Suspects will not be restrained by securing them tofixed objects of any kind.G. Necessary precautions will be taken to preventsuspect access to fire sources or flammable objects.H. All arrested persons will be searched prior to entryinto an interview room, and interview rooms shall besearched prior to each use. Arrested persons whoare in custody shall not be left unattended.Page 5 of 5

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 42.1SUBJECT: CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIONS ADMINISTRATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.02.01OPR.02.04OPR.02.0542.1.1 INVESTIGATIVE COVERAGE42.1.2 CASE SCREENING42.1.3 CASE FILE MANAGEMENT42.1.4 PRELIMINARY AND FOLLOW-UPINVESTIGATIONS42.1.5 HABITUAL/SERIOUS OFFENDERS42.1.6 CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCEPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish generalguidelines for case assignments, staffing, generaladministration, and use of the investigations function.DEFINITION:Criminal Intelligence: The end product of a process thatconverts individual pieces of information into eitherevidence or, more often, insights, conclusions, orassessments that can help form the basis for lawenforcement strategies, priorities, policies, or investigativetactics regarding a specific crime, suspect, criminalorganization, etc. The intelligence process includes thesystematic collection of raw information that, aftercollation, evaluation, and analysis is disseminated toappropriate units of the Department.POLICY:42.1.1 INVESTIGATIVE COVERAGEA. Detectives are available during regularly scheduledduty hours, which is typically from 7:00 a.m. to 4:15p.m., Monday through Friday.B. When detectives are on-duty and an investigator isneeded, notification will be made by contacting anInvestigations supervisor who will be responsible forthe assignment of a detective.1. In situations where detectives are on-duty but noInvestigations Division supervisor is available, itwill be the responsibility of the assigned detectiveto make contact with an Investigations Divisionsupervisor as soon after an assignment as ispractical.C. When there are no detectives on duty, a request for adetective will be made through the on callInvestigations supervisor. Upon notification, therequesting supervisor and the on call Investigationssupervisor will confer to determine whether or not animmediate response is necessary based upon thecircumstances. If an immediate response is needed,the on call Investigations supervisor will contact theon call detective (and/or back-up on-call detective) tomake the assignment.D. The Investigations Division shall be notified in allcases of suspicious death, suicide, violent crime withserious injury, and/or any other case as deemedappropriate by a supervisor.42.1.2 CASE SCREENINGA. On a routine basis, Investigations Divisionsupervisors will review all case reports initiated bythis Department. Supervisors will review the reportsin an effort to direct investigative resources toward:1. The most serious crimes.2. Crimes having the greatest potential of beingsolved.3. Patterns of criminal behavior.4. Incidents which are, or may become, sensitive innature.B. In making the determination as to which cases shouldbe assigned, Investigations Division supervisors shallconsider, but not be limited by, the following factors:1. The time lapse from the time of occurrence to thetime of the report.2. The existence of witnesses.3. The existence of physical evidence.4. The ability to identify a suspect.5. The ability to identify a suspect’s vehicle.6. The impact of the incident on the community.7. Investigative leads.C. All homicides, suicides, suspicious deaths, armedrobberies, burglaries over $10,000, and fatal trafficaccidents will be assigned for further investigation.D. When a case is assigned for investigation, theInvestigations Supervisor responsible for assigningthe case shall designate one detective as the leadinvestigator. The lead investigator will assumeresponsibility for the completion and documentationof the investigation. More than one detective may beassigned to a case which is large in magnitude orcomplex in nature.E. When a case is to be assigned for follow-upinvestigation, Investigations supervisors shall use avariety of factors in determining which detective willbe assigned as the lead investigator. These factorsinclude, but are not limited to:Page 1 of 4

1. Investigative experience, specialized skills,training, or knowledge.2. The availability of manpower and current workschedules.3. Current caseloads.F. The suspension of an investigation must be approvedby an Investigations Supervisor. Investigations maybe suspended or cleared for a variety of reasons,including, but not limited to the following:1. A lack of investigative leads.2. A lack of credibility on the part of victims orwitnesses.3. The statute of limitations.4. A decision by the State’s Attorney’s Office not toprosecute.5. The determination that a crime has not occurredor that a case is unfounded.6. The determination that a crime did not occurwithin the department’s legal jurisdiction or thatan outside agency is better suited to handle theinvestigation.7. A lack of cooperation from the victim.42.1.3 CASE FILE MANAGEMENTA. Cases referred to the Investigations Division shall bereviewed and coordinated by an InvestigationsSupervisor who will determine the need for follow-upinvestigation.1. If the determination is made to assign a case forinvestigation, a supervisor will assign a detectiveand then forward the case file to an OfficeWorker for entry into the Area-wide RecordManagement System (ARMS).2. Upon completion of the investigation, theassigned detective shall recommend a finaldisposition of the case. The investigative reportsshall be forwarded to the appropriateInvestigations Supervisor.3. If the Investigations Supervisor, after havingreviewed all submitted reports and materials,determines that the case should be closed, thena final disposition shall be entered into the Area-Wide Records Management System (ARMS). Ifthe supervisor does not concur with thedetective’s decision to close the case, then heshall return the case with instructions foradditional follow-up.B. Cases shall be assigned an Illinois Uniform CrimeReport case status code, as follows:00 – UNFOUNDED01 – REFERRED TO RESPONSIBLE JURISDICTION02 – PENDING INVESTIGATION03 – CLEARED BY ADULT ARREST04 – CLEARED BY JUVENILE ARREST05 – CLEARED EXCEPTIONALLY (Death ofOffender)06 – CLEARED EXCEPTIONALLY (ExtraditionDenied)07 – CLEARED EXCEPTIONALLY (Refusal toCooperate)08 – CLEARED EXCEPTIONALLY (ProsecutionDeclined)09 – ADMINISTRATIVELY CLOSED10 – CLEARED EXCEPTIONALLY (Juvenile, nocustody)C. The Investigations Division maintains files on allcases in which investigative activity is ongoing.These case files contain a copy of the preliminaryinvestigative report and records of follow-up activity.Case files may also include records of statements,case status reports, and other records and reports asneeded for investigative and prosecutorial purposes.D. Upon assignment for follow-up investigation, the casereport copies shall be placed in a folder, labeled withthe case number, and forwarded to the assigneddetective.1. Detectives are responsible for maintaining allcopies of pertinent reports and documents intheir individually assigned case folders. Whenan original document related to the case comesinto the custody of the assigned detective, thedetective shall make a copy for the case file andeither submit the original into evidence or forwardit to the Records Division, as is appropriate.E. Accessibility to the files.1. Original documents, when necessary for furtherinvestigation, may only be removed fromRecords or Evidence through proper procedures.2. Investigative case files shall only be accessibleto law enforcement personnel at the discretion ofthe assigned detective or an InvestigationsSupervisor.3. It is recognized that some criminal investigationscontain sensitive information which couldcompromise the eventual outcome of theinvestigation. The Investigations DivisionCommander may authorize original reportsinvolving such cases to be kept securely withinthe Investigations Division. The InvestigationsDivision Commander is responsible for auditingcase files maintained in this fashion andreturning them to the Records Division.F. Monitoring and purging filesPage 2 of 4

1. The Investigations Division supervisors willmonitor the status of assigned cases byreviewing offense reports and supplementalreports, by discussing the case with detectives,and by analyzing the case summary reports.Supervisors will conduct a monthly audit ofassigned cases with each of their assigneddetectives. When a case is closed orsuspended, all files shall be consolidated into thecentral records system.42.1.4 PRELIMINARY AND FOLLOW-UPINVESTIGATIONSA. Patrol officers will conduct preliminary investigations.Preliminary duties include, but are not limited to:1. Interviewing victims, witnesses andcomplainants.2. Observing and noting conditions, events, andactivities surrounding the incident underinvestigation.3. Reporting the incident completely and accurately.4. Locating and identifying all witnesses andoffenders at the scene.5. Interviewing or interrogating suspects whenappropriate.6. Maintaining the integrity of the crime scene,identifying and securing possible evidence, andmaintaining a crime scene log when appropriate.7. Effecting the arrests of suspects whencircumstances permit.8. Requesting a supervisor or other assistancewhen appropriate.B. Follow-up investigations may be conducted by patrolofficers when:1. They can perform tasks that would significantlycontribute to the successful conclusion of a caseand they have the approval of a supervisor.2. They have been assigned to do so by asupervisor.C. In cases where patrol officers conduct follow-upinvestigation, the patrol officer will file supplementalreports, lab requests, and other reports as needed.All other follow-up investigations will be theresponsibility of the Investigations Division.D. Detective’s responsibility.Investigations Division personnel shall documentincidents and conduct preliminary investigations onall self-initiated cases and cases assigned by asupervisor.42.1.5 HABITUAL/SERIOUS OFFENDERSA. For the purposes of this directive, habitual or seriousoffenders are defined as offenders who have 2 ormore arrests and/or convictions for similar seriousoffenses such as:1. Burglaries, robberies, and other felony offenses.2. Misdemeanor offenses that indicate patterns of acareer criminal such as, but not limited to,shoplifting, theft, prostitution, etc.3. Sexually dangerous persons as defined in IllinoisCompiled Statutes 730 ILCS 150/1.4. Habitual juvenile offenders as defined in IllinoisCompiled Statutes Chapter 705 ILCS 405/5-35.B. Officers shall make inquiries to determine if anarrestee or offender meets the criteria of a habitualoffender.1. Upon arrest, officers are expected to makeinquiries into an arrestee’s prior criminalbackground by using LEADS (Law EnforcementAgencies Data System), NCIC (National CrimeInformation Center), CCH (ComputerizedCriminal History), and/or the Area-wide RecordsManagement System (ARMS).2. If, during the above inquiries, the arrestee isfound to have 2 or more arrests and/orconvictions for offenses similar to the offense athand, then the reporting officer shall indicate thiswithin the police report.C. Notification to the State’s Attorney’s office in casesinvolving habitual offenders.1. Upon request of the Investigations Division,copies of all police reports involving an arrest areforwarded to the State’s Attorney’s Office by theRecords Division.2. In all cases involving the arrest of a habitualoffender, a representative of the InvestigationsDivision will confer with the State’s Attorney’sOffice to discuss prosecution and to offer anyassistance that may be required in thepreparation and prosecution of involved cases.42.1.6 CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCEA. The Investigations Division Commander isresponsible for the administration and coordination ofthe Department’s intelligence function. Criminalintelligence information is not typically related tocurrent criminal investigations. The InvestigationsDivision Commander shall ensure that informationgathered is related to criminal conduct, suspiciousconduct, or a potential threat to the community.Examples of criminal and suspicious activities to bemonitored by the intelligence function include, but arenot limited to:1. Organized crime activities.2. Gang-related criminal activities.3. Gypsy crimes.4. Subversive criminal activities.Page 3 of 4

5. Narcotic, gambling, and vice activities.6. Terrorism.7. Civil disorder.8. Habitual criminal activities.B. The Intelligence activities performed by theDepartment include, but are not limited to, thefollowing:1. Obtaining and integrating information into acohesive and logical case file or description ofcrime trends to be disseminated to proper lawenforcement authorities if needed.2. Identifying crimes and crime trends through theuse of deduction, information assessment, reportreview, data comparisons, and crime analysis.3. Identifying criminals through the use ofdeduction, information assessment, and theapplication of scientific methods.2. The Investigations Division Commander will workclosely with detectives to identify crime patternsand/or habitual offenders.3. Detectives may also consult with the Mid-StatesOrganized Crime Information Center (MOCIC) orthe Illinois Law Enforcement Intelligence Network(ILEIN) to assist in a criminal intelligenceinvestigation, and/or contribute intelligenceinformation to their respective data banks.4. An Investigations supervisor shall be notified ofall surveillance activities conducted by membersof the Investigations Division. The use of anyspecialized intelligence equipment is limited tothose officers who have been trained in the safe,effective, and legal use of such equipment.5. Surveillance activities shall be conducted in sucha manner that no infringement upon the rights ofany individual occurs.ISSUING AUTHORITY4. Developing cases for prosecution in court.5. Providing support to detectives involved in longandshort-term and complex case investigations.6. Projecting crime trends for purposes of planningand law enforcement resource allocation.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department7. Developing information related to any of the citedexamples in Section 42.1.6(A) of this policy.C. All criminal intelligence documents shall be securelymaintained either within the Crime Analysis office orthe Investigations Division. Criminal intelligence filesare maintained separately from all other Departmentrecords. Information in these files is maintained bythe Investigations Division Commander or hisdesignee.1. The Investigations Division Commander isresponsible for the integrity of all files and accessshall be limited to individuals with ademonstrated need to access intelligence files.D. Intelligence case files will be regularly reviewed,updated, or corrected by the Investigations DivisionCommander. Information that no longer relates to anactive investigation or is incorrect shall be destroyedafter a joint review by the Investigations DivisionCommander and the assigned detective.E. The Investigations Division Commander shall deployinvestigative personnel and equipment and utilizeintelligence techniques when appropriate andnecessary in accordance with applicable directives ofthis Department.1. The Investigations Division Commander or hisdesignee is to collect, evaluate, analyze, anddisseminate intelligence data regarding criminalactivities in the City of Champaign, ChampaignCounty, and surrounding communities.Page 4 of 4

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 74.3SUBJECT: CRIMINAL PROCESS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.11.041) The warrant will be confirmed byaccessing a hard copy of the warrantfrom warrant files.74.3.1 EXECUTION OF CRIMINAL PROCESS74.3.2 EXECUTION BY SWORN OFFICERSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines foruse by officers serving warrants.POLICY:74.3.1 EXECUTION OF CRIMINAL PROCESSA. Arrest Warrants.1. Officers may make an arrest if they are inpossession of a warrant or if they havereasonable grounds to believe that a warrant forthe person’s arrest has been issued in this Stateor in another jurisdiction (725 ILCS 5/107-2).Whenever possible, officers shall verify thevalidity of a warrant by contacting the originatingagency prior to attempting to execute a warrant.a. Officers are expected to maintain a workingknowledge of the Illinois Compiled Statutesand Judicial decisions relating to arrestprocedures and prisoner rights. Training willbe provided when changes in procedureresult from new Statutes or judicialdecisions.2. The Champaign County Sheriff’s Departmentmaintains all criminal warrants issued throughthe Champaign County State’s Attorney’s Office.3. The Champaign Police Department maintainsonly “City” warrants, which are warrants issuedthrough the City Attorney’s Office pursuant toordinance violations.a. “City” warrants are not entered into LEADSor NCIC. “City” warrants files are, however,entered into the ARMS database, and maybe accessed 24 hours per day by bothmembers of this department and by otherlocal participating departments.b. When notified that a defendant has beenarrested on an outstanding City warrant,whether by an officer of either thisdepartment or another agency, the followingsteps shall be taken:2) The bond amount will be provided to thearresting officer.3) An original copy of the warrant will beprovided to the arresting officer.4) The warrant will be removed from theARMS database by an on-duty FrontDesk staff member.5) The arresting officer will transport theprisoner to the Champaign CountyCorrectional Center.6) Champaign County Correctionalpersonnel will accept the prisoner uponcompletion of intake procedures.7) Correctional personnel will house theprisoner until bond can be posted or acourt appearance can be set.8) Correctional personnel will designate acourt appearance date if and when thedefendant posts bond on the warrant.4. When an officer of this Department learns thereis an active warrant issued by another agency,the originating agency shall be contacted toconfirm that the warrant is still active and thesubject is within the geographical limits of thewarrant. Upon confirmation, the subject shall beplaced under arrest, transported to theChampaign County Correctional Center, and leftin the custody of correctional officers uponcompletion of intake procedures.a. It will be the responsibility of the originatingagency to clear the warrant from LEADS.B. Search Warrants.1. Officers executing search warrants will do so incompliance with Illinois Compiled Statutes, 725ILCS 5/108, Search and Seizure.2. Search warrants are valid for 96 hours from thetime of issuance, and may be executed any timeof day or night.3. Officers executing a search warrant may use onlythat force which is necessary and reasonable toeffect entry into a building for the execution of thewarrant.4. When executing a search warrant, officers maydetain anyone at the place of execution to protectPage 1 of 2

themselves from attack and/or to prevent thedisposal or concealment of items described inthe warrant.5. When a search warrant is executed, a copy ofthe warrant will be left with anyone from whomitems are seized. If no one is available at theplace where the warrant is executed, a copy ofthe warrant will be left at the place from whereany items were seized.6. If a search warrant is not executed withinstatutory time limits, it shall be returned to theissuing judge as “not served”.7. When a search warrant is executed, a list ofitems seized will be returned withoutunnecessary delay to the issuing judge or anycourt of competent jurisdiction. An inventory ofthe items seized will be filed with the return andsigned under oath by the officer executing thesearch warrant.8. The item or items which are the object of thesearch will determine the scope of the search.For example, a search warrant which authorizesofficers to search for and seize narcoticsprovides authority for a wider search sincenarcotics are small enough to be hidden anyplace. In such a case, looking into desks,clothing, and other personal effects would bereasonable. However, if a 25-inch colortelevision is the object of the search, then lookinginto desks, clothing and personal effects wouldbe unreasonable.1. When an arrest is made without a warrant, theuse of a Notice to Appear (NTA) or summons isnot routinely permitted.2. A Notice to Appear (NTA) or summons may onlybe issued only with the approval of a supervisor.3. When a Notice to Appear (NTA) or summons isissue, the reason for its issuance shall bedocumented in the corresponding police report.74.3.2 EXECUTION BY SWORN OFFICERSA. All arrest warrants, whether criminal or civil, andsearch warrants will be executed only by sworn policeofficers of this department, and execution will be inconformance with applicable state, federal, and locallaws and court rulings.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department9. Except for contraband, only items which arelisted on the search warrant may be seized. Ifcontraband is seized, it will also be listed on thesearch warrant inventory.10. Arrested persons should typically be removedfrom the scene as soon as possible andtransported to the Champaign CountyCorrectional Center.11. If the property or evidence of another crime isobserved while executing the search warrant andthose items are not listed on the search warrant,they will not be taken. In such cases thesupervisor in charge will post an officer toprevent the removal of those items and apply foranother search warrant which authorizes theseizure of those items.12. As a courtesy and for informational and safetypurposes, prior to serving a search warrantoutside of City limits officers should notify theagency having jurisdiction over the locationwhere the warrant is to be served. A supervisormay decide to forego the notification if, in hisopinion, it would jeopardize the service of thewarrant. In such cases, notification will be madeimmediately after the warrant has been served.13. A supervisor must be present to supervise theexecution of all search warrants.C. Notice to Appear (NTA) or Summons in lieu of arrest.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 41.13SUBJECT: CRISIS INTERVENTION TEAM EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:RFERENCE CALEA:INDEX AS:41.13.1 BACKGROUND41.13.2 PROCEDURES41.13.3 SELECTION OF C.I.T. OFFICERSPURPOSE:The Champaign Police Department is committed toserving all segments of the public in the highest possiblecapacity. To accomplish that mission, specialized trainingis developed. This policy authorizes the establishment ofCrisis Intervention Team (C.I.T) training to afford peoplewho have mental illnesses or disabilities the same rights,dignity, and access to police services as are provided toall citizens.The purpose of the C.I.T. is to have specially trainedpolice officers respond to those members of the publicwith mental disabilities or illnesses when they are in crisis.The C.I.T. is an essential component of a network of localservices that provides assistance to such citizens andtheir families.POLICY:41.13.1 BACKGROUNDA. The Champaign Police Department recognizes thatmental illness can result in calls for service. TheDepartment also recognizes that:1. Mental illness is not a crime.2. Most people with mental illnesses are fullyfunctioning community members.3. Involvement in unusual or criminal conduct maybe an unintentional symptom of a person’smental illness or a failure to receive treatment forthe illness, rather than intentional wrongdoing.4. Some people with mental illnesses may be morevulnerable to crime, abuse or injury than thegeneral population.B. Many calls for service do not warrant the use of policeauthority or enforcement. It is the policy of theChampaign Police Department that no individual shallbe arrested for behavioral manifestations of mentalillness that are not criminal in nature.from harming themselves as well as protect othersfrom potential harm that may be caused by theperson with mental illness.D. Some mentally ill people generate repeat callsinvolving non-criminal incidents. In such cases, it isimportant for the responders to look beyond theimmediate incident, to consider the underlyingconditions that prompted the call, and to tailor a morelasting solution for the situation.E. There are conditions that may be confused withmental illness but are not mental illnesses. Suchconditions include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer’sdisease, dementia, mental retardation, and autism.The Champaign Police Department will provide policeservices to these individuals in keeping with the spiritof this policy.41.13.2 PROCEDURESA. The Champaign Police Department will maintainspecially trained and certified C.I.T. officers who willrespond, when possible, to individuals with mentalillnesses.1. The standard of care for C.I.T. officers inreaching a disposition in a call involving anindividual with mental illness will includeconsidering first the least restrictive environmentpossible to meet the needs of the individual andthe community.2. C.I.T. officers will use the tracking form and theARMS system for information-sharing on C.I.T.related calls.B. When available, supervisors should direct C.I.T.officers to calls involving a confirmed or suspectedmentally ill person. The supervisor may also requestthat a C.I.T. officer from another jurisdiction respondto assist with a call.41.13.3 SELECTION OF C.I.T. OFFICERSA. In order to be considered for the C.I.T., an officer’smost recent evaluation must reflect a rating of at least“Met Standards”. However, C.I.T. supervisors willhave the responsibility for final selection of C.I.Tofficers.C. People with severe mental illnesses can posesignificant risk to themselves or others. Officers havean obligation to protect a person with mental illnessPage 1 of 1

B. An officer selected for the C.I.T. will become certifiedupon successful completion of a basic 40-hourtraining class.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 41.15SUBJECT: CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:RFERENCE CALEA:INDEX AS:41.15.1 RESPONSIBILITY41.15.2 GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURESPURPOSE:Stress is one of the most serious occupational hazardsfacing the Department. Recognizing exactly how stresscan adversely affect our health, job performance, careerdecision-making, morale, and family life is important. Thepurpose of this policy is to establish guidelines forrecognizing when the services of the debriefing team areneeded, and for providing those services to employeeswho have been involved in critical incidents.DEFINITIONS:Critical Incident: Any situation faced by police personnelthat causes them to experience unusually strongemotional reactions (stress) which have the potential tointerfere with their ability to function either at the scene orlater.Critical Incident Stress Debriefing (CISD): An educationaland psychological group process designed to mitigate theimpact of a critical incident and to accelerate normalrecovery to an abnormal situation. This process will beused to address the stress resulting from critical incidents.Defusing: A brief group meeting, usually held 24-72 hoursafter a critical incident, which is intended to assist with thehealing process and to assist an individual with gettingthrough a traumatic event by giving them an opportunity todiscuss what they saw.POLICY:41.15.1 RESPONSIBILITYA. All personnel hold responsibility for identifying andrecognizing specific incidents which could beconsidered critical incidents. When the need exists,any individual may request the services of adebriefing team. This request should be madethrough a shift supervisor, who will in turn notify aDeputy Chief.1. Once the need has been determined, a Defusingshould be requested immediately. Ideally, theDefusing should take place between 24 and 72hours after the event.2. Attendance at a Defusing is mandatory for allpersonnel involved. Only those involved will beallowed to attend.3. All personnel may be required to meet with thedepartmental psychologist to provide anopportunity to discuss his/her reaction andconcerns in a private setting.4. If the need for one is identified, a Debriefing willbe held approximately 72 hours after theincident. The Debriefing will be open to allmembers of all disciplines who were involved inthe incident. Attendance at the Debriefing will bevoluntary.41.15.2 GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURESA. A shift supervisor shall activate the Critical IncidentStress response in the case of any of the followingincidents:1. A Line-of-Duty Death.2. A Severe Duty-Related Injury.3. Suicide of any Department personnel.B. Other events which may be considered CriticalIncidents include:1. Serious multiple casualty incidents.2. Traumatic deaths or serious injury to children.3. When victims are known to departmentpersonnel.4. Any event that has an unusually powerful impacton personnel.5. A prolonged hostage situation with a negativeoutcome.C. The following criteria should be used to determinewhether a Critical Incident Stress Debriefing isneeded:1. Many officers within a group appear to bedistressed.2. The signals of anxiety appear to be severe.3. Personnel demonstrate numerous behavioralchanges.4. Personnel request help.5. The event is extraordinary.6. Signals of distress continue beyond three weeks.Page 1 of 3

D. The Debriefing Team is a voluntary group consistingof mental health professionals and fire, police, andemergency medical personnel. Each debriefing teamwill consist of a mental health professional and peermembers of the team. The peer members will befrom outside the immediate area. All team membersare trained in the Critical Incident Stress Debriefingprocess.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department1. The Champaign Police Department utilizes theCentral Illinois Critical Incident Stress DebriefingTeam. The team can be contacted 24 hours aday at (217) 351-4474 or by calling METCAD.2. The following information will be needed whenthe call is made: Name, Agency, Telephone andtype of request.3. The caller becomes the contact person and theCritical Incident Stress Debriefing Teamcoordinator will contact the caller as soon aspossible.E. The following will be needed to set up the debriefing:1. Date and time of incident.2. Duration of incident.3. Number of personnel involved.4. Number of victims.5. Type of incident.6. Outcome of incident.7. Call back numbers.8. Convenient times for debriefing.9. Location of Debriefing.F. The Debriefing1. The debriefing should be conducted in a locationthat provides ample space, privacy, and freedomfrom distraction. It should be held when mostpersonnel are off-duty and preferably away fromthe department.2. Everyone involved should attend the debriefing,including dispatch and medical personnel. Otheragencies involved should be notified of thedebriefing and offered the opportunity to attend.3. No media personnel or observers of any kind willbe allowed to attend.Page 2 of 3

CENTRAL ILLINOIS CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS DEBRIEFING TEAMWho are we? A volunteer organization, established in 1986, consisting of mental health professionals andemergency service personnel trained in critical incident stress and stress management.What do we do? Provide services to emergency service workers involved in critical incidents. A criticalincident is defined as any incident that causes a significant stress reaction for the emergency worker(s), such asdeath or serious injury of a co-worker of a child, multiple fatalities, or an incident where the victim is known tothe responder.Types of services provided:1. Pre-incident education: Provide education on critical incident stress and how to deal with it.2. On-Scene Support: Consists of: a) support and information to workers showing signs of stress; b) informand advise commander on personnel exhibiting signs of stress; c) help families or other until appropriateagencies arrive.3. Demobilization: On-scene services to provide information on stress and provide a mechanism for gettingrest/food for workers. Usually needed for a disaster or long term incident/rescue.4. Defusing: Provided immediately after an incident. The purpose is to provide information on normal stressreactions and stress management. Also, it is a time to find out if a debriefing is needed and if so, to arrangeit.5. Debriefing: Ideally provided 24-72 hours after an incident. It is a formal process to discuss stress reactionsto an incident and provides education on managing stress to participants.6. Services for Spouse/Significant others: Includes: a) educational programs – to enhance families’understanding and knowledge of critical incident stress and provide information on ways to cope with thistype of stress; b) debriefings – in incidents where the health and safety of the worker was in jeopardy orwhere injury or death has occurred, debriefings are offered to assist family members and survivors.7. Services for Line-of-Duty Death: Support, information, education, and debriefings are provided toemergency personnel and their families.Research has shown that approximately 89% of all emergency services personnel will suffer a normal stressreaction to any traumatic incident. Denial of such a reaction will prevent an individual from dealing with thestress and will prolong and compound the problem. Experience has shown that emergency workers whorecognize the symptoms of critical incident stress and who take advantage of the help available are betterprotected from the effects of stress in both their personal and professional lives.We are available and respond promptly to requests for service.For more information call 217-333-8911 or write to:CICISDTP.O. BOX 6143CHAMPAIGN, IL 61826-6143Page 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 46.1SUBJECT: CRITICAL INCIDENTS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:OPR.04.01OPR.04.02makes policy-level decisions, coordinates the allocation ofresources, and provides broad direction to the response.INDEX AS:46.1.1 CRITICAL INCIDENT PLANNINGRESPONSIBILITY46.1.2 INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEM46.1.3 COMMAND PROTOCOL46.1.4 OPERATIONS46.1.5 PLANNING PROTOCOL46.1.6 LOGISTICS SUPPORT46.1.7 FINANCE/ADMINISTRATION46.1.8 EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL READINESS46.1.9 INCIDENT COMMAND TRAININGPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines toprovide for the effective management of personnel andresources during emergency incidents, thereby enhancingthe safety and welfare of both emergency workers and thecommunity.POLICY:The Champaign Police Department has adopted theNational Incident Management System (NIMS) for thecontrol and coordination of critical incidents. It is the policyof the Champaign Police Department that the IncidentCommand System shall be established at the scene ofevery emergency incident meeting the criteria describedin this Policy.DEFINITIONS:Action Plan: Includes general objectives which reflect theoverall incident strategy and specifies the activities to becompleted during the next operational period. Actionplans may take the form of verbal instructions from theincident commander during the initial stages of anincident, but they should be developed in written formupon stabilization of a scene or incident.Critical Incident: A natural or man-made occurrence orevent which requires an emergency response for theprotection of life and/or property. Critical incidents includemajor disasters, emergencies, terrorist attacks, terroristthreats, floods, hazardous materials spills, nuclearaccidents, aircraft accidents, tornadoes, public health andmedical emergencies, and other occurrences requiring anemergency response, such as a major planned event or asignificant law enforcement incidents.Emergency Operations Center: The EmergencyOperations Center (EOC) serves as a control point tocoordinate operations in the event of a major emergencyor disaster. The EOC is staffed by the City Manager,Department heads, and support staff. Generally, the EOCFinance Function: The Finance Officer is responsible foron-site financial management, including monitoring costs,procuring special equipment, contracting with vendors, orfor making cost estimates of alternative strategies.Incident Commander: The Incident Commander (IC) is aqualified individual who has the ability and the authority totake charge at the scene. The Incident Commander setsobjectives and priorities and has overall responsibility atthe incident or event. As an incident grows in size, scope,or complexity, a more qualified individual may beassigned by the responsible jurisdiction or agency.Incident Command Post: The functional point where thecommand staff meets to evaluate the situation andexercise overall command. The location of the commandpost shall be designated by the Incident Commander andannounced by the emergency communications center. AMobile Command Post may be used as the IncidentCommand Post. It provides enhanced communicationcapabilities and a safe and sheltered environment fromwhich to conduct operations.Incident Command Staff: A group of incidentmanagement personnel organized according to functionwho report to the Incident Commander. The IncidentCommand Staff normally consists of the Operations,Planning, Logistics, and Finance/Administration Sections.Incident Command System (ICS): A method of organizingand coordinating emergency services, facilitating theobjectives of scene management, personnel safety, andcontrol for the systematic protection of life and property inan efficient and professional manner.Logistic Function: The Logistic Officer is responsible forall of the services and support needs of an incident,including obtaining and maintaining essential personnel,facilities, equipment and supplies.Media Assembly Area: The location dedicated for mediaassembly and equipment staging. This location may alsobe used for conducting media briefings.Planning Function: The Planning Officer is responsible fordeveloping the action plan to accomplish the objectives,collecting and evaluating information, and maintaining aresource status.Single Command: A single command system should beused when an incident is clearly a law enforcementoperation and there is no overlapping jurisdiction. Themost qualified ranking supervisor on the scene will bedesignated as the Incident Commander and shall haveoverall responsibility for the incident.Page 1 of 5

Staging Area: A location selected to facilitate arrivingresources and personnel responding for assignments.Unified Command: An application of the IncidentCommand System used when more than one agency hasjurisdiction over an incident. Participating agencies worktogether through designated members to establish acommon set of objectives and strategies and a singleIncident Action Plan.POLICY:46.1.1 CRITICAL INCIDENT PLANNINGRESPONSIBILITYA. The Deputy Chief of Operations is responsible forpolice operations dealing with critical incidents,including the responsibility for preparing planningprocedures. The Deputy Chief of Operations willeither assume or delegate incident command dutiesand serve as a principal advisor to the Chief of Policeon critical incidents.B. The Deputy Chief of Operations is responsible formaintaining the Department’s plan for responding tocritical incidents and for conducting an annual reviewof Department procedures.46.1.2 INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEMA. The Department maintains written plans forresponding to critical incidents such as natural andman-made disasters, civil disturbances, bombthreats, hostage/barricaded subject situations, andother unusual occurrences.B. The Incident Command System organizationalstructure is adaptable to any emergency or incidentin which public safety agencies are expected torespond. The system is capable of expanding in arapid manner from the crisis phase to the scenemanagement phase and, if necessary, to theexecutive management phase (EmergencyOperations Center).C. The Department will implement the IncidentCommand System whenever activities at the scene ofa crime, critical incident, emergency, or special eventrequire structured coordination with other policedepartments, fire departments, and/or respondingagencies or services.D. The Incident Command System identifiesresponsibility for command of a critical incident. TheIncident Commander is the single person in charge ofthe critical incident. The coordination of all resourcesmust be accomplished under a unity of command.That single unity of command is the authority vestedin a single person, the Incident Commander.E. The Incident Command System is a modular systemthat builds dependent upon the type and magnitudeof an incident. Incident command may initially beassumed by the first responding officer and thenpassed upward to a higher-ranking authority.Command of a major incident is usually assumed bya District Commander or his designee.F. The span of control for an Incident Commandershould be 3 to 7 people. Additional support staffmembers may serve under the Incident Commander.It should be clear that only one person is in charge ofthe incident, the Incident Commander.G. The Incident Command structure provides forleadership, management, and unity of commandunder the following types of operations;1. Single jurisdiction responsibility with singleagency involvement.a. The agency with jurisdictional and statutoryauthority for an incident will provide incidentcommand.2. Single jurisdiction responsibility with multipleagency involvement.a. The agency with jurisdictional and statutoryauthority for an incident will provide incidentcommand.3. Multiple jurisdictional responsibilities withmultiple agency involvement.a. Representatives of each involvedjurisdiction will meet to determine overallgoals and objectives.b. Command may be determined based uponthe greatest jurisdictional involvement, thenumber of resources involved, by existingstatutory authority, or by mutual agreementon experience and expertise. During anincident, Incident Command may betransferred as the incident moves from onephase to another; i.e., Fire Chief to Chief ofPolice as the incident progresses from fire torecovery and investigation.46.1.3 COMMAND PROTOCOLA. Unusual occurrences, whether or not they requiremobilization of additional officers, begin with the initialresponse.1. The first officer on the scene shall assumeincident command and remain in commandeither until relieved by a higher authority or untilthe incident is resolved.2. Notify METCAD of the nature and most specificlocation of the incident, request the response ofa supervisor, and ensure that appropriatenotifications are made.3. A Supervisor shall respond, evaluate the scene,and use or request manpower as required. Thefirst supervisor on the scene will assume the roleof incident commander until relieved by a higherauthority and shall notify METCAD of his role.B. Once the level of mobilization needed has beendetermined, the Incident Commander will beresponsible for initiating the Incident Action Plan inaccordance with this order.Page 2 of 5

1. The Incident Commander shall be responsible forthe following:a. Activating the Incident Command System.b. Establishing a command post.1) The command post site should not besituated so close to the incident as tointerfere with on-site operations or posea safety risk for the command post siteitself.c. Taking control of the site.d. Initiating the notification and mobilization ofadditional agency personnel and, ifnecessary, obtaining support from otheragencies when the scope of the incidentexceeds the capabilities of City resources.1) Ensuring that the Chief of Police andthe appropriate Deputy Chiefs arenotified.2) The Chief of Police or his designee shallgenerally be consulted prior to thedeployment of additional personnel viamutual aid.3) Notify those members of the IncidentCommand Structure deemed necessaryfor that incident.4) The Department is a member of theILEAS. This membership provides forreciprocal services to protectcommunities in Illinois in the event of acritical incident. Activation instructionsare listed on the ILEAS Alarm Card.e. Establishing control over agency resourcesand establishing effective interagencycommunications with other disciplinesresponding to the incident.f. Establishing a staging area, if deemednecessary.1) Staging areas should be set so thatincoming resources do not block entryor exit to or from the scene or hamperrescue efforts and/or tactical operations.g. Providing information to a Public InformationOfficer (PIO), and ensuring that mediarelations are maintained.1) Public information summaries shouldtypically include casualty counts,suspected causes, remaining hazards,and site restrictions.h. Maintaining the safety of all affectedpersonnel.i. Preparing a documented after action report.1) After action reports are not required forsmall-scale incidents involving onlyChampaign Police personnel.2) The report shall describe the facts andcircumstances surrounding the incident.3) The report shall describe theDepartment’s response, including allsignificant assignments, actions, andcommand decisions (including diagramsor diagrams of the ICS organizationalstructure).3) The report shall critique and evaluatethe effectiveness of the Department’sperformance, including that of the ICScomponent.C. The Incident Command duties and responsibilitiesdelineated here are designed to assist in theimplementation of the Incident Command System.Six Steps of Incident Command Responsibility.1. Evaluate the situation.a. What is the nature of the incident?b. What hazards are present?c. How large of an area is affected or may beaffected?d. How can the area be isolated?e. What location would make a good stagingarea?f. What entrance/exit/safe routes would begood for the flow of response personnel andequipment?2. Identify contingencies.3. Determine objectives.a. Objectives should be measurable.b. Objectives should be used to monitorincident progress and establish priorities.c. Objectives are based on evaluations andcontingencies.4. Identify needed resources.a. What resources are on hand?b. What additional agency resources areobtainable?c. What is the time frame for obtainingadditional resources?d. What outside agency resources areavailable through mutual aid?e. Are there any special requirements?5. Build an Incident Action and ManagementStructure by determining responsibilities,establishing a chain of command, and facilitatingcoordination.6. Take actions for incident stabilization.a. Life safety is the first priority.b. Isolate the area.c. Establish command mobilization resources.Page 3 of 5

d. Set up a staging area.e.. Arrange for treatment of injured, triage, andmedical mobilization.D. Incident Command may be transferred to a higherrankingofficer arriving on the scene. When commandchanges, the incoming commander shall be briefedon the status of the incident. Communications andthe Command Post/EOC shall also be notified of thechange in command.46.1.4 OPERATIONSA. The Operations Function is responsible for themanagement of all tactical operations directly relatedto the primary mission. When activated by theIncident Commander, the Operations Function will beresponsible for the following:1. Establishing the inner and outer perimeters.2. Delegating personnel to conduct evacuations, ifnecessary.3. Maintaining command post and scene security.4. Providing for detainee transportation, processing,and confinement.5. Delegating personnel to direct and control traffic.6. Conducting a post-incident investigation, toinclude:a. Notification of the Chief of Police of theoutcome of the incident.b. Setting a place and time to hold a debriefingwith involved personnel.c. Preparing a post occurrence report andsubmitting it to the Chief of Police as soonas possible.46.1.5 PLANNINGA. The Planning Function is typically tasked withassembling information on current and alternativestrategies, identifying the need for special resources,providing periodic predictions on incident potential,and preparing recommendations for the release ofresources. When activated by the IncidentCommander, the Planning Function will beresponsible for the following:1. Preparing a documented Incident Action Plan.a. The action plan typically includes tacticalplans to neutralize, contain, and resolve theincident.b. The action plan should identify the need forand use of resources from multiple agenciesand/or multiple disciplines.a. Once the situation is stabilized, the IncidentCommander or his designee will assessmanpower requirements, and will relievepersonnel from assignment as deemedappropriate.B. Development and implementation of the OperationalPlan is the responsibility of the Incident Commanderand his staff.46.1.6 LOGISTICSA. The Logistics Function provides manpower, facilities,services, and materials in support of the incident.When activated by the Incident Commander, theLogistics Function will be responsible for thefollowing:1. Communications.a. The Incident Commander shall designate aradio frequency to be used exclusively forthe incident. Thereafter, all personnelassigned to the incident shall communicateon and monitor this frequency.b. In multiple jurisdiction or multi-agencyinvolvement, radio communications shouldutilize clear speech. Agency specific codesshould be avoided.c. Radio communications should be throughthe chain of command structure, based uponthe levels of incident command. As anexample, tactical team members would gothrough their chain of command (TacticalCommander) in radio communications,rather than speaking directly with theIncident Commander.d. The Incident Commander, in conjunctionwith METCAD, will determine whichfrequencies and radio talk groups will beused.2. Transportation.3. Medical support.4. Supplies.5. Specialized team and equipment needs.46.1.7 FINANCE/ADMINISTRATIONA. The Finance and Administration Function isresponsible for all financial and cost analysis aspectsof the critical incident. When activated by theIncident Commander, the Finance/AdministrationFunction will be responsible for the following:1. Recording personnel time.2. Procuring additional resources.2. Gathering and disseminating information andintelligence.3. Planning for post-incident demobilization.Page 4 of 53. Recording expenses.4. Documenting injuries and liability issues.

46.1.8 EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL READINESSA. The Department maintains supplies and equipmentdesigned for use during critical incident situations.The number and types of equipment and supplies areincluded on the equipment checklist. These supplieswill be kept in the Command Post Vehicle.B. To ensure the operational readiness of supplies andequipment in support of emergency operations, aDistrict Commander or his designee will conductquarterly inspections of all emergency supplies. Awritten record of these inspections will be kept.C. Discrepancies or shortages discovered duringinspection are to be corrected at the time ofinspection or otherwise brought to the attention of theDeputy Chief of Operations. The Deputy Chief ofOperations or his designee will be responsible for thereplenishment of supplies used during unusualoccurrences.46.1.9 INCIDENT COMMAND TRAININGA. All full-time Department personnel will receive initialFEMA training in the National Incident ManagementSystem (NIMS) and on this policy.1. Within the first 6-months of employment, all newemployees will complete the required initial NIMScertification.B. All Department supervisors will receive advancedNIMS and Incident Command Training.C. At a minimum, selected personnel will receive annualtraining on the National Incident ManagementSystem. Training will include familiarity training in theIncident Command System and participation intabletop scenarios, simulated drills, or multi-agencyexercises.D. Emergency operation plans will be reviewed, revised,and updated as necessary, and will also beaccessible to command personnel at any time.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 5 of 5

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTDEPARTMENT RULESEFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:PER.08.01B. Familiarity with Department Operational Standards.REFERENCE CALEA: 26.1.1DEFINITIONS:Authorized: Permitted by law, rule, directive, or superior.Chief: The Chief of Police of the City of Champaign,Illinois, or his authorized designee.Department: The Police Department of the City ofChampaign.Directive: Verbal or written instruction of a general natureby a superior meant to guide an employee in an activity orcourse of activities. Directives include but are not limitedto policies, procedures, informational bulletins, or trainingbulletins issued or authorized by the Chief of Police.Employee: Any person employed by the City ofChampaign in a position in the Police Department. Theterm “Employee” includes both commissioned officers andnon-commissioned employees.Law: The Constitution of the United States or the State orIllinois, statutes of the United States or the State of Illinois,and the ordinances of the City of Champaign.Order: Any verbal or written command from a superior toperform or not perform an activity or course of activities.Police Duties: Those work functions assigned by asuperior or prescribed by law.Superior: A commissioned officer of higher rank; or anofficer who is authorized to supervise an employee’s workactivities; or an employee who directs or supervises thework activities of a non-commissioned employee.RULES:RULE 1: GENERAL CONDUCT AND FITNESSA. Conduct Generally.1. Employees shall conduct themselves in amanner both on and off duty which promotes theefficient operation of the Department, theemployees’ fitness to perform all assigned policeduties, and the good reputations of theemployees and the Department.2. Employees shall perform police duties and makediscretionary decisions in a manner consistentwith the law.3. Employees shall perform their assigned duties ina productive, effective, and efficient manner.1. Employees shall be familiar with and obey writtenorders and directives issued or authorized by theChief of Police.C. Neglect of Duty.1. No employee shall neglect his or her duty.“Neglect of duty” is conduct by any employeewhich hinders or impairs the proper performanceof the functions of this Department or has thepotential to do so. Attempted or actual violationof rules or directives or orders shall beconsidered prima facie evidence of neglect ofduty. Such conduct is cause for disciplinaryaction. Discipline will be considered according tothe degree of the offense, the results broughtabout by the neglect, and the effect it has uponthe discipline, good order, and best interests ofthis Department.D. Devoting Full Time Attention and Training to Duty.1. Employees shall devote their full time, attention,abilities, and training to the business of theDepartment when on duty.2. Employees shall report to an immediate superiorbefore going off duty or upon termination of aduty assignment.3. Employees shall promptly return to service afteranswering a call for police service.4. Employees shall not:a. Engage in personal activity or businesswhile on duty.b. Take unauthorized meals or refreshmentbreaks, or take meals or refreshment breaksfor a period greater than authorized.c. Be absent from or late in reporting to dutywithout authorization.d. Report for duty in an unfit condition or notproperly equipped for assigned duty.e. Make improper use of sick leave or anyunauthorized leave from duty.5. Employees in off-duty status shall respond toduty status as assigned by a superior at all timeswhen their services are required, except aspreviously authorized.E. Reporting Another Employee’s Violation.Page 1 of 51. Employees shall promptly report anotheremployee’s violation of law, order, or directive.To this end, all such violations shall be reported

in writing to the reporting employee’s mostimmediate superior in the Department. Thesuperior receiving the report shall in turnpromptly report the violation through the chain ofcommand or supervisory control until the reporthas reached the Chief. Any violation on the partof the Chief of Police shall be reported by theemployee to the City Manager.RULE 2: COMMUNICATION, INFORMATION, ANDRECORDSA. Truthfulness in Communication.1. Employees shall, in departmental work productor departmental communication, transmit truthful,complete, and accurate information.B. Communication with Respect to Unusual Incidents.1. Officers shall notify appropriate City personnel ofincidents which have the potential to negativelyaffect the health, safety, or welfare of persons orproperty.C. Handling and Dissemination of DepartmentInformation.1. Employees shall make a prompt official writtenreport of offenses investigated, observed, orknown.2. Employees shall consider the official businessinformation of the Department as confidential.Information regarding departmental affairs shallbe disseminated only in accordance withdepartmental directive.3. Employees may remove or copy departmentalrecords or reports only in accordance withdepartmental directive.4. Employees shall not divulge the personal identityof persons for whom confidentiality has beenpromised in accordance with law except asauthorized by law or other proper authority.5. Employees receiving or possessing informationrelative to a criminal offense or case shall notuse or fail to use such facts or information forpersonal gain or aggrandizement, but shall reportthe facts or information in accordance withdepartmental directive.D. Public Criticism of the Department.1. Employees shall not publically criticize theDepartment, its administrative officials, itsstandards, or its employees by talking, writing, orexpression in any manner when such talking,writing, or expression is:a. Defamatory;b. Obscene;c. Unlawful; ord. Tends to impair the operation of theDepartment or the City by impairing itsefficiency, interfering with the ability ofsuperiors to maintain discipline, or havingbeen made with the reckless disregard fortruth or falsity. In lieu of such prohibitedpublic criticism, employees shall makeutilization of the grievance procedures of theCity by submitting complaints through theappropriate chain of command.E. Communication with Respect to Participation in CivilMatters.1. Employees shall give prior notification to theChief before giving a deposition, affidavit, orappearing as a witness in a civil matter stemmingfrom official duties as a Department employee.F. Communication with Respect to Pending Promotions,Assignments, or Discipline.1. No employee shall personally communicate orsolicit another person to communicate with a Cityofficial who has authority to promote, assign, ordiscipline or review such promotion, assignment,or disciplinary matter with respect to the merits ofa pending promotion, assignment, or disciplinarymatter unless such communication is made inthe course of an employee’s official capacity, incourse of an official proceeding, or at the requestof the City official.RULE 3: BEHAVIOR TOWARDS OTHERSA. Obedience to Orders; Conflicting Orders.1. Employees shall promptly and fully obey andexecute the lawful, work-related orders of asuperior which shall include such orders relayedfrom a superior by an employee of the same orlesser rank or position.2. Employees shall not be insubordinate.“Insubordination” includes, but is not limited to,any failure or deliberate refusal to obey a lawfulorder given by a superior or any disrespectful,insolent, or abusive language or action toward asuperior, whether in or out of the presence of thesuperior.3. Should any verbal or written order or directiveconflict with any previous order or directive fromother superiors, the employee concerned shallbring the conflict to the attention of the superiorgiving the latest order or directive. If suchsuperior does not change the order or directive, itremains in effect.B. Courtesy.1. Employees shall be courteous in their conductand communication to citizens and other Cityemployees. Employees shall be tactful in theperformance of their duties, control theirtempers, and exercise reasonable patience anddiscretion. In the performance of their duties,employees shall not use harsh, rude,overbearing, abusive, violent, profane, orindecent language or conduct; and shall notexpress any prejudice or insulting languagePage 2 of 5

concerning race, sex, religion, politics, nationalorigin, lifestyle or similar personal characteristics.C. Providing Name and Badge Number.1. Employees shall provide their name or badgenumber in a prompt and respectful manner whenrequested by any person when the employee ison duty or while acting in an authorized policecapacity, except when the withholding of suchinformation is necessary to the performance ofpolice duties.D. Citizen Complaints.1. Employees shall courteously and promptly recordin writing any complaint made by a citizenagainst the Department or any Departmentemployee and forward the written complaint tothe Chief of Police through the duty superior.Department employees may attempt to resolve acomplaint, but shall never attempt to dissuadeany citizen from making a complaint. A CitizenComplaint Fact Sheet shall be given or mailed toeach citizen at the time the complaint is received.E. Solicitations or Acceptance of Gifts.1. Employees shall not solicit or accept any gift orgratuity from any person if the employee knowsor has reason to believe that the person isseeking to influence any employee’sperformance or non-performance of an officialduty or has a matter pending before themunicipality or courts.F. Acceptance of Rewards.1. Employees shall not accept or receive any fee orreward from any source for any service renderedin the line of duty without the prior writtenapproval of the Chief.G. Relationships with the Adjudicative Officials.1. Employees shall cooperate and assist judicialofficers, administrative officials, and prosecutorsin the preparation and presentation of cases inwhich the employee is involved as a witness orsource of information.2. Employees shall not interfere with or interrupt theproper administration of prosecutorial or judicialfunctions. Conduct which compromises orreduces effective case preparation or court oradministrative presentation shall be a prima facieviolation of this rule.RULE 4: CITY PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT;APPEARANCEA. Use of Property Generally.1. Employees shall utilize City property andequipment only for authorized purposes inperforming police duties. Employees shall notpermit theft of, lose or negligently or willfullydamage City property or the property of another.All City property issued to or used by employeesshall be maintained by employees in goodcondition and working order.B. Reporting of Damaged or Lost City Property.1. Employees shall immediately report in writing alldamage to police vehicles and City property orloss or theft thereof. Employees shall file suchreports as soon as possible which shall containall known facts surrounding the cause and natureof the damage, loss, or theft. Such reports shallbe filed with the employee’s immediate superior.In the event that City property is found bearingevidence of damage which has not beenreported, it shall be prima facie evidence that thelast person using the property or vehicle wasresponsible for the negligent damage, loss, ortheft thereof.C. Return of City Property.1. Employees shall return any City property issuedto or in the possession of the employee when theemployee has terminated employment with theCity or when ordered to do so by a superior.D. Operating Vehicles.1. Employees shall operate vehicles utilized in theperformance of duties or City vehicles in acareful, prudent manner and shall obey all lawsand departmental directives pertaining to suchoperation.E. Authorized Persons in Police Vehicles.1. Employees shall allow only authorized persons toenter or remain in police vehicles. “Authorizedpersons” are those persons who are Departmentemployees, prisoners, crime or accident victims,persons associated with incidents investigated bypolice, citizens receiving authorized policeservices, and persons in previously authorizedride-along status.F. Duty Use of Personal Vehicles or Equipment.1. Employees shall not use personal vehicles in theperformance of their police duties except duringan emergency circumstance or when prior writtenapproval is given by the Chief.2. Employees shall register with the Chief thedescription or serial numbers of all personalpolice equipment owned or carried.G. Badge and Credentials.1. On-duty officers shall carry their badges andCity-issued identification cards on their person atall times, except when impractical or dangerousto their safety or to an investigation.2. Employees shall not reproduce badges or Cityidentification cards without the prior writtenapproval of the Chief.3. An officer shall not use his or her badge, uniform,or identification card to solicit or receive specialprivilege, material rewards, material gain, or toPage 3 of 5

avoid consequences of unlawful acts for theofficers or others. However, an officer may usehis badge or other official credential to obtainadmission to any public gathering when such useis in furtherance of official duty.H. Carrying Firearms.1. Officers shall carry and use firearms inaccordance with law and departmental directive.I. Keys.1. Employees shall not possess or useunauthorized keys which are capable ofadmitting the employee to City facilities or partsthereof. “Unauthorized keys” are those keyswhich have not been issued to an employee bytheir superior.J. Appearance - Uniform.1. Unless otherwise authorized by an immediatesuperior, employees shall report to work andmaintain a neat and clean appearance while onduty. Officers shall wear such proper uniformwith required equipment in accordance withdepartmental directive.RULE 5: OPERATIONSA. General.1. Each employee shall respond promptly to arequest for police services.2. Each employee shall provide aid or furnishinformation consistent with police duty inaccordance with and departmental directive.3. Each officer shall take appropriate action on theoccasion of a criminal offense, disorder, or otheract or condition requiring police attention whileon or off duty.B. Arrest, Search, and Seizure.1. Officers shall not make any arrest, search, orseizure which they know or should know is not inaccordance with law and departmental directives.C. Persons in Custody.1. Officers shall not mistreat persons who are intheir custody by violating a provision of law ordepartmental directive.2. Prisoners who are ill or injured shall receive firstaid or medical treatment as appropriate withoutunreasonable delay.3. Officers shall book, jail, or release prisoners fromcustody in accordance with law and departmentaldirective.4. Officers shall not allow a prisoner to escape fromcustody because of negligence or inattention toor disregard of duty.D. Physical and Deadly Force.1. The use of physical force to accomplish a policetask is restricted by law and departmentaldirective to that force which is reasonable andnecessary under the circumstances.E. Evidence.1. Employees shall promptly deliver to the officialdepartmental custodian any property found by,confiscated by, or relinquished to employees ofthis Department.2. Employees shall place or cause evidence to beplaced in its officially designated place forpreservation and storage.RULE 6: PHYSICAL AND MENTAL FITNESS FOR DUTYA. General.1. While on duty, employees shall maintainthemselves in a mentally alert and physically fitcondition.B. Alcohol and Controlled Substances.1. Employees shall not possess or use alcohol onduty other than in an authorized duty capacity.Unless absolutely required to conduct a policeinvestigation as previously approved by theemployee’s immediate supervisor, no employeeshall be, to any degree, under the influence ofalcoholic beverages while on duty or whenreporting to duty.2. No employee shall report for schedule duty whenprior consumption or odor of alcohol or otherbehavior-modifying substance is apparent to aperson of average sensibilities.3. Employees shall not possess or use substancesrequired by law to be prescribed by a physician,except with the approval and guidance of alicensed physician and with the prior knowledgeof the employee’s immediate superior. At notime may an employee use or be under theinfluence of such a substance where such use orinfluence impairs or compromises the efficiency,effectiveness, or integrity of the employee, theDepartment, or the City.C. Sleeping.1. Employees shall not sleep on duty.D. Reporting Lack of Fitness.1. Employees shall notify or cause his or herimmediate superior to be notified prior to thebeginning of the employee’s schedule duty shiftwhen he or she cannot report for work due tophysical or mental ailment or impairment.2. Employees shall notify a superior of any physicalor mental condition of his or her own or another’sthat could prevent or impair the employees fromproper performance of assigned duties.Page 4 of 5

RULE 7: UTILIZATION OF POSITION OR STATUS;OFF-DUTY EMPLOYMENTA. Use of Departmental Position in General.1. Each employee shall utilize his or her position orstatus only for the performance of police duties.2. Employees shall not use the prestige or influenceof their position with the Department, or the useof the time, facilities, equipment or supplies ofthe Department for the purpose of soliciting orreceiving private privilege or advantage, materialgain, or to avoid the consequences of unlawfulacts.B. Conflicts of Interest.1. Employees shall not engage in personalactivities which might conflict, compromise, orinterfere with his or her performance of policeduties.C. Off-Duty Employment or Business.1. Employees shall not engage in businessactivities or employment which might conflict,compromise, or interfere with the performance ofpolice duties or which have not received the priorwritten approval of the Chief. The Chief shallbase his full or conditioned approval on thefollowing factors:a. Potential for conflict of interest;b. Department or division manpowerrequirements; orc. Potential for impairment of the employee’smental or physical fitness to perform.E. Commerical Use of Departmental Status.1. Employees shall not use their names,photographs, or official titles (which identify themas employees of this Department) in connectionwith endorsements, testimonials, oradvertisements of any commodity or commercialenterprise without prior written approval of theChief.F. Political Utilization of Official Position.1. Employees shall not utilize their position or ondutytime with the Department for politicalpurposes. This does not prohibit an employeefrom:a. Exercising the right of suffrage;b. Expressing one’s opinions privately;c. Being a delegate to or a member of apolitical caucus; ord. Taking part in a political canvas while offduty.RULE 8: ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTSA. Telephone.1. Employees shall maintain a working telephone atwhich he or she can be reached.B. Change in Address or Phone Number.1. Employees shall immediately notify the Chief, inwriting, prior to any change of address ofresidence or telephone number.2. The Chief shall approve or deny the request toengage in off-duty employment within ten (10)calendar days of receipt of the employee’scompleted written request for approval.3. No member of the Department shall use anyofficial Champaign Police Departmentequipment, clothing item, insignia or badge,including obsolete insignias or badges, in thecourse of off-duty employment without the priorwritten consent of the Chief. No such use shallbe approved unless off-duty employment is withand supervised by another governmentalagency, or unless, in the discretion of the Chief,the use of official Champaign Police Departmentequipment in the course of off-duty employmentis reasonable and appropriate, and will promotepublic health, safety, and/or welfare.D. Commerical Use of Enforcement Authority.1. Officers shall not utilize the enforcementauthority granted and approved by the City wherean officer is compensated, directly or indirectly,for having or exercising the enforcementauthority for commercial, as opposed to official,purposes except with the prior written approval ofthe Chief.Page 5 of 5

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 83.4SUBJECT: DIGITAL IMAGING EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:REFERENCE CALEA:INDEX AS:83.4.1 IMAGE CAPTURE83.4.2 IMAGE TRANSFER AND ARCHIVING83.4.3 IMAGE PROCESSINGPURPOSE:These procedural rules are established for the use ofdigital photography and other types of digital imaging.They are established to ensure the secure transmittal,storage, and archiving of primary digital images in order tomaintain chain of custody and evidentiary value. They arealso established to ensure proper methods anddocumentation of digital image processing. Theseprocedural rules shall apply only to evidentiary images.Images captured for intelligence gathering or recordkeeping will be captured, stored, and archived at thedirection of the Chief of Police or his designee.DEFINITIONS:Archival Storage Media: Storage media suited to longtermstorage of archive images.Archive Image: Either the primary or original image storedon media intended for long-term storage.Capture: The process of recording an image.Compression: The process of reducing the size of a datafile.Digital Image: An image that is stored in numerical form.Digital Image File: A record that includes image data andrelated data objects.File Format: The structure by which data is organized in afile.Hybrid Imaging: The method or process of creating adigital image file from an analog picture, negative, slide orany type of scanned image.Image Enhancement: Any process intended to improvethe visual appearance of an image.Image Output: The means by which an image ispresented for examination or observation.Image Processing: Any activity that transforms an inputimage into an output image.Image Processing Log: A record of the steps used in theprocessing of an image.Native File Format: The file format of the primary image.Original Image: An accurate and complete replica of theprimary image, irrespective of media.Primary Image: The first instance in which an image thatis a separate, identifiable object is recorded onto anymedia.Processed Image: An image output (see ImageProcessing)Removable Storage Media: Storage media that is capableof being removed and replaced from a camera or otherdigital device.Storage: The act of preserving an image.Storage Media: Any object on which an image ispreserved.Working Image: Any image subject to processing.POLICY:83.4.1 IMAGE CAPTUREA. Only designated personnel who have been trained inthe use of digital imaging shall be authorized to usedigital image capture and storage equipment.B. The Deputy Chiefs of Operations and OperationalSupport shall select personnel to be trained and themakes and models of digital cameras to be used.C. The first photograph in all cases shall be of anidentification form. This form shall include, but not belimited to, the case number, the date and time ofphotographs, the type of offense, the location of theoffense, and the photographer’s name and badgenumber.D. Guidelines for use of digital cameras:1. The file format and compression ratio should beappropriate to ensure high visual quality whenthe image is viewed or printed.2. After images are captured and stored as primaryimages on the removable storage media, theprimary images shall not be opened and/orviewed with a device that enables editing ofdigital images.3. It shall be acceptable to review images on thecamera’s internal viewing screen to ensureproper exposure and composition.Page 1 of 2

4. Images shall not be deleted from the removablestorage media until all images are transferred toarchival storage.5. Personnel will operate the digital cameraaccording to the manufacture’s guidelines.83.4.2 IMAGE TRANSFER AND ARCHIVINGA. Primary images shall be transferred from theremovable storage media onto a recordable compactdisc (CD-R/DVD) without the use of image editingsoftware.B. Primary images shall be transferred to a CD-R/DVDas soon as practicable after the photographs aretaken and cataloged by case number.C. After the primary images are written onto a CD-R/DVD, the original images, now contained on theCD-R/DVD, shall be opened to ensure successfuldata transfer to the archival storage media.D. After successful transfer to the CD-R/DVD isconfirmed, the images on the removable storagemedia can be erased and the removable storagemedia reused.E. Primary images from a patrol shift camera shall betransferred to the digital photography computer harddrive and backed up to the external hard drive on aweekly basis. Images shall be transferred to a CD-R/DVD on a monthly basis.B. Photographic images shall not be incorporated intothe body of any official police report. A contact sheetdisplaying all photographs taken can be attached tothe report for review by police personnel andprosecuting authorities.C. Enhancement techniques such as cropping, contrastadjustments, dodging and/or burning, un-sharp mask,and color balance are acceptable and synonymouswith existing darkroom techniques. Specific digitaltechniques, including resizing (with or withoutinterpolation), may be utilized to improve the imagequality and accommodate the processed image’sprinted size. Prior to processing any image wherechanges will be made from the original digital image,an image-processing log will be started. This log willbe printed out and retained with the original report.D. It is acceptable to scan negatives and other analogimages, thus creating a digital image file, which canbe processed and output. The negatives will beretained as the original images.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentF. The case number and the name and badge numberof the officer who transferred the file shall be writtenon the CD-R/DVD in a permanent CD marker.G. A CD-R/DVD shall contain images from only onecase number, except for the patrol shift cameraswhich shall contain images for the entire month. It isacceptable to place subsequent images from thesame case number on the CD-R/DVD.H. The original CD-R/DVD to which the primary imageswere transferred shall be archived in Property andEvidence under the direction of the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards. Should new digital imagestorage technology become available which wouldincrease the shelf life of the images, they can betransferred to the new archival storage media.I. The original archival CD-R/DVD shall not be releasedfrom Property and Evidence except under theissuance of a subpoena. Under such circumstancesa duplicate CD-R/DVD shall be created and placed inthe file.J. If working images are created, those images shall notbe written to the CD-R/DVD containing the originalimages. Working images may be stored on anadditional CD-R/DVD.83.4.3 IMAGE PROCESSINGA. Images can be output as a contact sheet or largerimages as requested. Images may be copied onto aCD-R/DVD if requested.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 12.1SUBJECT: DIRECTION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:ADM.07.01INDEX AS:12.1.1 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER12.1.2 COMMAND PROTOCOL12.1.3 LAWFUL ORDERS12.1.4 ORGANIZATIONAL RELATIONSHIPSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to recognize and establishthe authority of the Chief of Police, and to establish aprocedure for the designation of command during his/herabsence. Additionally, the need to obey lawful orders andorganizational relationships is described.POLICY:12.1.1 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICERA. The Chief of Police of the Champaign PoliceDepartment derives authority and responsibility forthe management, direction, and control of theoperations and administration of the Departmentthrough Section 2-318 of the Champaign MunicipalCode.12.1.2 COMMAND PROTOCOLA. The following command protocol will clarify authorityand provide uninterrupted leadership:1. The Chief of Police shall appoint an Acting Chiefof Police during periods of scheduled absences.2. In the event that the Chief of Police is out oftown, or otherwise unable to act, and no one elsehas been appointed by the Chief to assumecommand, the following order of precedence isdesignated unless otherwise assigned by theCity Manager:a. Deputy Chief of Operations.b. Deputy Chief of Operational Support.c. Deputy Chief of Professional Standards.3. In situations involving personnel of differentfunctions engaged in a single incident, theranking supervisor from the organizationalcomponent responsible for follow-upinvestigation and conclusion of the case mayassume responsibility for the investigation andtake command of the investigation, crime scene,or incident scene.4. Under normal operating conditions, the highestranking supervisor present will assumecommand of any given situation. Seniority isestablished first by rank and second byaggregate time served in rank on a regularlyassigned basis. When conflict occurs becauseof identical service or days of appointment, theemployee with the highest position on theeligibility list, from which the appointments weremade, is deemed to be the senior.5. The Chief of Police has the authority to designatecommand authority in any situation, as needed.12.1.3 LAWFUL ORDERSA. Employees shall promptly and fully obey and executelawful, work-related orders of a superior which shallinclude such orders relayed from a superior by anemployee of the same or lesser rank or position.B. Employees shall not be insubordinate.“Insubordination” includes, but is not limited to, anyfailure or deliberate refusal to obey a lawful ordergiven by a superior or any disrespectful, insolent, orabusive language or actions toward a superior,whether in or out of the presence of the superior.C. Should any verbal or written order or directive conflictwith any previous order or directive from othersuperiors, then the employee concerned shall bringthe conflict to the attention of the superior giving thelatest order of directive. If such superior does notchange the order or directive, it remains in effect.12.1.4 ORGANIZATIONAL RELATIONSHIPSA. The Chief of Police may meet with his immediateCommand Staff informally on an as-needed basis todiscuss the day-to-day operations and concerns ofthe Department.B. The Chief of Police and/or Deputy Chiefs of Policemay meet with Commanders informally on an asneededbasis to discuss the day-to-day operationsand concerns of the Department.C. All supervisors shall attend periodic commandmeetings. The command meetings are intended toenhance cooperation and communication and tocoordinate the goals of the Department. Additionalformal and informal meetings will be held as needed.D. Exchange of information is alsoaccomplished through:1. Daily Bulletins and shift briefings.2. Attendance by investigators at shiftbriefings.3. Distribution of Crime Analysis Bulletins.Page 1 of 2

4. Directives, memoranda, general orders.5. E-mail and voice mail.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 26.1SUBJECT: DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:PER.02.01PER.02.02PER.02.03PER.08.01PER.08.02PER.08.03PER.08.04PER.08.05C. The following are bases of reference of the overalldisciplinary procedures system:1. The Rules of the Champaign Police Department.2. The Champaign Police Department UniformManual.3. Labor Agreements.26.1.1 CODE OF CONDUCT AND APPEARANCE26.1.2 RECOGNITION PROGRAMS26.1.3 SEXUAL HARASSMENT26.1.4 DISCIPLINARY SYSTEM26.1.5 ROLE OF SUPERVISORS26.1.6 APPEAL PROCEDURES26.1.7 DISMISSAL NOTIFICATION26.1.8 DISCIPLINARY RECORDSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for adisciplinary system which includes procedures forcounseling employees when corrective measures becomenecessary and for taking punitive actions when required.DEFINITIONS:Misconduct: Wrongful actions by an employee whichresult (intentionally or unintentionally) from improperjudgment or a disregard for established policies orprocedures.Sexual harassment: Unwelcome sexual advances,requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physicalconduct of a sexual nature constitute sexual harassmentwhen: (1) submission to such conduct is made, eitherexplicitly or implicitly, a term or condition of an individual’semployment, or; (2) submission to or rejection of suchconduct by an individual is used as the basis foremployment decisions affecting such individual, or; (3)such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonablyinterfering with an individual’s work performance orcreates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive workingenvironment.POLICY:26.1.1 CODE OF CONDUCT AND APPEARANCEA. All employees of the Champaign Police Department,both sworn and non-sworn, are responsible forcompliance with the law, Department Policies andProcedures, Department Rules, City of ChampaignAdministrative Policies, written directives, and lawfulverbal instructions issued by a supervisor.B. Each employee is provided with access toDepartment Policies and Procedures, DepartmentRules and Regulations, and City AdministrativePolicies.26.1.2 RECOGNITION PROGRAMSThe specific requirements of this policy are delineated inPolicy 26.2, Recognition and Awards.26.1.3 SEXUAL HARASSMENTA. It is the policy of the City of Champaign to provide awork environment which is respectful of employeesand free of sexual harassment and other harassment;to provide a means for addressing employeeconcerns and complaints regarding illegalharassment; to inform all employees of their right tobe free of unlawful sexual harassment, or any othertype of illegal harassment, in the workplace; toprovide procedures for the prompt reporting and fullinvestigation of sexual harassment and other types ofillegal harassment; and to provide for remedial action,including discipline, in cases of illegally harassingconduct or behavior.B. City of Champaign Administrative Policy 3.07 outlinesthe procedures to be followed in reporting,investigating, and adjudicating sexual harassmentcomplaints.C. Any investigation into an allegation of discrimination,harassment, or sexual harassment will be handled ina confidential manner.26.1.4 DISCIPLINARY SYSTEMA. The disciplinary system shall include the followingfunctions:1. Training.2. Counseling.3. Punitive action.B. The use of training as a function of discipline.1. Training as a component of the Department’sdisciplinary system may be employed by itself orin conjunction with one or more of the othercomponents of the disciplinary system. Trainingas a function of discipline strengthens anemployee’s performance by improving theirPage 1 of 3

productivity and effectiveness using positive andconstructive methods.a. Employees are required to maintain anacceptable level of competence in theperformance of their duties. Acts which arecommitted because the employee eithermisunderstood procedures or was unawareof the correct action(s) to take are indicatorsof the need for training. Training needs maybe addressed through remedial trainingprograms.1) Remedial training is personalizedtraining designed to correct a specificdeficiency.2) An employee may be assigned toremedial training if his supervisorrecommends the process as a means ofcorrecting a noted deficiency.b. Supervisors are expected and required toidentify deficiencies in their employee’s jobperformance. When appropriate, trainingrecommendations will be based upon thoseareas identified in performance evaluations.C. The use of counseling as a function of discipline.1. At times, personal problems may interfere withan employee’s ability to perform at a levelexpected by the Department. When the behavioris not serious enough for the imposition ofpunitive sanctions, but calls for increasedsupervision and intervention, counseling is theproper tool to assist the employee.a. If counseling by a supervisor does notremedy the perceived problem, theemployee may be referred to an outsidecounseling service pursuant to City’sEmployee Assistance Program (EAP) orapplicable collective bargaining agreement.D. Punitive action as a component of the Department’sdisciplinary system may be employed in conjunctionwith the training and counseling components of thedisciplinary system. In most cases where punitiveaction is employed, the counseling component shouldalso be employed.1. Punitive discipline generally shall be imposed ina progressive manner from minimum tomaximum but, when appropriate, may beimposed to the maximum. In all punitivedisciplinary actions, the following criteria shall beused to determine the appropriate level ofdisciplinary action:a. The seriousness of the incident.b. The circumstances surrounding the incident.c. The employee’s disciplinary records.d. The employee’s work performance.e. The overall negative impact on theDepartment caused by the incident.f. The probability that future similar problemswill occur.g. The length of the employee’s employment.2. The following categories of punitive action maybe imposed as a part of the disciplinary process:a. Written Reprimand:1) A written reprimand represents the firstpunitive step of the disciplinary processand will be utilized to correctmisconduct which is serious enough towarrant discipline but not seriousenough to warrant suspension.2) Written reprimands may be removedfrom an employee’s disciplinary file inaccordance with terms of the LaborAgreements.b. Suspension: A serious action in which theemployee is suspended from duty withoutpay for a period of one (1) to thirty (30) days.Suspensions result from misconduct whichis either serious in nature or the result ofprogressive discipline involving repeatedinstances of misconduct.1) Notices of suspension will remain in theemployee’s personnel file and are notsubject to removal.c. Termination: The act of discharging anindividual from employment which results inthe permanent loss of all privileges ofemployment.1) Records of dismissal will remain in theemployee’s permanent personnel filesand are not subject to removal.3. The use of punitive action as a component of thedisciplinary process is subject to provisions ofthe following documents and/or statutes.a. Any collective bargaining agreementnegotiated between an employee bargainingunit and the City of Champaign.b. The Rules and Regulations of the Board ofFire and Police Commissioners of the City ofChampaign.c. The Uniform Peace Officer’s DisciplinaryAct, Illinois Compiled Statutes 50 ILCS725/1, et. seq.4. The City has the authority to suspend anofficer/employee without pay for the remainder ofany duty shift if an officer/employee is unable(except for illness or injury) or unwilling toperform his/her duties or follow a direct order.Police Sergeants have this same authority tosuspend; however, the suspension shall be withpay unless the review indicates a suspensionwithout pay is warranted as discipline. All suchsuspensions shall be reviewed on the nextPage 2 of 3

usiness day at a meeting with theofficer/employee, his/her Union representative (ifdesired), the supervisor who imposed thesuspension, and the appropriate Deputy Chief.26.1.5 ROLE OF SUPERVISORSA. Role of supervisors.1. Supervisors at all levels are responsible formaintaining appropriate levels of disciplinepursuant to the provisions of the Department’sdirectives.2. The primary responsibility for the propercompletion of the investigation of all allegationsof misconduct cases lies with the ProfessionalStandards Division under the direction of theChief of Police. (See Policies 52.1, 52.2, and52.3)B. Supervisory authority.1. Any supervisor who substantiates employeemisconduct which may be subject to theprovisions of the disciplinary process have boththe duty and the authority to document suchconduct for action.2. First line supervisors have the following authority:a. To write and recommend letters ofcommendation to employees under theirsupervision.b. To order an employee to leave the job siteunder the provisions listed in 26.1.4(4) ofthis policy.1. The reason for the termination.2. The effective date of termination.B. This section does not apply to entry levelprobationary employees.C. If an employee wishes to appeal a grievance relatedto termination, the procedures outlined in Article 33 ofthe Police Labor Agreement or Article 32 of theAFSCME Labor Agreement shall be followed.26.1.8 DISCIPLINARY RECORDSA. Records of all actions taken under disciplinaryprocedures shall be in writing and shall be maintainedas follows:1. All actions taken, for which a ProfessionalStandards file has been opened, shall bemaintained by the Chief of Police pursuant toPolicy 52.1.2. Records of all actions taken resulting in writtenreprimands, suspensions, and/or terminationsshall be maintained in the ProfessionalStandards files pursuant to Policy 52.1, and shallalso be maintained in the employee’s permanentpersonnel file.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Departmentc. To make recommendations involving anyand all aspects of the disciplinary process.d. To recommend disciplinary action againstemployees under their direct supervision.4. Lieutenants and Deputy Chiefs have the sameauthority granted to first line supervisors.5. The Chief of Police has the authority granted toall other supervisors and in addition thereto hasthe authority to suspend an officer for a periodnot to exceed thirty (30) days subject to theprovisions of the applicable Labor Agreement.26.1.6 APPEAL PROCEDUREA. An employee who is a member of a collectivebargaining unit will appeal discipline through thegrievance procedures established in their respectiveLabor Agreement.B. An employee who is not a member of a collectivebargaining unit may appeal discipline through theprocedures outlined in Administrative Policy 3.11.26.1.7 DISMISSAL NOTIFICATIONA. If an investigation of employee misconduct results intermination, the employee shall receive a writtennotice of termination which shall include:Page 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 41.8SUBJECT: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.12.0141.8.1 ON SCENE INVESTIGATION41.8.2 DUTIES OF OFFICERS41.8.3 ASSISTANCE OF OFFICERS41.8.4 ORDERS OF PROTECTIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures forresponding to domestic violence calls in compliance withthe Illinois Domestic Violence Act, which requires thatevery law enforcement agency develop, adopt, andimplement written policies regarding arrest procedures fordomestic violence incidents that are consistent with theAct.DEFINITIONS:Abuse: Means physical abuse, harassment, intimidation ofa dependent, interference with personal liberty, willfuldeprivation, or any property crime directed at the victim.Abuse does not include reasonable direction of a minor bya parent or person with legal parental authority.Domestic Battery: A person commits domestic battery ifhe or she intentionally or knowingly, without legaljustification by any means, causes bodily harm to ormakes contact of an insulting or provoking nature with anyfamily or household member.Domestic Violence: Means attempting to cause or causingabuse of a family member, household member, or highriskadult with disabilities, or attempting to cause orcausing neglect or exploitation of a high-risk adult withdisabilities which threatens the adult’s health and safety.Family or Household Member: Includes spouses, formerspouses, parents, children, stepchildren, or others relatedby blood, persons related by present or former marriage,persons who share or formerly shared a commondwelling, persons who allegedly have a child in common,persons who allegedly share a blood relationship througha child, persons who have or have had a datingrelationship, and persons with disabilities and theirpersonal assistants.Harassment: Means knowing conduct which is notnecessary to accomplish a purpose which is reasonableunder the circumstances; would cause a reasonableperson emotional distress and does cause emotionaldistress to the petitioner.The following types of behavior shall be presumed tocause emotional distress:a. Creating a disturbance at a place of employmentor school.b. Repeatedly telephoning a place of employmentor residence.c. Repeatedly following a person in a public place.d. Repeatedly keeping a person under surveillanceby remaining outside his/her home, school, placeof employment, vehicle, or other place occupiedby the victim, or by peering in the petitioner’swindows.e. Improperly concealing a minor child from thepetitioner.f. Repeatedly threatening to remove a minor childfrom the physical care of the petitioner, ormaking a single threat following an actual orattempted improper removal or concealment.g. Threatening physical force, confinement, orrestraint.High-Risk Adult with Disabilities: A person aged 18 or overwhose physical or mental disability impairs his or herability to seek or obtain protection from abuse, neglect, orexploitation.Interference with Personal Liberty: Committing orthreatening to commit physical abuse, harassment,intimidation, or willful deprivation so as to compel anotherto engage in conduct from which he or she has a right torefrain from, or refrain from conduct in which he or shehas a right to engage.Intimidation of a Dependent: Subjecting a person who isdependent because of age, health, or disability toparticipation in or the witnessing of physical force againstanother or physical confinement or restraint of another.Physical Abuse: Includes sexual abuse and:a. Knowing or reckless use of force, confinement,or restraint.b. Knowing, repeated, and unnecessary sleepdeprivation.c. Knowing or reckless conduct which creates animmediate risk of physical harm.Willful Deprivation: Means willfully denying another personwho because of age, health, or disability requiresmedication, medical care, accessible shelter or services,food, therapeutic device, or other physical assistance andthereby exposing that person to the risk of physical,mental, or emotional harm.Stalking: A person commits stalking when he or she,knowingly and without legal justification, follows anotherperson or places the person under surveillance or anycombination thereof and:Page 1 of 4

a. At any time transmits to that person a threat ofimmediate or future bodily harm, sexual assault,confinement, or restraint; orb. Places that person in reasonable apprehensionof immediate or future bodily harm, sexualassault, confinement, or restraint.Aggravated Stalking: A person commits aggravatedstalking when he or she, in conjunction with committingthe offense of stalking, also does any of the followinga. Causes bodily harm to the victim;b. Confines or restrains the victim;c. Violates a temporary restraining order, an orderof protection, or an injunction prohibiting thebehavior described in subsection (b) (1) ofSection 214 of the Illinois Domestic Violence Act.Unlawful Visitation Interference: If one party is in violationof a valid court order relating to child custody by detainingor concealing a child with the intent to deprive anotherperson of his or her rights to visitation. (Note: The statutesays a Notice to Appear shall be issued. Offenders maynot be arrested or taken into custody for this offense).Violation of Bail Bond: It is unlawful for any personarrested for domestic battery to have contact with thevictim within 72 hours of the arrest. During arraignment,this may be extended until the case is resolved. Contactin and of itself is a violation and the offender is arrestableeven if the victim allowed the offender to return.Probable Cause: Means the combination of facts whichleads a police officer to believe a crime has beencommitted. The probable cause standard applied todomestic violence is no different than the standard appliedto all other crimes. An officer should not consider thefollowing factors when determining probable cause:a. The marital status or living arrangements of theparties involved.b. The existence of an order of protection (unless itis being violated).c. The disposition of previous police calls or reportsinvolving the same parties.d. The victim’s unwillingness to prosecute or theofficer’s belief that the victim will not prosecute.e. Verbal assurances by either party that theviolence will stop.f. Denial by either party that the violence occurredwhen there is evidence of domestic violence.g. The race, ethnicity, sexual preference, socialclass, or occupation of either party.h. Whether either or both parties are under theinfluence of alcohol.The following persons are protected by the IllinoisDomestic Violence Act:POLICY:a. Any person abused by a family or householdmember.b. Any minor child or dependent adult in the care ofsuch person.c. Any person residing or employed at a privatehome or public shelter which is housing anabused family or household member.41.8.1 ON SCENE INVESTIGATIONA. An officer conducting an on scene investigation into adomestic violence allegation shall:1. Restore order by separating the parties.2. Take control of all weapons used or within easyaccess.3. Assess the need for medical attention.4. Interview all parties, including witnesses. Theseinterviews should be conducted separately.5. Attempt to locate and interview potentialwitnesses who have not come forward,particularly when the victim is uncooperative.6. Collect and record evidence as in any other caseinvolving physical harm. When possible, includecolor photographs of injuries sustained andphotographs of the premises which serve tocorroborate the alleged incident. If necessary,make arrangements for additional photographsof the victim’s injuries to be taken at a later date.7. If injuries require medical treatment, have thevictim sign a medical release.8. If both parties are injured, do the following:a. Determine whether or not one of the partiesacted in self-defense.b. If neither party acted in self defense, arrestboth parties.9. If either party is a Department employee, asupervisor shall be called to the scene.41.8.2 DUTIES OF OFFICERSA. It is the duty of a law enforcement officer to take allreasonable steps to prevent further abuse. Everyofficer investigating an alleged incident of abusebetween family or household members shall make awritten police report of any allegation and thedisposition of the investigation. This report shouldinclude the names, ages, and schools of any minorchildren in the household.1. In cases involving domestic violence, an officershall make an arrest without a warrant whenprobable cause exists under the followingcircumstances:a. When a felony has been committed.Page 2 of 4

. When a weapon has been used to inflictinjury or to intimidate or threaten the victim.c. When an offense has been committed in thepresence of an officer.d. When an officer has confirmed the existenceof a valid Order of Protection which hasbeen properly served and is policeenforceable.e. It has been determined that a valid 72-hourno contact provision is in effect.2. In all other cases an arrest should be made ifprobable cause exists that an offender hascommitted an act of domestic violence whichconstitutes a criminal offense.3. If there is reason to believe that the suspect maybe a threat to the victim or family members, andthe suspect is not present, a reasonable effortshall be made to locate and arrest the suspect.4. If an arrest is made, the use of a Notice toAppear is not routinely permitted. A Notice toAppear may be issued only when exigentcircumstances exist and a supervisor hasauthorized its use. The reason for the issuanceof the Notice to Appear shall be documented inthe corresponding police report.5. When an arrest is made against the wishes ofthe victim, the officer should emphasize to thevictim that the State’s Attorney’s Office has theability to pursue prosecution even without thecooperation of the victim.B. If no arrest is made the report must include either therationale for that decision or the reason why an arrestcould not be made. The victim’s reluctance or refusalto cooperate is not reason enough to decide againstan arrest.C. The report must also include the victim’s statementsas to the history, frequency, and severity of priorabuse or calls for police assistance.41.8.3 ASSISTANCE OF OFFICERSA. Whenever an officer has reason to believe that aperson has been abused by a family member, theofficer shall immediately use all reasonable means toprevent further abuse, including:1. Advising all parties of the criminal nature offamily violence, its potential for escalation, andthe help that is available.2. Arresting the abusing party when appropriateand possible. An arrest should be madewhenever probable cause exists and it isphysically possible to arrest the suspect.3. Accompanying the victim to the place ofresidence for a reasonable period of time toremove necessary personal belongings.4. Offering the victim immediate and adequateinformation in written form. Each potential victimshall be given a Domestic Violence Form, whichcontains information about obtaining an order ofproetection, and the form must include the reportnumber and the name of the reporting officer.5. Providing the victim with at least one referral toan accessible social service agency.6. Advising the victim about seeking medicalattention and preserving evidence, specificallyincluding photographs of injury or damage.7. Providing or arranging transportation for thevictim and any dependents in the victim’s care toa medical facility for treatment or to a nearbyplace of shelter or safety.8. When a victim of abuse chooses to leave thescene of the offense it shall be presumed to be inthe best interest of any dependents or minors invictim’s care to remain with the victim or a persondesignated by the victim.9. Whenever an arrest is not made, the officer, inaddition to all of the above, shall advise theparties involved:a. That the report will be forwarded to theState’s Attorney’s Office for review.b. That a complaint need not be signed by thevictim at the time of the incident for furtheraction by the State’s Attorney’s Officec. Of the victim’s right to request the initiationof court proceedings.d. Of the importance of preserving evidence.e. Of the victim’s right to contact the State’sAttorney’s Office to express a desire forprosecution.10. Officers should be aware that domestic violencesituations are traumatic to children and that theofficer is often the only responder in a position toassist the child. Officers shall not leave childrenin the custody of the offender if the victimrequires medical treatment, nor should theoffender receive a Notice to Appear solelybecause of the presence of children. If the victimcannot care for the children and the offender hasbeen arrested, take protective custody or find arelative to care for the children.11. If an officer has reason to suspect that a familyor household member aged 60 or older isabused, neglected, or exploited then the officershall make a report to the Illinois Department onAging, Elder Abuse Hotline by calling 1-800-252-8966. In all cases a police report documentingthe suspected abuse shall be written.41.8.4 ORDERS OF PROTECTIONA. A person who has been abused by a family orhousehold member may seek an Order of Protection.A guardian may seek an Order of Protection onbehalf of an abused minor or dependent adult. ThePage 3 of 4

Order of Protection may provide protection foradditional household or family members.B. Service of Process:1. Any action for an Order of Protection is a distinctcause of action and requires that a separatesummons be issued and served.2. The summons shall be served by the Sheriff orother law enforcement officer at the earliest timeand shall take precedence over other summonsexcept those of a similar emergency nature.C. Entry into LEADS:1. The county sheriff shall be responsible forentering all Orders of Protection into LEADS onthe same day the order is issued by the court,whether or not the order has been served.a. Officers must determine that the offenderhas been served with a copy of the order, orhas actual knowledge of it, before an arrestcan be made.b. If the offender denies knowledge of an orderand the denial is credible, the officer shouldadvise the offender of the existence andcontent of the order and note the notificationin the offense report. If a representative ofthe Sheriff’s Office is not available torespond to serve the order, then the offendershould also be directed to the Sheriff’s Officeto get his copy of the order.be a threat to the victim or other family members,then reasonable efforts should be made to locateand arrest the suspect.4. If no arrest is made for a Violation of the Order ofProtection, the reasons why shall be documentedin the officer’s report.5. If an arrest is made and bond will be posted, theDomestic Violence Bond form shall be used andthe suspect shall be made aware of the 72-hourno contact condition.6. An officer who has probable cause to believe thata defendant has violated a “no contact orcommunication” condition of his or her bond asprovided for in the Illinois Domestic Violence Act(720 ILCS 5/32-10) shall arrest that defendantwithout a warrant.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentD. Enforcement of Orders of Protection:1. A person violates an Order of Protection byknowingly violating any of the following remediesthat are listed on the Order of Protection:a. Prohibition of Abuse.b. Prohibition from entering or remaining in anyprotected residence or household.c. Stay away order.d. Prohibition of entry prohibits the respondentfrom entering or remaining in the residenceor household when he or she is under theinfluence of drugs or alcohol and constitutesa threat to the safety and well-being of thepetitioner and children.2. If an Order of Protection grants exclusive rightsto a residence to the petitioner the court mayallow the respondent access to remove items ofclothing and personal property used only by therespondent. This can be done only once, andmust be in the presence of an agreed upon thirdparty or law enforcement officer.3. If probable cause exists to believe that aViolation of an Order of Protection has beencommitted and the suspect is present an arrestshall be made. If the suspect is not present andthere is reason to believe that the suspect mayPage 4 of 4

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 43.1SUBJECT: DRUG, VICE, ORGANIZED CRIME EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.02.0743.1.1 RECEIVING AND PROCESSING COMPLAINTS43.1.2 MAINTAINING INVESTIGATIVE FILESECURITY43.1.3 CONFIDENTIAL FUND AVAILABILITY43.1.4 CONTROL AND USE OF SURVEILLANCE ANDUNDERCOVER EQUIPMENT43.1.5 SURVEILLANCE, UNDERCOVER, DECOY,AND RAID OPERATIONSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures andresponsibilities related to the investigative methods usedduring drug, organized crime, and vice control operations.DEFINITIONS:Organized Crime: Criminal acts by members of organizedgangs, groups, or associations. This can include offensessuch as committing or promoting extortion, theft, fencing,or other offenses for profit, or engaging in the illegal saleof goods or services, including prostitution, drugs- liquor-,and/or weapon offenses. Street gangs are considered tobe organized crime groups.Vice: Crimes involving prostitution, the illegal use/sale ofalcoholic beverages and/or tobacco, or thedistribution/sale of obscene or pornographic materials.Decoy Operation: A technique in which a plainclothesofficer is disguised as a potential crime victim (i.e. robberyor sexual assault) while constant surveillance of thatofficer is maintained by plainclothes police officers. Theprimary concern during such an operation is the safety ofthe decoy officer; the arrest of the offender(s) is asecondary concern.Surveillance: An activity conducted in an effort to gaininformation about a criminal, his patterns or conduct,and/or general information about an area wheresuspected criminal conduct is occurring. The primarypurpose of surveillance is to gain information.Undercover Operation: An undercover operation involvesthe use of an officer acting in an official capacity duringthe course of an investigation, typically for the purpose ofobtaining evidence or information. Examples ofundercover operations would include using theundercover officer to purchase controlled substances orcannabis from a known drug dealer, or having theundercover officer initiate or further an investigation intoan offense such as prostitution, gambling, etc.Controlled Buy: The controlled purchase of illegal drugs orillicit property by a confidential source who is acting onbehalf of the police for the purpose of either obtaining asearch warrant or developing evidence of an illegalactivity.POLICY:43.1.1 RECEIVING AND PROCESSING COMPLAINTSA. The Champaign Police Department is committed toinvestigating complaints involving vice, drug, andorganized crimes. Investigation of such complaintswill be accomplished in the following manner:1. If information pertaining to vice, drug, ororganized crime activity comes to an officer’sattention through a formal complaint, the officerwill detail the information in an official policereport.2. If information pertaining to vice, drug, ororganized crime activity comes to an officer’sattention through informal means, the officer willsummarize the information in memo form.3. Information conveyed to this department from anoutside agency will generally be considered aformal complaint unless the sensitivity of theinformation dictates otherwise.4. Cases, information, and original reports involvingvice or organized crimes shall be forwarded theInvestigations Division Commander, and thoseinvolving drug crimes shall be forwarded to theNarcotics Unit supervisor.B. If the information merits further investigation, theInvestigations Division Commander or Narcotics Unitsupervisor will assign an individual to conduct furtherinvestigation.C. If the information is sensitive in nature, appropriatecommand staff will be notified and any relevantinformation in written form will be marked asconfidential. The Investigations Division Commanderor Narcotics Unit supervisor will securely maintain allsuch information in a locked file.D. Once a disposition on a complaint has been reached,it will be recorded with the Investigations DivisionCommander or Narcotics Unit supervisor.E. The Investigations Division Commander shall beresponsible for notifying the Chief of Police and theDeputy Chief of Operational Support of any ongoingvice or organized crime investigations, and theNarcotics Unit supervisor shall be responsible fornotifying the Chief of Police and Deputy Chief ofOperations of any ongoing drug investigations.43.1.2 MAINTAINING INVESTIGATIVE FILESECURITYPage 1 of 3

A. All reports, memos, and documents related to activevice or organized crime investigations shall bemaintained in a locked file within the InvestigationsDivision, and all such items related to active druginvestigation will be securely stored in the NarcoticsUnit office. To maintain the integrity of both sets offiles, access will be limited to the following persons:1. Chief of Police.2. Any Deputy Chief of Police.3. Investigations Division Commander.4. District Commanders and Unit Supervisorsoverseeing such investigations, and thoseindividuals actively involved in any follow-upinvestigation.B. In cases where an original police report is generated,the report will not be forwarded to the RecordsDivision until case is closed or placed on inactivestatus.C. Copies of reports, memos, and documents will bedestroyed after they are no longer immediately useful.43.1.3 CONFIDENTIAL FUND AVAILABILITYA. The Department maintains a fund that includesmoney allotted to support operational efforts in drug,vice, and organized crime investigations.B. Fiscal management of confidential funds used inefforts against drug, vice, and organized crimeinvestigative shall be strictly administered andaccounted for in accordance with Policy 17.4, FiscalManagement.43.1.4 CONTROL AND USE OF SURVEILLANCE ANDUNDERCOVER EQUIPMENTA. Department owned surveillance and undercoverequipment shall be securely stored in the ElectronicTechnician’s office. This equipment is available foruse by any member of the Department upondemonstrated need and with the consent of a Unitsupervisor. Unauthorized or personal use of anyDepartment owned equipment is strictly prohibited.B. Authorization for the loan of surveillance andundercover equipment to another law enforcementagency may be given by the Electronic Technician’ssupervisor or his designee. In instances where theequipment is loaned to an outside law enforcementagency, the Electronic Technician’s supervisor or hisdesignee will ensure that it is both signed out and ingood operating condition upon its return.43.1.5 SURVEILLANCE, UNDERCOVER, DECOY,AND RAID OPERATIONSA. Prior to initiating any drug investigation, conductingany Undercover Operation or Controlled Purchase, orto serving any narcotics-related Search Warrant, thecoordinating supervisor shall consult with theNarcotics Unit supervisor to ensure that no ongoinginvestigation will be adversely affected.B. Prior to conducting any Decoy or UndercoverOperation, or to executing a Search Warrant at aresidence, business, or other structure which has thepotential to be occupied, the supervisor coordinatingthe investigation will prepare a detailed operationalplan and submit it to the appropriate Commander forreview. In cases involving the execution of a searchwarrant, a “Warrant Risk Assessment” shall also becompleted and submitted for review.High risk operations and search warrants will bereferred to the SWAT Commander for execution.Search warrants which do not meet the threshold forSWAT service may be served only under thesupervision of a Unit Supervisor, provided that theyhave the consent of the SWAT Team Commander.The Operational Plan should include informationcategorized into the following sections:1. SYNOPSIS – This section gives an overview ofoperation, including its nature and thecircumstances involved.2. MISSION – This section details the objectives ofthe mission and the methods to be used inexecuting and accomplishing those objectives.Contingency plans shall be included.3. SUSPECT(S) – This is a list of the personswhom are expected to be involved in theoperation. Photographs, physical descriptions,criminal history information, weapons history,and cautionary notes should be included.4. COMMUNICATIONS – This section lists theprimary and secondary methods and channels ofcommunication.5. RULES FOR ENGAGEMENT – Provides forreview of use of force policies and discusses thelevel of force which is authorized to be usedduring the execution of mission objectives.6. PURSUIT – This section contains a reminder andbrief synopsis of the department’s motor vehiclepursuit policy.7. COMPROMISE AUTHORITY – This sectionindicates which individuals have the authority todeclare that the mission has been compromisedand delineates the notification(s) that shouldfollow such a determination.8. TERMINATION – This section names the personresponsible for determining when the operationshould be terminated due to safety issues.9. EQUIPMENT – This section details theequipment which officers are responsible forcarrying as well as a list of specialized equipmentauthorized for use (i.e. breaching tools, etc.).10. ASSIGNMENTS / SUPERVISION – This sectionlists individual primary and secondaryassignments and names the supervisor in chargeof the operation.11. MEDICAL – This section typically indicateswhether or not medical resources will be placedon standby, provides the name and address ofPage 2 of 3

the nearest medical facility, and lists the shortestroute to that facility.12. MISCELLANEOUS - Maps, diagrams,photographs, and other pertinent informationshould be included whenever possible.C. Prior to the operation, the supervisor in charge willconduct an operational briefing. The purpose of thebriefing is to discuss the operational plan, review themission and objectives, review and discuss individualassignments, and to address any issues and answerany questions that might arise.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentD. Prior to the execution of a Decoy or UndercoverOperation, or service of a Search Warrant at aresidence, business, or other structure which has thepotential to be occupied, the coordinating supervisorshall ensure that both METCAD and a ShiftSupervisor have been informed of the detail.E. Controlled Purchases and Surveillance Operationsmay be coordinated by Unit Supervisors but shall beconducted in a manner consistent with the policiesand procedures of this Department.F. If it is discovered that a person, vehicle, or residencehas been incorrectly searched, the coordinatingsupervisor shall:1. Explain that an error was made. If possible alsoexplain why the error was made.2. Apologize for any inconvenience.3. Forward a copy of the report to the Chief ofPolice.4. Notify the City’s Risk Manager.G. Additional information can be referenced in 725 ILCS5/108 (paragraphs 3-14, Legal Requirements), theNarcotics Unit S.O.P., and Policy 46.2.Page 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 46.9SUBJECT: EMERGENCY MUTUAL AID AND FIELD EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09FORCE ACTIVATIONREVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:REFERENCE CALEA:INDEX AS:46.9.1 OPERATION PRINCIPLES46.9.2 FIELD FORCE ACTIVATIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to outline the circumstancesand procedures for requesting and seeking mutual aidfrom other police agencies and to inform all personnel ofthe existence of such assistance and its legal andprocedural application.POLICY:The goal of the Champaign Police Department is toprovide efficient, high quality law enforcement services tothe community during both emergency and nonemergencysituations. The Department shall provide lawenforcement services within its legal jurisdiction solely orin cooperation with agencies having concurrentjurisdiction. The Department shall also assist adjacentjurisdictions upon request and will fulfill the obligations ofthe METCAD agreement and other mutual aidagreements. The purpose of these agreements is toenable each agency to more effectively handleemergency situations through the pooling of lawenforcement resources. In recognition of the fact that thisagency has a finite amount of resources with which tomeet all such incidents, it shall be the policy of theChampaign Police Department to participate in saidmutual assistance agreements in order to strengthen itsresponse to emergency situations.1.1.1 OPERATION PRINCIPLESA. Geographic Jurisdiction.1. The Champaign Police Department assumes fullresponsibility for providing police services withinits legal corporate boundaries.B. Concurrent Jurisdictions.1. The Department recognizes that other policeagencies have concurrent jurisdiction. Theseagencies include the Urbana Police Department,the Champaign County Sheriff’s Office, theIllinois State Police, the University of IllinoisPolice Department, and other federal and stateenforcement agencies.C. Interagency Cooperation.1. The Champaign Police Department willcooperate, when possible, in interagencyrequests for assistance pursuant to theAgreement for Police Services, 1982.D. Mutual Aid Agreements.1. The Cities of Champaign and Urbana, theUniversity of Illinois and the Champaign CountySheriff’s Office are signatories on two majorinteragency agreements. Any of the agenciesmay request temporary emergency assistancefrom any or all other member agencies. Theseagreements are the:a. 1982 Agreement for Police Services by andbetween the City of Champaign, the City ofUrbana, the County of Champaign, and theUniversity of Illinois.b. 1979 Agreement concerning MetropolitanComputer-Aided Dispatch (METCAD) by andbetween the City of Champaign, the City ofUrbana, and the University of Illinois. TheCounty of Champaign later formally joinedthe METCAD organization.c. The 1982 Agreement outlines that all of theagencies may provide emergencyassistance to each other when necessaryand when requested. METCAD has theauthority to make these requests at thediscretion of Shift Supervisors or ShiftCommanders.2. The City of Champaign is a signatory in theILEAS (Illinois Law Enforcement Alarm System)mutual aid agreement, which provides forstatewide mutual aid in Illinois. Requests forILEAS activation are made by the Chief of Policeor his designee.3. The City of Champaign is also a participant in theEast Central Illinois Mutual Aid System(ECIMAS). Other participating entities includeUrbana, Thomasboro, Champaign County,Parkland College, Mahomet, Rantoul, and theUniversity of Illinois. Any of the agencies mayrequest temporary emergency assistance fromany or all other member agencies.E. Police District and Other Agreements.1. Pursuant to Illinois Statutes, Champaign andUrbana, being municipalities wholly within onecounty and sharing common borders, constitutea Police District. Therefore, Urbana andChampaign Officers may enter each other’sjurisdictions to make arrests, to quelldisturbances, and to perform other necessarypolice functions at the request of any agency.Page 1 of 3

F. Shift Supervisors/Command Officers1. Shift supervisors or police command officers areauthorized to request and provide for emergencyinteragency assistance when, in their judgment, itis necessary. Necessity is determined by a lifethreateningsituation or one where there is gravedanger of bodily harm, riot, civil disturbance, mobaction, or other similar circumstances. Such arequest may be made directly or throughMETCAD.G. Maintenance of Services.1. Champaign is committed to the provision ofpersonnel, equipment, and specialized units to amember agency to the extent that it would notendanger primary services to the City ofChampaign.H. Implementation.1. The Chief of Police or his designee will attendregular meetings with other agency officials todevelop an implementation plan and a commonprocedural document to be used as a resource insuch incidents. This includes the provision ofstaffing levels, equipment, specialized units, andother information.I. Liability.1. Liability for equipment, personnel, worker’scompensation, and other claims are outlined inthe Mutual Aid Agreement. The cost of salariesand equipment will be borne by the respondingagency.J. Notification.1. In the event that the Champaign PoliceDepartment requires assistance in handling anemergency, a duty supervisor may requestassistance following the guidelines in the PoliceEmergency and Unusual Occurrence Manual fordiffering levels of mobilization and assistance.Supervisors may respond and provide assistanceto other local agencies when possible. When thescope of those requests involves overtime or callback of Champaign personnel, then a DeputyChief or the Chief of Police shall be notified.K. Emergency Scene Responsibility.1. The designated supervisor of the requestingagency shall be in charge at the emergency site.All loaned personnel shall follow his lawfulcommand and orders. Officers may be assignedin multi-jurisdictional work groups or teams withsupervision from the requesting agency or asignatory agency. Officers shall follow the lawfulorders of those assigned supervisors. However,where the provided mutual assistance involvesthe loan of a specialized unit such as SWAT,METRO, Canine, EOD, etc., the commander ofthat specialized unit shall be responsible for theimplementation of the mission to beaccomplished, as determined and directed by thefield commander of the requesting agency.2. When taking law enforcement actions at theemergency site, including use of force, officersfrom the Champaign Police Department shall atall times adhere to agency policies andprocedures and utilize only those weapons andtactics with which they have qualified.3. Champaign officers providing assistance at anemergency site may make lawful arrests whenappropriate but shall, in doing so, follow thedirection of the requesting agency’s commandand supervision staff.L. Command Post.1. If, due to scope or length, an emergencysituation requiring multi-jurisdictional assistancedevelops past the ability of one supervisor at thescene to manage, a command post will beestablished and communications (frequencyassignments, etc.) formally established. If asituation becomes lengthy and involves the callbackof off-duty personnel, command levelofficers will respond, staff the command post,and implement NIMS protocols.M. Mobile Field Force.1. With regards to civil disorder and otheremergency situations, agencies have agreed torespond with Mobile Field Force tactics. Built onboth squad and team concepts, Mobile FieldForces may be established as necessary to dealwith the situation at hand. The planning team asoutlined will establish Mobile Field Forceprocedures in the Police Emergency andUnusual Occurrence Manual.N. Training.1. The Champaign Police Department will regularlyofficers, supervisors, and command officers inmutual aid emergency and civil disorder skillsand issues.O. Federal and State Law Enforcement AgencyAssistance.1. Emergency assistance from a federal lawenforcement agency may be requested wherefederal crime is involved or where the emergencyis at a location which the federal agency andChampaign have concurrent jurisdiction.2. Requests for the assistance of the IllinoisNational Guard are made of the Governor ofIllinois by the Mayor of Champaign.46.9.2 FIELD FORCE ACTIVATIONA. In the event of a Field Force activation, an on-dutysupervisor shall respond to the Front Desk to retrievethe Field Force manual. This manual containsinformation on activation procedures, assignments,and protocols, and also contains the check-lists andlogs which are to be utilized during activation.ISSUING AUTHORITYPage 2 of 3

R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 46.8SUBJECT: EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE DISPOSAL EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:OPR.04.01REFERENCE: CALEA 46.2.1INDEX AS:46.8.1 EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE DISPOSAL UNIT(EOD)46.8.2 CHAIN OF COMMAND46.8.3 TRAINING46.8.4 BOMB THREATS46.8.5 EVACUATION46.8.6 MUTUAL AID46.8.7 SELECTION AND RETENTION OF EODPERSONNEL46.8.8 GENERAL SAFETY46.8.9 ESSENTIAL EQUIPMENT USE ONSUSPICIOUS ITEMS46.8.10 TRANSPORTATION OF SUSPICIOUS ITEMS46.8.11 EOD UNIT RESPONSE GUIDELINES46.8.12 MEDIA RELATIONSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for theChampaign and University of Illinois Police ExplosiveOrdnance Disposal (EOD) Unit to use when responding toand handling bomb threats.POLICY:46.8.1 EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE DISPOSAL UNITA. The purpose of the combined Champaign andUniversity of Illinois Police Explosive OrdnanceDisposal (EOD) Unit is to:1. Render safe and/or remove suspectedimprovised explosive devices, incendiarydevices, explosives, explosive chemicals (ascurrently defined by the Bureau of Alcohol,Tobacco, and Firearms) pyrotechnics, andammunition.2. Provide for the proper, legal, and safetransportation, disposal, and/or storage ofexplosives and other items referred to above.3. Conduct post-bomb crime scene investigations.4. Collect and preserve evidence.5. Prepare and provide court testimony.6. Store, maintain, and inventory EOD Unitequipment.7. Provide technical support to special operations,such as drug labs, arson/suspicious fires,explosives permit/storage/inspection, and SWATsupport.8. Provide dignitary protection if called upon.9. Prepare and participate in explosives-relatedtraining programs.10. Maintain and be familiar with the technical libraryof FBI Bomb Data Center publications and otherexplosive related materials.11. Maintain professional liaison with other state andlocal EOD Units, military EOD units, Federalagencies, and professional associations.12. Compile and report technical data on explosivedevices and incidents.13. Develop agency emergency response plans forbomb threats, actual improvised explosivedevices, and bomb crime scenes.14. Develop and promulgate bomb threat awarenessand safety programs for public and privateorganizations.15. Report found or recovered military ordnance tomilitary EOD units and then follow theirdirections.16. Fireworks disposal.46.8.2 CHAIN OF COMMANDA. Commanders of the EOD Unit will be designated bythe Chiefs of Police of the University of Illinois andChampaign Police Departments. Both commanderswill have equal responsibility for overall supervision,training, assignments, call-outs, and equipmentpurchase and replacement.B. Command of the EOD Unit shall rest with the UnitCommander or his designee. He shall assumeresponsibility for the conduct of the Unit and shall bein charge of the scene until the device has beenrendered safe and the scene has been released tolocal authorities.46.8.3 TRAININGA. Initial Bomb Technician Training.1. Each Bomb Technician will satisfactorilycomplete the FBI Hazardous Devices School.2. Each Bomb Technician will complete an on-thejobprobationary/training program under thesupervision of experienced technicians.B. Ongoing/In-Service Training.1. Each technician will participate in a minimum ofeight (8) hours of training per month (call-outsPage 1 of 6

will be counted towards this time). This willinclude a minimum of forty (40) hours of handsonexplosives-related training per year.Research and Development will be a part of inservicetraining.2. Each technician shall attend the HDS Refresherforty (40) hour training course every three (3)years, or as soon as possible.C. Advanced/Additional Training.1. Each technician shall maintain membership inprofessional associations so as to availthemselves of current trends and changes in theindustry.a. International Association of BombTechnicians and Investigators (IABTI) State,Regional, and International Conferences.b. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms(BATF) Investigator’s Courses.46.8.4 BOMB THREATSA. External Agencies.1. The EOD Unit shall only be activated by the EODUnit Commanders. Initial response to facilitieshaving received bomb threats will be handled byuniformed personnel. Searches and evacuationsof locations receiving bomb threats will normallybe the responsibility of the facilityowner/manager, but assistance, coordination,and/or expertise may be provided by uniformedpatrol officers responding to the call. THE EODCOMMANDER SHALL BE NOTIFIED ONLYWHEN A SUSPICIOUS PACKAGE, SUSPECTDEVICE, IMPROVISED EXPLOSIVE DEVICE,OR HOAX DEVICE IS LOCATED.B. Internal Agencies.1. Bomb threats against the department will behandled by department personnel.46.8.5 EVACUATIONA. The decision as to whether or not to evacuate alocation/structure will be the responsibility of theowner/agent until such time that a potentiallyhazardous device is located. In the event that anowner/agent either cannot be located or cannotrespond in a timely manner, the responsible lawenforcement agency may order an evacuation.B. When a suspicious/hazardous device is located theEOD Unit Commander or designee will direct theresponsible law enforcement agency to evacuate in amanner consistent with accepted national guidelines(FBI and IABTI training programs).46.8.6 MUTUAL AIDA. The Champaign/University of Illinois EOD Unit willrespond and provide EOD services pursuant to theexisting Mutual Aid Agreement adopted by the City ofChampaign (Council Bill No. 82-52), the City ofUrbana (Resolution No. 7879-R73), and ChampaignCounty (Resolution 2309). In the event of a requestfor an emergency response when no writtenagreement exists, or outside of Illinois State PoliceDistrict 10 boundaries, approval shall be made onlyby the Unit Commander or his designee.B. The responsibility for the conduct of the EOD Unitwhen operating outside of their specific jurisdictionshall remain with the Unit Commander or his/herdesignee.C. Either Department may withdraw from this joint policyand procedure thirty (30) days after providing writtennotice of withdrawal. Any modification of this policyand procedure requires the written approval of bothDepartments.D. In the event that the combined EOD Unit is dissolved,an inventory of all equipment shall be made, andeach item of equipment shall be returned to thepurchasing Department. Nothing contained in thispolicy or the listed procedures shall give eitherDepartment any property rights in the equipmentprovided.46.8.7 SELECTION AND RETENTION OF EODPERSONNELA. An individual who wishes to be considered for aposition on the EOD Unit must:1. Be recommended by the EOD Unit Commander.2. Meet FBI Bomb Data Center applicationrequirements, which includes passing a physicalexamination and background check. Baselinephysicals and physicals for retention are toinclude a blood analysis.3. Have achieved Class A (permanent) status.4. Make a minimum five (5) year commitment toserve on the EOD Unit.46.8.8 GENERAL SAFETYA. EOD Unit Operational Considerations by priority are:1. Public Safety.2. The safety of the officers at the scene, includingEOD Technicians.3. The protection and preservation of public andprivate property.4. The collection and preservation of evidence.5. Convenience to the public and the restoration ofservices.B. Bomb Response Principles.1. Pipe bombs shall not be entered by hand.2. Human life shall not be placed in jeopardy for thepurpose of securing or preserving evidence orproperty.Page 2 of 6

3. An EOD Unit response must include a minimumthree (3) Bomb Technicians with essential safetyequipment.4. Only EOD Unit personnel or those requested bythe Unit Commander shall be permitted withinthe bomb disposal operation perimeter.5. The EOD Commander shall have full authority tocall out any Champaign or University of IllinoisPolice Officer or civilian who has special trainingor technical expertise that may aid the EOD Unit.6. When the EOD Unit is deployed, the EODCommander or designee shall maintain totalcommand and control of the scene and innerperimeter, which includes the direction,supervision, coordination, and control of EODpersonnel engaged in their mission.7. EMS and fire personnel shall be presentwhenever the EOD Unit responds to the scene ofa suspicious item.46.8.9 ESSENTIAL EQUIPMENT USE ONSUSPICIOUS ITEMSA. The overall situation, including the circumstances andthe physical environment, shall be considered by theSenior EOD Technician on site in determining the useof specialized equipment (i.e., X-ray generator, robot,bomb suit, or disrupter). The following generalguidelines will be used in making this determinationand the Senior EOD Technician on scene will beresponsible for justifying, in writing, any failure tocomply with these guidelines.1. Bomb Suits.a. The bomb suit will be worn in all lifethreateningsituations except:i. When it is physically impossible or thesituation is sufficiently difficult thatwearing the bomb suit would increasethe possibility of accidental detonation.ii.iii.In an explosive/flammable atmosphere.When there is a high potential for boobytraps.2. In non-life threatening situations, the use of thebomb suit is at the discretion of the Senior BombTechnician on the scene.C. Disrupters.a. The X-ray will normally be used forsuspicious mailed packages/letters.b. The X-ray will normally be used with lowpotential suspicious items.c. If there is a high potential for suspiciousitems, use of the X-ray is not required but isinstead at the discretion of the Senior EODTechnician present.d. The X-ray will normally be used whenchecking components/explosives forsecondary devices.1. In a life-threatening situation, the disrupternormally is not used. However, if in the opinionof the Senior EOD Technician on scene this isthe most probable means of successfullyrendering safe the situation, it may be used.2. In non-life threatening situations, the disrupterwill be used as follows:a. With low potential suspicious items, thedisrupter will be used after X-ray procedureswhen necessary.b. With high potential suspicious items, thedisrupter will be used with or without X-ray atdiscretion of Senior EOD Technician.D. Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA).1. SCBA will be accessible to EOD Unit personnel(i.e., from the fire department on scene) andutilized at post blast scenes or wheneverdeemed necessary.E. Fire Retardant “Bunker” Gear.1. Fire Retardant “Bunker” Gear will be accessibleto EOD Unit personnel (i.e., from the firedepartment on scene) and utilized at post blastscenes or whenever deemed necessary.F. Additional Equipment.1. Vehicles Required.a. A vehicle suitable for transporting all of theEOD Unit’s equipment and three (3)technicians.B. X-Ray.1. In life-threatening situations, the use of the X-rayis at the discretion of the Senior EOD Technicianon the scene. Under normal circumstances, anX-ray will be taken if possible.2. In non-life threatening situations:b. A vehicle/trailer capable of transporting asuspected device. The vehicle/trailer shouldsafely vent or totally contain a detonationthat may occur.2. Special safety equipment and any additionaltools as deemed appropriate by the UnitCommander.3. Inventory of Equipment.Page 3 of 6

a. It is the Unit Commander’s responsibility toensure that all equipment is inspected on amonthly basis for accountability andserviceability. Any equipment found to beunserviceable will be repaired or replaced assoon as practical.b. The Unit Commander will designatepersonnel to conduct and record thescheduled maintenance of all assignedequipment.c. All equipment will be stored in a secure andimmediately accessible manner. Provisionswill be made for continual access to EODequipment by all members of the Unit.46.8.10 TRANSPORTATION OF SUSPICIOUS ITEMSA. Suspected devices will normally be neutralized onsite.The decision to transport a suspected devicewill be weighed carefully to ensure that the act ofloading and transporting the device does not undulyincrease the hazards to the EOD technician(s) or thepublic. Transportation will be done only when it canbe safely accomplished by remote procedures.B. Transportation will be coordinated with the local lawenforcement authorities and Federal AviationAdministration Officials.C. Destroying in place will be given first consideration inall non-life threatening situations involvingabandoned/deteriorated explosives, explosivechemicals, and suspected devices. Normally this willbe done only in remote areas.D. Vehicular response should be conducted in the mostprudent manner and consistent with knowninformation regarding the incident.46.8.11 EOD UNIT RESPONSE GUIDELINESA. Suspected Devices.1. Initial actions (all situations).a. Verify/change evacuation.b. Determine whether or not the situation is lifethreatening.c. Verify/request the support EMS and fireunits.i. The type of procedures to be attemptedin order to render the situation safe.ii.iii.The type of equipment to be used.The use or non-use of essential safetyequipment.iv. The number EOD technicians/supportpersonnel on scene and/or exposed,and the length of exposure.3. Non-life threatening Situation.a. Normally remote procedures will beemployed, particularly on closed bombs.Open bombs may require immediate actionby the EOD technician on scene. Anyprocedure conducted in a non-lifethreatening situation must be justified, inwriting, by the EOD response team.b. Determine the initial courses of action and/orrender safe attempts.c. If possible, limit initial response onsuspicious packages to one properlyequipped EOD technician. Every attemptshall be made to minimize exposure time.d. Render the item or the situation safe. Thismay include an attempted render safe, asubsequent detonation and a check forresidual/additional hazards, removal andtransportation of the suspected item, ordetermination that the item is not a bomb.e. Suspected items transported to a disposalrange for render safe and/or disposal nolonger require any type of emergencyhandling. Time is no longer a factor.Procedures used will be remote andexposure time will be held to an absoluteminimum.4. Final Actions.a. Transportation/disposal of hazardousitems/materials.b. Crime scene investigation.5. Hoax Devices.2. Life-Threatening Situation.a. Consider the possibilities for reducing thesituation to a non-life threatening situationwithout working on the device. (Alwaysrevert to non-life threatening procedureswhenever possible.)b. Consider the time factor.c. Due to the extreme nature of a lifethreateningsituation, the Senior EODTechnician on scene is authorized fulllatitude in determining:a. Until otherwise determined, all suspectedhoax devices shall be handled as actualdevices.6. Commercial Deteriorated Products.a. Due to the unique safety hazards posed byloading and unloading deterioratedcommercial products, the handling of suchshould be given special consideration.Destroying in place will be given firstconsideration in all non-life threateningsituations.Page 4 of 6

B. Post Blast Procedures.1. The EOD Unit will respond to all post blastincidents to:a. Check for secondary devices.b. Check for residual/unconsumed explosives.2. The EOD Unit will:a. Investigate, or;b. Assist in the investigation, or;c. Release the crime scene to a crime sceneinvestigator.C. Range Procedures.1. Range limits – A 300-foot cleared area aroundthe site, and a minimum of 2,400-feet to nearestoccupied building.2. The minimum number of EOD technicians isthree (3).3. Procedures for the type of activity according tothe Hazardous Devices School recommendedprocedures:a. Training.b. Fireworks.c. Device residue.d. Deteriorated explosives.e. Explosive chemicals.f. Excess explosives.4. Radio transmissions are to be received only, andthere are to be no transmissions within 300 feetof devices.5. Follow grounding procedures.6. No static producing or conductive material ispermitted.7. Radio and telephone available, and radiotransmissions are permitted only beyond 300-feet.8. Coordinate disposal operations with appropriateauthorities, to include the local law enforcementagency(s), Federal Aviation AdministrationOfficials, and surrounding facilities which may beaffected.9. Access is restricted to EOD personnel andemergency response personnel (i.e., firedepartment and EMS personnel). This shall becontrolled by the Unit Commander or designee.10. Range Safety Officer Responsibilities are toobserve operations and ensure that appropriateprocedures are adhered to per HazardousDevices School recommended procedures.11. Misfires - adhere to recommended HazardousDevices School procedures.12. Lighting - adhere to recommended HazardousDevices School procedures.D. Transportation Procedures.1. Devices are to be removed and transported onlywhen the present area cannot withstand adetonation and the device can be safely removedby remote means.a. Compliance with regulations (DOT, State,Local, and FAA).b. Routes (Basic explosives/bomb transport) toavoid heavily populated areas and criticalfacilities.c. Type of Vehicle - Vehicle/trailer capable ofventing or containing a detonation, shouldone occur while device is being transported.d. Placarding.e. General Considerations.i. Smoking/flame producing devices.ii.iii.Speed limit.Blasting cap/explosive in same vehicle.iv. Vehicle left unattended.v. Fire extinguisher.E. Storage Procedures.vi. Vehicle operating condition.1. Type of container(s) - BATF guidelines.2. License requirements.3. Type lock (key) control - Locked per ATFregulations, keys controlled by EOD UnitCommander.4. Inventory - Conducted by Unit Commander ordesignee. Verification is maintained by the UnitCommander with a copy on file in the storagefacility.5. Drainage/ground maintenance.6. Signs/markings.7. Distance requirements.8. Authorization to store (ATF/State/Local/FAA).9. Housekeeping requirements.10. Compatibility requirements/limitations.F. Support Requirements Procedures.Page 5 of 6

1. Evacuation.2. Fire support.3. Ambulance medical assistance.4. Utilities (gas/electric).5. Technical assistance/expertise.a. Crime scene specialist.46.8.12 MEDIA GUIDELINESA. The responsibility for information to be released tothe media will rest with the police agency havingprimary jurisdiction at the scene of the incident.Questions which are directed to the ExplosiveOrdnance Disposal Unit shall be handled only by aUnit Commander or designee.ISSUING AUTHORITYb. Metallurgist.c. Chemist.d. Hazardous materials team.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department6. City Engineers.a. Blueprints.b. Building plans.7. Area personnel/keys.8. Heavy equipment.a. Trained operator.b. Dump truck with sand.9. Task Force - Call list.a. Federal Aviation Administration.b. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms.c. Federal Bureau of Investigation.d. Postal Inspectors.10. Cryogenics support.G. Other procedures.1. Industry/government training.2. Marijuana fields.3. Clandestine drug labs.4. Dignitary protection.5. Vehicle/equipment maintenance.6. SWAT/explosive entry.7. Research and Development/New equipment.8. Explosive storage/Inspections.9. Media releases.10. Special searches/canine.11. Arson/fire.Page 6 of 6

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 84.1SUBJECT: EVIDENCE AND IN-CUSTODY PROPERTY EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09CONTROL REVISED DATE: 9/27/11REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.16.01ADM.16.02ADM.16.03ADM.16.04OPR.02.08OPR.11.0384.1.1 EVIDENCE AND IN-CUSTODY PROPERTYPROCEDURE84.1.2 SECURE STORAGE AREA84.1.3 AFTER-HOURS SECURITY84.1.4 CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES FOR TRAINING84.1.5 RECORDS84.1.6 INSPECTIONS84.1.7 FINAL DISPOSITION OF PROPERTY84.1.8 PROPERTY ACQUIRED THROUGH CIVILPROCESSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines forproperty and evidence taken into custody by theChampaign Police Department. This policy is intended toguarantee the rights of property owners, provide for theproper identification of evidence, and define guidelines forthe security of evidence, contraband, property forsafekeeping, and recovered property. This policy alsoestablishes procedures for the recording, processing, anddisposal of property that comes into the possession ofemployees of this department, and it protects the integrityof the Department.DEFINITIONS:Chain of Custody: A record of persons having charge,control, or possession of evidence from the time it isreceived until the time it is disposed of.Evidence: Property which may be related to a criminal orquasi-criminal offense, or which may implicate or clear aperson of a criminal charge.Contraband: Any property which is in and of itself illegal topossess.Property for Safekeeping: Property to be held until itsrightful owner can be contacted or identified.Recovered Property: Anything held in police custody thathas been found, turned in, abandoned, or held forsafekeeping, and that is not believed to be connected toor a part of a criminal or quasi-criminal offense.POLICY:84.1.1 EVIDENCE AND RECOVERED PROPERTYPROCEDURESA. Each item of evidence, contraband, and property forsafekeeping that comes into the possession of anyDepartment employee will be listed separately on acomputerized Champaign Police Evidence Form.Unless otherwise authorized by a supervisor, theemployee will label, package, and mark the propertyaccording to Departmental guidelines and completethe computerized Evidence Form prior to the end oftheir tour of duty. The following information will beincluded, whenever applicable:1. Type of property, color, size, weight and/or otheridentifying characteristics.2. Unique numbers and model numbers.3. The circumstances by which the property cameinto the Department’s possession.4. Firearms will be described by make, caliber orgauge, serial number, and identifyingcharacteristics.5. Drug exhibits will include color, physical state(liquid, powder, rock, etc.), size, shape, quantity,and identifying marks, if any.6. Exhibits containing U.S. Currency will include acash denomination sheet which has been signedand initialed by a supervisor.7. Where practical, photos are to be taken ofrecovered property in cases where the propertyis perishable and cannot be stored for a lengthyperiod of time.B. When an officer takes possession of an item (oritems) of recovered property, or recovers anabandoned bicycle or bike frame which has noevidentiary value, that officer shall:1. In cases of recovered property, place the item oritems into an evidence locker. In the case of anabandoned bicycle, secure the bicycle in thedesignated storage area at the City Garage.2. Complete a separate Champaign PoliceDepartment Recovered Property Intake Form foreach individual item.3. Submit the Champaign Police DepartmentRecovered Property Intake form to Front Deskand Records staff.With regard to Recovered Property and abandonedbicycles, it is the responsibility of the receivingevidence custodian to log those items, enter theminto evidence, and, when appropriate, contact theowner of the property to arrange for its return.Page 1 of 4

C. Motor vehicles seized for processing, as evidence, orfor purposes of forfeiture will be documented throughthe completion of a Champaign Police Vehicle Tow-InForm. Such seizures will also be documented incorresponding police reports.D. Under no circumstances will evidence, contraband,property for safekeeping, or recovered property besubject to personal use or stored in employees’personal desks, lockers, vehicles, homes, or otherplaces that would permit the chain of custody to beinterrupted.E. Unless otherwise authorized by a supervisor, allevidence, contraband, property for safekeeping, andrecovered property that comes into the possession ofthe Department will be placed into the appropriatesecure storage location before the employee ends histour of duty. Any property that cannot be stored inaccordance with this directive by virtue of its size, rateof decomposition, or other consideration will besecured in the best possible manner as determinedby a Shift Supervisor or District Commander.F. Any item of evidence, contraband, or property forsafekeeping taken into the possession of theDepartment will be placed into an appropriately sizedcontainer (an envelope, box, or evidence bag),sealed, and labeled with a fully completed evidencetag.G. Items will be packaged in a manner to protect orcontain the property. The following items, whentaken as evidence, will be packaged separately:1. Narcotics.2. Firearms.3. U.S. Currency.4. Other valuable items, such as jewelry.H. ALL FIREARMS MUST BE UNLOADED PRIOR TOPLACEMENT IN AN EVIDENCE LOCKER AND/ORENTRY INTO EVIDENCE. If a firearm cannot beunloaded, then the on-duty Evidence Technician willtake direct possession of the firearm from the officer.It will not be packaged or placed into a locker until itcan be made safe.I. When any of the items listed in subsection “G” arereceived by the Evidence Technician, they will bemaintained in separate locations with extra security,and not be combined with general property. TheEvidence Technician will determine these particularlocations.J. When an item that has been entered into evidencerequires processing, that item will be transferred froman Evidence Technician to a Crime Scene Technicianfor processing and then returned directly to evidence.Records will be kept to document such transfers.K. Once property for safekeeping or recovered propertyhas been officially placed under Departmentalcontrol, procedures for release or removal will befollowed in accordance with the guidelines specifiedin Section 84.1.7.L. Upon the completion of legal proceedings, everyreasonable effort will be made to identify the ownersof property which is eligible for release and to ensurethat the property is safely returned to them asdescribed in Section 84.1.7.M. When evidence is needed for court, an EvidenceTechnician will be responsible for transferring itemsneeded to the appropriate person at the State’sAttorney’s Office. The Evidence Technician willappropriately document all such transfers.84.1.2 SECURE STORAGE AREAA. Access to the secure storage areas for evidence,contraband, property for safekeeping, and recoveredproperty shall be limited to:1. Evidence Technicians.2. The Records Manager.3. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards.B. Bicycles not having any evidentiary value will besecured in the designated secure storage area at theCity Garage.C. Perishable items will be stored in the securerefrigerator located in the evidence processing room.D. Deviation from the use of the prescribed securestorage areas, when necessary, shall only beauthorized by the Deputy Chief of ProfessionalStandards or the Deputy Chief of Operations.84.1.3 AFTER-HOURS SECURITYA. The Department provides evidence lockers to beused to secure evidence, contraband, property forsafekeeping, and recovered property during periodswhen an Evidence Technician is not on duty. Officerssubmitting such property are responsible for labelingthe evidence, placing it in an evidence locker or in thesecured bulk storage area, and completing either thecomputerized Evidence Form or the ChampaignPolice Department Recovered Property Intake Form(whichever is applicable).B. Whenever an item(s), due to size or quantity, cannotbe easily secured in one of the areas provided, anEvidence Technician or the Records Supervisor willbe contacted by a supervisor to make arrangementsfor securing the item(s).84.1.4 CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES FOR TRAININGA. In addition to the minimum canine skills required forstreet deployment, police canines may be trained inother facets of police work such as narcotics scentdetection. To maintain a high level of proficiency andcredibility, narcotic scent training is a constantendeavor which must be performed on both a dailyand weekly basis.B. To ensure proper training, the narcotics training aidsshould be rotated on a regular basis, preferably everysix months, dependent upon the availability ofnarcotics. The District Commander responsible forsupervising the canine officers will assist in identifyingPage 2 of 4

and locating cases from which narcotics can betransferred for training purposes. Only controlledsubstances which have been released by the courtsor are designated for destruction will be used astraining aids.C. Prior to the issuance of controlled substance trainingaids, a memorandum requesting the release of thecontrolled substance(s) will be signed by the DistrictCommander. The memorandum will detail the casenumber, type of substance(s), and purpose of thereleased substances. The form will be submitted tothe Evidence Technician.D. Cannabis and controlled substances to be issued tocanine handlers for training purposes will be weighedand recorded by the Evidence Technician in thepresence of the Deputy Chief of ProfessionalStandards.E. Both the Evidence Technician and the DistrictCommander requesting the release of the cannabisor controlled substance will maintain copies of allpaperwork associated with its release. Thispaperwork will be used to document the movement ofthe controlled substance(s) until such time that theyare returned to the Evidence Technician.F. When the cannabis or controlled substances are nolonger viable for use during canine training, they willbe returned to the Evidence Technician by the caninehandler. Each package will be weighed again, andany discrepancies in appearance or weight will benoted.G. The Evidence Technician, the District Commander,and the canine handler will separately maintain a listof each item of cannabis or controlled substanceissued and the weight of each package. The trainingaids will not exceed approximately one gram of eachnarcotic aid without the prior, written approval of theDeputy Chief of Operations. The District Commanderwill visually inspect each package periodically toensure the integrity of the packaging. No caninehandler will retrieve cannabis or controlled substancetraining aids without the presence of the DistrictCommander to serve as a witness.H. If a canine handler notices a defect in cannabis orcontrolled substance packaging during training orwhen opening the storage container, that discrepancywill be brought to the District Commander’s attentionimmediately. The aid will not be utilized for traininguntil it has been weighed, resealed, and anydiscrepancies addressed by the District Commander.I. During training there is a potential risk that a caninemay destroy the packaging material, resulting in theloss of some of the cannabis or controlled substance.In such an event, the handler will retrieve as much ofthe remaining substance as possible and immediatelynotify the District Commander. The handler willdocument the incident on a police report, and thatreport will be forwarded through the chain ofcommand all the way up to the Chief of Police. Theremainder of the cannabis or controlled substancewill be packaged and returned to the DistrictCommander, who will then return the cannabis orcontrolled substance to the Evidence Technician.Prior to the deployment of the aids for training, theaids will be placed in scratch resistant containers tominimize the potential for destroying the packagingmaterial.J. Each training aid will be stored in an air tight securedcontainer to prohibit access by anyone other than thecanine handler to whom it was issued.84.1.5 RECORDSA. The Evidence Technician shall maintain a recordssystem to include at a minimum:1. The location of property stored in the EvidenceRoom.2. Date and time when the property was received orreleased.3. Character, type, and amount of property onhand.4. Chain of custody of property through its finaldisposition.5. Dates and results of all inspections, inventories,and audits of property and records.6. A log of those persons entering evidence storageareas who are not routinely responsible forproperty or evidence functions.B. The maintenance of these records and the ability toproduce them for immediate and unannouncedinspections shall be the responsibility of the EvidenceTechnician.84.1.6 INSPECTIONSA. On a quarterly basis, the Evidence Technician shallconduct a routine inspection of the Evidence Roomand all other storage facilities. This inspection willdetermine that proper record keeping, accountabilityof evidence, proper storage and cleanliness, andproper disposal methods are being followed. Amemo shall be forwarded to the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards listing the results of theinspection. Any problems noted during theseinspections will be corrected as appropriate anddocumented accordingly.B. An inventory of 5% of all property held in evidenceshall be conducted any time that an EvidenceTechnician is transferred or leaves the Department.This inventory will be performed jointly by the newlydesignated Evidence Technician and the Chief ofPolice or his designee.1. If there is an error rate of 4% or more, then a90% inventory shall be conducted.C. An annual audit shall be conducted of the propertyand evidence held by the Department. This audit ofrandom items shall be performed by a supervisor notdirectly involved in the management of the EvidenceRoom. A complete report of the findings of the auditwill be forwarded to the Chief of Police.D. At least twice each year, in addition to and in supportof other inspections, the Chief of Police or hisPage 3 of 4

designee will conduct an unannounced inspection ofthe property storage areas. This inspection does notnecessarily have to be comprehensive; any area ofproperty operation may be inspected.84.1.7 FINAL DISPOSITION OF PROPERTYA. Final disposition of all found, recovered, andevidentiary property shall be accomplished within sixmonths after legal requirements have been satisfied.Evidence and in-custody property may be disposed ofby return to its legal owner, public auction,destruction, or conversion to City use. The followingguidelines for disposition of evidence and in-custodyproperty will be followed:1. Found items may be kept for up to six months.During this time, if the owner is not identified orthe property is not claimed, the item will beoffered at Departmental auction, sold on theInternet, converted to City use, or destroyed.2. The owner, if identified, may be contacted eitherby telephone or by mail to arrange a date andtime for release of items.3. Evidence may be disposed of through thefollowing means:a. Authorization of recovering officer, caseinvestigator, or supervisor.b. Authorization of City Attorney, State’sAttorney, or Judge.c. Expiration of statute of limitations forprosecution.d. Court order.e. By statute according to proceduresestablished by the Chief of Police.A. The Chief of Police is responsible for theDepartment’s asset forfeiture program.B. All property received by the Department pursuant tothe delivery of legal process service shall be fullyinventoried on a Department property/evidence formand a summary description included in any requiredreport.C. All property acquired through the legal processfunction shall be properly recorded by report includingdescription, identification numbers, and name ofpersons or corporations from whom the property wasreceived. The property shall be stored forsafekeeping until properly disposed of as prescribedby Illinois State Statute and current directives.D. The Chief of Police shall designate an individual tohandle the processing of all paperwork associatedwith forfeiture proceedings. The designee shallensure compliance with all applicable State orFederal guidelines for asset forfeiture.E. All property acquired through the legal processfunction shall be managed by the Chief of Police ordesignee and disposed of by the Departmentpursuant to legal authority.F. The Deputy Chief of Operational Support isresponsible for monitoring all proceeds from forfeitedassets.ISSUING AUTHORITY:R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentB. In order to minimize the retention of evidence incases where court proceedings are continued or havebeen concluded, officers shall obtain a court orderdesignating dispositions of items held. Wheneverpossible, the court order should allow an item to bephotographed and then returned to its owner.C. The Department shall promptly return items held inthe evidence or property area to the rightful ownerwhen such items are not contraband and the casehas been completed.1. Such returns, whenever possible, shall occurwithin 60 days.2. The Evidence Technician shall make notificationeither by telephone or through mail.D. When evidence is permanently released, a copy ofthe signed release shall be forwarded to Records andincluded with the original case file.E. Property turned over to the Department fordestruction shall be disposed of by commercialdisposal or witnessed by two department members.84.1.8 PROPERTY ACQUIRED THROUGH CIVILPROCESSPage 4 of 4

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE ORDER NUMBER: 82.2SUBJECT: FIELD REPORTING AND MANAGEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.25.01ADM.25.06ADM.25.0782.2.1 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS82.2.2 INCIDENT REPORTING82.2.3 CASE NUMBERING SYSTEM82.2.4 REPORT DISTRIBUTIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish the field reportingsystem, the report numbering system, supervisory reviewof reports, and the report distribution process.POLICY:82.2.1 REPORTING REQUIREMENTSA. Employees shall use appropriate field reports todocument incidents and investigations reported toand conducted by this Department.1. Employees shall make a prompt official writtenreport of any offense investigated, observed, orknown.2. The documentation of police activity may beaccomplished in the form of a completed:a. Field Report.b. Traffic citation or written warning.c. City ordinance arrest or written warning.d. METCAD dispatch incident.e. IDOT traffic crash (MCR) report.f. Field Interview card.g. Parking ticket.3. Reports shall only be written on appropriate fieldreports. As a matter of routine, the computerizedARMS Field Reporting system shall be utilized.The ARMS Field Reporting manual providesguidance for the completion of field reports.a. In the event that ARMS Field Reporting isout of service for more than eight (8) hours,officers may use hard copies of field reportsor Microsoft Word report templates usedpreviously to document other incidents.B. Field reports used to document police activity shallinclude the following information:1. Date and time of the incident.2. Names of responding officers.3. A listing of applicable offenses, along withcorresponding uniform crime reporting (UCR)codes.4. When applicable, the names of victims,witnesses, suspects, arrestees, and/or involvedparties. Officers will obtain and list as muchidentifying and personal information as possiblefor each person. The relationship matrix mustalso be filled out as completely as possible.5. All information related to any property, includingbut NOT limited to:a. Vehicles stopped, searched, towed,impounded, or otherwise involved.b. Property damaged, defaced, or vandalized.c. Property seized as evidence.d. Property lost or found.e. Property stolen and/or recovered.C. Employees shall refer to the ARMS Field ReportManual for procedures on the proper use of formsand their completion.D. Every completed report submitted by an employee ofthe Department will be reviewed by a supervisor.Shift supervisors shall be responsible for reviewing allsubmitted reports. The supervisor will either approveor return for correction all reports that have beensubmitted. Inaccurate and/or incomplete reports shallbe returned to the employee for revision.1. All incident reports submitted will be carefullyreviewed by the approving supervisor to ensurethat:a. The elements of any listed offense areproperly detailed.b. Criminal procedures are documented.c. Departmental polices, procedures,directives, and rules and regulations havebeen followed.d. All necessary investigative steps have beenboth taken and documented.e. All necessary field reporting information isincluded.f. The report is free of spelling, grammatical,and other errors.Page 1 of 3

2. When a supervisor reviews a report and notesthe need for corrections and/or revisions, thesupervisor will place the report in the “pending”box and notify the authoring officer that the reportrequires correction. Corrections shall be madeas soon as possible without un-necessary delay.82.2.2 INCIDENT REPORTINGA. Every incident in one or more of the followingcategories, if alleged to have occurred within thejurisdiction of the Champaign Police Department, is tobe reported:1. Citizens’ reports of crime.2. Complaints filed by citizens which may lead tocriminal charges.3. Citizen requests for service when:a. An officer is dispatched.b. An officer is assigned to investigate.c. An officer is required to take action at a latertime.4. Criminal and non-criminal cases initiated byofficers.5. Incidents resulting in arrest, citation, or theissuance of a summons.6. Traffic Crashes.7. Any other incident as directed by a supervisor.B. In the event that a resident of the City of Champaigncontacts the police department to report a crime inwhich the jurisdiction of the offense can not bedetermined, then the responding officer shalldocument the incident in a field report.C. Delayed Reporting - Reports To Follow (RTF)procedures.1. In order to ensure the timely documentation ofincidents and police actions, officers shall beresponsible for completing reports by the end oftheir shift. On occasion, activity levels or otherextenuating circumstances may prevent anofficer from completing a report prior to the endof his shift. When this occurs, a shift supervisormay authorize an officer to delay completion of areport. However, unless the report requiresextensive follow-up it shall be completed duringthe officer’s next tour of duty.4. When delayed completion of a report isauthorized, the officer will place a copy of thedispatch ticket in the “pending” box and indicatewhich supervisor authorized the delay and thedate that the report is to be completed.D. Reports written by detectives and other investigativepersonnel will be submitted through the appropriatechain of command in a timely manner.82.2.3 CASE NUMBERING SYSTEMA. A case numbering system is designed to ensure thatall activities are appropriately numbered, that nonumbers are omitted, and that no numbers areduplicated. All incidents requiring reports shall beassigned a unique incident number issued insequential order as follows:1. Agency designator – one (1) digit2. Year of report - two (2) digits.3. Sequential report number – five (5) digits.B. Incident numbers are typically assigned by METCAD,but Front Desk staff also have the authority and theability to assign incident numbers.C. The incident numbering system will reset to zero onJanuary 1 st of each year.82.2.4 REPORT DISTRIBUTIONA. Approved reports will be forwarded to the RecordsDivision for data entry and filing.B. The Records Division shall be responsible for therelease and distribution of all police reports andrecords.1. The Records Manager will ensure that policereports are properly distributed.C. Original documents submitted to the Records Divisionare typically entered into ARMS and filed within 24hours of receipt.D. All Records Clerks have authorization to releasereports to Department personnel.E. Release of case reports and dispositions to the publicand/or any other agencies will be in accordance withPolicy 82.1.2. If the report concerns a major crime or unusualcircumstance then the completion of the reportmay not be delayed.3. When an officer is not expected to be at work onthe following day, whether due to regularlyscheduled days off, authorized leave, ordepartmental training, reports will not be delayedunless there are special circumstances AND ashift supervisor has approved the delay.Page 2 of 3

ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 33.9SUBJECT: FIELD TRAINING EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:02/11/11REFERENCE ILEAP:TRN.01.02REFERENCE: CALEA 33.4.3INDEX AS:33.9.1 FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM GOALS33.9.2 FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM ORGANIZATION33.9.3 ASSIGNMENT OF PROBATIONARY POLICEOFFICERS33.9.4 FIELD TRAINING EVALUATION PROCESS33.9.5 SELECTION AND REMOVAL OF FIELDTRAINING OFFICERS33.9.6 RECRUIT DISMISSAL PROCESS33.9.7 DISPOSITION OF FIELD TRAININGEVALUATIONS33.9.8 IN-SERVICE RETRAINING FOR RETURNINGPATROL OFFICERSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for thefield training and evaluation process.DEFINITIONS:Field Training Commander: The Field TrainingCommander shall be a Patrol Lieutenant who isdesignated by the Chief of Police and who is responsiblefor administering and evaluating the Field Training andEvaluation Program.Field Training Coordinator: The Field Training Coordinatorshall be a supervisory-level employee designated by theChief of Police who is responsible for assisting the FieldTraining Commander with the general administration andevaluation of the Field Training and Evaluation Program.Field Training Cadre: The Field Training Cadre consists ofField Training Officers, Field Training Sergeants, the FieldTraining Coordinator, and the Field Training Commander.The cadre will make recommendations concerningadvancement through the training phases, extension oftraining, advancement from probationary status topermanent status, and termination of employment forprobationary officers.Field Training Officer (FTO): A Field Training Officer is aClass A sworn officer who trains and evaluatesprobationary officers based upon valid, standardized, anddocumented observation and measurement of on-the-jobperformance. All Field Training Officers are certified andreceive training in the principles of the Field TrainingProgram.Field Training Sergeant (FTS): A Field Training Sergeantis a shift supervisor responsible for the training andevaluation of probationary personnel assigned to the shift.All Field Training Sergeants receive training in thesupervision of the Field Training Program.ILETSB Certification: Certification by the Illinois LawEnforcement Training and Standards Board that a personhas met the minimum selection and training requirementsand is eligible to continue employment as a police officer.Probationary Officer: Refers to an individual who isILETSB-certified as a police officer, who has been swornin as an officer of the Department, and who is currently onprobation.POLICY:33.9.1 FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM GOALSA. The Department’s Field Training and EvaluationProgram is an extension of the law enforcementselection process that combines field training withobjective evaluations to ensure that the standards ofa competent police officer are met. The goal of theField Training and Evaluation process is to:1. Assist in the Department’s overall screeningprocess.2. Establish a probationary police officer appraisalsystem. The program is designed to provide avalid, job-related, post-Basic Training Academyevaluation of probationary police officerperformance. The process utilizes astandardized and systematic approach to thedocumented measurement of a probationarypolice officer’s performance.3. Establish a program review procedure. Theprogram provides an appraisal system tomeasure the effectiveness of the Department’sselection and training processes by allowingfeedback to the trainees regarding their strengthsand weaknesses.4. Provide post-Basic Academy training and on-thejobtraining to probationary police officers.5. Establish career opportunities within theDepartment. The Field Training and EvaluationProgram is a potential career path within theDepartment. While performing the duties of aField Training Officer (FTO), the FTO gainsexperience and knowledge that increasesleadership and evaluation skills and enhancescareer opportunities.6. Establish an improved in-service retrainingprogram. The program provides a system for theretraining and orientation of sworn officersreturning to Patrol from extended absences orassignments33.9.2 FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM ORGANIZATIONA. Field Training Program Manual.Page 1 of 5

1. The Field Training Program Instruction Manualhas been developed for the purpose of providinga standard comprehensive study plan for theField Training Program. The manual alsoprovides a mechanism for evaluating andmonitoring the probationary officer’s progress inthe program.2. The Field Training Program Instructional Manualwill be the primary guide in the probationaryofficer’s progressive training and development.While in the Field Training Program, the manualwill be utilized. The recruit officer will beresponsible for having the Field Training manualimmediately accessible at all times while involvedin the Field Training Program.3. Probationary officers are expected to becomethoroughly familiar with the contents of the FieldTraining Program Instructional Manual.4. The requirements outlined in the Field TrainingProgram Instructional Manual shall be met in atimely manner. The FTO and Field TrainingSergeant are charged with the responsibility ofensuring compliance with this manual.B. The Field Training Commander shall be responsiblefor the following:1. Monitoring the progress of all probationaryemployees.2. Reviewing the work of the Field TrainingCoordinator and Field Training Sergeants.3. Making recommendations to the Chief of Policeon retaining, extending, training, and/ordismissing probationary officers.4. Attending training sessions and meetings toreceive firsthand information concerningprobationary officers and evaluating theinstructional techniques of Field TrainingOfficers.C. The Field Training Coordinator shall be responsiblefor the following:1. Disseminating information to the Field TrainingCadre on recruit officer academy performance.2. Monitoring and evaluating the overalldevelopment of probationary officers.3. Planning, directing, and evaluating field trainingassignments.4. Ensuring that assigned Field Training Officersmaintain weekly contact with officers attendingthe Basic Academy.5. Working closely with shift supervisors ofprobationary officers to recognize and correcttraining deficiencies.6. Reviewing the weekly and monthly evaluations ofprobationary officers completed by Field TrainingSergeants.7. Conducting an end-of-probation evaluation ofeach probationary officer.8. Preparing the agenda for and moderating trainingsessions and monthly Field Training meetings.D. Field Training Sergeants shall be responsible for thefollowing:1. Keeping other shift supervisors informed of theprogress of probationary officers.2. Ensuring that the training and evaluationprocesses are completed using daily observationreports, verbal communication, tests, andpersonal observations.3. Ensuring that the probationary officer’s FieldTraining Manual is current and properlycompleted.4. Reviewing reports written by probationaryofficers.5. Monitoring and supervising the overall training ofprobationary officers assigned to the shift toensure that standards are being met.E. Field Training Officers shall be responsible for:1. The training and evaluation of the probationaryofficer assigned to him.a. The Field Training Officer reports to theassigned Field Training Sergeant on anyissues concerning field training.33.9.3 ASSIGNMENT OF PROBATIONARY POLICEOFFICERSA. Assignments.1. Probationary police officers shall be assigned tothe Patrol Division unless otherwise ordered bythe Chief of Police.2. Each probationary officer shall be placed in theField Training Program under the supervision ofa Field Training Sergeant and a Field TrainingOfficer.3. Once determined, the field training assignmentmay be varied only when a probationary officerrequires additional training or is accelerated.4. The Field Training Commander, with theapproval of the Deputy Chief of Operations, maycontinue the field training assignment for aprobationary officer beyond the pre-determinedtime if necessary.B. The Field Training and Evaluation Program shall bedivided into the following steps:1. A Basic Orientation Course (BOC) whichconsists of 32 hours of in-house orientationtraining.2. STEP 1 – Basic Field Training (BFT) – 24certified training days in duration. On the firstPage 2 of 5

day of STEP 1, the probationary officer will be anobserver/limited participant and there will be noformal observation (no Daily Observation Report[DOR]). Eight (8) DOR’s may be waived by theDeputy Chief of Operations if:a. The recruit was re-hired or hired through theExperienced Officer Hiring Program, andb. All syllabus training is completed, andc. A recommendation is made jointly by theField Training Officer, Field TrainingSergeant, and Field Training Commander.3. STEP 2 – Intermediate Field Training (IFT) – 24certified training days in duration. Eight (8)DOR’s may be waived by the Deputy Chief ofOperations if:a. The recruit was re-hired or hired through theExperienced Officer Hiring Program, andb. All syllabus training is completed, andc. A recommendation is made jointly by theField Training Officer, Field TrainingSergeant, and Field Training Commander.4. STEP 3 – Advanced Field Training (AFT) – 16certified training days in duration, plus a 2-weekassignment in Investigations. A waiver for STEP3 may be granted to those probationary officerswho demonstrate superior competence at thecompletion of STEP 2 with the approval of theDeputy Chief of Operations.5. STEP 4 – Evaluation Check-Ride (ECR) – 8certified evaluation days.6. STEP 5 – Solo Patrol – Constitutes theremainder of the probationary period.a. The officer remains on probationary statusand the assigned Field Training Sergeantcontinues to complete Monthly Evaluations.b. For the first two (2) months while in STEP 5,probationary officers will be assigned twicemonthly to an FTO for the purpose ofevaluated check-rides.c. During the last month of probation, theprobationary officer shall be assigned to anFTO for a minimum of four (4)certified/evaluated training for the purpose offinal probationary performance review.C. Probationary officer field assignments and the FieldTraining Officers will be rotated during Field TrainingSteps 1 through 4.D. A Field Training and Evaluation step may beextended for a probationary officer at the discretion ofthe Field Training Commander.33.9.4 FIELD TRAINING EVALUATION PROCESSA. During STEPS 1 through 4, a Daily ObservationReport (DOR) will be completed by the Field TrainingOfficer either at the end of the shift or at thebeginning of the next shift.B. During STEPS 1 through 4, a Weekly EvaluationReport will be completed by the designated FieldTraining Sergeant for each four (4) day training andevaluation period.C. During STEP 5, the designated Field TrainingSergeant will complete a Monthly Evaluation Reporton the probationary officer’s field performance.D. At the conclusion of STEP 5, the probationary officerwill complete a written evaluation of the Field TrainingProgram and forward it to the Field TrainingCoordinator.33.9.5 SELECTION AND REMOVAL OF FIELDTRAINING OFFICERSA. A Field Training Board shall consist of the followingmembers:1. Field Training Commander (President).2. Field Training Coordinator (RecordingSecretary).3. One (1) Patrol Lieutenant (Board Member).4. One (1) Field Training Sergeant (Board Member).5. Two (2) Field Training Officers (Board Members).B. A Field Training Board may take the following actions:1. Recommend an extension of the probationary ortraining period.2. Recommend retaining a probationary officer.3. Recommend dismissal of a probationary officer.C. Selection of Field Training Officers.1. The Field Training Commander shall post anotice when there are Field Training Officeropenings.2. Those interested will submit written applicationsto the Field Training Commander.3. Those interested must meet the followingminimum qualifications:a. Sworn Class A officer with the followingexperience:i. Three (3) years experience with theChampaign Police Department; orii.iii.Two years of equivalent experience withanother police department; orUpon consensus recommendation bythe Field Training Commander andPage 3 of 5

Field Training Coordinator to the DeputyChief of Operations.b. All performance evaluations during theprevious twelve (12) month period have, atminimum, met standards.c. All qualified applicants will be assessed bythe Field Training Board.4. The Field Training Board shall interview allqualified applicants.5. The final selection of Field Training Officers willrest with the Field Training Commander.D. Prior to serving as a Field Training Officer, thoseofficers selected shall successfully complete atraining program for the position. The trainingprogram shall be consistent with the Field TrainingProgram objectives.E. Removal of Field Training Officers.1. A Field Training Officer may be removed fromfield training and evaluation duties by request, atthe direction of the Field Training Commander, orupon assignment to other than patrol duties.33.9.6 RECRUIT DISMISSAL PROCESSA. A recommendation for dismissal may be initiated bythe Field Training Board for any recruit orprobationary officer who is not performing at asatisfactory level after sufficient training opportunitiesand methods have been provided.B. Memoranda and recommendations for terminationshall be forwarded to the Field Training Commander.1. The Field Training Commander shall assemblethe Field Training Board’s recommendation, allmemoranda, and ensure that all supportingdocumentation is attached.2. The Field Training Commander will prepare adetailed report and, together with the FieldTraining Board’s recommendation, forward it viathe chain-of-command to the Chief of Police.3. The Chief of Police has sole responsibility for theadministrative decision regarding any requesteddismissal referred by the Field TrainingCommander.a. Field Training Board action report.b. Dismissal paperwork.2. Field Training and Evaluation Program file:a. Maintained in the department training filesby officer name.b. Field Training and Evaluation Program filesare confidential and shall be reviewed onlyby persons with a “need to know” uponapproval of the Chief of Police.33.9.8 IN-SERVICE RETRAINING FOR RETURNINGPATROL OFFICERSA. Sworn officers who have been out of patrol for aperiod of 365 calendar days or more will be assignedto an FTO for a minimum of four (4) days. Thisperiod may be extended up to eight (8) days at thediscretion of the Field Training Commander. In caseswhere sworn officers have been out of patrol for lessthan 365 days, assignment to a Field training Officerwill be at the discretion of the Deputy Chief ofOperations.B. During the time such sworn officers are assigned withan FTO, they will not be subject to the formalizedevaluations (DOR) required for probationary officersin training. The Field Training Officer’s function is toensure that the officer is familiar with all agencyforms, updated policies, procedures, rules andregulations, and to ensure that the returning officer isprovided such opportunities as are necessary to meetor qualify in skill areas such as firearms.C. Sworn officers returning to Patrol from extendedabsences or assignments will receive such retrainingand orientation as part of their regularly scheduledpatrol duties, and as such will be assigned as a twoofficerunit.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department4. If the Chief of Police concurs with therecommendation, the recruit shall be considereddismissed in accordance with the applicablesection of the Labor Agreement. Alternatively,the Chief of Police may order further training ofthe recruit.33.9.7 DISPOSITION OF FIELD TRAININGEVALUATIONSA. Upon completion of any Field Training Board actionor termination, the officer’s Field Training andEvaluation Program forms will be filed as follows:1. Department personnel file:Page 4 of 5

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 1.5SUBJECT: FIREARMS DISCHARGE INVESTIGATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09AND REVIEWREVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:REFERENCE CALEA: 1.3.8INDEX AS:1.5.1 FIREARMS DISCHARGE INVESTIGATION ANDREVIEW PROCEDURES1.5.2 INVOLVED OFFICER1.5.3 DISPATCHER1.5.4 DUTY SUPERVISOR1.5.5 TEMPORARY REASSIGNMENT1.5.6 INVESTIGATIONS DIVISION1.5.7 PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS1.5.8 FIREARMS DISCHARGE REVIEW BOARD1.5.9 LEGAL SERVICES1.5.10 PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICESPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines andprocedures for the thorough investigation of the dischargeof firearms.POLICY:1.5.1 FIREARMS DISCHARGE INVESTIGATION ANDREVIEW PROCEDURESA. The following procedures will regulate the reporting,investigation, and disposition of every incidentinvolving a firearm discharge by an officer with thefollowing exceptions:1. During firearms training, unless property damageor personal injury results.2. To obtain a fired bullet cartridge for firearmidentification.3. To euthanize an animal as described in Policy1.3 when approved by a supervisor and when theProfessional Standards investigation reveals noinconsistencies with Department policy.These procedures apply for all firearmdischarges including those caused by deliberateacts, negligent acts, or erroneous acts.1.5.2 INVOLVED OFFICERA. Whenever an officer discharges a firearmdeliberately, negligently, or accidentally, the officershall immediately:1. Evaluate whether any person involved in theincident has been injured (including theapparently dead) and request emergencymedical aid for said injured person.2. Render appropriate medical aid to the extent theofficer is competent to do so and the situationsafely permits.3. Notify the dispatcher of the incident and location.4. The officer will remain at the scene (unlessinjured) until the arrival of the appropriateinvestigators. However, if the circumstances aresuch that the officer’s continued presence at thescene might cause a more hazardous situation todevelop (i.e., a violent crowd), a superior officerat the scene has discretion to direct the officer toanother more appropriate location.5. The officer will protect and preserve his weaponfor examination and submit said weapon to theappropriate investigator or duty supervisor.6. The officer will provide details of the officer’sinvolvement in the incident either in writing orthrough an interview as directed by a commandofficer.1.5.3 DISPATCHERA. The notified dispatcher shall immediately:1. Dispatch requested emergency medical aid.2. Notify an on-duty supervisor.1.5.4 DUTY SUPERVISORA. The duty supervisor shall:1. Proceed immediately to the scene and:a. Ensure that emergency medical aid isadministered to all injured persons.b. Ensure protection of the scene for assignedinvestigators.c. Ensure identities and segregation ofwitnesses and involved officers.d. Ensure protection of the discharged firearm,clothing, the scene, and equipment forexamination.e. Identify all police vehicles that responded tothe scene which may have video footage ofthe incident.f. Order all involved officers and witnessofficers not to discuss the incident amongstthemselves.g. Assist the involved officer(s), including theassignment of a companion officer to theinvolved officer(s).Page 1 of 3

h. Conduct a preliminary field examination, toinclude ordering the involved officers toanswer the following limited public safetyquestions.i. Did you fire a weapon? If so, in whatdirection did you fire?ii.iii.Did the suspect fire a weapon? If so, inwhat direction did he fire?Please provide a description, direction,and mode of travel from the scene, andstate whether you believe suspect(s) isarmed and with what type of weapon.i. Notify or designate a person to notify:i. The Chief of Police or his designee andthe Deputy Chief supervising theinvolved officer.ii.iii.The City Attorney in case of seriousinjury or death.The State’s Attorney in case of seriousinjury or death.a. Render command assistance to theassigned investigator(s).b. Submit a written report of the results of thepreliminary investigation to the Chief ofPolice in a timely manner. This report willinclude the involved officer’s report.1.5.5 TEMPORARY REASSIGNMENTA. In all cases where a person has died during a use offorce incident, and in all cases of officer-involvedshootings (whether or not the person has died), theinvolved officer will be assigned to limited duty,without loss of pay or benefits, pending the results ofthe investigation. The officer will also be required tosee the Department psychologist. The officer will notbe allowed to return to full duty until released by theDepartment psychologist and the Chief of Police hasdetermined the officer’s return will not be detrimentalto the officer or the Department.1.5.6 INVESTIGATIONS DIVISIONA. Assigned investigators from the InvestigationsDivision will respond to the scene and conduct athorough investigation of every officer-involvedshooting incident which results in injury or death.B. The Chief of Police or his designee may requestoutside assistance as detailed in the Multi-Jurisdictional Investigative Team Policy.C. Prior to any in-custody interrogation of any officer, awritten warning of his rights to remain silent, to notincriminate himself, and to have an attorney of hischoice present for advice shall be provided to theofficer. A written waiver shall be obtained if theofficer waives such rights.D. A detailed report will be submitted to the Chief ofPolice by an assigned date. This investigation reportwill be forwarded to the State’s Attorney for reviewand possible submission to the Grand Jury.1.5.7 PROFESSIONAL STANDARDSA. A Professional Standards investigation will becompleted in order to:1. Determine whether or not the shooting wasconsistent with policy.2. Evaluate training considerations.3. Evaluate policy considerations.4. Evaluate firearms equipment.5. Evaluate the quality of supervision prior to,during, and after the shooting incident.B. Before any officer is interrogated or examined (i.e., apolygraph test or breath/bodily fluid collection forscientific analysis), the results of which may be usedin an administrative, non-judicial hearing to removethe officer, the officer must first be advised in writing:1. Of the specific, improper, or illegal act the officeris alleged to have committed;2. That the officer’s admissions may be used as abasis for seeking his removal; and3. That the officer has a right to the presence ofcounsel (of his own choosing) to advise himduring the interrogation or examination.C. The Professional Standards investigation will result inthe submission of a report of findings to the Chief ofPolice by an assigned date.1.5.8 FIREARMS DISCHARGE REVIEW BAORDA. Except as noted in 1.5.1(A), a Firearms DischargeReview Board will convene and review thecircumstances associated with each firearmdischarge by an officer of this Department.B. The Board will consist of:1. Two deputy chiefs, one of whom will bedesignated as chair.2. The supervisor of the officer who discharged theweapon, unless the supervisor was involved inany stage of the incident, including planning.3. One officer of the same rank as the officer whodischarged the weapon.4. One member of the Department FirearmsTraining Cadre.C. The Firearms Discharge Review Board will evaluateeach aspect of a firearm discharge by an officer.Such evaluation will include:1. A review of the Investigations Division report.Page 2 of 3

2. A review of the Professional Standardsinvestigation report.3. Hearing direct testimony, if necessary, fromofficers and witnesses.D. Justification for the use of deadly force or use of afirearm is limited to facts known to the officer, orreasonably perceived by the officer, at the time ofsuch use. Facts unknown to the officer cannot beconsidered in determining justification for the use ofdeadly force or the use of a firearm. An officer’sreasonable belief that deadly force was necessaryand reasonable to defend against threat of imminentdeath or great bodily harm will be taken into accountin reviewing use of deadly force incidents.E. The Firearms Discharge Review Board will developfactual conclusions and make recommendations tothe Chief of Police in the following areas:1. Whether or not the shooting was consistent withpolicy, inconsistent with policy, a negligent act, oran accidental act.2. Tactical considerations.3. Training considerations.4. Firearms equipment considerations.5. Quality of supervision.B. Should civil litigation eventually be initiated againstthe officer as a result of a duty-related incident, legalcounsel would be provided by the City either throughan insurance carrier or through the City Attorney’sOffice.C. Should the initial interview between the City Attorneyand the officer involved indicate that the officer didnot act lawfully, in good faith, within the scope of theofficer’s duties, or within the City’s interests, the CityAttorney will advise the officer that future legalrepresentation will not be furnished by the City.1.5.10 PSYCHOLGICAL SERVICESA. In all cases where any person has died as a result ofactions taken by a police officer, the involved officerwill be required to have a debriefing with theDepartment psychologist as soon as possible. Thepurpose of the debriefing will be to provide anopportunity for the officer to express his feelings andto reduce the potential for adverse psychologicaleffects as a result of the incident. The debriefingshall not be related to any Department investigationof the incident, and nothing discussed in thedebriefing will be reported to the Department. Thedebriefing session will remain privilegedcommunication.ISSUING AUTHORITY6. Discipline considerations.7. The quality of the post-shooting investigativeprocess.F. An officer who has been determined by the Board tohave negligently or accidentally discharged a firearmmust successfully complete training as determined bya Departmental firearm instructor. The serious safetyramifications of these types of discharges justify theimplementation of disciplinary sanctions.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department1.5.9 LEGAL SERVICESA. In the event an officer is involved in conduct in theperformance of duty which results in death or greatbodily harm to a person, an immediate notification willbe made to the City Attorney. The attorney mayproceed to the scene of the shooting to meet with andestablish an attorney-client relationship with theofficer(s) involved to provide initial legal guidance andassistance to the officer(s) regarding civil litigationdefense concerns. This initial availability of legalservices from the City Attorney is not mandatory, andthe officer(s) involved may seek other legal counselat the officer’s expense. The attorney would assistthe officer(s) for purposes of preparing for civillitigation defense. This would include drafting aformal statement of the underlying facts of theincident and the reasonableness and necessity asperceived by the officer(s) justifying his or her use ofdeadly force. This statement would involve workproductfor future defense purposes and use. Theattorney would also assist the officer during any postincidentinvestigations by federal agents in a federalcriminal civil rights or federal civil rights action thatmay occur prior to initiation of civil litigation.Page 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY AND PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 17.4SUBJECT: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT - ACCOUNTING EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:ADM.15.02ADM.15.033. Records, documentation, or invoices for cashexpenditures.INDEX AS:17.4.1 ACCOUNTING SYSTEM ELEMENTS17.4.2 CASH HANDLING PROCEDURES17.4.3 INDEPENDENT AUDITPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures forthe management and accounting of Department funds.DEFINITIONS:Encumbrance: A commitment in the form of a purchaseorder, contract, salary, or similar item that will becomepayable when goods are delivered or services arerendered.Unencumbered Balance: That part of an appropriation orallotment that has not been committed and is available forexpenditure.POLICY:17.4.1 ACCOUNTING SYSTEM ELEMENTSA. The Department’s accounting system is part of thecentral accounting system of the City of Champaign.B. The Finance Department of the City of Champaignprovides Fiscal Administration with computer accessto the City Finance System. The City FinanceSystem can be accessed at any time, and the systemallows provides updates concerning appropriations,encumbrances, and beginning and ending balances.C. The Deputy Chief of Operational Support isresponsible for the development and maintenance ofinternal accounts, procedures, and controls asnecessary for effective fiscal management. Headvises the Chief of Police and command staff of thefinancial status of the department.17.4.2 CASH HANDLING PROCEDURESA. Department personnel will collect, safeguard, anddisburse cash as necessary, and on a limited basis.All areas within the Police Department that receive,maintain, or disburse cash must maintain:1. A balance sheet, ledger, or other system thatidentifies the initial balance, credits (cashreceived), debits (cash disbursed), and thebalance on hand.2. Receipts or documents for cash received.4. A list of persons or positions authorized todisburse or accept cash.5. Quarterly accounting of agency cash activities ata minimum.6. Whenever the Police Department conducts anauction or sale, all proceeds shall be forwardedto the Finance Department. Persons buyingitems at an auction or sale shall be issued areceipt by the person accepting the monies.B. Authorization for cash disbursement:1. The Chief of Police, the Deputy Chiefs of Police,and their designees have the authority toapprove purchases of less than $25 from thepetty cash fund.2. Disbursements over $25 – excluding confidentialfunds - must be approved by the Chief of Police.3. Confidential funds disbursed must have theapproval of the Chief of Police and theInvestigations Unit Commander or a designee.4. Fiscal Administration has the authority todisperse funds for travel, lunch, or miscellaneousexpenses related to training which do not toexceed $25.5. The following individuals shall maintain cashfunds and be responsible for the accounting anddistribution of the funds:a. Investigations Commander.b. Narcotics Unit Supervisor.c. Professional Standards Sergeant.d. Police Records Manager/Supervisor.e. Police Account Clerks.f. Secretary to the Chief of Police.C. The above directive applies to petty cash funds, cashreceived in Records, investigative funds, and any andall other instances where cash funds are maintainedor cash is received or disbursed.17.4.3 INDEPENDENT AUDITA. The City of Champaign, pursuant to Illinois CompiledStatutes 65 ILCS 5/8-8, is audited by an independentPage 1 of 2

auditor at least annually. As part of this process, theaccounts of the Police Department are monitored forfiscal integrity. This process is handled by the City ofChampaign Finance Department.B. The Chief of Police may, at any time, request aninternal audit of any of the financial controls orprocedures of the Department. The Chief or hisdesignee may inspect any records, statements,accounts or files associated with the fiscalmanagement of all Departmental operations.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 17.3SUBJECT: FISCAL MANAGEMENT - PURCHASING EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/1/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:ADM.15.01INDEX AS:17.3.1 PURCHASING PROCEDURESPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures forthe purchase of agency equipment and supplies.POLICY:17.3.1 PURCHASING PROCEDURESA. The purchasing of equipment and supplies for theDepartment is the responsibility of the Deputy Chiefof Operational Support or his designee.B. The Department’s procedures for purchasing andpayment shall be in conformance with the policiesand procedures established by the City of ChampaignFinance Department.C. Bidding procedures for purchases over $17,500 aregoverned by Chapter 12, Section 532 of the MunicipalCode.D. Criteria for the selection of vendors and bidders for allpurchases under $17,500 are outlined in thepurchasing manual, Chapter 12, Section 532 of theMunicipal Code.E. Emergency purchases and rental agreements forequipment shall be in conformance with policies andprocedures established in Chapter 12 of theMunicipal Code.1. If the Deputy Chief of Operation Support isunavailable during an emergency situation,supervisors are authorized to make purchasesup to $4,999.99.F. All budget transfers within the same division orbetween divisions must be approved by either theChief of Police or the appropriate Deputy Chief ofPolice.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY AND PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 11.4SUBJECT: GENERAL MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE: 03/11/10REFERENCE ILEAP: N/AINDEX AS:11.4.1 ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTING PROGRAM11.4.2 FORMS ACCOUNTABILITY11.4.3 ACCREDITATION REPORTING11.4.4 INTRODUCTION OF COMPUTER SOFTWARE11.4.5 SERIOUS INCIDENT NOTIFICATIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish a managementinformation system which provides a continuous andaccurate flow of information to be used in managementdecision making and problem solving. This is important inpredicting workloads, determining manpower and otherresource needs, and preparing budgets.DEFINITIONS:Daily Reports: The components of daily reports include,but are not limited to:- Recap of activity reported to department.- Chronological listing of complaints, arrests andcriminal activity.Weekly Reports: The components of weekly reportsinclude, but are not limited to:- Written weekly recaps of activity.- Written case management status reports.- School Resource Officer Unit report.- Traffic Unit report.- Narcotics Unit report.- Exceptional employee performance.Annual Report: The components of annual report include,but are not limited to:- Recap of yearly activity.- Major accomplishments of each organizationalcomponent.- Crime rate statistics.- Fiscal activity recaps.- Comparative data on activity and trends.POLICY:11.4.1 ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTING PROGRAMA. The Champaign Police Department operates andmaintains a management information system, whichat a minimum provides statistical and data summariesof departmental activities and an administrativereporting system. This is accomplished through thecompletion and distribution of the following reports:1. Daily Media Reports.Daily reports consist of a list of complaints,requests for police service, arrests, and criminalactivity within the previous 24 hours,commencing at 2400 hours daily.a. Daily Media Reports are available onlinethrough the City’s website and can also beaccessed through CAD at variousworkstations within the Police Department.b. On a daily basis, the Records Division willdistribute copies of the Daily Media Reportto the Chief of Police, all three DeputyChiefs, Patrol Lieutenants, and theInvestigations Division. The report is also tobe made available in the media room.2. Weekly Reports.Weekly reports provide unit supervisors anddistrict commanders with an opportunity toreview and account for unit activities, discussadministrative matters, highlight achievements orproblems, provide comparative data, andestablish objectives for the next reporting period,etc.a. The Crime Analysis Unit will complete aweekly report highlighting activities andreports from the past 7 days.b. Weekly reports will be disseminatedelectronically to all personnel for review.c. Weekly activity will also be reviewed anddiscussed during weekly Staff Meetings.3. Annual Report.The Annual Report is prepared by the DeputyChief of Operational Support for the Chief ofPolice. This report provides comparative dataand statistics that account for the activities of thedepartment. The report may also include a yearlydepartment overview by the Chief of Police.a. The completed report will be forwarded tothe City Manager as documentation of thedepartment’s annual activity.b. A copy of the annual report will also beposted on the Police Department’s web site.11.4.2 FORMS ACCOUNTABILITYA. The transfer of monies or property, criminal and noncriminal,and other documentation requires a meansof tracking those transactions. The Department shalldevelop and utilize various control methods to ensure

accountability for certain Departmental transactionsand records.B. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards isresponsible for developing and implementingprocedures to ensure the accountability of allDepartmental forms, including the establishment of awritten record of all forms and subsequent formrevisions. A master file containing an original of eachform in use shall also be maintained. The formsmanagement function is designed to ensure that onlynecessary and essential forms are retained in useand that all others are eliminated.1. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards shallbe responsible for the development, modification,and accountability of all forms used by theDepartment.2. The review process for new or modified formsshall include personnel in the components whowill use and process the forms.3. The final approval for all new or modified formsshall rest with the Chief of Police.4. All forms will be reviewed and evaluated on aperiodic basis.required by accreditation standards are completed ina timely manner.B. A system to track reports, reviews, and activitiesrequired for accreditation shall be utilized.11.4.4 COMPUTER SOFTWARE, HARDWARE ANDDATAA. All computer data shall be considered police-relatedand shall be governed by policies on the release ofdepartmental information.B. All hardware, software, and data (such as confidentialinformation, software, copyrighted softwaredocumentation, and systems developed by Citypersonnel) must be secured to prevent unauthorizedaccess, theft, and illegal or unauthorized duplication.C. Computer software, hardware, and data arecontrolled by the City’s APs (Administrative Policies).All personnel are required to abide by the City APs,particularly regarding the introduction of software ordata from non-secure sources.D. Computers shall be used to conduct City business.However, incidental and occasional personal useshall be permitted.C5. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards isresponsible for maintaining a list of allDepartmental forms and monitoring the need fora particular type of form.Accountability of certain Departmental reports andforms will be maintained in the following manner:1. A sequential numbering system shall be used toidentify and account for official reports ofincidents and offenses.a. The complaint/report number is coded asfollows:(1) Agency designator – One (1) digit.(2) Year of report - Two (2) digits.1. Computer hard drives are subject tounannounced inspections as deemed necessaryby the Chief of Police.2. Software may not be duplicated or reproducedfor use on other department computers, forpersonal use, or for any other purpose withoutapproval. Programs will be copied only withinthe licensing agreement.E. Computerized criminal history record access iscontrolled through the use of passwords and relatedtechnology.F. The dissemination of computerized criminal historyinformation conforms to the rules and regulationsoutlined in the Illinois Law Enforcement AgenciesData System (LEADS) user’s agreement.(3) Sequential report number – Five (5)digits.b. The incident numbers are generated byMETCAD2. Serialized citations for parking and traffic ticketsshall be utilized.3. City ordinance violations shall require asequential reporting number.D. Shift Supervisors, Unit Supervisors, and DistrictCommanders are responsible for the control of reportsubmission and the status of delayed or returnedreports, which shall be closely coordinated with theRecords section to assure timely return of reports.11.4.3 ACCREDITATION REPORTINGA. The Accreditation Manager shall be responsible forensuring that all reports, reviews, and activities11.4.5 SERIOUS INCIDENT NOTIFICATIONA. The appropriate District Commander, the DeputyChief of Operations, and the Chief of Police will bepromptly notified and informed by, or at the specificdirection of, a shift supervisor any time when thefollowing occurs:1. Criminal homicide, attempts, and/orquestionable deaths.2. Serious injury or death of a City employee.3. Serious injury or death of prisoners.4. Incidents when a member of City Council is avictim of an accident, injury, or crime.5. A natural or man-caused disaster.6. Evacuation of persons from a building or area.

7. Social or political issue demonstrations orconfrontations which involve the City.8. Barricaded person.9. Hostage situation.10. Highly visible public suicide or threat.11. City vehicle accidents resulting in seriouspersonal injury or damage to property.12. Unusual events that would result in publicattention or concern.B. When appropriate, the Chief of Police will, in turn,make a timely notification to the City Manager.C. Any time that a Shift Supervisor feels that he cannotarrive at a prompt and proper decision, theappropriate District Commander shall be contacted.D. The Deputy Chief of Operations will notify the Chief ofPolice of any incident which may result in a liabilityissue with the Department, or which may sparkincreased public or media interest. The Chief ofPolice will be notified directly anytime the DeputyChief of Operations is unavailable.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 25.1SUBJECT: GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:PER.07.01PER.07.02PER.07.03PER.07.04A. The Office of the Chief of Police is responsible for thecoordination of grievance procedures.B. Department records concerning grievances shall bemaintained under the direction and control of theOffice of the Chief of Police.25.1.1 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES25.1.2 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE COORDINATIONAND RECORD MAINTENANCE25.1.3 GRIEVANCE ANALYSISPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to ensure that all personnelactions are fair and that problems, once identified, areresolved in an open and direct manner. When problemsare not easily resolved, the grievance procedures outlinedin the Labor Agreement shall be used.DEFINITIONS:Bargaining Unit Employee: Those employees representedby a collective bargaining agreement with the City ofChampaign.Grievance: A grievance is a dispute, controversy, ordifference of opinion between an officer/employee or theUnion and the City concerning the application of thePolice Labor Agreement or the AFSCME LaborAgreement.Non-Bargaining Unit Employee: Those employees notrepresented by a collective bargaining agreement.POLICY:25.1.1 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES1. Grievance records are confidential and shall notbe released without the approval of the Chief ofPolice or his designee.2. Supervisors shall have access to reviewemployee grievance records involving employeesunder their supervision.3. Employees shall have access to copies of theirown grievance records.25.1.3 GRIEVANCE ANALYSISA. The grievance procedure serves as a valuablemethod for management to use to identifyproblems. Therefore, on an annual basis theChief of Police shall initiate a review of allgrievances filed during the previous calendaryear. The purpose of this review is to identifytrends and to take steps to minimize the causesof such grievances in the future.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentA. It is the intention of the Department to resolvegrievances informally and at the lowest level possible,and both supervisors and employees are expected toaddress and resolve problems as they arise. It isrecognized, however, that some grievances which willbe resolved only after a formal review and appeal.1. A grievance filed by a bargaining unit employeeshall be handled in accordance with Article 33 ofthe Police Labor Agreement or Article 32 of theAFSCME Labor Agreement.2. A grievance filed by a non-bargaining unitemployee shall be handled following theprocedures described in the “Non-BargainingUnit Employee Handbook.”25.1.2 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE COORDINATIONAND RECORD MAINTENANCE.Page 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 22.6SUBJECT: HONOR GUARD EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:REFERENCE CALEA: 22.2.4INDEX AS:22.6.1 HONOR GUARD ORGANIZATION22.6.2 SELECTION OF PERSONNEL22.6.3 PROVISION OF SERVICES22.6.4 UNIFORMSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to standardize the servicesprovided by the Champaign Police Department HonorGuard.POLICY:22.6.1 HONOR GUARD ORGANIZATIONA. The Champaign Police Department maintains anorganized Honor Guard.B. The Honor Guard shall have a coordinator who will beselected by the Chief of Police.C. The Honor Guard Coordinator will be responsible for:1. Scheduling training.2. Planning and coordinating the provision ofservices.3. Maintaining and arranging staffing.4. Procuring, maintaining, and storing equipment.5. Making notification to Honor Guard memberswhen their services are needed.6. Reporting the status of the activities of the Unit tothe Chief of Police.22.6.2 SELECTION OF PERSONNELA. Honor Guard members are volunteers who havedemonstrated that they are in good physicalcondition, able to stand or march for extendedperiods, able maintain high standards of personalappearance, have the ability to learn and performintricate and coordinated ceremony movements, andcompetent in their regular duty assignment.actions taken while in the performance ofduty or actions taken while engaged inregular duties.2. Active Duty Funerals.a. An Active Duty funeral is a funeral for acurrent member of the Champaign PoliceDepartment who died as a result of illness,injury, accident, or natural causes notrelated to any performance of duty or policeaction.3. Retiree Funerals.a. A Retiree Funeral is a funeral for a retiredmember of the Champaign PoliceDepartment.B. Honors may include a police escort, Honor Guardposting, Honor Guard pallbearers, posting of colors,and flag presentation.C. Police escorts may be provided for Dignitary andMilitary funerals with the permission of the Chief ofPolice.D. Members of the Honor Guard may choose torepresent the Champaign Police Department at otherfunctions of law enforcement significance elsewherein the state, provided they obtain permission to do sofrom the Chief of Police.E. The Honor Guard may participate in law enforcementceremonies and functions with the approval of theChief of Police.22.6.4 UNIFORMSA. The Honor Guard uniform consists of the following:1. Dress cap.2. Class A dress trousers.3. Class A dark navy long sleeve shirt with darknavy tie.4. White gloves.5. Highly polished shoes.ISSUING AUTHORITY22.6.3 PROVISION OF SERVICESA. Upon the request of a surviving family member, theChampaign Police Department Honor Guard mayprovide services for the following types of funerals:1. Line-of-Duty Funerals.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Departmenta. A Line-of-Duty funeral is a funeral for acurrent member of the Champaign PoliceDepartment who died as a direct result ofPage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 33.5SUBJECT: IN-SERVICE AND ROLL CALL TRAINING EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:TRN.02.029. Evidence collection and investigative techniques.INDEX AS:33.5.1 ANNUAL IN-SERVICE TRAINING33.5.2 ROLL CALL TRAINING33.5.3 ACCREDITATION FAMILIARIZATIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for thecontinual training of employees of the Champaign PoliceDepartment.DEFINITIONS:In-Service Training: The presentation of material thatenhances an officer’s basic training. The use of in-servicetraining may be a component of other specialized, careerdevelopment, promotional, or advanced training.Roll Call Training: Material that is presented in a shortperiod of time, generally at the beginning of an officer’sshift or work assignment.POLICY:33.5.1 IN-SERVICE TRAININGA. Department employees may be periodically assignedto in-service training. The purpose of this training isto provide employees with information on recentlegislation and case law, information on advances,changes, and improvements in the law enforcementcommunity, requisite training prior to assignment tospecialty duties, and leadership training forsupervisors.B. Topics covered during in-service training may include,but are not necessarily be limited to:1. Agency policy, procedures, rules and regulations,with emphasis on changes.2. Changes in statutory or case law affecting lawenforcement operations.3. Use of force, including use of deadly force.4. Proper use of discretion and alternatives toarrest.5. Pursuit and emergency driving.6. Emergency medical service and emergency firesuppression.7. Hazardous materials.8. Special operations and unusual occurrences.10. Report writing, the records system, andprocedures.11. Victim/Witness rights, including the law andDepartmental procedures.12. Safety Issues.13. Ethics.14. Cultural sensitivity / biased based policing.15. First Aid / CPR / AED.33.5.2 ROLL CALL TRAININGA. Department employees assigned to Patrol dutiesattend roll call as the first assignment of each dutyshift.B. The purpose of roll call is to inform the shift membersof the activities of the prior 24 hours, makeassignments, distribute special instructions,disseminate intelligence information and bulletins,inspect uniforms and equipment, and provide trainingsessions of short duration.C. Roll call training will normally be conducted by shiftsupervisors. Department employees with specializedtraining, skills, or knowledge may also instruct roll calltraining.1. Shift supervisors are responsible for identifyingareas of training need or interest for theiremployees.2. Specific roll call topic may be assigned byProfessional Standards / Training. Topics mayinclude those identified in 33.5.1.D. Persons who conduct roll call training will utilizeteaching techniques that best meet the needs of theemployees attending and may include:1. Group discussion.2. Demonstration.3. Case study.4. Critique.5. Lecture.6. Peer instruction.G. The duration of roll call training should typically notexceed 10 minutes due to time constraints and theoperational needs of the Department.Page 1 of 2

H. After the completion of a block of instruction duringroll call, the supervisor conducting the training willreport the topic and the list of employees present forthe training to the Training Sergeant.33.5.3 ACCREDITATION FAMILIARIZATIONA. The Training Sergeant will ensure that all employeesare familiar with the accreditation process and what itentails. Familiarization training will address thefollowing topics:1. The history and background of law enforcementaccreditation and the Department’s involvementin the process.2. The accreditation process.3. The goals and objectives of accreditation.4. The advantages of accreditation and its impacton the Department.a. The development and implementation ofnationally recognized policies.b. Enhances the Department’s ability to defenditself through sound and legally defensiblepolicies.B. Familiarization with the accreditation process will beprovided to employees as follows:1. To all newly hired employees during theirorientation training.2. To all employees during the self-assessmentphase associated with achieving initialaccreditation and each re-accreditation.3. To all employees just prior to an on-siteassessment associated with initial accreditationand each re-accreditation.C. Accreditation familiarization may be achievedthrough:1. Roll call training.2. Memoranda.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 41.12SUBJECT: INFECTIOUS DISEASES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:PER.09.01INDEX AS: 41.12.141.12.1 INFECTIOUS DISEASESPURPOSE:It is the responsibility of the Champaign PoliceDepartment to ensure that all employees are able toperform their duties in a safe and effective manner. Thepurpose of this policy is to establish procedures relating tooccupational exposure to blood or other potentiallyinfectious materials.POLICY:41.12.1 INFECTIOUS DISEASESA. Infectious Disease Precautions.1. Common sense and caution should be used byemployees in limiting their exposure to infectiousdiseases.2. The minimum number of personnel required shallbe involved with any procedure involving the riskof exposure to bloodborne pathogens orcontaminated material.3. All blood and body fluids will be treated asinfectious, although the special hazards andhigher risk of transmission with certain bodyfluids are recognized. Universal precautions willbe used in all work activities withy any potentialfor exposure to blood or other body fluids.4. Protective disposable gloves and other protectivematerials should be used by employees toprevent the transmission of infectious disease.Direct contact with blood and other bodily fluidshould be avoided whenever possible.Employees are required to carry issued personalprotective equipment while working, and to usethe equipment to reduce the risk of exposure.a. Employees wearing protective gloves orother personal protective equipment shallwash their hands with soap and warm wateras soon as possible after the contact.5. Whenever an employee’s skin comes in contactwith blood or other potentially infectiousmaterials, the employee shall immediately, or assoon as possible, wash their skin with soap andwarm water or flush mucous membranes withwater following the contact.a. If an employee is in the field at the time ofcontact, an antiseptic cleaner or towlettesshall be used if/when washing facilities arenot available. In such cases, the skin shallstill be washed with soap and warm water assoon as possible.6. Employees shall not eat, drink, smoke, apply lipbalm, or handle contact lenses at crime scenesor other areas where body fluids are present orother contagious factors exist.7. Contaminated needles and other contaminatedsharp objects (i.e. knives) shall not be re-cappedor removed from their housing unless noalternative is feasible.8. Contaminated needles and other contaminatedsharps shall be placed in closable, punctureresistant, leak-proof containers and labeled witha fluorescent “Biohazard” label prior to storage orentry into evidence.9. It is highly recommended that all policepersonnel utilize the Department locker room tochange clothing prior to returning home in orderto reduce their family’s risk of exposure tobloodborne pathogens.10. Employees should be aware that certainprescribed medications (particularly steroids andasthma medications) suppress their immunesystem and make them more susceptible toinfectious disease. When taking prescriptionmedication, employees should consult with theprescribing physician to determine if theirimmune system may be compromised.11. The Hepatitis B vaccination series shall be madeavailable to all employees with reasonablyanticipated exposure to blood or other potentiallyinfectious materials at no cost to the employee.12. Pregnant employees are advised to report totheir physician any direct contact with bodilyfluids.13. CPR masks shall be worn by employeeswhenever they perform cardio-pulmonaryresuscitation to provide a physical barrier to therisk of exposure.14. Personal protective equipment which is issued bythe Department shall typically be of disposabletype, and not laundered or re-used.15. Personal protective equipment which ispenetrated by blood or other potentially infectiousmaterials shall be removed as soon as possible.16. Personal protective equipment which ispenetrated by blood or other potentially infectiousmaterials shall be disposed of by placing theequipment in a “Biohazard” labeled bag and byPage 1 of 4

then placing the bag in a Biohazard WasteReceptacle.17. All equipment and environmental and workingsurfaces will shall be thoroughly cleaned anddecontaminated after contact with blood or otherpotentially infectious materials. Decontaminationcan be accomplished using a 1:100 dilution ofcommon household bleach or an appropriateanti-microbial, anti-bacterial disinfectant.18. For the purposes of this policy, there are three(3) categories of exposure risk levels:a. Risk Level I – Employees who may beroutinely exposed to bloodborne pathogens.b. Risk Level II – Employees who may not beroutinely exposed to bloodborne pathogens,but may be exposed under certainconditions.c. Risk Level III – Employees who, in thecourse of their normal employment, wouldnot be exposed to bloodborne pathogens.B. Infectious Disease Training.1. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards willserve as the designated Infection ControlRepresentative.2. Newly hired employees shall receive mandatorytraining on this policy during Field Training.3. The Infection Control Representative isresponsible for disseminating updatedinformation and coordinating roll call training, inservicetraining, etc., regarding infectiousdiseases.4. The Infection Control Representative shallmaintain records related to any and all:a. Training.b. Reported exposures.C. Supplies for Infectious Disease Control.1. The Infection Control Representative shallensure that adequate supplies are availablewithin the department for infectious diseasecontrol.2. Personal protective equipment, exposure controlmaterials, and disinfecting materials shall bemade readily available through an employee’ssupervisor.3. Departmental supplies shall include:a. Personal protective equipment kits.b. Disposable gloves.c. Heavy-duty plastic bags and ties.d. Spray bottles.e. Liquid germicidal/virucidal cleaner.f. Disposable handwipes.g. Biohazard warning signs.4. Personal supplies shall include:a. Risk Level I employees will have access tothe following:1) P2 latex gloves.2) Protective eyewear.3) Impervious gown.4) Shoe covers5) Hair cover.6) Particle mask.7) Disposable handwipes.8) Red biohazard bag.b. Risk Level II employees will have access tothe following:1) Protective disposable gloves.2) Disposable handwipes.3) CPR mask.4) Particle mask.5) Protective eyewear.c. Protective equipment will be issued to RiskLevel III employees upon request and/ordemonstrated need.D. Custody Procedures.1. Subjects with blood or potentially infectiousmaterial present on their person will betransported separately from other subjects.2. In situations where an officer has reason tobelieve that a subject has any infectious diseaseand the subject is bleeding or vomiting andrequires transport to a medical facility, anambulance shall be summoned for transport.3. Employees shall inform other personnel (police,fire, EMS, correctional) whenever a subject hasblood or potentially infectious materials presentor when a subject has made a voluntarystatement indicating that they have a contagiousor infectious disease.4. Universal precautions shall be taken andappropriate personal protective equipment shallbe utilized when a person taken into custody hasblood or potentially infectious materials on theirperson.E. Decontamination.Page 2 of 4

1. Decontamination procedures shall be effectedwhenever a vehicle’s interior or any personalequipment has been exposed to blood orpotentially infectious material discharges.2. When a departmental vehicle is exposed toblood or other infectious materials, a supervisorshall ensure that the vehicle is marked with aclearly visible “Biohazard” warning and taken tothe designated facility for decontamination.3. If exigent or unusual circumstances occurrequiring immediate decontamination, therecommended procedures are as follows:a. Personal protective equipment shall be wornduring all phases of decontamination.b. Any excess blood or potentially infectiousmaterials should be wiped up with adisposable absorbent material. Afterwards,the absorbent material shall immediately beput into a heavy duty plastic bag and placedin a designated “Biohazard WasteReceptacle.”c. The contaminated area shall be sprayedwith a germicidal/virucidal solution andallowed to air dry.d. The Infection Control Representative shallensure that the disposable cleaningmaterials are destroyed in accordance withapplicable federal and state regulations.F. Handling and Storage of Evidence.1. All personnel shall adhere to a precise regimenwhen handling, processing, and storingpotentially contaminated evidence or property.2. All items of evidence or property contaminatedwith potentially infectious materials shall betreated as if they are contaminated.3. All items of evidence or property contaminatedwith potentially infectious materials, as well aspackages containing these items, shall beproperly packaged in heavy-duty bags, sealed,marked “Biohazard”, and handled with properpersonal protective equipment.4. All evidence or property for disposal shall beplaced into a designated “Biohazard WasteReceptacle.”G. Contaminated Department or Personal Property.1. When Department-issued or personal property iscontaminated by potentially infectious materialsand it has been determined that it can beeffectively disinfected, the employee shoulddisinfect the property or equipment.2. When Department-issued or personal property iscontaminated by potentially infectious materialsand a supervisor determines that effectivedisinfection procedures are not practical forcontaminated items, they will be placed into adesignated “Biohazard Waste Receptacle” fordisposal.a. In such cases the employee shall documentthe contamination on an official policereport, describe the circumstances throughwhich the property or equipment becamecontaminated, name the supervisor whoconfirmed that disinfection procedures werenot practical, and name any personscharged in connection with the incident.b. The report will then be forwarded up thechain-of-command for replacement of thecontaminated item(s).H. Line-of-Duty Exposure to Infectious Disease orContaminated Materials.1. For the purpose of this policy, the Departmentrecognizes three (3) levels of exposure:a. Level I:Exposure – Contact was limited to merelybeing in the presence of a person suspectedof having a communicable disease.Response – No special action required otherthan decontamination of affected personalprotective equipment.b. Level II:Exposure – Exposure of healthy, intact skinto a source individual’s body fluids.Response – Complete Bloodborne PathogenExposure form and Duty Injury form andforward copies to Infection ControlRepresentative.c. Level III:Exposure – Contact with infected blood orbody fluids through open wound, mucousmembranes, or parenteral routes (I.e., acontaminated needlestick or potentiallyinfectious material contact through eyes,nose, or mouth).Response – Transport, either by policevehicle or by ambulance, to a medical facilityfor follow-up care. Notify the InfectionControl Representative as soon as possibleand complete the following reports:1) City of Champaign Accident form.2) Duty Injury form.3) Bloodborne Pathogen Exposure forms.4) Police report.2. The Infection Control Representative shallensure that all required medical follow-up work iscompleted.Page 3 of 4

3. The infection Control Representative shall beresponsible for securely maintaining all recordsregarding all exposure incidents in strictconfidence and in accordance with OSHAstandards.I. Employee Requirements.1. Employees are required to follow the proceduresoutlined in this policy, including work practicerequirements.2. Employees are required to notify the InfectionControl Representative when proper personalprotective equipment is unavailable or appearsinadequate to provide appropriate protectionfrom such exposure.3. Employees are required to notify the InfectionControl Representative of any incidents orobservations suggesting the inadequate use ofpersonal protective clothing, equipment, ormeasures by another employee.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 4 of 4

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 46.12SUBJECT: INITIAL RESPONSE GUIDELINES FOR ARMEDFELONS, HOSTAGE SITUATIONS, BARRICADED EFFECTVIE DATE: 10/01/09SUBJECTS, and PUBLIC SUICIDE THREATSREVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:REFERENCE CALEA:INDEX AS:46.12.1 OBJECTIVES46.12.2 FIRST OFFICER DUTIES46.12.3 SUPERVISORY DUTIES46.12.4 OUTER PERIMETER DUTIES46.12.5 INVESTIGATORS AND CRISIS NEGOTIATORS46.12.6 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EOC)46.12.7 MEDIA CONSIDERATIONSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy to provide guidance to theChampaign police officers who initially respond to thescene of the incidents listed above and to enhance theachievement of the objectives of a police response.POLICY:46.12.1 OBJECTIVESA. The primary objectives during a police response toarmed felons, hostage situations, barricadedsubjects, and public suicide threats are to:1. Enhance officer safety.2. Enhance control at the scene.3. Consider sources of intelligence regarding thecircumstances, location, and suspect.4. Strive for a tactical advantage over the suspectwhich is consistent with the safety of personspresent.5. Seek surrender of the suspect through policenegotiators following the initial encounter.B. These objectives do not preclude the use ofreasonable and necessary force, deadly or otherwise,by Champaign Police Officers in protectingthemselves or others from death or great bodily harmconsistent with departmental policy regarding use ofdeadly force.46.12.2 FIRST OFFICER DUTIESA. The first officer arriving at the scene is responsible forthe following actions:1. Attempt to learn the type and location of thesituation through a brief interview of witnesses.Witnesses should be detained in a safe locationfor further debriefing. Determine the following:a. Intercepted armed felons? How many?Location?b. Hostages? How many? Location?c. Dangerous mental subject? Location?d. Barricaded subject? Location?e. Public suicide attempt? Location?f. Is the suspect’s identity known? Descriptionof suspect? Armed? What type of weapon?2. Use proper concealment or cover for protection.3. Keep the dispatcher informed.4. Request that a shift supervisor respond to thescene.5. Request that the shift supervisor mobilize boththe S.W.A.T. Team and the Crisis NegotiationUnit and have both respond to the scene.6. Contain the suspect(s) by covering escaperoutes. Direct back-up officers as they arrive andadvise them as to what needs to be covered.Notify back-up officers of kill zones and/or routesof unsafe approaches to the scene.7. Fire only at a suspect when reasonable andnecessary to prevent death or great bodily harmto human life and in a manner consistent with thesafety of innocent persons in the area.8. Effect the safe removal of persons fromdangerous areas, with the first focus being onthose within the inner perimeter.9. Brief the supervisor upon his arrival, includingany deployment of officers in the area. Thisinformation will be provided to the S.W.A.T. teamupon their arrival at the scene.10. Police officers arriving at the scene shall reportto the supervisor in charge for assignment priorto engaging in the operation.46.12.3 SUPERVISORY DUTIESA. The shift supervisor initially at the scene isresponsible for command of police operations at thescene unless and until specifically relieved of suchPage 1 of 3

command by the Chief of Police, a Division Head, aDistrict Commander, or a S.W.A.T. leader. Ifspecifically relieved of command, that supervisor oranother supervisor will be assigned to assist. Allofficers assigned at the scene shall be advised of thechange in command.B. The first supervisor on the scene shall:1. Assume command of operations for the incidentupon arrival at the scene and ensure that there isa dedicated radio channel for the operation.2. Continue evacuation procedures to establish asafe area.3. Evaluate the situation and request additionalofficers as needed as soon as it is determinedthat a major crime is in progress or a hostagesituation or barricaded situation exists. (If so,safely deploy uniform officers to establish aninner perimeter for observation and maintenanceof the primary containment zone pending thearrival of S.W.A.T.).4. Assign officers arriving at the scene todesignated locations to contain the scene and/orto give attention to any unfinished tasks.5. Continue efforts to de-escalate and stabilize theemotional level of the situation.6. Reinforce the inner perimeter as necessary andestablish a secondary perimeter to enable theremoval of bystanders and unnecessary personsfrom the affected area and prevent access byunauthorized persons.7. Request that a second supervisor respond to thescene to function as the outer perimetersupervisor.8. Establish a field command post outside thesuspect’s sight. The command post should notbe within the inner perimeter; ideally, it should belocated between the inner and outer perimeters.9. Maintain firearms discipline and ensure thatdeadly force is used only on a controlled basis asreasonably necessary to protect life from deadlyforce.a. Gunfire by a barricaded person in thedirection of officers who are behindadequate cover may not justify the use ofdeadly force.b. Announce the location from where shots arefired, if known, to keep control overfirepower.c. Conduct status checks and announcecurrent results each time after the suspectfires from his position.10. In the event that a barricaded perpetrator isdirecting gunfire at persons in the area who arenot behind adequate cover, the supervisor at thescene is authorized under controlledcircumstances, and only if there is a positiveidentification of the target, to have gunfiredirected at the suspect.11. Continue efforts to gain information regarding thecircumstances faced, parties involved, andphysical aspects of the area.12. Select and specify a safe staging area forarriving vehicles, equipment, and personnel.13. Assign one officer to function as a recorder andmaintain a detailed chronological log of eventsand personnel assignments.14. Attempt to establish communications with thehostage taker.15. Request a detective to be responsible for theinvestigation and case preparation of the criminaloffense involved.16. Be prepared to make a concise situational reportto a relieving superior.46.12.4 OUTER PERIMETER DUTIESA. The outer perimeter supervisor (who should ideally bethe second supervisor arriving at the scene) shall:1. Obtain essential briefing information from thesupervisor in command.2. Determine the area affected and establish outerperimeter control by removing bystanders andevacuating building occupants.3. Arrange for additional personnel as needed.4. Ensure that traffic is diverted and spectators arekept at a safe distance.5. Ensure that traffic detours are effectivelyestablished and, as appropriate, that officers arerelieved from traffic control and, whenappropriate, that barricades are positioned andcritical areas are roped off.6. If sufficient personnel are on scene, assignofficers to crowd control.7. Ensure that responding officers park theirvehicles in such a manner so as not to obstructaccess to the scene by other emergencyvehicles.8. Reassign officers as appropriate and possible.9. Arrange for appropriate relief of personnel.10. Keep officers engaged in crowd control dutiesinformed to maintain rumor control.46.12.4 INVESTIGATORS AND CRISIS NEGOTIATORSA. Investigators and Crisis Negotiators will beresponsible for the incident investigation and/or casepreparation.1. Determine suspect(s) history:Page 2 of 3

a. Police contacts, criminal history, psychiatrichistory, currently seeing a doctor, takingmedication, etc.2. Locate and interview witnesses and arrange totake formal statements later.3. Locate and interview relatives, friends, and/orphysician of perpetrator(s) if applicable.a. What does suspect know about weaponsand explosives?b. Is he a member of a special group?c. Is suspect married? Children? Names?d. Any unusual habits? Alcohol or substanceabuser?e. Has suspect had any recent problems -work, marital, financial, being sued, recentbreak-up, suicidal?f. Any specialized skills? Any special interestsor hobbies?4. Safeguard crime scene as possible, collect andpreserve evidence.5. Make other area searches as necessary andauthorized.46.12.5 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EOC)A. An Emergency Operations Center (EOC) may beestablished away from the immediate scene forpurposes of:1. Critical decision making by top level decisionmakers.A. A Public Information Officer will be identified andassigned to:1. Establish an area close to the incident, but whichdoes not endanger life or interfere with policeoperations, for purposes of press releases, newsmedia interviews, briefings, etc.2. Seek news media cooperation by having them:a. Avoid mention of police tactical plans andresources.b. Avoid speculation and rumors and confinenews reports to those facts relayed to themedia.c. Avoid attempting to contact the suspect(s)perpetrator(s).d. Not broadcast any conversation between thesuspect(s) and a reporter if the suspect(s)initiates a call to the news media.e. Limit the use of television cameras to distantshots of the scene. No movement orlocations of police officers at the sceneshould be reported live.f. Minimize the glamour of the suspect and anycause involved.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department2. Development of possible strategies.3. Anticipating possible contingencies.4. Identifying additional resources for possible use.B. Decisions will be relayed to applicable personnel atthe scene:1. S.W.A.T. Commander.2. Crisis Negotiators.3. Any and all command officers at the scene,including the Inner perimeter and outer perimetersupervisors.4. Public information officer.C. The E.O.C will be responsible for establishingalternating duty periods, making schedule changes,and arranging for relief.D. The E.O.C. will assume responsibility for establishingliaison with other local law enforcement agencies andemergency service providers.46.12.6 MEDIA CONSIDERATIONSPage 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 52.1SUBJECT: INTERNAL AFFAIRS ADMINISTRATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:ADM.18.01ADM.18.02ADM.18.03ADM.18.04C. All Department employees are required to cooperatein the process with individuals assigned, by either theChief of Police or the Deputy Chief of ProfessionalStandards, to conduct such investigations.INDEX AS:52.1.1 INVESTIGATIVE AUTHORITY52.1.2 RECORDS52.1.3 RECEIVING COMPLAINTS52.1.4 COMPLAINT PROCESS INFORMATION52.1.5 ANNUAL STATISTICSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for theinternal investigation of Department employees and theprocess for ensuring professional standards aremaintained.DEFINITIONS:Inquiry: The initial investigation of an allegation ofmisconduct or citizen complaint. The purpose of theinquiry is to examine facts in order to determine if a formalinquiry should be commenced.Formal Complaint: An investigation intended to gatherfacts and determine whether or not there is evidence ofmisconduct. A sustained complaint may be the basis fordiscipline, up to and including termination, or the filing ofcriminal charges.Misconduct: Any conduct that is contrary to the properperformance of official duties or the use of officialauthority; a violation of departmental rules, policies,procedures, or directives; any conduct which adverselyreflects upon the officer or the department.Criminal Misconduct: Any violation of criminal or quasicriminalprovisions of federal, state, or municipal statute;Official Misconduct as defined in 720 ILCS 5/33-3 of theIllinois Compiled Statues; the use of official authority thatis a violation of criminal law.POLICY:52.1.1 INVESTIGATIVE AUTHORITYA. The investigation of all personnel complaints shall beconducted under the authority of the Office of theChief of Police. The Deputy Chief of ProfessionalStandards shall coordinate and review all internalinvestigations.B. All complaints made against employees of theDepartment shall be investigated. Complaints maybe made in person, over the phone, or in writing.Anonymous complaints will be investigated asinquiries.D. In the event that criminal violations are allegedagainst an employee, generally, the criminalinvestigation shall precede the administrative/internalinvestigation.E. Employees assigned to conduct internalinvestigations shall report directly to the Deputy Chiefof Professional Standards.F. Only supervisors or persons assigned by the Chief ofPolice or the Deputy Chief of Professional Standardsmay investigate another Departmental employee.52.1.2 RECORDSA. All records of allegations of misconduct, writteninquiries, or investigative reports shall be filed in theOffice of Professional Standards.B. Internal affairs files are securely maintained by theDeputy Chief of Professional Standards. These filesare not public record. The release of any recordsmaintained shall be in accordance with the law.C. Notices of disciplinary action taken as a result of aninternal affairs investigation shall be entered in theemployee’s discipline file.D. No document related to a complaint investigationwhich resulted in a finding of Unfounded, Exonerated,or Not Sustained shall be included in the employee’sdiscipline file.52.1.3 RECEIVING COMPLAINTSA. In the interest of expeditiously handling complaints ofmisconduct, all departmental personnel are directedto accept reports of employee misconduct from allpersons who wish to file a complaint regardless of thehour of the day or the day of the week.B. Citizens are encouraged to report complaints as soonafter the incident as possible.C. Formal complaints alleging police employeemisconduct shall be filed within 30 days of thereported incident unless unusual circumstancesprevent such filing. In such case, the complainantshall notify the Police Department of their intent to filea complaint within 30 days of the incident and requestan extension up to 60 days.D. Complaints alleging police employee misconductshall be accepted from any source and through anymeans, including those filed anonymously.Page 1 of 3

Complaints may also be filed at the City ofChampaign Community Relations Department.E. Employees may attempt to resolve a complaint butshall never attempt to dissuade any citizen frommaking any complaint against any employee of thedepartment.F. Persons and telephone calls will promptly be directedto the attention of an on-duty supervisor for purposesof receiving the complaint.1. Appropriate steps will be taken to reasonablyexpedite the direction of the complaint to an ondutysupervisor. However, it may occasionally benecessary to obtain the complainant’s name,address, and telephone number for a returnphone call and to avoid unreasonable delaywhen an on-duty supervisor is unavailable.2. Police Service Representatives are not expectedto routinely take complaints, but complaintpackets are available at the front desk andshould be used if/when an on-duty supervisor isunavailable.3. Arrangements shall be made for foreignlanguage interpreters and sign languageinterpreters as needed to communicate withcomplainants and witnesses.G. Citizens should be encouraged to submit theircomplaints in person so that as complete of a reportof the complaint as is possible is taken. When thecomplainant can not make the complaint at policeheadquarters, a command officer should wheneverpractical interview the complainant at anotherappropriate place. Complaints made by telephonewill be taken but are not encouraged. Writtencomplaints are preferred.H. A complainant is to be received with courtesy andrespect. When an interview is conducted with acomplainant, it should be conducted in a nonintimidating,non-confrontational setting which isconducive to privacy and which limits interruptions.I. Thorough efforts shall be made to identifycomplainants, witnesses, and other pertinent personsassociated with or relevant to the complaintinvestigation.J. Identified complainants, witnesses (including policedepartment employees), and other pertinent personsshall be interviewed separately unless extenuatingcircumstances dictate otherwise.K. Complainants who are under the influence of alcoholand/or drugs and can not provide coherentinformation should be advised to make the complaintwhen they can provide coherent information.L. A citizen complaint made in person will initially bereceived and completely documented as apreliminary report. It is the intake officer’sresponsibility to interpret and summarize thecomplaint allegations. Supervisors shall audio- andvideo-tape the intake of the complaint. The recordingof the complaint intake is to be placed in thecomplaint packet.M. Whenever possible, complainants should be advisedthat according to 50 ILCS 725/3.8: “Anyone filing acomplaint against a sworn police officer must havethe complaint supported by a sworn affidavit,” andthat filing a false complaint could subject them to bothcriminal and civil liability.N. A complainant who has been criminally charged inrelation to the incident resulting in the complaint shallbe warned that information provided by them orgathered during the investigation is potentiallydiscoverable and may be used in court.O. Complainants shall be required to:1. Sign the intake form affidavit in accordance with50 ILCS 725/3.8, Chapter 85, Paragraph 2561.The supervisor should also notarize the affidavitand provide a copy of it to the complainant.2. Make themselves available to be interviewed inperson by the investigating supervisor.3. Promptly supply the investigating supervisor withevidence, supporting documentation, or theidentity of any witness pertaining to thecomplaint.4. If the supervisor assigned to investigate thecomplaint can not reach the complainant, andthe complainant does not respond to thesummary letter, a Complainant Not Cooperativeletter will be mailed by Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards. A copy of the letter willbe placed in the complaint packet.Failure to cooperate with this process will resultin the matter being treated as an inquiry ratherthan a formal complaint. In such case, thecomplainant forfeits the right to writtennotification of the finding and/or disposition.P. Complainants will be given a copy of the CITIZENCOMPLAINT FACT SHEET which explains theprocess for the handling of police complaints.Q. Third Party Representation:1. If a third party wishes to act as a representativeof the complainant, the supervisor should firstinquire as to whether or not the party witnessedthe incident. If it is determined that the person isa witness, then the parties should be interviewedseparately. The supervisor may makeexceptions for children or persons of limitedmental ability.2. If the representative is not a witness orcomplainant, the supervisor may allow theperson to witness the interview and providemoral support. It is suggested that thecomplainant(s) be separated from therepresentative briefly to confirm that they actuallywant the representative with them.3. The representative may not act as a legalrepresentative unless they are an Attorney atLaw and can provide adequate proof of this factto police personnel.Page 2 of 3

4. The representative shall be advised that theymay not speak for the complainant and may notdisrupt, interfere, or question the supervisorregarding the process, policies, or questionsasked while the interview is being conducted. Ifthe representative refuses to comply, then theywill be asked to leave the room. Reasonablequestions posed by the representative eitherprior to or after the interview should be answeredby the supervisor.5. The supervisor may discontinue any interviewthat he determines is counterproductive to thecomplaint process and request that thecomplainant(s) put their information in writing orcall the Professional Standards Office. Whensuch an incident occurs, it shall be documentedby the involved supervisor and the Deputy Chiefof Professional Standards shall be notified.Documentation of the incident shall include thereason for the initial complaint, if known, and thereason why the interview was discontinued.6. No supervisor shall fail or refuse to take acomplaint solely because the complainantrequested a representative.R. Citizens who allege excessive use of force may beasked to sign a written authorization for release ofrelevant medical records to the police department.Photographs of affected areas of the body shouldalso be taken when investigating complaints ofexcessive force.2. Information about filing a complaint orcommending an employee will be given uponrequest. Employees accepting complaints arealso responsible for explaining complaintprocedures.3. Information concerning the registering ofcomplaints against the Department or anyemployee will be made available to the public onthe Department’s web page.52.1.5 ANNUAL STATISTICSA. The Chief of Police will maintain annual statisticalsummaries on complaints against employees and thedispositions.B. The statistical summaries shall be included in theDepartment’s published annual report. The annualreport will be made available on the Department’sweb page.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentS. The supervisor, officer, or employee taking anycomplaint shall promptly notify the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards of the receipt of the complaintand the circumstances surrounding the allegation.T. If a supervisor, officer, or employee is confronted witha significant allegation of misconduct requiringimmediate investigation, the appropriate Deputy Chiefand the Chief of Police will be notified immediately.This could include allegations of criminal activity,sexual harassment, or incidents involving injury ordeath, officer-involved shootings, and incidentsrequiring significant follow-up investigation.U. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards will notifyCommunity Relations when a citizen complaintinvestigation is generated. The information providedto Community Relations will include the name andpersonal identifiers of the complainant, the date andlocation of the incident leading to the complaint, andthe preliminary allegations. Community Relations willalso receive a copy of the disposition letter when theinvestigation has concluded.52.1.4 COMPLAINT PROCESS INFORMATIONA. The Department will make information on proceduresfor registering complaints available to the public.1. The Department will maintain brochures outliningprocedures for registering complaints orcommend employees. These brochures will beprominently located in the lobby of the policedepartment and other locations.Page 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 52.2SUBJECT: INTERNAL AFFAIRS – COMPLAINT PROCEDURES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.18.03ADM.18.04ADM.18.05ADM.18.0652.2.1 TYPES OF COMPLAINTS52.2.2 NOTIFICATION TO CHIEF OF POLICE52.2.3 INVESTIGATIVE TIME LIMITS52.2.4 COMPLAINANT STATUS REPORTS52.2.5 NOTICE OF INVESTIGATIONS RIGHTS52.2.6 INVESTIGATIVE REQUIREMENTS52.2.7 RELIEVING EMPLOYEES FROM DUTY52.2.8 CONCLUSION OF FACT52.2.9 DISCIPLINARY ACTIONSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for theinternal investigation of Department employees and theprocess for ensuring that professional standards aremaintained.DEFINITIONS:Inquiry: The initial investigation of an allegation ofmisconduct or citizen complaint. The purpose of theinquiry is to examine facts in order to determine if a formalinquiry should be commenced.Formal Complaint: An investigation intended to gatherfacts and determine whether or not there is evidence ofmisconduct. A sustained complaint may be the basis fordiscipline, up to and including termination, or the filing ofcriminal charges.Misconduct: Any conduct that is contrary to the properperformance of official duties or the use of officialauthority; a violation of departmental rules, policies,procedures, or directives; any conduct which adverselyreflects upon the officer or the department.Criminal Misconduct: Any violation of criminal or quasicriminalprovisions of federal, state, or municipal statute;Official Misconduct as defined in 720 ILCS 5/33-3 of theIllinois Compiled Statues; the use of official authority thatis a violation of criminal law.OBJECTIVES:A. The objective of this policy is to provide citizens witha fair and effective method for redress of theirlegitimate grievances against police employees, toprotect employees from false allegations ofmisconduct, and to provide accused employees withdue process safeguards. The Champaign PoliceDepartment seeks to maintain its integrity and that ofits employees. In doing so, the Chief of Police willinitiate disciplinary actions against employees for justcause, discharge those employees who havedemonstrated their ineptness for police service,dismiss unjustified allegations against innocentemployees, and defend appropriate conduct.B. This department is committed to providing lawenforcement services that are fair, effective, andimpartial. In doing so, employees are held to thehighest standards of official conduct and areexpected to respect the constitutional and statutoryrights of all persons. Voluntary adherence to thesestandards by employees, motivated by a moralobligation to perform their duty to the best of theirability, is eminently desirable and an ultimateobjective of this Department.POLICY:A. It is the belief of the Champaign Police Departmentthat prevention is the primary means of reducing andcontrolling misconduct. Therefore, it is the policy ofthe Department to discover and correct organizationalconditions which permit misconduct to occur. To thatend, the Department will receive, investigate, andmake equitable disposition of all complaints againstprocedures and/or personnel, from both internal andexternal sources.B. Special emphasis is placed on recruitment, selection,and training of officers and supervisors, enhancedsupervisory responsibility and accountability,community outreach, and the analysis of misconductcomplaints.C. Each employee shall have access to an officialmanual of departmental policies, procedures, andrules, which contain specific direction and guidancefor pertinent aspects of police work. Employeeperformance standards and rules of conduct will bedescribed and defined to enhance the protection ofconstitutional and statutory rights of all persons.D. The City of Champaign Administrative Policy entitled“Disciplinary Process 3.11” will be adhered to duringinternal investigations conducted by departmentpersonnel of serious violations which could result in 3or more days of suspension or termination.52.2.1 TYPES OF COMPLAINTSA. All complaints against the Department or itsemployees will be investigated. Based upon thenature and/or complexity of a complaint, an allegationof employee misconduct may be classified as eitheran “inquiry” or a “formal complaint” by the Chief ofPolice.1. Inquiry.Page 1 of 6

a. An inquiry is a classification used to addressa citizen concern or question about a policy,procedure, or tactic used by the Department.b. Examples of inquiries include, but are notlimited to:1) Why was an individual handcuffed?2) Why was an individual stopped,detained, or subjected to a fieldinterview?3) Why did an officer use vehicleemergency equipment?4) Why was a felony car stop conducted?5) Why was a citation issued?2. Formal Complaint.a. Formal complaints are conducted on bothminor and serious allegations of misconduct.The investigation may include the gatheringand review of dispatch tickets, policereports, and videos and/or the taking ofverbal statements from the subject officer,witness officer(s), and other witnesses.b. Examples of complaints of behavior thatwould, if sustained, constitute minormisconduct include, but are not limited, to:1) Complaints of slow response.2) Alleged failure to take proper policeaction.3) Alleged rudeness or discourtesy by anemployee.c. Examples of complaints of behavior thatwould, if sustained, constitute seriousmisconduct include, but are not limited, to:1) Criminal activity.2) Excessive force.3) Improper or unlawful arrest.4) Improper or unlawful entry.5) Improper or unlawful search.6) Complaints of discrimination.7) Serious rule violations.8) Repeated minor rule violations.9) Sexual harassment.B. Investigations at supervisory level.1. Allegations of misconduct, other than thoseconsidered extremely serious in nature, may beinvestigated at the supervisory level.a. Employees may attempt to resolve acomplaint but shall never attempt todissuade any citizen from making acomplaint against any employee or thedepartment.b. The supervisor who investigates anallegation of misconduct shall take theinvestigation to its conclusion and fullydocument the investigation on a “CitizenComplaint Investigation Report.” Disciplinewill be administered and documented onlyafter it has been approved by the Chief ofPolice.c. The line supervisor who has been assignedto conduct an investigation shall keep theDeputy Chief of Professional Standardsapprised as to the status and progress of thecomplaint investigation.d. The Chief of Police may elect not to initiate aformal complaint when the complaint doesnot rise to the status of an allegation ofmisconduct. Generally, minor violationssuch as those, which, if observed by asupervisor, would normally result in verbalcounseling fall into this category.e. When a citizen questions the actions of anemployee and it is determined by thereceiving supervisor that the employee actedwithin prescribed policy, procedure, ortactics, the matter will be handled as aninquiry.f. The receiving supervisor, the Chief of Police,or his designee shall make every attempt toexplain to the citizen why a particular policy,procedure, or tactic is sanctioned by theDepartment.g. If a citizen insists on filing a formalcomplaint, even on a matter that wouldtypically fall into the category of an inquiry,the complaint should be documented andforwarded to Professional Standards. TheChief of Police will then make adetermination as to whether the matter willbe handled as an inquiry or a formalcomplaint.h. Failure by a complainant to cooperate withthe investigation process will result in thematter being handled as an inquiry and not aformal complaint. In such cases thecomplainant forfeits the written notice ofdisposition.2. Allegations of misconduct which are consideredextremely serious in nature shall immediately bereported to the Chief of Police and will beinvestigated under his direct supervision.a. The investigating supervisor shall completethe citizen complaint form and forward it tothe Chief of Police.Page 2 of 6

3. The citizen complaint form must be accompaniedwith a sworn affidavit, in accordance with IllinoisCompiled Statutes (50 ILCS 725/3.8). Citizensshould be advised that filing a false complaintcould subject them to criminal and civil liability.52.2.2 NOTIFICATION TO CHIEF OF POLICEA. Supervisors shall promptly notify the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards, in writing, of every inquiryand/or allegation of misconduct. Inquiries may bedocumented by memo, but in cases of allegations ofmisconduct the notification shall ordinarily be madeby forwarding the complaint packet to the DeputyChief of Professional Standards.B. If, during the course of any complaint investigation,the supervisor reasonably comes to believe that anemployee may have committed a crime then theChief of Police shall be notified immediately.C. If a supervisor is confronted with a significantallegation of misconduct requiring immediateinvestigation, the appropriate Deputy Chief and theChief of Police will be notified immediately.52.2.3 INVESTIGATIVE TIME LIMITSA. It is recognized that some internal investigations arecomplex and may extend for a substantial period oftime. In most instances, unless more extensiveinvestigation or review is required, allegations ofmisconduct shall be investigated and completedwithin 45 days. Status reports on the progress ofinvestigations shall be given to the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards regularly.C. In those instances where additional time is required,extensions may be authorized by the Chief of Police.52.2.4 COMPLAINANT STATUS REPORTSA. Communication will be maintained with allcomplainants regarding the status of their complaints.1. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards willacknowledge the receipt of the complaint to thereporting party of every allegation of misconduct.This written acknowledgement will include adescription of the allegation and name thesupervisor responsible for the investigation.2. The supervisor completing the citizen complaintreport shall assure the reporting party that theallegations will be thoroughly investigated, andthat the Chief of Police, upon completion of theinvestigation, will notify the reporting party inwriting of the finding of the investigation. Incases where the investigation extends beyond 45days, periodic status reports will be provided tothe complainant.3. A letter from the Chief of Police shall be mailedto the reporting party informing him of the resultsof the investigation.4. Completed inquiries do not ordinarily require aletter to the citizen from the Chief of Police,except in cases where the reporting party cannotbe verbally satisfied.52.2.5 NOTICE OF INVESTIGATION RIGHTSA. When an employee becomes the subject of either aformal complaint or an internal investigationinvestigation, he will be issued a written statement ofthe allegation(s) and an explanation of theemployee’s rights and responsibilities relative to theinvestigation, provided that the investigation will notbe compromised by this notification.1. Written notification will come from the DeputyChief of Professional Standards.2. All questioning will be conducted in accordancewith the Uniform Peace Officers’ Disciplinary Act(50 ILCS 725, et seq.) and Article 32 of the LaborAgreement.3. Non-sworn employees are entitled to receive anotice of rights and allegations as set forth in theprovisions of 65 ILCS 5/10-1-18 and Article 31.3of the AFSCME Labor Agreement.B. If an employee is suspected of committing a criminalact, two separate investigations shall be conducted.One investigation shall be for administrative purposesand the other shall be for the potential filing ofcriminal charges. Criminal investigations will beconducted at the discretion of the Chief of Police.Upon completion of the criminal investigation, thecriminal case may be presented to the State’sAttorney’s office for review and determination ofaction.1. Criminal investigations will be referred to theDeputy Chief of Operational Support.2. Investigations of alleged employee criminalmisconduct will be conducted in coordination withthe City Attorney’s and/or State’s Attorney’soffice and in accordance with constitutional andstatutory criminal procedural rights of persons.3. Completed investigations of alleged employeecriminal misconduct may be reviewed by the CityAttorney and/or the State’s Attorney for adetermination as to what, if any, criminal chargesare to be filed and/or prosecuted.4. The complainant, victim, and employee shall beadvised of the decisions of the City Attorneyand/or State’s Attorney.5. Upon completion of a criminal investigationand/or prosecution, the investigative report shallbe turned over to Professional Standards foradministrative review to determine whether or notthere were Departmental violations.C. Before any officer is interrogated, the results of whichmay be the basis for seeking the officer’s dischargeor a suspension in excess of three days, the officershall be advised of his rights in accordance with thestatutory Uniform Peace Officers Disciplinary Act.D. All employees shall be truthful and completely answerall questions concerning an administrativeinvestigation posed to him by the interviewing officer.If any officer refuses to answer questions pertainingPage 3 of 6

to a misconduct investigation, prior to proceeding withfurther questions, a determination will first be madeby the Chief of Police or his designee as to whetheror not the officer will be ordered to answer certainquestions specifically, narrowly, and directly related totheir duties as a Champaign police officer. The officerwill also be warned that their refusal to answerquestions constitutes insubordination and could bethe basis for seeking suspension or discharge. Thequestioning will then proceed consistent with thatdetermination.E. When an employee is being interviewed in anadministrative matter and there is likelihood that theinterview may reveal criminal conduct on the part ofthe employee, the results of the interview will not beused against him in a criminal prosecution.However, he will be required to answer all questionsto assist in the criminal process. This does not meanthat criminal charges cannot result from a separatecriminal investigation.F. This policy shall not be construed to supersede inpart or in whole any Municipal ordinance, CityAdministrative Policy, Rules of the Board of Fire andPolice Commissioners, the Police Officer Bill ofRights, or any collective bargaining agreement inforce. Failure to abide by this directive shall notpreclude the Department from taking disciplinaryaction against any employee.52.2.6 INVESTIGATIVE REQUIREMENTSA. All employees are required to cooperate fully withinternal affairs investigations. They are required todisclose all pertinent information known to themregarding the matter under investigation. Employeesmay be further required to submit to the gathering ofnon-testimonial evidence, including, but not limited to:1. Medical and laboratory examinations, inaccordance with Article 34 of the FOP LaborContract.2. Lineups.3. Chemical tests, in accordance with Article 34 ofthe FOP Labor Contract.4. Photographs or line-ups.5. Firearms for inspection and examination.6. Financial disclosure statements, handwritingsamples and/or fingerprinting.B. In accordance with 50 ILCS 725/3.11, no policeemployee shall be compelled to submit to apolygraph examination on a complaint. However, anemployee may at any time request a polygraphexamination to be provided by the DepartmentC. During misconduct investigations in which the identityof the alleged officer is unknown, personnel records,employee jackets, employee photos, dispatch tickets,radio recordings, mobile video recordings, daily logs,vehicle assignment, and work schedules may beused in an effort to determine identity.D. Employees have no expectation of privacy withregard to departmental lockers, desks, computers (asper AP 4.06), storage areas, offices, or vehicles.E. Employees may be required to respond to allegationsof misconduct in writing. Requests shall be made inaccordance with the Uniform Peace OfficersDiscipline Act, the labor agreement, and theConstitutional Rights of the employee.F. Provisions of this section shall not conflict with anyLabor Agreement presently in effect.52.2.7 RELIEVING EMPLOYEES FROM DUTYA. Violation of Rule 6(B)(2):1. Champaign Police Department Rule 6(B)(2)states that “No employee shall report forscheduled duty when prior consumption or odorof alcohol or other behavior-modifying substanceis apparent to a person of average sensibilities.”2. When a Rule 6(B)(2) violation is suspected, asupervisor shall interview the employee aboutthe suspicion. In accordance with the FOP LaborContract, the employee may request that a UnionRepresentative be present during this interview.3. Two supervisors, with one being the rank ofLieutenant or above, must confer and agree onthe appearance or the odor of alcohol or anotherbehavior-modifying substance.4. A supervisor of the rank of Lieutenant or abovemay place an employee on leave with pay inaccordance with Rule 6(B)(2) if he believes thatthe employee is under the influence of alcoholand/or another behavior-modifying substance.5. Any drug or alcohol testing of the employee shallcomply with Article 34 of the FOP contract orArticle 37 of the AFSCME contract.6. The employee will be given written notice of theRule 6(B)(2) violation prior to being sent home.7. The employee will be sent home and not remainat work. Transportation shall be arranged if theemployee is too “impaired” to drive or appears tobe “under the influence”.8. A supervisor shall make notification that theemployee was sent home through thatemployee’s chain of command.9. A supervisor shall complete a written report ofthe incident in a memo articulating their“reasonable suspicion” of the employee’s lack offitness for duty and submit their report to theDeputy Chief of Professional Standards prior toending their shift. A copy of the memo shallimmediately be forwarded to the Chief of Police.B. An employee may also be relieved of duty during theinvestigation of misconduct when it is determined bythe Chief of Police that such action is in the bestinterest of the City, the department, the community, orthe officer.Page 4 of 6

C. An employee placed on such leave shall have noDepartmental authority and shall not engage in anyduty-related functions. If deemed appropriate by theChief of Police, the employee may also be required tosurrender, all or in part, any Department-ownedproperty such as badge, identification cards, clothing,and pistol.52.2.8 CONCLUSION OF FACTA. Conclusion of an investigation should be expectedwithin forty-five (45) calendar days unless the Chief ofPolice grants an extension. The complainant shall benotified of any delay and the reason for the delay.B. The assigned supervisor, investigator, or managershall complete the final investigative report. The finalreport shall consider all relevant documents, interviewstatements, and evidence to determine and provide afactual account of what did or did not occur.Conflicting evidence or information shall be noted.C. At the conclusion of an internal investigation aconclusion of fact must be specified. Investigationscan result in any of the following types of dispositions:1. Unfounded: The allegation is false, not factual, orunwarranted.2. Exonerated: The allegation is true, but the actionof the agency or employee was consistent withlaw and/or City or departmental policy,procedure, or rule.3. Not Sustained: There is insufficient evidence toprove or disprove the allegation.4. Sustained: The allegation is true and the actionof the agency or employee was inconsistent withlaw and/or City or departmental policy,procedure, or rule.5. Misconduct Noted: There were no sustainedfindings pertaining to the original complaint,however other violations of law and/ordepartmental policy were discovered during theinvestigation.D. For each finding related to an allegation ofmisconduct, specific actions shall be pursued.Actions can include:1. No action to be taken.2. Commendation.3. Training.4. Counseling.5. Written reprimand.6. Suspension from duty.7. Transfer.8. Demotion.9. Resignation.10. Discharge or dismissal.11. Criminal charges to be pursued.E. The recommended disposition shall be included withthe written report summary completed by thesupervisor or assigned investigator on each case.F. Both the complainant and employee shall beinformed of the disposition after the investigation isclosed.G. Both the complainant and the accused shall beafforded proper appeal channels.1. The complainant may request review of theChief’s classification of the complaint and/or thedisposition by the City Manager.2. The employee may appeal through applicablegrievance procedures or other appeal provisionspursuant to law.H. When a complaint finding is unfounded, notsustained, or exonerated, the investigative report andrelated paperwork shall be forwarded to the Chief ofPolice via Professional Standards for review.I. If the complaint is sustained, each supervisor in theemployee’s chain of command will make arecommendation for disciplinary action and providereasoning for the recommendation. ProfessionalStandards can provide guidance as to correctiveaction taken in similar cases and the accusedofficer’s discipline history.1. When a complaint finding is sustained anddisciplinary action is to be taken, a statementdescribing the sustained misconduct, the policy,procedure, or rule violated, and what disciplinaryaction is to be taken will be provided to theemployee.J. A disposition letter will also be mailed to thecomplainant explaining that the complaint wassustained and that appropriate action will be taken.K. The Chief of Police shall review all investigativereports and either:1. Accept the report as submitted; or2. Direct further action; or3. Accept the report but change the disposition orrecommendation for discipline; or4. In complex sensitive cases, the Chief of Policemay request a meeting with the complainant,appropriate staff, or City officials.L. If an administrative review by Professional Standardsreveals policy violations, an additional report will begenerated. This report, along with all otherinformation regarding the complaint, will be reviewedby the employee’s chain of command.M. Supervisors shall not reprimand or disciplineemployees on formal citizen complaints prior to finalreview and concurrence by the Chief of Police.Page 5 of 6

52.2.9 DISCIPLINARY ACTIONSA. Counseling / Oral Reprimands.1. The final disciplinary action for a citizencomplaint or internal investigation must beapproved by the Chief of Police or his designee.This does not preclude supervisors fromcounseling officers or employees for infractionsor rule violations they observe or which areknown to them.2. The counseling will be conducted by theemployee’s immediate supervisor and noted inthe employee’s shift jacket.3. Professional Standards will be notified after thecounseling occurs in order to close the complaintor internal investigation and to document it in thediscipline database.the employee. This should be well in advance ofthe suspension date(s).6. The manager will also notify the employee of thesuspension date(s) via e-mail.7. The manager and the employee will date andsign the letter following their discussion and anotation will be made in the employee’s shiftjacket.8. The manager will then distribute copies of thesuspension letter as noted on the template.9. The letter containing the original signatures willbe forwarded to Professional Standards where itwill be entered and stored in the employeediscipline index file and the discipline database.ISSUING AUTHORITYB. Written Reprimands.1. Must be approved by the Chief of Police or hisdesignee.2. The letter will be written on the Departmentapproved template by a supervisor within theemployee’s chain of command.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department3. Prior to distribution, the letter must be approvedby either the Deputy Chief of the involvedemployee or by the Deputy Chief of ProfessionalStandards.4. Following approval, the supervisor who wrote theletter will hand deliver and discuss the letter withthe employee.5. The employee and supervisor will sign and datethe letter following this discussion and a notationwill be made in the employee’s shift jacket.6. The supervisor will then distribute copies of theletter as noted on the template.7. The letter containing the original signatures willbe forwarded to Professional Standards where itwill be entered and stored in the employeediscipline index file and discipline database.C. Suspension.1. Must be approved by the Chief of Police or hisdesignee.2. A manager (lieutenant, deputy chief, or civilianequivalent) will write suspension letters.3. Suspension letters will be written on theDepartment approved template.4. Prior to distribution, the letter must be approvedby the Deputy Chief of the involved employee orby the Deputy Chief of Professional Standards.5. Following approval, the manager who wrote theletter will hand deliver and discuss the letter withPage 6 of 6

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 21.1SUBJECT: JOB TASK ANALYSIS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:N/A1. The duties, responsibilities, and tasks of eachposition.21.1.1 JOB TASK ANALYSISPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish that a job taskanalysis be maintained for every position in theDepartment.DEFINITIONS:Job Classification: The grouping of positions or jobs forwhich duties, responsibilities, qualification requirements,and conditions of employment are sufficiently alike tojustify the same treatment with respect to personnelpractices and salary.Job Description: The official statement of the generalduties, responsibilities, knowledge, abilities and skills, andthe functional objectives of a job assignment.2. The frequency with which each task isperformed.3. The minimum level of proficiency necessary inthe job related skills, knowledge, abilities, andbehaviors.D. Job task analyses are updated whenever significantchanges in the class or delineation of duties andresponsibilities of a job occur.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentJob Task Analysis: A systematic, structured process fordissecting a job into its basic parts. A task analysisidentifies the import or essential elements of a job, the keywork behaviors, and the knowledge, skills, and abilitiesrequired for these work behaviors.POLICY:21.1.1 JOB TASK ANALYSISA. Job task analyses supplies the Department with basicinformation needed to perform many personnelfunctions. A written job task analysis of everyposition in the Department is maintained on file by theCity of Champaign Human Resources office.B. The objectives of a job task analysis include, but arenot limited to:1. Serving as a basis for the determination of aposition classification plan and compensation.2. Providing a basis of establishing highqualification requirements for recruitment,examination, selection, appointment andpromotion.3. Assisting in the establishment of trainingcurricula.4. Providing guidance to employees and theirsupervisors concerning the duties andresponsibilities of individual positions.C. The elements of the job task analysis include, but arenot limited to:Page 1 of 1

FUNCTION / AREAJUVENILES(10-16)Juvenile Law Cheat SheetAGE 17MISDEMEANANTSTREATED ASADULTS &AGE 17 FELONSSTATUTETransport Separate from Adults ← Separate from Juveniles 705 ILCS 405/5-410.c(v)Parental Notification Yes ← No 705 ILCS 405/5-405Juv. Ofc. Notification Yes ← No 705 ILCS 405/5-405Detention Separate from Adults ← Separate from Juveniles 705 ILCS 405/5-410.c(v)Detention Limits 12 / 24 Hours ← Normally < 48 Hours 705 ILCS 405/5-410.cCustodial InterrogationChargingJuv. Procedures44.2.3Juvenile, unless trafficor ordinanceBonding / Release Release to Parent /YDC← Adult Procedures 705 ILCS 405/5-405← Adult 705 ILCS 405/5-120←Bond, Jail, or BondCourt705 ILCS 405/5-405- The term “delinquent minor” includes 17 year-old misdemeanants.- A 17 year-old misdemeanant may be released to a parent, guardian, or other responsibleadult.- The detention of any delinquent minor (which includes 17 year-old misdemeanants)requires the completion of a juvenile contact card.- A 17 year-old misdemeanant may be transported to YDC but must be pre-screened bytelephone first. A 17 year-old misdemeanant who is not eligible for secure confinementwill be released to a parent, guardian, other responsible adult, or Roundhouse.- A 17 year-old misdemeanant may be transported with another juvenile arrestee.- A 17 year-old misdemeanant may be placed on a station adjustment.- A 17 year-old misdemeanant may be issued a City NTA by a patrol officer.- A 17 year-old misdemeanant may be required to attend a juvenile appointment.- A 17 year-old misdemeanant may be taken to Roundhouse.- A 17 year-old felon would be transported to CCSO upon arrest.- A 17 year-old felon may be transported with another adult arrestee.- The fact that a 17 year-old is on probation or parole (whether adult or juvenile) does notimpact the location at which they are to be detained. A 17 year-old misdemeanant onparole or probation goes to YDC, and a 17 year-old felon on parole or probation goes toCCSO.With regard to 17 year-olds, making appropriate charging decisions will be critical.Supervisory approval shall be obtained prior to transport any time an officer intends tocharge a 17 year-old with a felony offense and transport that individual to CCSO.Lastly, officers and supervisors are encouraged to contact the on call S/A when questionsarise concerning how a particular incident or individual is most appropriately handled.

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 44.2SUBJECT: JUVENILE OPERATIONS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE: 01/01/10REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.03.02OPR.03.03OPR.03.0444.2.1 JUVENILE OFFENDERS - ALTERNATIVES44.2.2 PROCEDURES FOR TAKING JUVENILES ANDDELINQUENT MINORS INTO CUSTODY44.2.3 CUSTODIAL INTERROGATION OF JUVENILESAND DELINQUENT MINORS44.2.4 SCHOOL LIAISON PROGRAM44.2.5 COMMUNITY BASED YOUTH PROGRAMSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for thehandling of incidents involving juveniles and/or delinquentminors.DEFINITIONS:Age 17 Misdemeanant: A minor, age 17, who has violatedor attempted to violate any federal law, state law, ormunicipal ordinance which is a Misdemeanor, so long asthe violation would also be illegal if committed by an adult.Delinquent Minor: Any minor who, prior to his seventeenthbirthday, has violated or attempted to violate any federallaw, state law, or municipal ordinance, and any minor whoprior to his 18 th birthday has violated or attempted toviolate, regardless of where the act occurred, any federallaw, state law, or municipal ordinance classified as amisdemeanor offense. This includes age 17misdemeanants and juveniles accused of delinquentoffenses.Juvenile: Any minor who has not yet reached his 17 thbirthday.Minor: As defined in the 705 ILCS 405/5-105, a personwho is under 21 years of age and subject to the JuvenileCourt Act.Minor Requiring Authoritative Intervention: Any minor whois under 18 years of age and absent from home or out ofthe control of his parents and/or guardian as described in705 ILCS 405/3-3.Status Offense: An act that is a violation of federal law,state law, or municipal ordinance only because of the ageof the offender (i.e. a curfew violation or the purchase,possession, or consumption of alcohol, etc.).POLICY:44.2.1 JUVENILE OFFENDERS - ALTERNATIVESA. In furtherance of the Department’s objective ofprotecting both public safety and individual liberty,police officers are encouraged to use the leastcoercive enforcement action of the reasonablealternatives available in properly executing their lawenforcement responsibilities. These alternativesinclude:1. An informal resolution, such as a verbal warning,notifications of parents, and release with nofurther action.2. Traffic offenses are exempted from thejurisdiction of juvenile courts and a Uniform trafficcitation may be issued for a violation of theIllinois Vehicle Code or similar municipalordinance.a. When the traffic citation is issued bond mustbe posted as it would with an adult offender.b. “Juvenile” shall be written on the back of thecourt copy of the citation, and if the juveniledoes not have a valid license then “Juvenile– No License” shall be written on the back ofthe court copy of the citation.c. A juvenile contact card must be completedonly when the juvenile is taken into custody.d. An impaired or invalid driver shall not beallowed to drive.3. Notices to Appear for tobacco violations may beroutinely issued to delinquent minors who are atleast fourteen years of age or older, provided thatthey are not on probation.a. A juvenile contact card will be completed forany delinquent minor taken into custody.b. A juvenile appointment should not be set fora delinquent minor who receives a Notice toAppear.4. On some occasions it may be appropriate torelease a delinquent minor to a parent, guardian,adult relative, or other responsible adult. When itis determined that a delinquent minor is going tobe released, the following procedure is to befollowed:a. Make immediate reasonable attempts toreach the delinquent minor’s parent(s) orguardian.b. Release the delinquent minor to a parent orguardian or, in the event that they can not bereached, an adult relative or associatedadult.Page 1 of 5

c. Release to an adult relative or associatedadult is appropriate only when it has beendetermined that the adult’s criminal historydoes not show a history of family or violentoffenses. Also, DCFS shall be contacted(1800-252-2873) to ensure that the adultdoes not have a negative history with DCFS.d. If a parent, guardian, adult relative, orresponsible adult can not be located, thefollowing options are available:1) Roundhouse.2) Catholic Charities.3) A similar facility.e. A juvenile appointment shall be scheduledfor the delinquent minor.5. A juvenile who has committed a delinquent actmay be transported to the Youth DetentionCenter or referred to Juvenile Court when atleast one of the following criteria have been met:a. The act would be a felony if committed by anadult.b. The delinquent act involved the use of aweapon.c. The delinquent act was gang-related.d. The delinquent act involved physicalviolence.e. The juvenile who committed the delinquentact by is on probation or under thesupervision of a juvenile court.f. The juvenile has repeatedly committeddelinquent acts within a twelve-monthperiod.g. The juvenile refuses to participate in aselected diversion program.h. It is apparent that parental supervision islacking, and the lack of supervision iscontributing to delinquent behavior.Before a juvenile is transported to the YouthDetention Center, a supervisor or juvenileofficer shall be consulted and the Center’sstaff should be advised that the juvenile isbeing transported there.When a juvenile is transported to the YouthDetention Center, a supervisor shall alsomake a copy of the report and forward it tothe State’s Attorney’s office.B. Before an alternative is chosen by the officer orjuvenile officer, the following factors should beconsidered:1. The nature and seriousness of the allegedoffense.2. The history and current situation of the juvenile,including previous police contacts, pending courtcases, and probation status.3. The likelihood of the minor fleeing the jurisdictionof the court.4. The safety and/or welfare of the minor and/or thegeneral public.C. Juvenile officers follow disposition guidelinesestablished within the Investigations Division thatprovide for the fair and consistent disposition ofjuvenile delinquency cases and status offenses.These dispositions include:1. Verbal warning/parent to handle.2. Informal station adjustment.3. Formal station adjustment.4. Issuance of a Notice to Appear for a violation ofmunicipal ordinance. (Whenever a Notice toAppear is issued, a copy should be sent to thejuvenile’s parent or guardian).5. Referral to traffic court with citation.6. Referral to the Juvenile Probation Department.7. Referral to Juvenile Court.D. Station adjustments are often used as a means ofintervening quickly with delinquent minors involved instatus and delinquent offenses. Juvenile officers mayimpose either an informal or formal stationadjustment in accordance with established dispositionguidelines and in accordance with 705 ILCS 405/5-301.1. Juvenile officers may set reasonable conditionsfor station adjustments which may include, butare not limited to, the following:a. Curfew restrictions.b. Provisions for school attendance andimprovement.c. Participation in recommended counselingservices.d. Attending drug or alcohol assessments orawareness programs.e. Performing community service work.f. Paying restitution.f. Writing essays and letters of apology.44.2.2 PROCEDURES FOR TAKING JUVENILES ANDDELINQUENT MINORS INTO CUSTODYA. The Department has established procedures to beused when taking a juvenile or delinquent minor intocustody for either non-criminal behavior or delinquentconduct.Page 2 of 5

1. There is statutory authority for peace officers totake custody of certain minors under specificcircumstances. Such custody is not an arrest.Only reasonable and necessary force may beused to protect the officer and/or take custody ofthe minor. If the person to be taken into custodyor another physically resists or obstructs theofficer’s attempts to take authorized custody, thatperson may be arrested for resisting orobstructing a peace officer.2. 705 ILCS 405/3-7; 405/4-4; 405/5-401,authorizes a peace officer to take warrantlesstemporary custody of a minor if the minor isfound in a public place and in need of medicalattention or the officer has established probablecause to believe that the minor is:a. Delinquent.b. Addicted,c. Requiring authoritative intervention,d. Neglected,e. Dependent, orf. An escaped ward of the court.Temporary custody is not the equivalent of anarrest.3. An officer who either takes a minor intotemporary custody or takes custody of a minorfor a delinquent act shall:a. Make immediate reasonable attempts tonotify the minor’s parents or legal guardianof the minor’s custody and location.b. Check the probation status of the minor bycalling the Youth Detention Center.c. Whenever possible, release the minor to aparent or guardian. When a minor isreleased, it shall be in accordance with theprocedures outlined under 42.2.1(A)(4) ofthis policy.d. If the decision has been made not to releasethe minor, the minor must be taken withoutun-necessary delay to the Youth DetentionCenter. The decision to transport a juvenileto the Youth Detention Center shall be madeonly by an on-duty supervisor or juvenileofficer.4. 705 ILCS 405/3-4 provides peace officers withthe authority to take a minor into limited custody(not to exceed 6 hours) without a warrant forbeing:a. Absent from home without consent of theparent or guardian, orb. Beyond the control of the minor’s parent orguardian in circumstances which constitute asubstantial or immediate danger to theminor’s physical safety.5. An officer taking a minor into limited custodymust immediately inform the minor of the reasonfor custody and make a prompt, reasonableattempt to notify the parent(s) or guardian(s) ofthe custody and location of the minor.a. If the minor consents, the minor should bereleased to a parent or guardian and, ifnecessary, referred to an appropriate socialservice agency.b. If the minor refuses to return home orlogistical arrangements can not be made,the minor should be taken to Roundhouse.If Roundhouse is unable to accept the minor,a person from their crisis intervention willrespond and take custody of the minor.c. The officer shall inform the minor and theperson to whom the minor is released of thelocation of appropriate psychological,psychiatric, or social services if it is believedthat the minor would benefit from them.d. A juvenile or delinquent minor in limitedcustody will be kept under constantsupervision. A juvenile or delinquent minorin limited custody may not be held in securecustody (placed in a locked room orhandcuffed to a stationary object).6. Juveniles and delinquent minors are more likelyto be involved in criminal offenses or victimizedwhen committing status offenses. Therefore, it isthe policy of this department to take custody ofany minor found to be violating curfew laws,violating liquor laws, and/or truant.a. CURFEW LAWS - A minor found to be inviolation of curfew laws shall be released toa parent, guardian, Roundhouse, or CatholicCharities. First time offenders may bewarned and released, though a juvenilecontact card shall be completed. In the caseof a second or third subsequent offense, ajuvenile contact card will be completed and ajuvenile appointment may be set at theofficer’s discretion.b. LIQUOR LAWS - A minor found to be inviolation of liquor laws shall be released to aparent, guardian, Roundhouse, or CatholicCharities. An offense report and juvenilecontact card will be completed and a juvenileappointment shall be set.c. TRUANCY - A minor found to be truant maybe taken to school or released to a parent orguardian. A juvenile contact card shall becompleted on any juvenile or delinquentminor found to be truant, but neither anoffense report nor a juvenile appointment isrequired.B. Arrest, Report, and Booking Procedures.Page 3 of 5

1. All rules of evidence, laws of arrest, and laws ofsearch and seizure that apply to adults shall befollowed when an officer investigates a criminaloffense involving a delinquent minor or takescustody of a delinquent minor for commission ofa delinquent act.2. Whenever a delinquent minor is taken intocustody, a juvenile contact card shall becompleted and attached to the correspondingpolice report.3. Every juvenile taken into custody for an act thatwould be a felony offense or Class Amisdemeanor if committed by an adult will bephotographed and fingerprinted.a. A juvenile who is transported to the YouthDetention Center will be photographed andfingerprinted at the facility.b. A juvenile who is released will be directed tothe Youth Detention Center for photographsand fingerprints upon reporting to theirjuvenile appointment.4. If a juvenile is detained at the Youth DetentionCenter, a shift supervisor shall provide copies ofall relevant reports and the juvenile contact cardto the State’s Attorney’s office prior to thejuvenile’s appearance in court.5. When a juvenile commits or attempts to commitone of the following offenses, either the officer ora supervisor shall contact an InvestigationsDivision Supervisor prior to any interview orinterrogation:a. Homicide.b. Sexual Assault.c. Robbery.d. Kidnapping.e. Arson.f. Delivery of cannabis or a controlledsubstance.6. A juvenile or delinquent minor charged only witha status offense shall not be booked or taken tothe Youth Detention Center.7. Detention of a delinquent minor begins when thedelinquent minor enters a holding facility, isisolated in a closed room, or is placed in aninterview room. Prior to the expiration of the timelimits set forth below, the delinquent minor mustbe transferred to the Youth Detention Center orbe released. The time limit runs continuouslyonce secure detention begins, regardless of anyinterruption, interview, or processing.Transportation does not count as detention, nordoes visual security in the field. Visual securityconsists of placing the delinquent minor underthe constant visual observation of an officerwithout use of intervening barriers or restraints.a. A juvenile under 10 years of age cannot bedetained at a holding facility.b. A juvenile who is at least 10 years of age butless then 12 years of age may be detainedin a holding facility for up to six hours.c. A juvenile who is at least 12 years of age butless than 17 years of age can be detained ina holding facility for up to 12 hours, and forup to 24 hours when the detention is theresult of the commission of a crime ofviolence. For these purposes, a “crime ofviolence” is defined as murder, voluntarymanslaughter, criminal sexual assault,aggravated criminal assault, predatorycriminal sexual assault, predatory criminalsexual assault of a child, armed robbery,arson, aggravated arson, kidnapping,aggravated robbery, or any other felonywhich involves the use of threat of physicalforce or violence against another individual.d. Only juveniles charged with the allegedcommission of a delinquent offense or forwhom a delinquency petition or warrant hasbeen issued or filed may be detained in aholding area. This subsection does not referto limited custody provisions of the MRAIarticle of the Juvenile Court Act.e. Juveniles under arrest shall be transportedto the holding facility without unnecessarydelay (unless in need of emergency medicalattention).C. The definition of delinquent minor shall not apply toany juveniles who have committed those offensesidentified in 705 ILCS 405/5-130, which authorizesprosecution under the criminal code. These charges,and all other charges arising out of the same incident,shall be prosecuted under the criminal code of 1961{720 ILCS 5/1-1 et seq.} as an adult.D. If the decision has been made not to release a minor,then the minor is to be transported to the ChampaignCounty Youth Detention Center without un-necessarydelay. The arresting officer shall ensure that anintake worker at the Youth Detention Center isnotified that the juvenile is being transported.E. Upon arrival at the Youth Detention Center, thearresting officer shall complete all paperwork relatedto the juvenile’s intake at the facility.F. The arresting officer shall also ensure that thejuvenile’s parent(s) or guardian(s) have been properlynotified.44.2.3 CUSTODIAL INTERROGATION OFDELINQUENT MINORSA. The following guidelines are designed to assistofficers in conducting custodialinterviews/interrogations with delinquent minors.These guidelines are intended to protect theconstitutional rights of the delinquent minors and theintegrity of the interview/interrogation.Page 4 of 5

1. Any officer assigned to investigate a crimeinvolving a delinquent minor or juvenile victimhas the right to question the delinquent minor orjuvenile.2. The officer shall immediately make a reasonableattempt to notify a parent, the person legallyresponsible for the minor’s care, or the personwith whom the minor resides to inform them ofthe minor’s custody, the reason for custody, andthe location where the minor is being held. Ifnotification can not be made, the officer shalldocument any and all attempts to make suchnotification.3. Before any custodial questioning, the delinquentminor must be advised of his constitutionalrights. The officer conducting the questioningmust orally advise the delinquent minor of hisrights and provide him with a written copy of hisrights. A juvenile officer shall be present toensure that the delinquent minor understands hisrights. If willing, the delinquent minor shall signthe rights waiver. If the delinquent minor refusesto sign the rights waiver, that refusal shall beindicated on the rights waiver and witnessed.4. If the delinquent minor indicates that he does notwish to answer any questions the interview shallbe terminated.5. A parent or guardian may be present during thequestioning of the delinquent minor by request ofeither party.6. The delinquent minor must be afforded theopportunity to confer with an adult both prior toand during any custodial interview/interrogation.A parent or guardian shall not be prevented fromvisitation with a delinquent minor in custody.7. A juvenile under the age of 13 who commits ahomicide or sex crime must be represented bycounsel during the entire custodialinterview/interrogation. Any in-custodyinterview/interrogation of a minor suspected ofcommitting a homicide will be audio/videorecorded.must grant written consent prior to the test beingadministered. Only the Chief of Police or a DeputyChief of Police may authorize such tests.44.2.4 SCHOOL LIAISON PROGRAMA. A written directive regarding the School ResourceOfficer program is found in Policy 44.4.44.2.5 COMMUNITY BASED YOUTH PROGRAMSA. The Department supports the philosophy of positiveinteraction between area youth and Departmentmembers.B. Members of the department, both sworn and nosworn,volunteer to participate in various programsincluding, but not limited to the following:1) The “Shop With A Cop” program, which is heldannually and designed to provide gifts andclothing to children in need.2) The “Youth Police Academy”, which is a summeroutreach program designed to provide areamiddle school and high school students with aclearer understanding of law enforcementthrough participation in a mock police academy.3) “CODE 4”, which is a comprehensive drugprevention and education program designed tohelp children recognize and resist socialpressures relating to tobacco, alcohol, cannabis,and controlled substances.4) The Champaign Police Department SchoolResource Officer (SRO) Program consists of fiveuniformed police officers who provide a constantpresence in the two local high schools, threejunior high schools, and one alternative school.The SROs are actively involved in dealing withlaw-related issues, delivering instruction in areasof law related to education, safety, bullying, andalcohol and drug prevention. The SRO is avisible, active law enforcement figure on campuswho provides positive assistance when studentsare in need of individual intervention orassistance.8. A juvenile officer shall be present during thequestioning of juveniles in custody as well aswhen written statements are made.9. No more than two officers shall be present in theroom during the interview/interrogation of adelinquent minor.10. Delinquent minors will not be questioned formore than 4 hours without the authorization ofthe State’s Attorney’s Office.B. A minor may be taken to a county jail or municipallock-up for the purposes of appearing in a physical(in-person) line-up only under the direct and constantsupervision of a juvenile officer (705 ILCS 405/5-4102a(f)). During the time that the line-up is beingconducted sight and sound provisions shall not apply.C. A minor may submit to a polygraph examination,however both the minor and his parent or guardianPage 5 of 5

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 44.1SUBJECT: JUVENILE OPERATIONS - ADMINISTRATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.03.0144.1.1 JUVENILE OPERATIONS FUNCTION44.1.2 INPUT FROM JUVENILE JUSTICE SYSTEM44.1.3 ANNUAL EVALUATION OF YOUTHPROGRAMSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines forjuvenile operations and programs for the ChampaignPolice Department.DEFINITIONS:Juvenile Court Act: Title for Illinois Compiled Statutes(ILCS), Chapter 705.POLICY:44.1.1 JUVENILE OPERATIONS FUNCTIONA. The responsibility for designing and implementingprograms to prevent delinquency and criminalbehavior in youths is shared by all members of theDepartment and the community. In this regard, theDepartment’s Juvenile Operations function shallinclude, but not be limited to:1. Complying with the Illinois Juvenile Court Act.2. Ensuring that the constitutional rights of minorsare never abridged. Juveniles have the sameconstitutional rights as adults, including rules ofevidence for court processing.3. Locating and returning runaway juveniles.4. Diverting juvenile offenders away from thejuvenile justice system and adjusting cases atthe Department level.5. Maintaining liaison with schools, social serviceagencies, and other organizations which provideservices for local youth.6. Coordinating and preparing court cases in whicha juvenile offender is involved.7. Designing and implementing programs intendedto prevent and control delinquent behavior byjuveniles.8. Referring juveniles to other criminal justiceagencies, public social service agencies, orprivate social service agencies when appropriate.B. All sworn officers of the Champaign PoliceDepartment shall have a basic knowledge of thephilosophy and procedures of the Illinois JuvenileCourt Act and a working knowledge of Departmentdirectives and policies.1. Officers are expected to use this knowledge toarbitrate minor matters involving juveniles and toknow when to involve a juvenile officer in a moreserious matter. It is anticipated that theseactions will promote the safety and education ofjuveniles, their families, and the community.C. The Department maintains a formally organizedjuvenile component within the Investigations Division.Each Detective and School Resource Officer (SRO)assigned to the Division has been certified as ajuvenile officer and has been specially trained forcarrying out the duties of the function as defined in705 ILCS 405/1-105 in the Illinois Juvenile Court Act.Juvenile officers provide services which not onlypromote crime prevention through delinquencycontrol, but also other services which furnish care,protection, and understanding to the youth of thecommunity. The specialized functions performed byjuvenile officers include, but are not limited to:1. Investigating criminal offenses committed byyouths and/or against youths.2. Investigating allegations of child abuse, neglect,and dependency.3. Investigating cases where minors requireauthoritative intervention.4. Assisting patrol officers with juvenile-relatedmatters as necessary or needed.5. Maintaining liaison with area schools, socialservice agencies, juvenile courts, probationdepartments, community service organizations,other law enforcement agencies, and relatedgroups interested in youth matters and concerns.44.1.2 INPUT FROM JUVENILE JUSTICE SYSTEMA. The Champaign Police Department encourages inputfrom other entities of the juvenile justice system in thedevelopment of policies, procedures, and programsrelated to juvenile matters. Juvenile officers willmaintain ongoing relationships with and seek suchinput from other youth service agencies including, butnot limited to:1. The Regional Planning Commission.2. Champaign County Juvenile Courts.3. The Champaign County State’s Attorney’s Office.4. The Champaign County Juvenile ProbationDepartment.Page 1 of 2

5. The Illinois Department of Child and FamilyServices (DCFS).6. The Champaign County Youth Detention Center(YDC).7. The Champaign County Child Advocacy Center(CAC).8. The Illinois Juvenile Officer’s Association.9. The National Association for School ResourceOfficers.B. Input from various agencies is requested prior toformulation of any new programs or policies andwhen needed in the revision of existing programs andpolicies.44.1.3 ANNUAL EVALUATION OF YOUTHPROGRAMSA. At least once per year, all members of theInvestigations Division shall meet with the DeputyChief of Operational Support for the purpose ofevaluating all juvenile enforcement and preventionprograms. Following such a review, the Deputy Chiefof Operational Support shall submit a written report tothe Chief of Police with recommendations forenhancement, modification, or elimination of juvenileprograms used by the Investigations Division.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 1.1SUBJECT: LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCY ROLE EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.01.01ADM.01.02ADM.14.01ADM.14.022. The Department cooperates with non-criminaljustice system elements such as educationalinstitutions, social service agencies, emergencyservice agencies, youth delinquency programs,mental health clinics and hospitals, and alcoholand drug rehabilitation centers.1.1.1 OATH OF OFFICE1.1.2 CODE OF ETHICS1.1.3 SOCIAL SERVICE DIVERSION PROGRAMS1.1.4 CONSULAR NOTIFICATION AND ACCESSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to mandate an oath of officefor sworn personnel and to supply guidance through aCode of Ethics for all employees.POLICY:1.1.1 OATH OF OFFICEA. All officers shall take an “Oath of Office” prior toassuming sworn status or when receiving a promotionto a higher sworn rank. Sworn personnel will abideby the “Oath of Office.” The “Oath of Office” is apledge to uphold the Constitutions of the UnitedStates and the State of Illinois.1.1.2 CODE OF ETHICSA. All Department employees must be fully aware of theethical responsibilities of their position and muststrive constantly to live up to the highest possiblestandards of professional policing. Consequently, theDepartment shall adopt a Code of Ethics as aguideline for the performance of its duties.1. All sworn and civilian employees shall receiveinstruction on the Department “Code of Ethics”,at a minimum, biennially.2. “Code of Ethics” review can be in the form ofclassroom, shift briefing, computer-basedtraining, or training bulletins.a. The Front Desk maintains a list of agencyresources to which citizens can be referredfor appropriate assistance.1.1.4 CONSULAR NOTIFICATION AND ACCESSA. It shall be the policy of the Champaign PoliceDepartment to extend the privileges and immunitiesas established by the United States Department ofState to members of foreign diplomatic missions andconsular posts. The purpose of these privileges andimmunities is not to benefit individuals but to ensurethe efficient and effective performance of their officialmissions on behalf of their governments.B. All sworn officers shall receive instruction in theimmunities afforded to foreign diplomatic personnelresiding in the United States.C. The United States Department of State, Office ofProtocol, issues identification documents to foreigngovernment personnel who are entitled to immunity.Because there are different degrees of immunity,officers should carefully read identification cardspresented to them. Questions regarding anindividual’s status or immunity should be referredduring working hours to the Office of Protocol, (202)647-1985. After normal working hours, questionsshould be directed to the Bureau of DiplomaticSecurity, (202) 647-7277.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department1.1.3 SOCIAL SERVICE DIVERSION PROGRAMSA. It shall be the policy of the Champaign PoliceDepartment to maintain liaison with and developclose working relationships with other lawenforcement agencies, criminal justice systemagencies, and non-criminal justice system elements.1. The Department actively cooperates with otherlaw enforcement agencies, courts, prosecutors,probation and parole agencies, and correctionalinstitutions.Page 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 74.1SUBJECT: LEGAL PROCESS - RECORDS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:ADM.25.10OPR.11.02OPR.11.05ALSO REFERENCE CALEA: 74.2.1INDEX AS:74.1.1 LEGAL PROCESS RECORDS74.1.2 RECORD OF LEGAL PROCESSSERVED/ATTEMPTED SERVICE74.1.3 WARRANT FILEPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to ensure access to criminalwarrants, to ensure the proper recording of all legalprocess, to ensure the maintenance of records of service(or attempted service) of legal process, and to describethe procedures for serving legal process outside the Cityof Champaign.POLICY:74.1.1 LEGAL PROCESS RECORDSA. The execution of all civil and criminal process shall bein compliance with State and Federal Statutes.B. Criminal Process: Upon completion of service ofcriminal process (summons, etc.), the officerexecuting such process shall complete the “Return ofService”. For criminal process (warrant) resulting inarrest, the officer shall forward a copy of the warrant,along with the following information, to the RecordsDivision:1. Date and time the legal service was received.2. Type of process (i.e. civil or criminal).3. Nature of the document (i.e. search warrant).4. Source of the document.5. Name of complainant/plaintiff and/ordefendant/respondent.6. Officer assigned for service.7. Method of service or reason for non-service.8. Date of assignment.9. Court docket number.10. File number, when appropriate.11. Date service due (if any).12. Location of service or attempted service.13. Date of service and return.C. Civil Process: The Champaign County Sheriff’s Officeis primarily responsible for service of civil process.However, there may be times when members of theChampaign Police Department assist with the serviceof civil process. In such instances, the followingguidelines will apply:1. All requests for civil process service must bereviewed and approved by a shift supervisor.2. Employees shall not serve documents of civilprocess (subpoenas, summons, etc.) unlessspecifically ordered by a court of competentauthority.3. Civil process documents that do not mandateservice by Department employees are to bereferred to the Champaign County Sheriff’sOffice for service.4. Civil process documents which name employeesin legal proceedings arising out of theiremployment are to be referred to the Chief ofPolice for review.5. Employees may occasionally receive courtissued subpoenas to appear at civil proceedings.These subpoenas typically include a check madepayable to the employee for travel time. In theseinstances the employee is to endorse the back ofthe check, write “Pay to the order of the City ofChampaign”, and forward the check to FiscalAdministration. Employees will be compensatedfor their attendance at such proceedings inaccordance with the labor agreement.6. Nothing in this directive shall be construed tolimit the authority of a police supervisor to directthe service of documents of civil process when,in his professional judgment, it is the reasonableand proper course of action.D. Orders for Civil Arrest: All civil arrest warrants shallbe handled in a manner similar to criminal arrestwarrants. Civil arrest warrants shall only be servedby sworn employees of the Department.E. Writs of Seizure: Seizures of property are notnormally performed by officers of this Department. Allseizures of property pursuant to court order will betransferred to the Champaign County Sheriff’s Officeand coordinated with the Champaign County State’sAttorney’s Office. Any employee required to performa property seizure pursuant to court order must be asworn employee of this Department.F. If possible, this department will assist when asked tostand by for safety reasons while another agency’sofficer(s) serve civil process.Page 1 of 2

74.1.2 RECORD OF LEGAL PROCESSSERVED/ATTEMPTED SERVICEA. Records on the service or attempted service of legalprocess documents shall include the following:1. Type of document, source of document, and datereceived.2. File number, when appropriate.3. Date and time of service (or attempt) and return.4. Name of officer executing/attempting service.5. Name of person on whom legal process wasserved.6. Method of service/reason for non-service.7. Location of service/attempt.B. As a courtesy and for informational and safetypurposes, prior to serving arrest warrants outside ofthe City limits officers should notify the agency havingjurisdiction over the location where the arrest is tooccur. A supervisor may decide to forego thenotification if, in his opinion, it would jeopardize thearrest procedure.1. Copies of arrest warrants may be forwarded tooutside jurisdictions with a request for servicewhen the individual named resides in thatjurisdiction.2. All other legal processes, i.e., subpoenas, civilseizures, etc., shall be forwarded to theappropriate jurisdiction for service or to theChampaign County Sheriff’s Office.3. When an individual with a City of Champaignarrest warrant is encountered or sought out, thewarrant will be confirmed with Front Desk staffprior to arrest.4. The Champaign Police Department participatesin the Law Enforcement Agencies Data System(LEADS) and the National Crime InformationCenter (NCIC), and both contain computerizedWanted Persons Files that can be accessed 24hours per day. These Wanted Persons Filescontain personal descriptors and identifiers forpersons who are being sought by the lawenforcement community. Criteria for entry in theIllinois LEADS Wanted Persons File are outlinedin the LEADS reference manual.5. Warrants that are received by the ChampaignPolice Department from other law enforcementagencies for service will verified either throughLEADS, NCIC, or ARMS, whichever isapplicable, and served only when verified.6. The LEADS Reference Manual guidelines will befollowed when verifying wanted personinformation.7. The LEADS Reference Manual guidelines will befollowed when canceling wanted person entries.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentC. When receiving information from other jurisdictionsabout an arrest warrant, all information shall beverified prior to service.74.1.3 WARRANT FILEA. The Records Division Manager shall be responsiblefor the accurate and up-to-date maintenance of theDepartment’s “City” warrant file.1. Entry, maintenance, and cancellation of “City”warrants will be conducted in such a manner asto ensure, with the highest reasonable degree ofaccuracy, that warrant entry is based uponpossession of a valid warrant on file and thatremoval is based upon proper service orcancellation.2. “City” warrants are not entered into LEADS orNCIC. “City” warrant files are, however, enteredinto the ARMS database and may be accessed24 hours per day by both members of thisDepartment and by other local participatingdepartments.a. Original “City” warrants are stored at theFront Desk, where they may be accessed 24hours per day.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 74.4SUBJECT: LEGAL PROCESS - PROCEDURES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:REFERENCE CALEA:OPR.02.03review. City Legal will make thedetermination as to whether to update orquash the warrant.INDEX AS:74.4.1 ARREST WARRANTS74.4.2 COURT APPEARANCE WITHOUTUNNECESSARY DELAY74.4.3 EMPLOYEES REQUIRED TO APPEAR INCOURT74.4.4 UNIFORM TRAFFIC TICKETS (UTT)74.4.5 BAIL74.4.6 PROCESSING74.4.7 LINE-UP GUIDELINES74.4.8 RELEASE OF ARRESTED PERSON74.4.9 SIGN LANGUAGE INTERPRETATION FORHEARING-IMPAIRED PERSONS74.4.10 LANGUAGE INTERPRETATIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy and procedure statement is toprovide direction and guidance regarding various legalprocesses associated with law enforcement, statutory bailprovisions for release from custody, officer discretion torelease from custody on a notice to appear, personalidentification of offender, and release from full-custodyarrest when there are no grounds for criminal complaint.POLICY:74.4.1 ARREST WARRANTSA. A “Warrant of Arrest” is a written order from a courtdirected to a peace officer, or to some other personspecifically named, commanding the police to arrest aperson.B. Warrant Arrest / Orders to Appear.1. The improper filing and general lack of control ofa City of Champaign arrest warrant (a legaldocument) could result in the arresting officerbeing held civilly liable for damages. Theseconsiderations require:c. After an arrest is made on a valid warrantthe warrant will be deleted from the list ofactive warrants in ARMSd. No original copies of warrants will ever beremoved from the files until such time thatthe warrant needs to be served. Ifinformation is needed from the warrant thenthe desk person will provide a photocopy ofthe warrant to the officer needing theinformation.e. Any person arrested on a warrant willimmediately be transported to theChampaign County Correctional Center(CCCC). After arrival at the CCCC, thearrested person will be processed accordingto their normal booking procedures andrequirements.74.4.2 COURT APPEARANCE WITHOUTUNECESSARY DELAYA. A person arrested without warrant shall be takenwithout unnecessary delay before the mostaccessible judge in the county and a charge filed. If itshould appear that an arrestee in custody will not beable to be brought before a judge within 48 hours ofhis arrest, a supervisor shall be notified and guidancesought from the State’s Attorney. (725 ILCS 5/109-1).B. A person arrested on a warrant must be taken withoutunnecessary delay before the issuing judge, or in hisabsence the most accessible judge in the county.(725 ILCS 5/109-1). Upon arrest the person will betaken to the Champaign County Correctional Center(CCCC). An individual may first be brought to CPDfor an interview with the authorization of a supervisor.74.4.3 EMPLOYEES REQUIRED TO APPEAR INCOURTa. All arrest warrants for quasi-criminaloffenses and orders to appear which thisdepartment receives for execution will bedelivered by City Legal or the court to thefront desk of the police department. Thedesignated PSR will be responsible formaintaining the warrant/order files. All validinformation on warrants/orders will be madeavailable to all officers of the department.b. The warrants and orders will be kept on fileat the front desk for at least one (1) year.Periodically, the information from thewarrants will be forwarded to City Legal toPage 1 of 4A. Any employee demanded to appear, either bysubpoena or official notification, is required to makesuch appearance. Any employee failing to appearwithout explicit consent of the court, the State’sAttorney’s office, or City Legal is subject todisciplinary action.B. Upon receipt, subpoenas will be forwarded to a shiftsupervisor for entry on the shift calendar.C. When testifying in court, all employees shall weareither their duty uniform or other proper suit or dressas is appropriate for the occasion.74.4.4 UNIFORM TRAFFIC TICKET (UTT)

A. The arresting officer shall complete the UniformTraffic Ticket and the Departmental copy shall besubmitted to a supervisor and then forwarded toRecords. Completed UTT’s will be turned into shiftcommand prior to the end of the shift. Within 48hours after the arrest, the court officer shall deliverthe UTT copies entitled Complaint, DispositionRecord and Report of Conviction to the Clerk of theCircuit Court. (Supreme Court Rule 552)B. Any minor alleged to have committed a trafficviolation, whether the violation is punishable byimprisonment or fine only, may be prosecutedtherefore and if found guilty, punished under thestatute or ordinance relating thereto, withoutreference to the procedures set forth in the JuvenileCourt Act. (705 ILCS 405/5-4(2))C. Mandatory court appearance traffic offenses areindicated by an asterisk (*) in the section column ofthe Bond and Offense Classification Schedule.1. Court appearances are also required for all trafficoffenses which result in a fatality to any personor injury to any person other than the accused.2. An officer may not require a court appearance fora non-mandatory appearance violation.D. Bail for traffic offenses is governed by Supreme CourtRule 526.E. Release from custody options available to personscited for traffic offenses who reside in Illinois include:1. Valid Illinois driver’s license.2. Valid bond certificate.3. Cash bail.4. Notice to appear.5. Individual signature bond (I-bond).6. Take violator before a court without unnecessarydelay.F. Release from custody options available to citedpersons who reside in other states include:1. Valid bond certificate.2. Cash bail.3. Notice to appear.4. Take violator before a court without unnecessarydelay.5. Written promise to comply for residents of Non-Resident Violator Compact States for specifiedoffense.G. Statutory bail provisions do not limit a peace officer’sdiscretion to issue a notice to appear. If a defendantdoes not have the means to post bail, a Notice toAppear or I-Bond will be issued in lieu of a fullcustody arrest for all minor traffic violations.74.4.5 BAILA. It is the policy of this department to provide officerdiscretion for appropriate release of arrested personsas provided by statutory bail provisions.B. A Bond and Offense Classification Schedule isavailable for guidance in use of this discretion forcriminal, quasi-criminal, and traffic offenses.C. If bail is taken, the officer shall comply with statutorybail provisions for the release of arrested personsfrom custody as specified by Supreme Court Rules553, 526, 528, and 530. If a violator does not wish topost his/her driver’s license, another option would bethe use of an I-Bond.1. However, nothing in these Supreme Court Rulesis intended to limit a peace officer’s discretion toissue a notice to appear as provided by 725 ILCS5/107-12.2. The bail provisions of Supreme Court Rules 526and 528 do not apply to warrant arrests.D. Alternative methods of posting bail are specified inSupreme Court Rule 553 and authorize lawenforcement officers designated by name or office bythe chief judge of the circuit to let to bail any personarrested for traffic offenses covered by SupremeCourt Rule 526, ordinance offenses, petty offenses,business offenses, and certain misdemeanors otherthan traffic offenses as specified by Rule 528. AllChampaign Police Officers have been designated bythe Chief Judge of the local circuit court.1. Where bond may be taken - Such bail may betaken in any county or municipal building, policestation, or jail.2. Copy of bond and receipt - A carbon copy of thebond or an official receipt showing the amount ofcash bail posted and specifying the time andplace of court appearance shall be furnished tothe accused and shall constitute a receipt forbail. The “violators copy” of the traffic citationshall be used for this purpose. The bond, cashbail, or other shall be delivered to the office ofthe circuit clerk of the county in which theviolation occurred within 48 hours of receipt.3. Driver’s license or bond certificate - If anaccused person deposits a driver’s license withthe arresting officer in lieu of bail or in addition tobail, or deposits a bond certificate, the arrestingofficer shall note that fact on the violator’s copyof the ticket and transmit the driver’s license orbond certificate to the clerk within 48 hours ofreceipt.4. Mail drop - In any case in which the bail specifiedby Rule 526, 527, or 528 does not exceed $105,an accused may place cash bail (in the amountrequired by such rule) in a stamped envelope (tobe provided by the arresting officer) addressed tothe Clerk of the Circuit Court of the county inwhich the violation occurred and, in the presenceof the arresting officer, deposit that envelope in aUnited States Government mail box. ThePage 2 of 4

accused shall then be released from custody.The appropriate portion(s) of the ticket shall beenclosed with the cash bail.C. When bail has been set by a judge for a particularoffense or offender any peace officer may take bail asspecified in 725 ILCS 5/110-7 or 110-9 and releasethe offender to appear in court as specified in the bailbond, notice to appear, or summons. The officershall give a receipt to the offender for the bail andwithin a reasonable time deposit such bail with theClerk of the Circuit Court. (725 ILCS 5/110-9).D. Supreme Court Rule 530 specifies that the 10% cashdeposit provision Section 110-7 applies in every casethat bail is $500 or more except truck violations.74.4.6 PROCESSINGA. All arrested persons 17 years of age or older arrestedfor violation of any penal statute of this State and notreleased will be taken to the Champaign CountyCorrectional Center for processing.B. Photographs, fingerprints, palm prints, a handwritingsample, and identification information may be takenfor delinquent minors who are taken into custody forfelony offenses, theft, or who are habitual runaways.1. Photographs and/or fingerprints of a minorarrested or taken into custody before the minor’s17 th birthday shall not be transmitted to the AdultDivision of the Department of Corrections, theDepartment of State Police, or the FederalBureau of Investigation except by court order,unless the court authorizes the transmission orenters an order under Section 5-4 of the JuvenileCourt Act permitting or requiring the institution ofcriminal proceedings (705 ILCS 405/1-7(B)(1)) orwhen otherwise allowed or required by law.2. Personal identification records (and otherrecords) of minors under 17 years of age mustbe maintained separate from records of arrests,disclosed to the public except by court order.(705 ILCS 405/1-7(C)).74.4.7 LINE-UP GUIDELINESA. Photo Line-ups.1. A photo line-up shall consist of a minimum of sixphotographs, only one of which shall be thesuspect. All photos should depict individualswho are similar in appearance (i.e. sex, race,age, size, hair, etc).2. If practical, the photos shall be unmarked. Anyvisible notations (names, dates, and otherinformation) should not be visible to witnesses. Ifblock out is necessary to cover a notation on onephotograph, then similar block out of coveringmarks must be placed on all photos in order thatall will appear alike. It is consideredimpermissibly suggestive for one photograph tohave markings that are not on the other photos.3. If there are two or more suspects, no two shall bepresented together in a single photo line-up.4. If there are two or more witnesses, each witnessshould view the photo line-up separately andindividually. Do not allow witnesses to talk toone another during the photo line-up procedures.Witnesses must not be permitted to consult withone another before, during, or after theiridentification.5. If there are two or more witnesses, photocopiesof the photo line-up shall be made for eachwitness. At the time a witness goes through theidentification process, the witness should beshown the photo line-up containing the originalphotos. Concurrently, each witness should beshown a photocopy of the line-up. Thephotocopy is to be initialed and dated indicating itis a copy of the original as shown. Anyidentification(s) and/or comments made by eachwitness should be noted on the photocopy; inany case, each witness should initial a copy ofthe photo line-up for the record. The informationshould also be included in a report for the case inquestion. The photos line-up and copies shall bemaintained in the case file for possible later useduring court proceedings. The purpose of thisprocess is to preserve the original photo line-upfor viewing by multiple witnesses without taintingopinions by the presence of initials, dates, orother markings on or around photographs.6. Before showing the photo line-up, the followingadmonition or its equivalent shall be read to thewitness:“In a moment I am going to show you a group ofphotographs. This group of photographs may ormay not contain a picture of the person whocommitted a crime now being investigated. Keepin mind that hair styles, beards, and mustachesmay be easily changed. Also, photographs maynot always depict the true complexion of aperson – it may be lighter or darker than shownin the photo. Pay no attention to any markings ornumbers that may appear on the photos or anyother differences in the type or style of thephotographs. When you have looked at all thephotos, tell me whether or not you recognize theperson who committed the crime. Do not tellother witnesses that you have or have notidentified anyone.”B. In-person Line-ups of In-Custody Persons.1. An in-person line-up involving an individual incustody requires a search warrant issued by ajudge.a. A representative of the Champaign CountyState’s Attorney’s Office must review eachsearch warrant prior to presentation to ajudge.b. Upon review and approval by arepresentative of the Champaign CountyState’s Attorney’s office, the warrant maythen be presented to a judge.2. Once a search warrant for an in-person line-uphas been obtained, the officer who obtained thesearch warrant shall contact a command officerPage 3 of 4

from the Champaign County Correctional Centerand request that they arrange the line-up.3. An in-person line-up shall consist of a minimumof six persons, only one of whom shall be asuspect. Each individual in the line-up shall besimilar in appearance (i.e. sex, race, age, size,hair, etc).4. If there are two or more suspects, no two shall bepresented together in a single line-up.5. If there are two or more witnesses, each witnessshould view the line-up separately andindividually. Do not allow witnesses to talk toone another during the line-up procedures.Witnesses must not be permitted to consult withone another before, during, or after theiridentification.6. The names and identifiers of those in the line-upas well as there positions in the line-up shall berecorded. This information should be included ina report documenting the line-up and place in thefile for the case in question.7. Before a witness views the line-up, the followingadmonition or its equivalent shall be read to thewitness:“In a moment you are going to view a line-up.The individual who committed the crime inquestion may or may not be in the line-up. Keepin mind that hair styles, beards, and mustachesmay be easily changed. When you have lookedat all of the individuals, tell me whether or notyou recognize the person who committed thecrime. Do not tell other witnesses that you haveor have not identified anyone.”74.4.8 RELEASE OF ARRESTED PERSONA. An officer may release from custody a person whomhe has arrested without warrant if, after arresting him,the officer determines there were no grounds for filinga criminal complaint against the person. 725ILCS5/107-(6).B. No entry of such released persons shall be enteredon to an arrest card, the arrest log, or the arrest files.However, a complete incident report shall besubmitted by the arresting officer to document theprobable cause for the arrest, the time and location ofarrest, the additional information which establishedno grounds for criminal complaint, and the time andlocation of release from custody.74.4.9 SIGN LANGUAGE INTERPRETATION FORHEARING-IMPAIRED PERSONSA. Whenever an officer arrests or takes into custody ahearing-impaired person who relies on sign languagefor communication, the officer shall provide writtennotice to that person of his/her right to a signlanguage interpreter.B. This right to a sign language interpreter requires thatpolice shall provide and communicate solely througha qualified sign language interpreter with hearingimpairedarrestees who communicate in signlanguage:1. At the earliest possible time after arrest.2. During the presentation of the advice ofconstitutional rights (Miranda Warnings).3. During all questioning and interrogations byofficers.4. During the taking of any statement by officers.C. The right to a sign language interpreter may bewaived only:1. By the hearing-impaired arrestee,2. If there is no problem in communication, and3. After the hearing-impaired arrestee has receivednotice of such right through a qualified signlanguage interpreter.The hearing-impaired person who has waivedsuch right may at any time invoke the right to aninterpreter. In this situation all questioning mustcease until the arrival of a qualified signlanguage interpreter.D. A list of qualified sign language interpreters shall bemaintained at the front desk. The list shall beupdated on a semi-annual basis.E. The cost of the qualified sign language interpretershall be paid by the Champaign Police Department.(29 U.S.C. 79, Section 504)74.4.10 LANGUAGE INTERPRETATIONA. During any police contact with a non-Englishspeaking person in which the non-English speakingperson is entitled to an advisement of rights, thoserights shall be communicated to that individual insuch a manner that makes it clear that the individualunderstands their rights.1. Many of the forms that the Department utilizes toprovide citizens with written notice of their rightsare available in Spanish.B. The Front Desk also maintains a list of foreignlanguage interpreters who are available 24 hours perday and can be called upon to assist during policecontacts with non-English speaking persons.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 4 of 4

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 1.2SUBJECT: LIMITS OF AUTHORITY EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.02.01ADM.02.02ADM.02.03ADM.02.04other such members as may be provided for byCouncil.3. Chapter 2, Section 317, of the ChampaignMunicipal Code specifies the duties ofChampaign Police Officers, to include:1.2.1 LEGALLY MANDATED AUTHORITY OFSWORN OFFICERS1.2.2 AUTHORITY TO CARRY AND USE WEAPONS1.2.3 CONSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTSOBSERVED1.2.4 WARRANTLESS SEARCH AND SEIZURE1.2.5 ARREST PROCEDURES WITH OR WITHOUT AWARRANT1.2.6 ALTERNATIVES TO ARREST ANDCONFINEMENT, PRETRIAL RELEASE1.2.7 USE OF DISCRETION BY SWORN OFFICERS1.2.8 STRIP SEARCHES1.2.9 BIAS BASED PROFILINGPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to define the legallymandated authority vested in sworn officers and to outlinethe circumstances when sworn officers should exercisealternatives to arrest and confinement. This policyprovides written guidelines which govern the use ofdiscretion by sworn officers, arrest procedures, andrequire that constitutional requirements are observedduring investigations.DEFINITIONS:Strip Search: Having an arrested person remove orarrange some or all of his or her clothing so as to permit avisual inspection of the genitals, buttocks, anus, femalebreasts or undergarments of such a person. (IllinoisCompiled Statutes 725 ILCS 5/102, paragraph D.)Sworn Officer: For the purpose of this directive, the term“sworn officer” refers to all ranks of police officers havingthe authority to make a full custodial arrest.POLICY:a. Enforcing all City ordinances and statuteseffective in the City;b. Preserving order;c. Preventing law violations; andd. Arresting law violators.4. Chapter 2, Section 318, of the ChampaignMunicipal Code specifies that the Chief of Policeis responsible for the performance of all of thePolice Department’s functions and that allmembers of the Department shall serve subjectto the orders of the Chief of Police.B. Arrest Authority (Adults).1. Sworn officers of the Champaign PoliceDepartment have the full authority granted peaceofficers by Illinois statute, which includes,a. The authority to make arrests, with orwithout process, of persons found violatingany municipal ordinance or any criminal lawof the state;b. The authority to commit arrested persons forexamination;c. The authority, if necessary, to detainarrested persons in custody in a safe placeuntil they can be brought before the propercourt; andd. The authority to exercise all other powers asconservators of the peace the corporateauthorities may prescribe.1.2.1 LEGALLY MANDATED AUTHORITY OFSWORN OFFICERSA. The U.S. Constitution, Illinois Constitution and IllinoisCompiled Statutes define the scope and limits of lawenforcement authority as it pertains to theenforcement of laws, statutes, ordinances, andarrests.1. Illinois Compiled Statutes 65 ILCS 5/11-1-1, etseq., grants the authority to municipalities tocreate and define police powers.2. Chapter 2, Section 316, of the ChampaignMunicipal Code establishes Champaign PoliceDepartment, which shall consist of a Chief andPage 1 of 52. Arrest With Warrant: 725 ILCS 5/107-2(1)specifies the arrest authority of a police officersand that a peace officer may arrest a personwhen:a. He has a warrant commanding that suchperson be arrested; orb. He has reasonable grounds to believe that awarrant for the person’s arrest has beenissued in this State or in another jurisdiction.3. Arrest Without Warrant: 725 ILCS 5/107-2(1)(C)specifies that a peace officer may arrest aperson when he has reasonable grounds to

elieve that the person is committing or hascommitted an offense, which is defined as anypenal statute of this State.4. Warrant From Another State: 725 ILCS 225/14authorizes a peace officer to make a warrantlessarrest of a person on probable cause to believethat the person ha been charged with a felony inanother state. Upon such warrantless arrest, thearrestee must be taken before a judge withoutunreasonable delay and a complaint setting forthgrounds for the arrest must be made under oath.5. Release Without Charge or NTA: 725 ILCS5/107-6 authorizes a peace officer who arrests aperson without requiring him to appear before acourt when the officer is satisfied that there areno grounds for criminal complaint against thearrested person.6. Release by NTA: 725 ILCS 5/107-12 authorizesa peace officer to issue a Notice to Appear to anyperson in lieu of making an authorizedwarrantless arrest of such person.7. Police District Defined: 65 ILCS 5/7-4-7 defines apolice district as that territory within the corporatelimits of adjoining municipalities within the samecounty. Urbana and Savoy, together with theCity of Champaign, constitute a police district.8. Authority Within Police Districts: 65 ILCS 5/7-4-8grants the police in a police district full authorityand powers as police officers in any part of thedistrict.9. Sheriff’s Powers Within City Limits: 65 ILCS5/3.1-15-25 authorizes police officers of amunicipality, for purposes of warrant executionwithin the municipality, to have all the commonlaw and statutory powers of sheriffs. It alsoauthorizes such police officers to execute allwarrants for violation of municipal ordinances orstate criminal laws.10. Arrest Outside City Jurisdiction (Excluding HotPursuit): 725 ILCS 5/107-4 defines the scope ofarrest powers of Illinois Police Officers.Champaign Police Officers will be subject to thefollowing restrictions:a. An officer on duty may make an arrest orconduct a temporary questioning of anindividual outside our jurisdiction if:1) The officer is engaged in theinvestigation of an offense that occurredin our jurisdiction or becomes personallyaware of the immediate commission ofa felony or misdemeanor; and2) Every reasonable effort has been madeto include the local department in thearrest.b. If an arrest is made outside of ourjurisdiction, immediate notification must bemade to the jurisdiction concerned and areport of the incident shall be prepared andsubmitted to a supervisor and a copy sent tothe jurisdiction in which the arrest wasmade.c. Officers are not authorized to make arrestsfor traffic violations observed outside of theCity of Champaign unless they are within thepolice district.11. While on duty, sworn officers of the ChampaignPolice Department who are outside of City limitshave the full authority granted peace officers byIllinois statute, but must be aware of certainstatutory provisions and Departmental guidelinesaffecting the authority to make arrests outside ofthe village.a. Search Warrant: Officers who posses asearch warrant have the authority to executethe warrant anywhere within the State ofIllinois (Illinois Compiled Statutes 725 ILCS5/107-2).1) Prior to executing the warrant, the locallaw enforcement agency should benotified of the officer’s presence withinthe jurisdiction.b. “Hot or Fresh Pursuit”: Officers have theauthority to make an arrest based uponprobable cause and without a warrantanywhere in Illinois when the officer isengaged in “hot or fresh pursuit” (People v.Clark, 360 N.E. 2d 1160 {1977}).c. Mutual Aid Assistance: Sworn officers fromthe Champaign Police Department have fullauthority as peace officers in anothermunicipality when fulfilling a mutual aid roleas provided by statute (Illinois CompiledStatutes 65 ILCS 5/1-4-8 and 65 ILCS 5/11-1-2.1).d. Arrest by Private Person: Officers have theauthority to make a warrantless arrestoutside the city and police district if thearrest would be valid if made by a privatecitizen (Illinois Compiled Statutes 725 ILCS5/107-3).e. Assisting Another Law Enforcement Officer:Sworn officers from the Champaign PoliceDepartment may be summoned outside thecity limits to aid another law enforcementofficer. Any person assisting a peaceofficer, under the authority of IllinoisCompiled Statutes 725 ILCS 5/107-8, hasthe same powers of arrest as the peaceofficer being assisted.C. Non-Arrest Custody.1. Alcohol Incapacitation: 20 ILCS 301/25-15authorizes a peace officer, upon probable causeto believe that a person is incapacitated byalcohol or other drugs in a public place, to takethe person into protective custody for purposesof taking the person to a detoxification facility orfor emergency treatment.Page 2 of 5

2. Mentally Ill Persons: 405 ILCS 5/3-606authorizes a peace officer to take into custodyand transport a person to a mental health facilitywhen the officer has reasonable grounds tobelieve that the person is subject to involuntaryadmission and in need of immediatehospitalization to protect such person or othersfrom harm.3. Person In Need of Medical Treatment: It has longbeen recognized and affirmed in court thatproviding for public safety is a proper exercise ofpolice authority. In this role, officers may comeupon persons who have suffered injury andrefuse medical treatment. In some cases inwhich medical treatment is refused, the injuredperson will not be competent to knowingly refusetreatment due to conditions which may includeintoxication, drug influence, or disorientation.Such conditions may be due to age, medicalcondition, effects of serious injury, or otherpossible causes.a. In such cases when an officer determines,based upon observation and reasonedjudgment, or is made aware by a competentindividual possessing the experience orknowledge (i.e. paramedic), that an injuredperson requires prompt medical attention fora life-threatening injury and the personappears incompetent to make such aknowing decision, the officer is authorizedand expected to cause the injured person’stransport to a medical facility by ambulance.When an officer is confronted with a seriousquestion as to need, and injuries do notappear to be life-threatening, a supervisormay be consulted for further direction.1) In the event that an officer causes aperson to be transported for medicaltreatment, either voluntarily orinvoluntarily, the facts andcircumstances shall be documented in apolice report.D. Off-duty Authority and Responsibility.1. An officer, by virtue of his public employment, isvested by law with a duty to maintain public orderand to make lawful arrests. An off-duty officer,however, faced with a situation involving criminalconduct, is usually neither equipped norprepared to handle the situation in the samemanner as if he were on duty. Therefore, an offdutyofficer confronted with a situation involvingcriminal conduct should consider causing theresponsible law enforcement agency to takeappropriate action. However, in some cases, theexigency of a given situation may call forimmediate action by the officer. The off-dutyofficer should take action only after consideringthe tactical situation with regard to his own safetyand the interests of the Department.E. Out of State Authority and Responsibility.1. Peace officer powers of sworn officers of theChampaign Police Department do not extendbeyond this state. When a police matter of theCity of Champaign requires police action, but isoutside the State of Illinois, the appropriate lawenforcement agency must be utilized before anyenforcement action is taken.1.2.2 AUTHORITY TO CARRY AND USE WEAPONSA. Illinois compiled Statutes 720 ILCS 5/24-1, 720 ILCS5/24-2, and 430 ILCS 65/2 grant the legal authority tosworn officers to carry firearms.B. The legal authority of sworn officers to use weaponsin the performance of their duties is governed by theUnited States Constitution, Illinois Compiled Statutes,case law, and Departmental Policy and Procedure.The specific requirements of this order are delineatedin Policy 1.3.1.2.3 CONSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTSOBSERVEDA. During the course of a criminal investigation, allofficers will ensure that the constitutional rights ofpersons involved are not violated and shall follow allprocedures as set forth in the Illinois CompiledStatutes pertaining to constitutional requirements.Particular attention should be given to protectagainst:1. Coercion or involuntary confessions oradmissions during interviews, field interviews, orinterrogations.2. Failure to inform defendants of their rights,including access to counsel.3. Pretrial publicity tending to prejudice a fair trial.4. Delay in arraignment.1.2.4 WARRANTLESS SEARCH AND SEIZUREThe specific requirements of this order are delineatedin Policy 1.8.1.2.5 ARREST PROCEDURES WITH OR WITHOUTA WARRANTA. Illinois Compiled Statutes 725 ILCS 5/107-2 providesthat a peace officer may arrest a person when he hasreasonable grounds to believe that a person iscommitting or has committed an offense. When alawful arrest is affected, with or without an arrestwarrant, a law enforcement officer may reasonablysearch the person arrested and the area within suchperson’s immediate presence, or under his immediatecontrol, during or after the arrest for the authorizedpurpose of:1. Protecting the officer from attack.2. Preventing the person from escaping.3. Discovering fruits of the crime.4. Discovering any instruments, articles, or thingswhich may have been used in the commission ofthe offense.Page 3 of 5

5. Discovering any instruments, articles, or thingswhich may constitute evidence of the offense(including contraband).It shall be recognized that the phrase “arrestee’simmediate presence” has been defined by theSupreme Court as the area within the arrestee’simmediate control, i.e., that area from which thearrestee might gain possession of or seize a weaponor other things to assault the officer or affect anescape or seize concealable or destructible evidence.All arrestees shall be accorded the protections of the“Rights of Accused” as provided for in the IllinoisCompiled Statutes 725 ILCS 5/103, et seq.B. Unless otherwise directed a shift supervisor orsuperior, the arresting officer will be responsible forpreparing the appropriate police reports.1.2.6 ALTERNATIVES TO ARREST ANDCONFINEMENT, PRETRIAL RELEASEA. Officers must exercise discretion in the selection ofan appropriate alternative to an arrest. Therefore, itis important to be aware of the alternatives to arrestand confinement. Alternatives of this nature include:1. Traffic Citations.a. Traffic citations are used for non-felonyviolations of the Illinois Vehicle Code (IllinoisCompiled Statutes 625 ILCS 5) and certainCity ordinances.2. Notices to Appear.a. Notices to Appear are used for various, nontrafficCity ordinance violations.3. Written Warnings.a. Written warnings are used for minor trafficand ordinance violations. Officers arereminded that voluntary compliance is thegoal of minor enforcement actions.Warnings should not be used for majorviolations or those violations specificallyaddressed in a written directive.4. Referral.a. Referral is the practice of directing a matterto another Departmental component, Citydepartment, governmental agency or socialservice organization.5. Informal resolution.a. Informal resolution is the practice ofresolving problems without arrest, citation orreferral. Problem solving is a significantmeasure of an officer and the department’sability to maintain order. Informal resolutionis an excellent method to deal with minorviolations, simple disputes ordisagreements, or where the investigatingofficer determines that inadequate probablecause exists. Officers will seek directionfrom their supervisor when the appropriatecourse of action is in doubt.B. Officers must consider the following factors whenexercising alternatives to arrest:1. The presence or absence of probable cause.2. The level of cooperation by victims, witnesses,suspects and offenders.3. Existing law and the elements of the offense.4. The severity of the offense.5. Available resources.6. Departmental Policy and Procedure and writtendirectives.C. Alternatives to pre-arraignment confinement are citedin the Rules of the Illinois Supreme Court. Personswho are arrested in Illinois are generally entitled tobond. The Supreme Court promulgates a pre-setbond schedule for misdemeanors and trafficviolations. In the event an arrestee cannot post thepre-set bond, the officer may authorize an “I”(signature only) bond, pursuant to the rules of theCourt. A judge must set bonds for felony arrests.Only a judge may reduce bonds for warrant arrests.1.2.7 USE OF DISCRETION BY SWORN OFFICERSA. It is unrealistic to expect officers to enforce all lawsand ordinances regardless of the circumstancesencountered. The proper use of discretion is animportant aspect of law enforcement and ispredicated on good judgment. The use of discretionrequires that an officer make responsible decisionswhich can withstand scrutiny by the Department,other jurisdictional components of the criminal justicesystem, and the community itself.1. Sworn officers are encouraged to exercisediscretion when exercising their various duties.The use of discretion shall always be inaccordance with the law and departmentaldirectives. When discretion is employed, it mustbe reasonable, defensible, and alwaysaccomplish a legitimate law enforcementpurpose.2. An officer’s discretionary decision regardingseverity of enforcement action or inaction mustnot be influenced by malice, vengeance, orprejudice based upon status, age, race, ethnicbackground, religious belief, gender or sexualpreference, etc.1.2.8 STRIP SEARCHESA. It shall be the policy of the Champaign PoliceDepartment that no person arrested for any offense,whether felony, misdemeanor, traffic, or regulatory,shall be strip searched unless there is reasonablebelief that the individual is concealing a weaponand/or cannabis and/or a controlled substance.1. No search of any body cavity other than themouth shall be conducted without a dulyPage 4 of 5

executed search warrant. Any warrantauthorizing a body cavity search shall specifythat the search must be performed undersanitary conditions and conducted either by orunder the supervision of a physician licensed topractice medicine in all of its branches in thisstate.2. All strip searches conducted under this sectionshall be performed by persons of the same sexas the arrested person and on the premiseswhere the search cannot be observed bypersons not physically conducting the search.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department3. Any sworn officer or employee of the ChampaignPolice Department conducting a strip searchshall first obtain the written permission of asupervisor for the purposes of authorizing stripsearches in accordance with this section.4. Any sworn officer or employee conducting a stripsearch shall prepare a report of the strip search.This report shall be forwarded to the DeputyChief of Operations. The report shall include:a. Written authorization for the strip search.b. Name of the person subject to the search.c. Name(s) of the person(s) conducting thesearch.d. Time, date, and place of the search.1) A copy of the report shall be provided tothe person subjected to the search.(See appendix “A”)1.2.9 BIAS BASED PROFILINGThe specific requirements of this standard aredelineated in Policy 1.9.Page 5 of 5

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 53.1SUBJECT: LINE INSPECTIONS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.19.01c. Direct and indirect observation of employeeactivity will be utilized to ensure compliancewith Department standards.53.1.1 LINE INSPECTIONSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures forconducting line inspections within all components of theDepartment. The purpose of a line inspection is to identifydeficiencies within organizational components, facilities,property, equipment, activities, and personnel and toprovide measures to correct these deficiencies.Identifying and correcting deficiencies in the earliest stageensures the highest level of service possible to thecommunity.DEFINITIONS:Line Inspection: An inspection conducted by a supervisorin charge of the persons, facilities, procedures, or otherelements being inspected. Line inspections may becarried out by any supervisor within the chain of commandand are often conducted by supervisory personnel whoare responsible for ensuring that any substandardconditions revealed in the inspection are corrected.POLICY:53.1.1 LINE INSPECTIONSA. Line Inspections.1. All components of the Department shall conductregular line inspections so that conditions,situations, and actions that contribute to thesuccess or failure of police operations areexposed through careful review. The inspectionprocess should compare the Department’sformal expectations with actual performance.The inspection process is an essentialmechanism for evaluating the quality of theDepartment’s operations, ensuring that theDepartment’s goals are being pursued, andidentifying the need for additional resources.a. All personnel are subject to visual inspectionto ensure that their physical appearancecomplies with both uniform and groomingstandards.b. Buildings, facilities, equipment, vehicles,supplies, desks, etc will be examined toensure that they are being utilized withinDepartment guidelines, are in goodcondition, and are being adequatelymaintained.B. Supervisory Responsibility.1. All supervisors are responsible for conductinginspections of personnel, equipment, property,and activity that falls within the scope of theirimmediate command or control at least quarterly,unless otherwise specified.2. When conducting line inspections, supervisorswho discover an infraction will initiate immediatecorrective or disciplinary action. Seriousinfractions will be documented on Departmentalcorrespondence and forwarded via the chain ofcommand to the appropriate Deputy Chief.Included in this correspondence will be the dateand time of the infraction, a description of theinfraction, and a statement of the correctiveaction taken or needed.3. Supervisors who take or recommend correctivemeasures will be responsible for making followupchecks within 7 days to ensure that theinfraction has been resolved satisfactorily and ina timely manner.4. Supervisors shall also document and commendDepartment members who regularly exceedstandards.C. Uniform Inspections.1. Shift supervisors have, as one of theirresponsibilities, the duty to ensure that theirpersonnel are in compliance with uniformguidelines and appearance standards. This is adaily responsibility and will continue in addition tothe following policy.2. Annually, the Deputy Chief of Operations willannounce a formal roll call inspection for eachshift. This inspection may include an inspectionof personnel for grooming and uniforms, and mayinclude the officer’s firearm and other equipmentto ensure that it is clean and serviceable and thatthe officer is carrying only authorizedammunition.3. The inspection shall ensure that a departmentallyissued protective vest is worn by all officersassigned to routine field duty.D. Vehicle Inspections1. It is the responsibility of all officers to keep Cityvehicles in good operating condition, to replacesupplies as they are used, and to reportdeficiencies that are discovered during thecourse of use. Any damage sustained to thePage 1 of 2

vehicle will be immediately reported by theperson operating or inspecting the vehicle. If thedamage is minor, the damage may be logged inthe squad damage book with the approval of ashift supervisor. Serious damage shall bedocumented on either the Damage to CityProperty Report and/or the State of IllinoisAccident Report, as deemed appropriate by asupervisor.2. All vehicles assigned to the Patrol Division will beinspected once per month. The Deputy Chief ofOperations will designate a supervisor who willbe responsible for completing and/or assigninginspections and ensuring that a proper vehicleinspection form (Attachment A) is completed foreach inspection. Records of all vehicleinspections will be maintained for one year.3. Prior to driving any City owned vehicle, allemployees shall conduct a check of allemergency equipment and perform a basic visualinspection of the vehicle. Officers operatingvehicles assigned for Patrol use will additionallysearch areas of the vehicle designed for prisonertransport for weapons and/or contraband andcheck the video system to ensure that both theaudio and video functions are working properly.Damage, missing equipment, and/ornonfunctioning equipment is to be promptlyreported to a shift supervisor.4. At least once each quarter, an InvestigationsSupervisor shall conduct and document aninspection of all personnel, equipment, andvehicles assigned to the unit. Any deficienciesand/or corrective action shall be noted.5. Inadequate, improper, or missing vehicleequipment shall immediately be reported to ashift supervisor who will make arrangements forrepair or replacement.E. Line inspection of personnel, equipment, andactivities is a basic supervisory responsibility whichwill be conducted on an ongoing basis.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 22.5SUBJECT: LINE OF DUTY DEATHS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:ADM.23.04REFERENCE CALEA: 22.2.4INDEX AS:22.5.1 PROCEDURES22.5.2 FUNERALSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to prepare the ChampaignPolice Department for the event of an active duty officer’sdeath in the line of duty and to direct the department inproviding proper support for the deceased officer’s family.To that end, this Department will provide liaisonassistance and tangible emotional support to theimmediate survivors of an officer who dies in the line ofduty.DEFINITIONS:Line of Duty Death: The death of an active duty officerduring the course of performing police functions, whetheron- or off-duty, and whether accidental or felonious.POLICY:22.5.1 PROCEDURESA. The following procedures should be used in line ofduty deaths and in cases of critically injured officerswho have a poor prognosis of survival, keeping inmind that the family’s wishes always take precedentover the wishes of the Department. Officers providingservices to survivors shall take all possible measuresto adhere to the wishes of the family, but should notmake promises that they are not sure can be met.1. The name of the deceased officer shall not bereleased to the media or other parties untilimmediate survivors living in the area arenotified.2. The Chief of Police, a Deputy Chief of Police, ora Lieutenant should make the notification inperson. If possible, a minister, psychologist, orfamily friend should be present. If there is anypossibility of getting the family to the hospitalbefore the death of the officer, do not wait for thearrival of any second parties before making thenotification.3. Whenever there is any question as to the healthof the immediate survivor, medical personnelshould stand by.4. If the family wishes to go to the hospital,transportation will be provided via departmentvehicle. If possible, do not allow family to drivethemselves to the hospital.5. The officer making notification shall beresponsible for identifying survivors living outsideof the immediate area, and for arrangingnotification of those survivors if the family sodesires. Such notification should be made bycontacting the law enforcement agency in thatjurisdiction and requesting that a personalnotification be made.6. It may be necessary to supply additionalassistance at the time of the notification, such asbabysitting for small children. Possible sourceswould be neighbors or spouses of other officers.B. Assisting Survivors at the Hospital:1. Whenever possible, the Chief of Police shouldjoin the family at the hospital. The next rankingofficer shall serve as or designate a hospitalliaison officer who shall be responsible forcoordinating the arrival of immediate survivors,departmental personnel, the media, or others.2. The hospital liaison officer shall:a. Arrange for waiting facilities for the familyand designate a press staging area. Thewishes of the family should be followed withregard to their accessibility.b. Ensure that medical personnel providepertinent medical information on the officer’scondition, and that the family is able to gainaccess to the injured or deceased officer.c. Provide hospital personnel with allnecessary billing information. The liaisonofficer should ensure that medical bills aresent to the agency and not the family.d. Arrange transportation for the family whenthey are ready to leave the hospital.C. Support for the Family During Funeral:1. A liaison officer should be appointed to help thefamily during the visitation and funeral. Theliaison officer shall:a. Ensure that the needs of the family comebefore the wishes of the department.b. Meet with the family and explain his/herresponsibilities.c. Let the family know what assistance thedepartment can provide in the event that thefamily wants a “Line of Duty” funeral.Page 1 of 2

d. Be acquainted with all of the details of thedeath and the investigation so that familycan be kept informed.e. Provide assistance with arranged travel andhousing for out of town family.f. Be available to the family at all times.g. Brief the family on the funeral procedures ifa “Line of Duty” funeral is being provided.h. Make departmental vehicles available fortransportation to the funeral home andchurch.2. The family should be referred to any availablesupport groups, such as Concerns of PoliceSurvivors Inc. (C.O.P.S.)D. Information and Assistance on Benefits to SurvivingFamily:1. A benefits coordinator should also be appointed.The benefits coordinator will be responsible forthe gathering of information on all benefits orfuneral payments available to the family.A. The department will supply the following for a “Line ofDuty” Funeral, provided that they are consistent withthe wishes of the family:1. A two person honor guard in dress uniformduring the visitation.2. Six officers in dress uniform to act as pallbearers.3. An escort for funeral procession by markedpolice car(s).4. A 21 gun salute performed by 7 officers inuniform.5. A United States flag will be presented to thesurviving spouse or other survivor.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department2. The coordinator will be responsible for filing anypaperwork necessary to ensure that familyreceives all available benefits.3. The first contact with the family should be nolater than one week following the funeral. At thattime, a printed listing of all benefits and contactsat the various agencies should be given to thefamily. A follow up contact should be madewithin a month and periodically thereafter until allbenefits have been paid.4. The benefits coordinator should pay specialattention to health insurance benefits and howthey affect the family.E. Follow up support for the family:1. A Family Support Advocate should be appointed.This officer shall:a. Advise the family of any court proceedingsinvolving the death of the officer. The familyshould always hear about court proceedingsfrom the department and not the newsmedia.b. Accompany the family to any courtproceedings.c. Extend invitations to the family to attendDepartment functions.d. Ensure that if plaques or memorabilia aregiven to a surviving spouse, parents or adultchildren also receive them.e. Follow up support should be maintained aslong as the family needs it.22.5.2 FUNERALSPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 41.7SUBJECT: MISSING PERSONS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE: 1/29/10REFERENCE ILEAP:OPR.04.0141.7.1 MISSING PERSON PROCEDUREREFERENCE CALEA: 41.2.541.2.6INDEX AS:41.7.1 MISSING PERSON PROCEDURE41.7.2 CLASSIFICATION OF MISSING PERSONS41.7.3 INITIAL REPORTING RESPONSIBILITY41.7.4 FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATION41.7.5 AMBER ALERT NOTIFICATION41.7.6 RUNAWAY CHILDPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines forhandling missing adults and children.DEFINITIONS:AMBER Alert Plan: The AMBER (America’s MissingBroadcast Emergency Response) Alert Plan is named inmemory of nine year old Amber Hagerman who wasabducted in 1996 and later found murdered. In response,the AMBER Alert plan was developed as a partnershipbetween law enforcement agencies and broadcasters toactivate an urgent bulletin in the most serious childabduction cases.Family Abduction: When a child is abducted or issuspected to have been abducted by a family member ofthe child.Non-Family Abduction: When a child is abducted or issuspected to have been abducted by a person who is nota family member of the missing child.Missing Adult: A person 18 years of age or older whosewhereabouts are unknown or unexplained for a period oftime that is regarded by knowledgeable parties as highlyunusual in consideration of the person’s behavioralpatterns, plans, or routine.Missing Child: A person under the age of 18 whoselocation is unknown to his/her caretaker and who is notsuspected to be a runaway. Factors to consider inmaking this determination may include: the age of thechild, the existence and status of family relationships,information obtained from friends and witnesses, andwhether not the child has a history of running away.Runaway: Any person under the age of 18 who is absentfrom home without parental or guardian consent.A. Many missing person reports involve individuals whohave voluntarily left home, while other reports arequickly resolved or proven to be unfounded.However, it is important for Department members toinvestigate each case carefully without makingassumptions about the circumstances surroundingthe incident.B. The Champaign Police Department does not utilizetime lines as a basis for determining the status of amissing person. Instead, Department members willexamine the circumstances of each case in order todetermine if a person shall be classified as missing.C. A missing person investigation will be initiated whenappropriate for residents of Champaign, and also inthose situations where the person(s) was lastobserved in Champaign or his disappearance issuspected or alleged to have occurred in Champaign,unless a supervisor directs otherwise.1. In those situations involving persons whoseprimary residence is in another jurisdiction,information will be provided to the agency havingjurisdiction, although the Department retainscase investigation responsibility unless otherarrangements have been made by theInvestigations Commander or his designee.D. All reports of missing persons must be given fullconsideration and attention by members of theDepartment, to include the careful recording andinvestigation of circumstances surrounding thedisappearance.E. Particular care should be exercised in instancesinvolving missing children, persons who may bementally or physically impaired, or others who areinsufficiently capable of taking care of themselves.41.7.2 CLASSIFICATION OF MISSING PERSONSA. There is no waiting period required for reporting amissing person. Missing person reports shall betaken in person or by telephone in conformance withthis directive and the urgency of the incident.B. The following factors shall be considered indetermining the potential danger posed to the missingperson:1. Whether the person may be the subject of foulplay.POLICY:Page 1 of 3

2. If, because of a person’s age (young or old), theyare or may be unable to properly safeguard orcare for themselves.3. If the individual suffers from psychological ormedical conditions that are potentially lifethreateningwhen untreated/unattended.4. If the individual is a patient at a mental institutionand is considered potentially dangerous tohimself or others.5. If the individual has threatened or demonstratedthe potential for suicide.6. If the individual may have been involved in aboating, swimming, or other accident, or anatural disaster or catastrophe.C. Reports of minors under 18 who have voluntarily lefthome (“runaways”) should be classified as such onlyafter thorough investigation.D. Based upon the outcome of initial inquiries, adecision may be made concerning the potentialdanger posed to the missing person and the urgencyof police response.41.7.3 INITIAL REPORTING RESPONSIBILITYA. The initial responding officer must gather as muchpertinent information as possible in order to properlyclassify a missing person report and initiate a properresponse. This includes the following information:1. Name, age, and physical description of thesubject and the relationship of the reporting partyto the missing person.2. A recent photo of the missing person.3. Names, addresses, and phone numbers ofindividuals who last had contact with the missingperson, and the names of any other person whomay provide information as to the whereaboutsof the missing person.4. The extent of any search for the subject.5. Whether or not the subject has been missing onprior occasions, and the degree to which theabsence departs from their establishedbehavioral patterns, habits, or plans.6. Whether the individual has been recentlyinvolved recently in domestic incidents, sufferedemotional trauma or life crises; demonstratedunusual, uncharacteristic; or bizarre behavior; isdependent upon drugs or alcohol; or has ahistory of mental illness.7. The current psychological and physical conditionof the subject, and whether or not the person iscurrently taking any prescription medication.8. Basic information concerning the missingperson’s employment and/or school, placesfrequented, and known acquaintances.B. As soon as an officer receives information about amissing person, he shall ensure that METCADtransmits the name, age, and description of theindividual without un-necessary delay. Officersshould remain alert any unusual circumstancessurrounding the disappearance that would requireimmediate action or the mobilization of additionalresources.C. Upon report of a missing person, a missing personreport shall be completed and appropriate entriesmade in local, state, and national informationdatabases in accordance with establishedprocedures for LEADS, NCIC, and the NationalCenter for Missing and Exploited Children. Thereporting officer shall have the entire reportcompleted prior to the end of his tour of duty.1. Records for missing persons under the age of 21must be entered into the appropriate MissingPerson file category within 2 hours of receipt ofthe complete initial missing person report.LEADS agencies must document the date andtime to allow the Illinois State Police (ISP) auditstaff to effectively evaluate compliance.D. Missing person investigations not requiring an urgentresponse will be assigned to Investigations for followup.41.7.4 FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATIONA. Follow-up investigations of missing persons shouldinclude, but not be limited to:1. Confirming and updating all missing personcomputer entries.2. Requesting dental records and fingerprints, whenavailable.3. Contacting area hospitals and the coroner’soffice, as appropriate, for injured or deceasedpersons fitting the description of the missingperson.4. Thoroughly checking the location where themissing person was last seen and conductinginterviews with persons who were with theindividual or who may work in or otherwisefrequent the area.5. Interviewing any additional family, friends, workassociates, schoolmates, teachers, schoolcounselors, and/or social case workers toexplore the potential for foul play, voluntary flight,or, in the case of minors, parental kidnapping orrunaway.6. Providing necessary and related information toall Divisions of the Department, the state policemissing persons’ registry, neighboring policeagencies and, when parental or stranger-tostrangerabduction is suspected, the appropriateFederal agency having jurisdiction.B. Decisions to use local media to help locate missingpersons shall be made with the approval of theInvestigations Commander and the missing person’sfamily.Page 2 of 3

C. The lead investigator shall maintain routine ongoingcontact with the missing person’s closest relativeconcerning progress of the investigation. Thisrelative and other relevant individuals shall beinformed that they must notify the lead investigator assoon as any contact is made with the missing person.41.7.5 AMBER ALERT NOTIFICATIONA. Activation of the AMBER Alert Notification Plan shallbe authorized by an on-duty patrol supervisor.B. The investigating officer shall be responsible forprocessing current information for AMBER AlertNotification, including the AMBER Alert NotificationPlan. Amber Alert forms are available through theISP website at www.isp.state.il.us.C. The AMBER Alert Notification Plan shall be activatedon confirmed child abduction provided that all of thefollowing criteria are met:1. The case involves a child (or children) under theage of 16 or who has a proven mental or physicaldisability, and;2. It is believed that the child is in danger of seriousbodily harm or death.3. There is enough descriptive information aboutthe child, abductor, and/or suspect vehicle tobelieve that an immediate broadcast will aid inefforts to locate the child.D. The procedure for an AMBER alert is as follows:1. Have the legal guardian of the missing childcomplete the AMBER Information Release andLiability Waiver forms.2. Complete and Fax the AMBER alert notificationpacket, including a photograph if available, to theISP Springfield Area Communications (SAC) at217-786-7191.3. Contact the ISP Springfield AreaCommunications (SAC) by telephone at 217-786-6677 to confirm receipt of the fax.4. If available, electronically scan and send a copyof a photograph to the Illinois StateClearinghouse for Missing and ExploitedChildren.E. If the child has been located, the AMBER AlertCancellation form shall be faxed to the ISPSpringfield Area Communications (SAC).F. After 8 hours of the abduction, anyupdates/cancellations should be made directly to theIllinois State Clearinghouse for Missing and ExploitedChildren Manager at (800) 843-5763A. It is the policy of this Department to complete arunaway report without delay any time a parent orguardian reports a minor missing. A missing person’sdocumentation form shall be completed and thensigned by the reporting party. The runaway reportshall be delivered to headquarters as soon aspossible and an immediate entry made into LEADSand NCIC. Photographs shall be attached to theoriginal report whenever possible.B. When any of the following circumstances exist, asupervisor shall be notified:1. The missing child is under 13 years of age.2. The missing child is believed to be out of thezone of safety for his age or level ofdevelopment.3. The missing child is mentally incapacitated.4. The missing child is drug dependent, includingboth prescribed medication and illegalsubstances, and the dependency is potentiallylife-threatening.5. The child has been missing for more than 24hours.6. Based upon available information, it is believedthat the child is in a life-threatening situation.7. It is believed that the missing child is in thecompany of adults who could endanger thewelfare of the child.8. The absence is inconsistent with the child’sestablished patterns of behavior and thedeviations can not be readily explained.9. Other circumstances are present which wouldcause a reasonable person to conclude that thechild should be considered at risk.C. A supervisor should call an Investigations supervisorif assistance or advice is immediately needed, and ifthe child is not found during the shift in which theywere reported missing then all pertinent informationshall be passed along to an oncoming shiftsupervisor.D. Whenever appropriate, officers should requestpermission to search a missing child’s home,bedroom, school locker, and, in all cases, the locationwhere the missing person was last observed.E. If information exists as to the possible location of arunaway, an officer or investigator shall be sent assoon as possible to check the location. If the locationis outside the jurisdiction of the Champaign PoliceDepartment, then the appropriate jurisdiction shall benotified.G. The National Center for Missing and ExploitedChildren (NCMEC) can be contacted for assistanceat 1-800-THE-LOST (1-800-843-5678) orwww.missingkids.com.41.7.6 RUNAWAY CHILDPage 3 of 3

POLICY 12.2CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTMISSION STATEMENTThe Champaign Police Department’s authority to policeand to ensure community safety comes from thecommunity—our citizens.Our success as the Champaign Police Departmentdepends upon the performance of each individualemployee.Our job makes a difference and keeps our communitysafe. We contribute to our success by upholding ourresponsibilities and through our actions on a daily basis.

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 41.11SUBJECT: MOBILE VIDEO RECORDING EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE: 10/27/11REFERENCE ILEAP:OPR.01.11REFERENCE CALEA: 41.3.8INDEX AS:41.11.1 IN-CAR VIDEO SYSTEMS INSTALLATION41.11.2 RESPONSIBILITIES41.11.3 SITUATIONS FOR USE41.11.4 ROTATION, SECURITY, and DETENTIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for theuse and operation of mobile video recording units.DEFINITIONS:Audio Recording: Electronic recording of conversation orspoken words.Eavesdropping: As outlined in 720 ILCS 5/14. Exceptionsto the Eavesdropping statute are outlined in 720 ILCS5/14-3, specifically in 720 ILCS 5/14-3(h)Mobile Video Recording System (MVR): A departmentallyprovided video recording system mounted in a policevehicle.Operator: An employee driving or otherwise occupying thesquad with the mobile video system installed.Video Recording: Electronic recording of visual images,with or without and audio component.Wireless Microphone: The manufacturer’s recommendedmicrophone and antenna assembly, which is designed tobe worn on the person of the officer utilizing the MobileVideo Recording System.POLICY:41.11.1 IN-CAR VIDEO SYSTEMS INSTALLATIONA. Installation and service of Mobile Video RecordingSystems (MVR) will be in accordance withmanufacturer’s specifications. Installation of thesystem will include linking brake applications andsiren activation coding onto the video recording.41.11.2 RESPONSIBILITIESA. Only officers properly trained in the operation of theMobile Video Recording System (MVR) will operatethe system. Operation of the system will followmanufacturer’s recommendations.B. At the beginning of each shift the driver of a vehicleequipped with a Mobile Video Recording System(MVR) will inspect the system to ensure that it is inproper operating condition. Inspection will consist ofchecking the audio and video components of thesystem and verifying that the correct time and dateare displayed. Any damage, defect, or malfunctionwhich can not be fixed will immediately be brought tothe attention of a supervisor and documented throughthe completion of a maintenance request. Thevehicle will be dead-lined and another vehicle will beassigned by the supervisor.41.11.3 SITUATIONS FOR USEA. The Mobile Video Recording System willautomatically turn on any time the squad’s overheadlights are activated. The system can also beactivated by manually turning on the transmitter.B. Audio and video recording may be conducted by auniformed police officer using an in-car video camerasystem when the officer is conducting anenforcement stop or if the patrol vehicle emergencylights are activated or would be activated if not for theneed to conceal the presence of law enforcement.1. Enforcement stop means an action by a lawenforcement officer in relation to enforcementand investigation duties. This would include butnot be limited to: traffic stops, pedestrian stops,motorist assists, roadside safety checks,requests for identification, “terry stops”, andresponses to request for emergency assistance.C. During each enforcement stop both the audio andvideo components will be activated prior to contactwith the violator. Officers will not cease recordinguntil a reasonable and prudent person would considerthe stop completed.D. Any officer driving a police vehicle which is equippedwith a mobile video recorder and a rear seat cameraand who is responsible for transporting a prisoner, orother subject lawfully taken into custody, shall audioand video record the transport. This will beaccomplished by activating both the rear seat cameraand the rear seat microphone (“Audio 2”).E. Officers have the discretion to record thetransportation of any person not in police custody inthe same manner as described above.41.11.4 STORAGE DEVICE ROTATION, SECURITY,and RETENTIONA. Whenever an incident is recorded, the officer makingthe recording shall “classify” the stop. Theclassification shall include descriptions of both thearrestee and the involved vehicle, and when a filenumber is drawn that file number will also bereferenced in the classification.B. Officers are responsible for classifying all recordingsmade prior to the end of their tour of duty.Page 1 of 2

C. Whenever an incident is recorded and a report iswritten regarding that incident, the recording shall benoted in the corresponding police report.D. Whenever an incident is recorded and the recordingis entered as evidence, the officer making therecording will complete an evidence tag for therecording and submit it into evidence.E. The Mobile Video Recording System will wirelesslydownload digital recordings onto the server throughthe Mobile Data Computer, when it is on, each time asquad car returns to the police department.F. Recordings will be maintained on a time schedulewhich has been approved by the Chief of Police.G. Only the Chief of Police and the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards shall have the authority andthe ability to delete digital recordings from thesystem.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 1.6SUBJECT: MULTI-JURISDICTIONAL INVESTIGATIVE EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09TEAMREVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:RFERENCE CALEA:INDEX AS:1.6.1 PROCEDURESPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to identify investigativeresources available to Champaign County LawEnforcement Agencies whose officers have becomeinvolved in serious use of force situations. The results ofany investigation conducted pursuant to this agreementshould provide an unbiased view of the incident and lendcredibility to final reports and conclusions.DEFINITIONS:Serious Use of Force Incident: Those incidents where anindividual or individuals receive serious injuries from lawenforcement officers, either on- or off-duty.POLICY:1.6.1 PROCEDURESA. The Chief executive officer of an agency, or anassigned designee, when notified that an officer hasbeen involved in a serious use of force situation, maychoose to request additional assistance fromagencies participating in this agreement. Thoseagencies are: the Champaign Police Department, theRantoul Police Department, the University of IllinoisPolice Department, the Urbana Police Department,the Champaign County Sheriff’s Office, and theIllinois State Police. The Parkland College PoliceDepartment and the Mahomet Police Department arealso parties to this agreement but do not contributeinvestigative staff.may be called on to participate and might havejurisdictional issues limiting the scope of theirauthority.F. It will be the responsibility of the requesting agency todesignate one of their supervisory staff as liaison tothe special investigation unit.a. The assigned CPD supervisor will also beresponsible for obtaining regular, detailedupdates on the progress of the investigation.G. The individual supervisors assigned to the specialinvestigations unit will choose from their group onesupervisor who will assume leadership of the unit.H. The supervisor selected to lead the investigation willbe responsible for opening lines of communicationwith the appropriate prosecutor(s) (State or Federal)for the purpose of legal advisement, case review, anddecisions on prosecution.I. It will be the responsibility of the designatedsupervisor in charge to ensure that all reports(including the original incident report, investigativesupplements, crime scene reports, and laboratoryreports) are delivered to the agency requestingassistance as well as to the appropriate prosecutorialagency.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentB. The initial request for assistance shall be made to thechief executive officer or the designee of at leastthree of the other agencies involved in thisagreement.C. The requesting agency shall provide a summary ofthe incident to that point, the location of the incident,and a location to which assigned investigators shouldreport.D. Each agency agreeing to provide investigativesupport will assume the responsibility for notificationof their supervisors who are to be assigned to thespecial investigation unit. Agencies participating shallchoose from among supervisors who have therequisite investigative skills.E. It will be the responsibility of the Champaign CountySheriff to issue commissions to all supervisors whoPage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 15.2SUBJECT: ORGANIZATION GOALS AND OBJECTIVES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:ADM.04.01INDEX AS15.2.1 GOALS AND OBJECTIVES15.2.2 EVALUATING GOAL PROGRESSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish goals andobjectives, encourage employee participation, andestablish procedures for reviewing progress toward goalsand objectives.DEFINITIONS:Organizational Component: For the purposes of thisdirective, any organizational entity (i.e., unit or division)that is established and staffed on a full-time basis toprovide a specific function.Goal: A relatively broad statement of the end or resultthat one ultimately intends to achieve. A goal usuallyrequires a relatively long period of time to achieve and,whenever possible, should be stated in a way that permitsmeasurement of its achievement.Objective: An objective is an end or result that oneintends to attain in order to achieve partial fulfillment of agoal. An objective is a sub-goal or an element of a goaland, therefore, requires a shorter period of time toaccomplish than does a goal.a written copy of the Departmental goals andobjectives as well as those of their respectiveDivision.15.2.2 EVALUATING GOAL PROGRESSA. Each Deputy Chief shall submit to the Chief of Policea written evaluation, detailing the progress made bythe Division and each organizational componenttherein toward the attainment of Departmental goalsand objectives.1. These reports may be submitted in conjunctionwith the department’s annual report.2. During the course of the year, the Chief of Policemay require periodic updates of progresstowards goals and objectives.B. Supervisors within the department are responsible forensuring that goals and objectives are attained.However, it is recognized that unforeseen events mayoccur which prevent goals from being attained orcause goals to be changed. If such events occur, awritten explanation must be submitted to the Chief ofPolice through the chain of command.C. Attainment of goals is a key element of employeeperformance evaluations.ISSUING AUTHORITYPOLICY:15.2.1 GOALS AND OBJECTIVESA. To ensure direction and unity of purpose, and serveas a basis for measuring progress, goals andobjectives will be written for the Department and eachindividual Division on an annual basis.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department1. On an annual basis, the Chief of Police shallformulate a comprehensive statement ofDepartmental goals and objectives. The timingwill allow for the development of Division levelgoals and objectives. This process will coincidewith the preparation of the Department’s annualbudget. Priority and consideration will be givento those goals set by City Council.2. On an annual basis, but no later than December1 st of the current fiscal year, Deputy Chiefs shallformulate written statements for goals andobjectives for their respective Divisions and eachorganizational component within them. Thisprocess must include the solicitation of inputfrom all employees, for which the goals andobjectives apply.3. On an annual basis, at the conclusion of theformulation process, every employee will receivePage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 11.1SUBJECT: ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.07.0311.1.1 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE ANDFUNCTIONS11.1.2 ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to identify the formalstructure through which organizational components arearranged, defined, directed, and coordinated.DEFINITIONS:Division: A primary subdivision of the Police Department.A division has a department-wide function either forgeneral police service or for specialized activity.Unit: When further specialization is needed, thesection can be divided into units.Shift: A time division of the day for the purposes ofassignment.Function: A general term for the required or expectedactivity of a person or an organizational component.Organizational Component: For the purpose of thisdirective, any organizational entity (i.e., Unit, section,division) that is established and staffed on a full-timebasis to provide a specific function.POLICY:11.1.1 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE ANDFUNCTIONSA. All employees of the Champaign Police Departmentwork under the authority of the Chief of Police. TheChief of Police is the administrative head of thePolice Department. The Chief of Police reportsdirectly to the City Manager and is responsible for theoverall planning, organizing, and directing of thePolice Department.B. The Champaign Police Department is organized intothree major organizational components.1. Operations Division.2. Operational Support Division.3. Professional Standards Division.C. The Operations, Operations Support, andProfessional Standards Divisions are subdivided intosmaller organizational components, such as units andshifts, as deemed appropriate. The coordination ofthe divisions is the responsibility of the Chief ofPolice.D. The organizational subdivisions within the span ofcontrol of the Chief of Police are grouped by function.Each of the three divisions is headed by a DeputyChief. The three divisions are identified as follows.1. Operations Division.a. Patrol.1) First Shift.2) Second Shift.3) Third Shift.4) Power Shift.b. Community Assistance Team.c. Narcotics Unit.d. K-9 Unit.e. S.W.A.T. Team.f. Crime Scene Unit.2. Operational Support Division.a. Investigations.b. Fiscal Administration.c. E.O.D.d. Crime Analysis.e. Electronic Technology.3. Professional Standards Division.a. Training.b. Accreditation.c. Citizen Complaints/Internal Affairs.d. Records.e. Special Events.f. Computer Services.g. Traffic Services.D. The functional responsibilities of the organization aredepicted on the organizational chart. Positionresponsibilities are delineated in job descriptions,which are made available through the HumanResources office.Page 1 of 2

11.1.2 ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTA. The organizational structure of the Department isdepicted on an organizational chart which isupdated annually, or as directed by the Chief ofPolice. The chart reflects the functionalresponsibility, chain of command, and lines ofauthority and communication for eachorganizational component. The organizationalchart is accessible to all employees and isavailable via the Annual Report on the City’s webpage.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 41.1SUBJECT: PATROL ADMINISTRATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.01.07OPR.01.08OPR.01.09emergency calls for service that may occur duringshift briefing.B. Shift briefings should include, but are not necessarilylimited to:41.1.1 PATROL COVERAGE41.1.2 SHIFT BRIEFING PROCEDURES41.1.3 SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLESPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish and describepolicies and procedures regarding patrol operations.POLICY:41.1.1 PATROL COVERAGEA. Each daily 24-hour service period shall be dividedinto Patrol four (4) shifts. Officers attend shift briefingduring the first fifteen (15) minutes of their 10-hourshift and are available for assignment immediatelythereafter.1. There will be four patrol shifts, as follows:a. Day Shift (0700-1715)b. Power Shift (1200-2215)c. Evening Shift (1700-0315)d. Midnight shift (2200-0815)B. In accordance with Article 22 of the Labor agreement,shift change takes place annually, at the end of thefirst bi-weekly pay period during which February 1 stoccurs. Shift sign-up will be posted on or beforeDecember 1 st , and both shift supervisors and patrolofficers will bid for their District, shift, and days offassignments by seniority. The Deputy Chief ofOperations will distribute a finalized shift roster nolater than two weeks prior to the effective shift changedate.C. The Department recognizes the importance ofcontinuity in furtherance of the Department’sphilosophy of Community-Oriented. To that end,officers will work fixed District assignmentsthroughout the sign-up period.41.1.2 SHIFT BRIEFING PROCEDURESA. All patrol personnel are required to attend shiftbriefing prior to each scheduled tour of duty.Because of the overlap in patrol schedules, there willtypically be on-duty personnel to respond toemergency calls during shift briefings. However,personnel attending shift briefings may be required,and should be prepared, to respond to any1. A report briefing from the previous 24 hours.2. Areas/situations requiring special attention.3. District, beat, and squad assignments.4. Uniform and grooming inspections.5. Schedule changes, new assignments, and courtdates.6. Review of policies, procedures, directives,memos, and legal updates.7. Investigative updates from detectives.8. Hazardous weather and road conditions.9. Bulletins including, but not limited to, stolenvehicles, wanted subjects, etc.10. Employee safety issues.11. Training.41.1.3 SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLESA. The Department owns and maintains several vehicleswhich are assigned for special use. Theirdesignations and purposes are as follows:1. Supervisors cars.a. Certain squads are designated for and shallonly be used by shift supervisors. Thesesquads are equipped similarly to patrolsquads but are not fully marked and are notequipped with transport cages.2. SWAT vehicles.a. Certain squads are designated for and shallonly be used by personnel assigned to theDepartment’s SWAT Team. These squadsare equipped similarly to patrol squads butcontain specialized equipment which isauthorized for use only by members of theSWAT Team.b. The Department owns two SWAT truckswhich are designated for the transport ofSWAT Team personnel during criticalincidents, call-outs, training, etc. Thesevehicles may be operated only by a SWATPage 1 of 2

Team member who possesses a validCommercial Driver’s License (CDL).3. Police K9 vehicles.a. As a matter of routine, police canine vehiclesshall only be used by the canine officer towhom they are assigned. However,because these vehicles are typicallyequipped with 4-whelel drive, they may bemade available for general use by patrolsupervisors and officers in the event ofinclement weather or as otherwisedetermined by a supervisor.b. Canine vehicles are equipped similarly topatrol squads, but they are additionallyequipped for the particular needs of caninehandlers.c. The canine officer to whom a vehicle isassigned is responsible for the condition andmaintenance of the vehicle. Police K9vehicles will be inspected at least monthly.d. Also see Policy 41.4, Canine UnitOrganization and Operations.4. Police Motorcycles.a. Police motorcycles are most typically usedfor traffic enforcement and special details,but they may be used for general patrolduties with the authorization of a supervisor.b. Police motorcycles are available for use onlyby those officers who have been properlytrained and certified.will be made available for use by patrolofficers upon demonstration of need andwith the authorization of a shift supervisor.B. At the beginning of their tour of duty, officers andsupervisors shall check their vehicle to ensure that itsequipment and accessories are functional and that itis adequately supplied.1. Any damage to the vehicle, damaged or missingequipment, defects and/or malfunctions shallimmediately be reported to a supervisor.2. Areas of the vehicle which are designated forprisoner transport shall be checked to ensurethat they do not contain any discarded weaponsor contraband.3. Any officer who damages a squad, or loses ordamages any police equipment, shall report thematter without delay to his immediate supervisor.41.1.4 CANINE ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONA. See Policy 41.4, Canine Unit Organization andOperations.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department5. Crime Scene Vana. The Crime Scene Unit shall maintain aspecially equipped van which may be usedduring the processing, collection, andpreservation of evidence.b. Following an initial orientation of the vehicleand the equipment contained there-in, anyCrime Scene Technician is authorized to usethis vehicle.e. Following an initial vehicle orientation, anyofficer with a valid driver’s license mayoperate the vehicle when directed to do soby a supervisor.f. The Crime Scene Unit supervisorCommander or his designee is responsiblefor the maintenance and care of the vehicleand all equipment contained therein. Atleast once a month, a documentedinspection of the vehicle and all equipmentwill be conducted.6. Investigations vehicles.a. Certain un-marked vehicles are designatedfor use by personnel assigned to theInvestigations Division, but these vehiclesPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 35.1SUBJECT: PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:PER.05.01PER.05.0235.1.1 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SYSTEM35.1.2 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SCHEDULE35.1.3 PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS OF ENTRYLEVEL / PROBATIONARY EMPLOYEES35.1.4 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CRITERIA35.1.5 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SYSTEM35.1.6 NOTICE OF UNSATISFACTORYPERFORMANCE35.1.7 EMPLOYEE COUNSELING35.1.8 RATERS EVALUATED35.1.9 PERSONNEL EARLY WARNING SYSTEMPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for theevaluation of Champaign Police Department employeeperformance.DEFINITIONS:POLICY:35.1.1 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SYSTEMA. The Department’s performance evaluation system iscoordinated by the Chief of Police.B. Each employee’s immediate supervisor will completeand administer an evaluation specific to thatemployee’s job function.C. Evaluations will be completed utilizing the behavioraldefinitions and performance anchors described.D. All supervisors responsible for evaluating employeesshall receive training in the evaluation process.E. The objectives of the performance evaluation systeminclude, but are not limited to:1. Maintaining and improving individual jobperformance.2. Identifying training needs.3. Measuring individual strengths and weaknesses.4. Determining an employee’s potential for aspecialized assignment or promotion.5. Provide a medium for counseling and feedback.6. Setting goals for future job performance.35.1.2 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SCHEDULEA. Every sworn member of the Department shallundergo a performance evaluation at least once eachyear.35.1.3 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SCHEDULEFOR PROBATIONARY EMPLOYEESA. Performance evaluations for probationary employeesshall be completed according to the followingschedule:1. Sworn officers who are on probation (Class Bstatus) will be evaluated on a monthly basis as apart of the Field Training Program.35.1.4 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CRITERIAA. Performance evaluations will reflect ratings for the jobperformance observed only during the rating periodand will be specific to the employee’s job function.35.1.5 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SYSTEMA. Performance evaluations for probationary officers willbe completed as outlined in section 1.3.B. Sworn officers and supervisors who have achievedpermanent status and who are members of thebargaining unit will be evaluated on a quarterly basis.C. Sworn supervisors who are exempt from thebargaining unit will be evaluated on a yearly basis.D. Performance ratings which fall above or below the“Met Standards” rating require supporting comments.E. Each performance evaluation report must bereviewed and signed by the rater’s supervisor.F. On an annual basis, each employee’s performanceevaluation will be forwarded to the Chief of Police forreview.G. The Department’s performance evaluation systemincludes the participation of the employee beingevaluated.1. Each employee is required to review and signtheir evaluation. The signature indicates onlythat the employee has read the report and doesnot imply agreement (or disagreement) with thecontents.2. An employee may attach written comments tosupplement the completed evaluation.3. Employees are entitled to written copies of theirperformance evaluation.H. If an employee believes the ratings or commentsreflected in a performance evaluation are notPage 1 of 3

indicative of his overall performance during the ratingperiod, the employee may appeal the rater’s decision.The appeal process shall follow the chain ofcommand to the Chief of Police, whose decision shallbe final. The appeal process shall be completed in atimely manner and is intended to be less formal thanthe Department’s grievance procedure.I. All performance evaluation reports become a part ofthe employee’s permanent personnel file and will bemaintained for at least the term of their employmentwith the City.35.1.6 NOTICE OF UNSATISFACTORYPERFORMANCEA. A non-probationary employee may be placed on aninety (90) day Performance Improvement Plan (PIP)as a result of their failure to meet minimumperformance standards during a rating period. ThePIP shall list any areas of performance deemed to be“below standards”, and shall also describe the stepsto be taken in order to improve job performance.B. An employee placed on a PIP shall be notified of thePIP in writing by memorandum.35.1.7 EMPLOYEE COUNSELINGA. At the conclusion of each rating period, eachemployee will be counseled by the rating supervisoras follows:1. The results of their performance evaluation willbe discussed with them.2. The level of performance expected during theupcoming rating period will be discussed withthem.3. Rating criteria and goals for the next ratingperiod will be established.4. Career counseling relative professionaldevelopment or advancement will be provided.B. It is the responsibility of the rater to prepare for andconduct the evaluation of the subordinate by:1. Reviewing the employee’s last evaluation.2. Reviewing notes made during the rating period,attendance records, training records,commendations, awards, discipline, etc.3. Reviewing statistical data that reflect theemployee’s measurable productivity for the ratingperiod.4. Becoming familiar with the contents, instructions,and scope of the evaluation forms.35.1.8 RATERS EVALUATEDA. Upon reviewing completed performance evaluations,the reviewing supervisor shall evaluate raters toensure that evaluations are fair and impartial, thatevaluation interviews are conducted according toDepartment guidelines, and that ratings are uniformlyapplied.35.1.9 PERSONNEL EARLY WARNING SYSTEMA. The Department shall maintain, as an ongoingprocess, a Personnel Early Warning System toprovide systematic reviews of specific, significantevents involving agency employees. The system isdesigned to promptly identify early indicators ofcertain performance and/or stress-related problemsand to facilitate necessary and appropriate follow-upactivities.B. The Department’s Personnel Early Warning Systemconsists of two levels of review:1. The first level of review involves first linesupervisors and District/Unit Commanders. Theability of first and second level supervisors toidentify and record employee traits is crucial tothe success of the program and allowsdeficiencies to be addressed in a timely manner.The components of the first level of reviewinclude, but are not limited to:a. Performance evaluations, including activitylogs.b. Review of Use of Force incidents andreports.c. Review of police vehicle traffic crashes.d. Review of absences and sick leave usage.e. Review of complaint investigations andinternal investigations.2. The second level of review involves an annualreport by the Deputy Chief of ProfessionalStandards.a. On an annual basis, the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards shall submit to theChief of Police a written report whichcategorizes and summarizes all policecomplaints and complaint findings, andwhich shows the number and types ofcomplaints filed against individual officers.C. From these periodic reviews, supervisors will identifyemployees who may require intervention.D. When an employee has been identified as requiringintervention, the employee’s immediate supervisorand District/Unit Commander shall develop anindividual course of assistance which may include,but is not limited to, the following:1. Remedial training.2. Counseling.3. Placement on sick leave review.4. Implementation of a Performance ImprovementPlan (PIP).5. Referral to the Employee Assistance Program(EAP).Page 2 of 3

E. The employee’s immediate supervisor will thenensure that the employee participates in andcompletes the plan and monitor the employee’s jobperformance.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 15.1SUBJECT: PLANNING AND RESEARCH ACTIVITIES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/1/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.10.0115.1.1 PLANNING AND RESEARCH15.1.2 ORGANIZATIONAL PLACEMENT15.1.3 MULTI-YEAR PLANPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to define the planningactivities of the Champaign Police Department. Planningis the development of strategies for bringing about adesirable future condition. Planning involves thedevelopment and utilization of limited personnel,equipment, and resources in ways that will affect futurepublic welfare.POLICY:15.1.1 PLANNING AND RESEARCHA. Because the Champaign Police Department does nothave a formally dedicated Research and Planningunit, Management Staff will, collectively and/orindividually, carry out Planning and Researchactivities as directed by the Chief of Police.B. The functions and responsibilities of planning andresearch include, but are not limited to, the following:A. The Deputy Chief of Operational Support will beresponsible for supervising and coordinating thePlanning and Research function and ensuring accessto the Chief of Police and other necessary informationresources.15.1.3 MULTI-YEAR PLANA. To ensure the goals and objectives of the Departmentare well planned and documented, and to provide foradequate staffing and operational funding for futureyears, the Chief of Police and the Management Staffwill develop a written multi-year plan that will take intoconsideration the following:1. Long-term goals and operational objectives.2. Anticipated workload and population trends.3. Personnel allocation and distribution planning.4. Anticipated capital improvement and equipmentneeds.B. The multi-year plan will be evaluated annually fornecessary changes. Following each evaluation of theplan, a copy of the multi-year plan will be distributedto all management and supervisory personnel.ISSUING AUTHORITY1. Formulating Departmental goals and objectives.2. Gathering, organizing, and presentinginformation for Departmental planning purposes.3. Formulating written directives.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department4. Directing and coordinating activities necessary toachieve and retain accredited status for thedepartment.5. Coordinating the budget planning process.6. Maintaining and coordinating the development ofthe Department’s multi-year plan.7. Preparing other such reports orrecommendations as directed by the Chief ofPolice.8. Evaluating departmental achievements directedtoward accomplishing goals and objectives.15.1.2 ORGANIZATIONAL PLACEMENTPage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE ORDER POLICY NUMBER: 21.2SUBJECT: POSITION CLASSIFICATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/1/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.08.0121.2.1 CLASSIFICATION ELEMENTS21.2.2 JOB DESCRIPTIONSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines forposition classification for the Champaign PoliceDepartment.DEFINITIONS:Class Specification: An official statement or guidelineabout the general duties, responsibilities, andqualifications involved in the kinds of jobs included in thesame class.Job Classification: The grouping of positions or jobs forwhich duties, responsibilities, qualification requirements,and conditions of employment are sufficiently alike tojustify the same treatment with respect to personnelpractices and salary.maintaining liaison with the City of Champaign’sHuman Resources office in the assessment of all jobswithin the Department and in formulating the jobanalysis and classification process.21.2.2 JOB DESCRIPTIONSA. The City of Champaign’s Human Resources officemaintains job descriptions for all positions within theDepartment. Copies of all departmental jobdescriptions are kept in their office and are availableto any employee for review.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentJob Description: The official statement of the generalduties, responsibilities, knowledge, abilities and skills, andthe functional objectives of a job assignment.Position: The duties and responsibilities, or work,assignable to one employee. A position may be filled orvacant.POLICY:21.2.1 CLASSIFICATION ELEMENTSA. The City of Champaign’s written classification planincludes, at a minimum, the following elements:1. A grouping of every job into classes, based uponsimilarities in duties, responsibilities, andqualification requirements.2. The existence of class specifications for everyjob within a class.3. Provisions for relating compensation to classes.4. Provisions for reclassification.B. The City of Champaign’s Human Resources officehas the primary responsibility for the developmentand maintenance of job classifications and thedelineation of duties and responsibilities of eachposition in the Department.C. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards shallassume the Department’s responsibility forPage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 70.5SUBJECT: PRISONER DOCUMENTATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:70.5.1 TRANSPORTED PRISONER DOCUMENTEDor unusual illness, that information shall immediatelybe brought to the attention of the receivingcorrectional officers, deputies, or other employees.ISSUING AUTHORITYPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to ensure the identification ofeach prisoner transported, to establish procedures for thedocumentation of prisoner transportation, and to establishprocedures for documenting a prisoner’s high risk traits.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPOLICY:70.5.1 TRANSPORTED PRISONERDOCUMENTATIONA. It is the responsibility of the officer transporting aprisoner to a correctional facility to:1. Verify the identity of the prisoner to betransported through the use of arrest reports,signatures, photographs, or any other officialdocumentation that may be used to aid inidentification.B. Documentation of the transportation of a prisoner to acorrectional center may include, but is not limited to,the following:1. Complaints.2. Warrants.3. Citations.4. Sworn affidavits, sworn reports.5. Arrest reports.6. Criminal histories.7. LEADS printouts.8. Copies of police reports.9. Warning to motorist.C. In situations where a prisoner has exhibited behaviorwhich might indicate the potential for violence,suicide, or escape, or if the prisoner has a contagiousPage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 70.1SUBJECT: PRISONER TRANSPORT EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE: 3/26/12REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.07.01OPR.07.09C. If at any time a weapon and/or contraband is locatedduring the search of the prisoner transport area of avehicle it shall be immediately be reported to asupervisor.70.1.1 PRISONER SEARCHES70.1.2 VEHICLE INSPECTIONS70.1.3 TRANSPORTING PRISONERS IN VEHICLES70.1.4 VISUAL SCRUTINY OF PRISONERS70.1.5 PRISONER COMMUNICATION70.1.6 PRISONER TRANSPORT TO ANOTHERFACILITY70.1.7 PRISONER ESCAPE DURING TRANSPORT70.1.8 PRISONER SECURITY RISKSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for thetransportation of persons in the custody of the ChampaignPolice Department.POLICY:70.1.1 PRISONER SEARCHESA. An officer making a full-custody arrest shall transportthe prisoner, or cause the prisoner to be transported,to a place of confinement safely and without delay. Inmost cases, this will be the Champaign CountyCorrectional Center. In all cases, the prisoner shallbe thoroughly searched prior to transport.B. If the transporting officer is not the arresting officer, itshould never be assumed that the prisoner hasalready been searched. Even if the prisoner haspreviously been searched by another officer at thescene, the transporting officer will conduct a secondsearch.70.1.2 VEHICLE INSPECTIONSA. At the beginning of each tour of duty, every officerdriving a marked squad car shall inspect their vehiclefor operational readiness. Such inspection shallinclude:1. Searching the prisoner transport area to ensurethat it is free of weapons and/or contraband.2. Checking the Mobile Video Recording System(MVR) to ensure that it is functioning properlyand fully operational.3. Examining the exterior of the vehicle andchecking for any new damage.B. Whenever a prisoner is transported in a policevehicle, a thorough search of the vehicle must becompleted both prior to and following transport.70.1.3 TRANSPORTING PRISONERS IN VEHICLESA. Police vehicles with a designated transport area.1. Prisoners who are transported in vehicles whichhave designated transport areas shall besecured in the transport area and safelyseparated from the driver.2. No more than two prisoners shall be transportedin the back seat of any police vehicle equippedwith a designated transport area.3. Prisoner shall be secured by a seat belt forsafety purposes.B. Police Vehicles without a designated transport area.1. Prisoners who are transported in police vehicleswhich do not have designated transport areasshall be placed in the rear passengercompartment and secured by a seat belt forsafety purposes. When a prisoner transport isconducted in a vehicle without a designatedtransport area, two officers shall be present forthe transport.2. Vehicles without designated transport area willnot be used to transport more than one prisonerat a time without the permission of a commandofficer.70.1.4 VISUAL SCRUTINY OF PRISONERSA. Prisoners are to be kept under observation at alltimes during transport. An officer transporting aprisoner shall maintain periodic visual contact duringtransportation. In the event that a prisoner in custodymust leave the transport vehicle duringtransportation, the transporting officer(s) will maintainphysical control and visual observation of the prisonerat all times.B. Any officer driving a police vehicle which is equippedwith a mobile video recorder and a rear seat cameraand who is responsible for transporting a prisoner, orother subject lawfully taken into custody, shall audioand video record the transport. This will beaccomplished by activating both the rear seat cameraand the rear seat microphone (“Audio 2”).C. No stops should typically be made during thetransportation of a prisoner. Except in the case of amedical emergency or a life-threatening situation, anofficer shall not stop during prisoner transport withoutthe permission of a command officer.Page 1 of 2

D. Long distance transports shall be done with at leasttwo officers, one of which shall be the same sex asthe prisoner.E. During a long distance transport, reasonable careshall be taken when stopping for fuel and/or meals,and in allowing prisoners to use the restroomF. In all cases, the primary responsibility of thetransporting officer(s) shall always be the custody andsafety of the prisoner(s).70.1.5 PRISONER COMMUNICATIONcircumstances is to be submitted prior to the end ofthe officer’s tour of duty.70.1.8 PRISONER SECURITY RISKSA. Known conditions involving the prisoner’s welfareshall be communicated to correctional personnelupon arrival at the correctional facility.B. Information relative to any potential or existingmedical hazards or security risks shall also becommunicated to correctional personnel upon arrivalat the correctional facility.A. While in transport, a prisoner shall not be permitted tocommunicate with non-law enforcement personnel.70.1.6 PRISONER TRANSPORT TO ANOTHERFACILITYA. An officer transporting a prisoner to a correctionalfacility will:1. Secure any firearms in compliance with thatfacility’s policies. (At a facility with no provisionsfor firearm storage or no firearm storage policy,officers are to lock their firearms in the trunk ofthe police vehicle).2. Remove prisoner restraints at the direction of thepersonnel at the facility.3. Provide all necessary paperwork anddocumentation to the receiving facility.70.1.7 PRISONER ESCAPE DURING TRANSPORTA. If a prisoner escapes from the custody of aChampaign Police Officer, the officer shallimmediately notify METCAD. If the escape occursoutside of City limits, the officer shall immediatelyinitiate an ISPERN broadcast and notify the localjurisdiction where the escape occurred. In eithercase, the following information should be provided:1. The location of the escape.2. The escapee’s direction and mode of travel.3. The escapee’s physical and clothing description.4. Whether or not the escapee is armed.5. The charges pending against the escapee.6. Apprehension efforts that have been undertaken.7. Any other information that may be of assistance.B. A shift supervisor shall be immediately notified of theescape.C. If the prisoner is subsequently apprehended, thetransporting officer shall pursue appropriate criminalcharges and ensure the cancellation of any local orLEADS/ISPERN messages.D. Regardless of whether or not the prisoner issubsequently apprehended, a written reportdocumenting the escape and surroundingPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 70.4SUBJECT: PRISONER TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:70.4.1 VEHICLE SAFETY SHIELD70.4.2 VEHICLES MODIFIED TO PREVENT ESCAPEPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to provide for specialequipment and proper modification of all vehicles used forprisoner transportation.POLICY:70.4.1 VEHICLE SAFETY SHIELDA. All marked Department vehicles used primarily forpatrol purposes prisoners and designed fortransporting prisoners shall be equipped with a shieldor partition designed to separate the rear passengercompartment from the driver’s compartment of thevehicle. Communication between the front and rearcompartments shall not be precluded by theinstallation and use of the protective partition.1. Non-partitioned vehicles should not be used forprisoner transportation unless authorized by asupervisor.70.4.2 VEHICLE MODIFIED TO PREVENT ESCAPEA. All marked Department vehicles shall be so designedor modified as to prevent the occupants of the rearcompartment from opening the rear doors or windowswithout the aid of the vehicle operator.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 1.8SUBJECT: PROCEDURAL RULES FOR STOP AND FRISK, EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09WARRANTLESS SEARCHES, AND WARRANTREVISED DATE:SEARCHESREFERENCE ILEAP:ADM.02.02POLICY:REFERENCE CALEA: 1.2.4INDEX AS:1.8.1 STOP AND FRISK1.8.2 WARRANTLESS SEARCHES1.8.3 WARRANT SEARCHESPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish properprocedures for conducting contacts, stops, and pat-downsearches, and to establish procedural rules for searchesboth with and without warrants.DEFINITIONS:Contact: Face-to-face communications between an officerand a person under circumstances where the person isfree to leave.Inventory: An inventory is a listing of items seized. Thepurpose of an inventory is to protect or secure theproperty of the owner, to ensure that property seized isnot dangerous, and to protect the Department againstfalse claims that property was lost, damaged, or stolenwhile in police custody. An inventory will document,receipt, and account for each item for which theDepartment could assume responsibility.Pat-down: A “frisk” or external manipulation of anindividual’s outer clothing for the sole purpose ofdiscovering weapons.Reasonable Suspicion: Articulable facts that, within thetotality of the circumstances, lead an officer to reasonablysuspect that criminal activity has been, is being, or isabout to be committed.Search: A search is an examination of a person, place, orany other thing for the purpose of discovering “seizableitems.”Seizure: A seizure involves taking custody of a “seizableitem”, which could include a motor vehicle under certaincircumstances.Seizable Item: A seizable item is an item of contraband,evidence of a crime, fruits of a crime, a weapon, or anitem that may be used to aid an escape from custody.Stop / Terry Stop: The brief detainment of an individual,whether on foot or in a vehicle, based upon reasonablesuspicion, for the purpose of determining the individual’sidentity and resolving the officer’s suspicions concerningcriminal activity.1.8.1 STOP AND FRISKA. In accordance with 725 ILCS 5/108-1.01, an officermay pat down or frisk a person for weapons if theofficer has stopped a person for temporaryquestioning pursuant to 725 ILCS 5/107-14(Temporary Questioning Without Arrest) andreasonably suspects that the person may be armedand dangerous.B. The authority to search for and seize weapons is forthe limited purpose of allowing an officer to protecthimself and others. The authority is clearly NOT forthe purpose of searching for and seizing evidence,although during the course of frisk evidence may onoccasion be discovered and become the basis for anarrest.C. The “plain feel” doctrine is described in Minnesota v.Dickerson, 113 S. Ct. 2130. This doctrine allows anofficer to seize evidence other than a weapon, if,while conducting a pat down or frisk, the nature of thecontraband evidence is “immediately apparent” to theofficer based upon his feel of the object through theperson’s clothing during the pat down.D. Contact Procedures.1. An officer may initiate a contact with a person inany place that the officer has a right to be. Acontact may be undertaken by an officer whoreasonably believes under the circumstancesthat some investigation of an unusual situation isappropriate.2. The officer shall identify himself or herself as apolice officer as soon as reasonably possibleafter the contact is made, and will conduct thecontact in a polite and courteous manner.Persons contacted may not be stopped ordetained against their will, or frisked withoutconsent. If the person refuses to cooperate, theymust be permitted to go on their way. However,if it seems appropriate under the circumstances,they may be kept under surveillance.E. Stop Procedures.1. If an officer reasonably suspects that a personhas committed, is committing, or is about tocommit a crime, he has the authority to stop thatperson. Reasonable suspicion is more than ahunch or feeling, but less than the probablecause standard necessary for an arrest. Everyofficer who conducts a stop must be prepared tocite those specific factors that led him to believePage 1 of 8

that the stop was justified. Such facts include,but are not limited to, the following:a. The demeanor of an individual suggests thathe is part of a criminal enterprise or isengaged in a criminal act.b. The actions of the individual suggest that heis engaged in criminal activity.c. The hour of day or night is inappropriate forthe suspect’s presence in the area.d. The individual’s presence in a neighborhoodor location is inappropriate.e. The individual is carrying a suspiciousobject.f. The individual’s clothing bulges in a mannerthat suggests he is carrying a weapon.g. The individual is located in proximate timeand place to an alleged crime.h. The officer has knowledge of the individual’sprior criminal record or involvement incriminal activity.i. The individual flees at the sight of a policeofficer.j. Police training and experience.F. Procedures for Initiating a Stop.1. Based upon observation of suspiciouscircumstances or upon information frominvestigation, an officer may initiate the stop of aperson if he has reasonable suspicion to do so.The following guidelines shall be followed:a. Explanation to detained person: Officersshall act with as much restraint and courtesytowards the person stopped as is possible.The officer making the stop shall identifyhimself as a police officer as soon aspracticable after making the stop. In everycase, at some point during the stop theofficer shall give the person stopped a briefexplanation of the purpose of the stop.b. Duration of the stop: A person stoppedpursuant to these procedural rules may bedetained at or near the scene of the stop fora reasonable period of time. Officers shouldconfine their questions to those concerningthe suspect’s identity, place of residence,and/or other inquiries necessary to resolvethe officer’s suspicions. However, in noinstance shall an officer detain a personlonger than is reasonably necessary to makethese limited inquiries and resolvesuspicions.c. Rights of detained person: Stopped personsare not required, nor can they be compelled,to answer any questions during the stop.Failure to respond to an officer’s inquiries isnot, in and of itself, sufficient grounds tomake an arrest, although it may providesufficient justification for additionalobservation and investigation.d. Use of force: An officer shall use only thatforce which is reasonably necessary to carryout the investigative function of a stop. Theamount of force used to effect a stop shallnot be such that it could cause death orgreat bodily harm to the person beingstopped.G. Procedures for Pat-Down Searches.1. An officer has the right to perform a pat-downsearch (or frisk) of the outer garments of astopped person for weapons or dangerousinstruments when the officer reasonablysuspects that the person is carrying a concealedweapon or dangerous instrument and that a friskis necessary to protect the officer or others. Notevery stop poses sufficient justification forconducting a frisk.2. A frisk is a limited search for the purpose ofprotection only. If the external feeling of theperson’s clothing fails to disclose evidence of aweapon, no further search may be made.H. Reporting.a. Securing separable possessions: If theperson is carrying an object such as ahandbag, briefcase, sack or other item thatmay conceal a weapon, the officer may notopen the item unless there is reasonablesuspicion that it contains a weapon, butshould place it out of the suspect’s reach.b. Scope of search: The officer should beginthe frisk at that part of the person’s clothingmost likely to contain a weapon. If the outerclothing is too bulky to allow the officer todetermine if a weapon is concealedunderneath, the officer may open the outerclothing to allow a pat-down of the innerclothing. If a weapon is located, possessionof which is a crime, a full-custody arrest maybe made.c. Areas within reach: The officer may alsoperform a limited search of areas within thestopped person’s reach if the officerreasonably suspects that such areas mightcontain a weapon.1. Adequate records of stop or frisk activity willserve to ensure the proper exercise of lawenforcement authority. An officer who hasstopped or frisked any person shall promptlydocument such action. In all cases a fieldinterview card will be completed. If the contactresults in an arrest, an offense report will berequired. These documents shall be submittedto a supervisor without unreasonable delay.1.8.2 WARRANTLESS SEARCHESA. Warrantless searches or seizures must be basedupon one of the recognized exceptions to the warrantPage 2 of 8

equirement in order to be lawful. The recognizedexceptions to the warrant requirement include:1. Searches or seizures incident to arrest.2. Movable vehicle exception.3. Exigent circumstances.4. Open areas/fields.5. Premises or property involving no reasonableexpectation to privacy.6. Consent.7. Plain view.B. Consent Searches.1. When an officer desires to make a search notauthorized by these procedural rules and nosearch warrant exists, consent to search may berequested only if reasonable suspicion exists.The person(s) who consents to the search musthave genuine authority over the immediate areaor object to be searched. Consent may be giveneither verbally or in writing. Verbal consentshould be witnessed by a third party. Whenfeasible, written consent should be obtained priorto consent searches.2. In order for consent to be valid it must be:a. Clearly given;b. Freely and intelligently given;c. Given without duress or coercion; andd. Specific as to what may be searched.3. The person(s) giving consent may withdraw theirconsent at any time.4. Any officer conducting a consent search shallcomplete either a report or a field interview card.The officer shall:a. Document the circumstances surroundingthe search.b. Document specifically which officers werepresent for the search.c. Forward the report or the field interview cardto a supervisor at the conclusion of the shift,or as soon as possible.C. Suspicionless Search of Parolee.1. The Illinois Supreme Court held in People v.Wilson, No. 102562, 2-7-08, in a unanimousdecision, that the residence and person of anindividual who is subject to MandatorySupervised Release (MSR) may be searchedwithout warrant and without suspicion, and thatthe Fourth Amendment does not prohibit a policeofficer from conducting a suspicionless search ofa parolee. 730 ILCS 5/3-3-7(a)(10) provides thata condition of every Mandatory SupervisedRelease (MSR) is that the subject consent to asearch of his or her person, property, orresidence under his or her control. Officersbasing their search on this ruling should state intheir documentation (FI Card or report) how theyknew that the subject was on MandatorySupervised Release (MSR), and indicate that thesearch was based on the suspicionless search ofparolee ruling.D. Seizable Items Found in Plain View.1. An officer lawfully in any place may, withoutobtaining a search warrant, seize any item whichhe observes in plain view (including itemsobserved through the use of a flashlight), if hehas probable cause to believe that the item is a“seizable item.”2. There are two conditions required to justify aPLAIN VIEW seizure:a. The officer’s lawful presence in (or prior validintrusion into) the area entitled to FourthAmendment protection; andb. It must be immediately apparent that theitem is a seizable item to justify its seizure.Moving items or the rearrangement of itemsto note serial numbers, for example, is notsupported by the plain view doctrine3. An officer lawfully in any place to effect an arrestmay not go into other rooms solely for thepurpose of looking for seizable items in plainview. A visual inspection of other areas can bemade if there is reasonable suspicion based onspecific and articulable facts that anotherperson(s) is present and may pose a threat toofficers. This inspection must be limited to areaswhere a person could be found and can last nolonger than is necessary to dispel the reasonablesuspicion of danger and no longer than it takesto complete the arrest and depart.E. Searches incident to arrest.1. Search of person incident to arrest.a. A full-custody arrest is the taking of a personinto physical custody for purpose ofremoving the arrestee from the place ofarrest and taking him to police headquartersfor arrest processing or interview, to court, orto jail.1) Whenever an officer makes a fullcustodyarrest of a person, he SHALLconduct a full warrantless search of thearrested person’s clothing and thesurface of his/her body in a mannerdesigned to reveal the presence ofseizable items.2) The officer, may at his/her discretion,also conduct a warrantless search of:Page 3 of 8

i. The contents of items or containerswithin the area of arrestee’simmediate control at the time of thesearch (whether or not on his/herbody or on/in his/her clothing).ii.The contents of items or containersbeyond the arrestee’s immediatecontrol if the arrest is made in alocation where the arrestee has noreasonable expectation of privacy.2. Search of a vehicle incident to arrest.a. Pursuant to the United States SupremeCourt ruling in Arizona v. Gant, officers areno longer automatically entitled to a searchof the passenger compartment of a vehiclefrom which an individual is arrested. Prior tothe Gant ruling, the permissible scope of asearch incident to arrest included the areawithin the defendant’s immediate control atthe time of arrest; the permissible scope of asearch incident to arrest is now consideredto be the area within the defendant’simmediate control at the time of the search.b. As a result of the Gant ruling, a searchincident to arrest of the passengercompartment of a vehicle is now permittedonly when;1) It is reasonable to believe that evidencerelevant to the crime of arrest might befound in the vehicle; or2) There is probable cause to believe thata vehicle contains evidence of a crime;or3) There is reasonable suspicion to believethat anyone in the vehicle (not only thearrestee) is dangerous or might accessthe vehicle to gain immediate control ofweapons.3. Unless circumstances dictate otherwise,warrantless searches should be conducted at thetime and place of arrest and in the immediatepresence of the arrested person. If seizableitems are found, or probable cause otherwisedevelops, a wider search may be justified.4. If items or containers are seized incident toarrest and removed from the area of thearrestee’s immediate control, a warrantlesssearch to examine the contents of said item orcontainer must be based on one or more of thefollowing:a. Consent.b. Exigent circumstances.c. Examination pursuant to departmental policyfor inventories of an arrestee’s property,provided that the officer reasonably expectsthat the arrestee will be detained in jail untila court appearance.F. Stop Followed by Citation or Notice to Appear1. Individuals charged with petty traffic violations orother petty offenses and other persons who arenot placed under full-custody arrest should notbe searched and neither should their vehicles. If,based upon specific and articulable facts, theofficer making the stop reasonably suspects thatthe person is armed and dangerous he may“frisk” the person for weapons and may searchareas of the passenger compartment where aweapon could be concealed.G. Moveable Vehicle Exception.1. Incident to Arrest.a. The moveable vehicle exception allows anofficer to search the entire vehicle when hehas probable cause to believe evidence maybe located where he is looking.1) If probable cause is limited to a certainarea, the officer cannot go beyond thescope of that search.2) This type of search should not beconfused with a search incident toarrest where the area of “immediatecontrol” becomes an issue.b. It is not necessary to keep the arrestee nearthe vehicle during this type of search. Thesearch should be conducted at the sceneafter the arrestee has been secured in asquad car. In some cases, conditions maynot allow the vehicle to be searched at thescene of the arrest. Such conditionsinclude;1) Hostile crowd.2) Bad weather.3) Heavy traffic.4) Absence of needed equipment or keys.In such cases the vehicle shall be secured inpolice custody and searched as soon aspractical and/or safe. The officer mayconsider consulting with a supervisor orrepresentative of the State’s Attorney’s officefor guidance after moving the vehicle.2. Not Incident to Arrest.a. If an officer has probable cause to believethat seizable items are in a vehicle, eitherlocked or unlocked, all areas of the vehicleand any containers within the vehicle thatcould contain the seizable items may besearched without a warrant as long as:1) The vehicle is in a public place.2) The vehicle appears to be drivable.3) The vehicle is occupied or has recentlybeen occupied.Page 4 of 8

4) The officer concludes there isinadequate time in which to obtain asearch warrant before the vehicle isdriven away or the seizable items canbe removed from the vehicle.H. Exigent Circumstances and Fresh Pursuit.1. The exigent circumstances exception to thewarrant requirement allows an officer to searchwithout a warrant under situations where theofficer recognizes there is substantial risk topersons, property, or evidence if the officer doesnot immediately enter and search.a. There are several key factors to consider indetermining whether or not exigentcircumstances exist.1) The gravity of the offense, particularlycrimes of violence.2) The suspect is reasonably believed tobe armed and dangerous.3) There is probable cause that thesuspect committed the offense.4) There is a strong likelihood that thesuspect is on the premises.5) That the suspect is likely to escape ifnot immediately apprehended.6) The circumstances of entry and timedelay.7) The likelihood evidence will be lost,destroyed, or tampered with (Non-Residential Premises Only).8) Immediate entry is necessary to preventdeath or great bodily harm, or to renderassistance to sick or injured within thepremises (Any Premise).9) The reasonableness of the policeconduct.2. Fresh pursuit occurs when officers take directaction to apprehend a suspect who is fleeing toavoid arrest.a. An officer in fresh pursuit of a fleeing felonysuspect may follow the suspect into avehicle or building for purposes of making aprobable cause arrest and may search thepremises to locate the suspect and toprotect the officer. Following an arrest, anyfurther searching must be governed by theprocedural rules for searches incident toarrest.b. Absent exigent circumstances or consent, awarrantless entry into an individual’s hometo arrest him for a violation of a non-jailableoffense is a Fourth Amendment violation.I. Crime Scene Searches.1. Crime scene searches may fall into several typesof warrantless searches, including:a. Consent.b. Plain view.c. Search incident to arrest.d. Exigent circumstances.2. Officers should always consider seeking theadvice of the State’s Attorney’s office for crimescene searches, particularly for residenceswhere the suspect or offender has anexpectation of privacy and exceptions to thesearch warrant requirement do not apply.J. Searches of Property/Premises Involving NoReasonable Expectation of Privacy.1. An officer lawfully in any place may, without asearch warrant, recover and search for seizableitems located in areas or in containers wherethere is no reasonable expectation of privacy,including the following:a. Open fields.b. Abandoned Property.c. Trash containers as long as the user of thecontainer has taken the final steps todispose of its contents.2. Areas immediately surrounding buildings andhomes should not be considered “open fields.”Instead, courts have tended to view these areasas “curtilage,” or the equivalent of a yard, andthey are presumed to be within the area wherethere is an expectation of privacy.3. Areas generally outside the curtilage that areviewed as “open fields” include:a. Woods.b. Pastures.c. Grasslands.d. Waterways.e. Open land not within curtilage.If an owner has taken any steps to protect theabove listed areas from trespass or observation;it may no longer be considered “open fields.”4. An officer without a search warrant may searchfor seizable items on any premises based on theconsent of a third party if a suspect no longerhas the right of possession in the premises or towhich the suspect has demonstrated his or herintention not to return.Page 5 of 8

K. K-9 Searches.1. A K-9 shall not be used unless articulable,reasonable suspicion exists for the search. An FIcard must be completed by the officer requestingthe K-9 search. The K-9 handler shall alsodocument the search by entering the requiredinformation into the Department’s K-9 database.L. Strip Searches.1. Strip searches will be conducted strictly inconformance with the procedures listed in 725ILCS 5/103-1 “Rights on Arrest”, paragraphs C-G.2. Strip search means having an arrested personremove or arrange some or all of his or herclothing so as to permit a visual inspection of thegenitals, buttocks, anus, female breasts, orundergarments of the person.3. No person arrested for a traffic, regulatory, ormisdemeanor offense, except in cases involvingweapons or a controlled substance, shall be stripsearched unless there is a reasonable belief thatthe person is concealing a weapon or acontrolled substance.4. Paragraphs C-G, 725 ILCS 5/103-1, require that:a. A person of the same sex as the arresteemust conduct strip searches.b. The search must be conducted in a placewhere the search cannot be observed byothers.c. Prior written authorization of a policecommand officer is obtained.d. The Department’s strip search report formmust be completed. A copy of which mustbe provided to the person searched.e. Body cavity searches, other than the mouth,require a warrant and physician supervision.1.8.3 WARRANT SEARCHESA. If an officer concludes during an investigation that asearch warrant may result in the recovery of evidencethat may be lost or destroyed if there is a delay, theofficer will, without unreasonable delay, present allavailable information to his or her supervisor. Thesupervisor will determine whether or not to seek asearch warrant.B. The legal requirements for obtaining and servingsearch warrants can be found in 725 ILCS 5/108,paragraphs 3-14.2. Upon written complaint under oath or affirmationwhich states sufficient facts for probable cause,and which particularly describes the place and/orperson to be searched and the things to beseized, any judge may issue a search warrant forseizure of:a. Things used in the commission of, or whichmay be evidence of, the offense for whichthe warrant is issued.b. A kidnapping victim.c. A human fetus or corpse.5. The following elements must appear upon theface of the search warrant for it to be valid on itsface:a. It must be issued by a judge.b. It must be issued in duplicate. Oral ortelephonic warrants are not authorized.c. It may either be directed to all peace officersin the State of Illinois or to a specificperson/officer.d. It commands the directed person(s) tosearch a particular person or place.e. It commands the seizure of particularlydescribed things.f. It specifies the time and date of issuance.The warrant is valid for only 96 hours fromthe time of issuance.g. It must be signed by the judge with the titleof his or her office.6. The officer who obtained the warrant isresponsible for the following:a. Serving the search warrant only uponapproval and direction of a supervisor.b. Ensuring the warrant is served within 96hours of issuance.c. Making sure that only necessary andreasonable force is used to effect entry tothe specified place to be searched.d. Ensuring that only the property specified inthe warrant is searched for.e. Seizing only the items described in thewarrant, or such other items as can belawfully seized.f. A duplicate copy of the warrant shall be leftwith any person from whom property hasbeen seized, or left at the scene if no personis available.g. A copy of the warrant complaint will not beprovided or left at the scene.h. The warrant return and a written inventoryshall be made without unnecessary delay tothe issuing judge or before any designatedjudge. The inventory must be prepared andsigned under oath by the officer whoobtained/served the warrant.Page 6 of 8

i. Complete an offense report explaining thecircumstances surrounding the search andwarrant service. A copy of the warrant,warrant return, and inventory must beincluded with the report.C. Warrant Search of Premises.1. Plan Preparation for Warrant Service.a. An on duty supervisor shall be notified of apending search.b. The supervisor in command of the searchwarrant shall be responsible for:1) Reviewing the search warrant foraccuracy and validity prior to service ofthe warrant.2) Determining and identifying any hazardsthat may exist3) Determining the number of personnelneeded.4) Determining equipment needs.5) Discussing the service plan with allofficers and ensuring that each officerunderstands his assignment. In mostcases the service plan and assignmentsshould be written.6) Ensuring that all officers are wearingbadges or other items identifying themas police officers and that these itemsare clearly displayed and easilyrecognizable.7) Obtaining a sketch or floor plan of thepremises to be searched, if possible.8) Verifying the premises by address ordescription.9) Making every reasonable effort toensure that the correct premise is beingentered.2. Search Warrant Service.a. The supervisor in charge of the warrantservice shall coordinate the search with allother supervisors involved, particularly thosewithin the District where the search is tooccur.b. The search team shall knock and announceits identity and purpose to the person(s) inapparent control of the premise to besearched unless the warrant authorizes aforcible no-knock entry. If it is unclear thatanyone is present, the notice must be givenin a manner likely to be heard by anyonewho is present.c. After knocking and announcing, the searchteam may use necessary and reasonableforce to gain entry if they believe thatadmittance is being denied, unreasonablydelayed, or that the premise is unoccupied.d. If the search team has been compromised(i.e. they are seen approaching the premiseand they have probable cause to believethat knocking and announcing wouldendanger the life or safety of any person),necessary and reasonable force may beused to gain entry without notice beinggiven.e. The search team shall enter the premiseaccording to the predetermined plan.f. The first person to enter the premise mustbe in an authorized police uniform.g. When the initial entry is made other officersshould be stationed where they can observeall possible exits. These officers should bein uniform or wearing clothing that readilyidentifies them as police officers.h. The officer in charge of the search mustread and provide a copy of the warrant to theresident or person from whom property hasbeen seized. It no person is available thecopy of the warrant shall be left at the placesearched.i. The search shall be conducted as quicklyand thoroughly as possible.j. Seizable items not described on the warrantmay be seized if authorized by a recognizedexception to the warrant requirement.k. All evidence will be packaged separately bythe officer responsible for collectingevidence. Each package will be marked toindicate who found the item and where theitem was found. The seized item should bephotographed or videotaped where it waslocated.l. Officers shall determine the tenant of recordfor the premises searched.m. Photographs or videotape should be takenof the interior/exterior of the premises.3. Searching persons found on premises during theexecution of a search warrant.a. A person’s mere presence on privatepremises at which a search warrant is beingexecuted does not give rise to probablecause to search that person, nor does itprovide reasonable suspicion for a frisk.b. Searches of persons found on premisesduring the execution of a search warrant arepermitted under the following circumstances:i. The person to be searched is named inthe warrant;Page 7 of 8

ii.iii.There is probable cause to believe theperson is concealing an object on hisperson which is named in the warrant;There is reasonable suspicion that theperson is armed and dangerous toofficers (permitting a frisk);iv. When probable cause exists for thearrest of the person; andthe location where the arrest and search willoccur.b. A search warrant should be obtained whenthe target vehicle has come into policecustody and can be readily secured whilethe warrant is sought and delaying thesearch will not be detrimental to theinvestigation.v. The person has a “sufficient connection”to the residence.4. If it is discovered that an incorrect person, place,or vehicle has been searched, the supervisor incharge of the search shall:a. Explain that the Police Department made anerror and, if possible, explain why the errorwas made.b. Apologize for any inconvenience.c. Forward a copy of the offense report to theChief of Police.d. Notify the City’s Risk Manager.D. Forcible Entry of Residence or Premise to Arrest aPerson.1. An officer may make a forcible entry into aresidence or premises to arrest a person only ifALL of the following are true:a. A felony arrest warrant for that person hasbeen obtained.b. There is probable cause to believe that theperson is present.c. The premise entered is the address listed onthe arrest warrant.d. All other methods of entry have beenexhausted or exigent circumstances exist.2. Officers may make a “forcible” entry into a thirdparty’s residence or premises to arrest thesubject of an arrest warrant only if a searchwarrant has been obtained.3. Cases of fresh pursuit or exigent circumstancescould justify entering without an arrest warrant, asearch warrant, or without consent. (SeeWarrantless Searches for these limitedexceptions).E. Movable Vehicles Exceptions.1. When special circumstances exist, a searchwarrant should be obtained before searching avehicle in connection with an arrest.a. A search warrant should be obtained whenthere is adequate time to obtain the warrantbefore the arrest of a suspect and it isanticipated that the target vehicle will be atPage 8 of 8

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 52.3SUBJECT: PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS DIVISION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE: 9/27/11REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.18.03ADM.18.0452.3.1 ORGANIZATION52.3.2 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES52.3.3 CONFIDENTIALITY OF FILESPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish the organizationof the Professional Standards Division, to delineate itsduties and responsibilities, and to ensure theconfidentiality of its files.POLICY:52.3.1 ORGANIZATIONA. Division of Professional Standards1. The Division of Professional Standards shallconsist of those members of the department whoare assigned to that function by the Chief ofPolice. The Deputy Chief of ProfessionalStandards shall serve at the pleasure of and bedirectly responsible to the Chief of Police.2. The purpose of Professional Standards is toprotect the interest of the department,departmental employees, and the public.3. The goal of Professional Standards is to ensurethat the integrity and credibility of the PoliceDepartment is maintained through a system ofinternal discipline where fairness and justice areensured through objective, impartialinvestigations and reviews.52.3.2 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIESA. Professional Standards is responsible for theinvestigation or review of all allegations of misconductby members of the department.B. In addition to investigations concerning allegations ofmisconduct, Professional Standards shall also beresponsible for:1. Maintaining files involving the discharge offirearms by departmental personnel.2. Any other investigation of an administrativenature, as directed by the Chief of Police.3. Recording, registering, and coordinating theinvestigation of all misconduct complaints lodgedagainst departmental employees.4. Conducting or coordinating internalinvestigations either of its own initiative or at thedirection of the Chief of Police. In all cases theChief of Police will be made aware when aninvestigation has been initiated.5. Referring complaints of misconduct of a minornature, such as rudeness, profanity, tardiness,etc., to the employee’s immediate supervisor forinvestigation. Professional Standards will act asa resource, provide guidance as needed duringsuch investigations, and review finalizedinvestigations.6. Professional Standards members, or officerstemporarily assigned to that function, shall havethe authority to interview any member of thedepartment and to review any records or reportsrelative to their assignment. Requests fromProfessional Standards personnel which are infurtherance of the duties and responsibilitiesshall be treated as if they came directly from theChief of Police.7. Maintaining a comprehensive file of allcomplaints received by the department.Professional Standards will also maintain acentral file of all internal investigations.8. Maintaining the confidentiality of all ProfessionalStandards investigations and records.9. Maintaining, reviewing, and distributing allpolicies, procedures, rules and regulations. Allproposed changes will be coordinated throughthe Professional Standards Division, and theDeputy Chief of Professional Standards will beresponsible for ensuring that all written directivesare consistent with existing authority, compliantwith ILEAP and CALEA standards, and properlyformatted.10. Maintaining files on employee awards,commendations, and compliments.11. Preparing timely reports that summarize thenature and disposition of all misconductcomplaints received by the department forsubmission to the Chief of Police.Recommendations shall be made for anydeveloping patterns.12. Analyzing complaints for possible developing orrecurring patterns of misconduct andrecommending corrective actions.13. Preparing periodic reports summarizing the typesof complaints received and the dispositions ofthe complaints. From this, the Chief of Police willgenerate an annual report for the City ofChampaign Human Relations Commission. ThisPage 1 of 2

eport will include the information provided to theChief of Police as well as additional relevantdemographic and geographic information. Nonames will appear in this report.52.3.3 CONFIDENTIALITY OF FILESA. The process of complaint and/or internalinvestigations and all supporting materials areconsidered confidential.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentB. When a shift supervisor initiates a citizen complaintthe packet should be forwarded to ProfessionalStandards by one of the following methods:1. Hand delivered, or2. Placed in the designated area in one of theDistrict storage areas. If the complaint isforwarded in this manner, then notification shouldbe sent to the Deputy Chief of ProfessionalStandards by e-mail.C. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards willassign Citizen Complaint Investigations consistentwith Policy 52.2.D. Complaint and internal investigation packets will betreated as CONFIDENTIAL and should be handled assuch. Any individual conducting an investigationshould maintain the integrity of the investigation bykeeping the packet and all associated materials in asecure area.E. Personnel automatically authorized to review anycomplaint investigation include the Chief of Police,the Deputy Chief of the employee being investigated,the Deputy Chief of Professional Standards, and thechain of command of the employee beinginvestigated. Reviewing supervisors may allow othercommand officers to review the packet at theirdiscretion. Employees who do not follow theseguidelines will be disciplined.F. Records of receipt of the complaint, the investigation,and the disposition shall be maintained byProfessional Standards. These records shall be keptin a secure storage area. Access will be limited tothe Deputy Chief of Professional Standards, the Chiefof Police, and any designee of the Chief of Police.G. Only the Chief of Police or his designee is allowed topublicly release the details of an internal investigationor disciplinary matter.H. If a subpoena or Freedom of Information Act (FOIA)request is issued for citizen complaint or internalinvestigations records, the City of Champaign LegalDepartment shall be contacted to determine whetheror not the records will be released.I. Citizen complaint and internal investigation recordsare exempt from release through the Freedom ofInformation Act (FOIA), except records of finaldiscipline are not exempt.ISSUING AUTHORITYPage 2 of 2

2. A schedule of dates, times, and locations of allelements of the process.3. A description of the eligibility requirements fortesting.4. A description of the process to be used inselecting personnel for the vacancies.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department5. A list of reading materials which should be usedin preparation for the written examination.a. The list of reading materials will be providedat least 10 weeks prior to writtenexamination.34.1.6 ELIGIBILITY LISTSA. Once all eligible personnel have successfullycompleted all phases of testing, the City ofChampaign Board of Fire and Police Commissionerscertify a list of candidates eligible for promotion andfurnishes it to the Chief of Police. Criteria andprocedures for the development and use of eligibilitylists include the following:1. Each testing component is separate and distinctfrom the others. Numerical weights are assignedto each promotional testing component asestablished by the Board of Fire and PoliceCommissioners.2. An eligibility list for positions of sergeant andlieutenant is prepared, certified, and posted afterthe promotional examination process hasconcluded. Candidates are ranked in the orderof their overall (cumulative) scores.3. Time-in-rank eligibility requirements areestablished prior to initiation of promotionaltesting.4. Promotion eligibility lists are valid for a period ofthree years after the date of posting.5. In filling a vacancy for Police Sergeant or PoliceLieutenant, the Chief of Police shall consider andselect from the top three (3) names on theapplicable eligibility list.34.1.7 PROBATIONARY PERIODA. As established in Article 28 of the Labor Agreement,the promotional probationary period for newlypromoted Police Sergeants is six (6) months, unlessthe probationary period is extended or terminated.B. There is no promotional probationary period for newlypromoted Police Lieutenants.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 54.1SUBJECT: PUBLIC INFORMATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.22.01ADM.22.023. Preparing and disseminating news releases.4. Arranging for and assisting at press conferencesas directed by the Chief of Police.54.1.1 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN54.1.2 MEDIA INPUT INTO DEPARTMENT POLICY54.1.3 ON-SCENE ACCESS BY MEDIAPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for therelease of information to the community and to the newsmedia. The Champaign Police Department recognizes theimportance of public openness and is committed toinforming the community of matters that are handled byand/or involve the Department or are of public interest.The release of records by employees of the ChampaignPolice Department to individuals not employed by acriminal justice agency shall be consistent with the IllinoisFreedom of Information Act.DEFINITIONS:Non-Criminal Justice Agency: Refers to those personswho do not officially represent courts and governmentalagencies or sub-units thereof which perform theadministration of criminal justice pursuant to statute orexecutive order.Criminal History Record/Information: Information collectedon individuals consisting of identifiable descriptions andnotations of arrest, detention, indictment, information,other formal charges and dispositions, sentencing,correctional supervision, and release.POLICY:54.1.1 PUBLIC INFORMATION FUNCTIONA. The Assistant to the Chief for Community Services isdesignated as the Department’s Public InformationOfficer (PIO). The primary function of the PublicInformation Officer is to assist members of the mediain gathering information about cases investigated bythe Department, to handle publicity for specialDepartment programs, and to serve as the primaryliaison with the media. Other functions of the PIOshall include:1. Serving as the central source of informationabout the Department and responding to variousrequests by members of the news media(including an on-scene response whennecessary).5. Coordinating and authorizing the release ofinformation concerning crimes, events, suspects,arrested persons, victims, and witnesses aspermissible by law.6. Serving as the media liaison during times ofcrisis.7. Coordinating the release of informationconcerning Department investigations andoperations, as directed by the Chief of Police.8. Arranging interviews with Department membersand releasing information regarding multijurisdictionalefforts at the request of news mediarepresentatives or as directed by the Chief ofPolice.9. Assuming a proactive role, in consultation withthe Chief of Police, in contacting the news mediawith information that might not otherwise come totheir attention.10. Working closely with the Community Relationsdivision of the City Manager’s Office.B. When a coordinated effort is made with otheragencies, it shall generally be the responsibility of theagency having primary jurisdiction to release anyinformation.C. The Chief of Police or his designee will be solelyresponsible for the coordination and authorization ofinformation concerning confidential investigations andoperations.D. Generally, the release of information to the newsmedia shall be governed by the following:1. Members of the media are welcome at theDepartment at any time. Members of the mediawill be required to present identification as arepresentative of a public news service beforegaining access to reports.2. Media personnel will have access to the on-lineMedia Report.3. Official written press releases will be alsomaintained at the Records Division and on-line.2. Being available for on-call response to the newsmedia for major newsworthy incidents.Page 1 of 44. Dissemination of information to the news mediawill be accomplished in such a manner as toensure its equal availability to all news media

members. In the event of a public news briefingor conference being held, all local news mediarepresentatives will be notified by the PublicInformation Officer.5. In the absence of the PIO, only supervisorypersonnel are authorized to release specifiedinformation to the media.6. The Department does not issue its own presscredentials: however, access to the scene of anincident or to the Department may be limited forany of the following reasons:a. Inherent danger at a crime scene or otherpolice operation.b. Failure to follow the reasonable directions ofa police officer at a crime scene or otherpolice operation.c. Interference with a police investigation.d. Obstruction of the criminal justice process.e. Violation of City, State, or Federal law.f. Unethical or unprofessional conduct, asdetermined by the Chief of Police.6. The Department does not permit interviews bythe media of persons in custody.7. No information will be released which wouldlogically interfere with or jeopardize theinvestigative process.8. Exempt information not to be released either priorto or following an arrest, the issuance of an arrestwarrant, or the filing of criminal charges except inresponse to a court order or subpoena:a. Information revealing the identity of anyperson who files a complaint with or providesinformation to this department.b. Information revealing the identity of thevictim of a crime, witness to a crime, orjuvenile associated with a criminal offense.c. Statements by and credibility of victims andwitnesses.d. The existence or contents of any confessionor admission, or a refusal by the accused tomake a statement.e. The possibility of a guilty plea, reducedcharges, or other dispositions.f. The prior criminal conduct of an accusedindividual which did not result in conviction.g. Observations about the character,reputation, or mental condition of theaccused.i. The results of any test or examinations, orthe refusal to submit to any test orexamination.j. Information which would be inadmissible incourt.k. Information which would logically:1) Deprive a person of a fair trial orimpartial hearing;2) Disclose the identity of a confidentialsource or confidential information;3) Disclose unique or specializedinvestigative techniques;4) Constitute a clear invasion of privacy,absent the written consent of the personto whom the information pertains; or5) Endanger the life or physical safety ofany person.9. Only the following criminal history/recordinformation may be released:a. Arrest log or blotter information;b. Names of persons in custody and thecharge(s) for such persons;c. Public court records; ord. Criminal history/record information for whichthe requesting party is the individualidentified in the record, except as prohibitedby (k)(2), (3), and (5) of this section.E. Generally, all news releases will be made at theDepartment. In the case of major fires, naturaldisasters, major crime scenes, etc., the Departmentwill make every reasonable effort to allow the mediasafe access for photographs and video withinlimitations of public safety, civil rights, and crimescene integrity. In no case will the media be allowedto hinder or obstruct police or fire operations.F. To relieve on-scene supervisors of the additionalburden of dealing with the media, the PIO will respondto the scene of all major incidents during normalworking hours. If the Department PIO is not availableat the scene of such incidents, then it shall be theresponsibility of the on-duty supervisor to respond tothe media as the situation permits.G. Following arrest, the issuance of an arrest warrant, orthe filing of criminal charges, the following informationmay be released without a court order or subpoena:1. A factual statement as to the accused’s name,age, and residence;2. Information which would aid in the apprehensionof the person accused;h. Opinions concerning the merits of the case.Page 2 of 4

3. The facts and circumstances of the arrest,including the time and place of arrest, resistance,pursuit, and/or use of weapons;4. The identity of the arresting and investigatingofficer(s) or agency, and the length of theinvestigation;5. A brief description of physical evidence seized(exception: confessions, admissions, statements,or the results of tests or examinations);6. The nature, substance, or text of the charge;7. Announcement of the scheduling or result of anystage of the judicial process; or8. To request assistance from the public inobtaining evidence.H. Requests for Information on convictions, and arrestsresulting in convictions, related to crimes investigatedby this department shall be released only when suchrequests are written and name a specific individual.I. This department will not release any informationoriginating from another criminal justice agency.J. The following procedural rules for release ofinformation shall apply to all non-criminal justiceagency personnel and shall be implemented in thefollowing manner:1. News Media.a. Release of information to the news mediamay be made only by personnel in asupervisory or command position either by(1) making appropriate portions of copies ofreports, arrest cards, offense reports, mediareports, or dispatch ticket logs available tothe news media, or (2) releasing pressstatements, or (3) answering a reporter’squestions.2. Non-Criminal Justice Agency (Includes NewsMedia).a. Release of non-exempt, arrest, and/orconviction information pertaining to anindividual may be approved by the RecordsManager or Supervisor or a designee inresponse to requests from non-criminaljustice agency persons officially representingpublic or private agencies, organizations, orenterprises as per FOIA guidelines. Recordspersonnel shall record all such informationreleases.3) Requests for conviction information forpurposes of employment or licensingshall require the written consent of theperson to whom the informationpertains.b. Investigative notes and memorandum willnot be copied or released.c. Prior to the release of information, an effortwill be made to acquire the most recentstatus possible on file entries.54.1.2 MEDIA INPUT INTO DEPARTMENT POLICYA. In developing public information policies, theDepartment will allow local media to provide input andsuggestions. This should assist in maintainingeffective mutual working relationships.54.1.3 MEDIA ACCESSA. Requests for information at the scene of anewsworthy incident including, but not limited to,major fires, natural disasters, catastrophic events, ormajor crime scenes shall be referred to the rankingofficer in charge of the investigation.1. The ranking officer may, at his discretion, referthe media to the Public Information Officer.2. News media representatives shall not bepermitted to photograph or televise a defendantwhile he is in police custody and in other than apublic place. This prohibition extends to suchinstances as where he or she is beinginterrogated or booked following arrest. Thedefendant shall be escorted, properly clothed,through public places as expeditiously aspossible. While the news media shall not beprevented from photographing or televising thedefendant in a public place, the defendant shallnot be halted or posed for their convenience.3. Perimeters may be established to preventpersons from entering certain areas of a seriousincident or crime. Upon displaying properidentification, and dependent upon thecircumstances, media representatives may bepermitted inside of police lines to takephotographs; however, evidence gathering areasshall be restricted by the supervisor or officer incharge of the scene. When possible, mediapersonnel should be restricted to public areas,and the private property of persons will besafeguarded. Whenever possible, the taking ofphotographs of injured or dead victims shall notbe permitted.1) A copy of the signed FOIA request witha notation of the information released,the person to whom it was released, andthe date of the release shall be filed inRecords.2) Requests for conviction information forother than employment and licensingpurposes shall be given upon request.Page 3 of 44. No supervisor, officer, or employee shall releasethe name of a deceased person untilidentification has been verified and an earnesteffort has been made to notify the nearestrelative. In every instance, the release shall becoordinated with the Coroner’s Office.5. In the case of announced major events, such asdemonstrations, or large scale catastrophes, the

Police Department will designate a specific areafor the media. Either the PIO or another persondesignated by the Chief of Police will be availableat the media site to answer questions andrelease statements.6. Every reasonable effort will be made to allowmedia access and to release information withoutpartiality, within the guidelines of theseprocedural rules. Such information for releaseshall not be delayed or withheld in order to favorany particular news media reporter or agency.B. Nothing in this statement shall prohibit the release ofstatistical information by the Chief of Police or hisdesignee so long as the information is in a formatwhich contains no personal information.C. Nothing in these guidelines precludes any ChampaignPolice Officer from replying to charges of misconductthat are publicly made against the officer, norprecludes any such officer from participating in alegislative, administrative, or investigative hearing, orsupersedes any more restrictive rule governing therelease of information concerning juveniles or otheroffenders.D. Information subject to discovery and inspection underthe provisions of Disclosure to the Accused (IllinoisSupreme Court Rules, Section 412) will be releasedin accordance with Section 412 only by an officer ofthe court or a Deputy Chief. Such information will berecorded in the case report file.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 4 of 4

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 26.2SUBJECT: RECOGNITION AND AWARDS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:PER.10.01REFERENCE CALEA: 26.1.2INDEX AS:26.2.1 OFFICER OF THE YEAR AWARD26.2.2 EMPLOYEE OF THE YEAR AWARD26.2.3 VOLUNTEER OF THE YEAR AWARD26.2.4 COMMENDATION AND VALOR AWARDS26.2.5 CHIEF’S DISTINGUISHED LEADERSHIPAWARD26.2.6 LIFESAVING AWARD26.2.7 PURPLE HEART AWARD26.2.8 MILITARY SERVICE AWARD26.2.9 S.W.A.T. AWARD26.2.10 AWARDS / INSIGNIA26.2.11 PUBLIC RECOGNITIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish criteria for, andprovide consistency in, acknowledging exceptional workperformance by Department employees. The followingawards will be presented each year following the calendaryear of recognition.POLICY:26.2.1 OFFICER OF THE YEAR AWARDA. The following criteria will be used to select the“Officer of the Year” award recipient:1. Only non-supervisory police officers withpermanent employment status in this departmentare eligible for consideration.2. The officer should consistently perform his/herduties in a professionally acceptable manner; befamiliar with statutory requirements and offenseelements of the Criminal Code, Code of CriminalProcedure, Juvenile Court Act, and VehicleCode; be familiar and comply with Departmentpolicy, procedure, rules and regulations; andperform his/her duty without close supervision.3. The officer should actively seek citizen input indecision-making, routinely engage in problemsolvingefforts, and adhere to our value ofService with Pride.4. The officer should be favorably distinguishedfrom his or her peers in the manner in which heor she interacts with others; and his/her conductshould reflect favorably on himself/herself, thisdepartment, and the City of Champaign.5. The officer should strive continually to be betterinformed, seek self-improvement opportunities,encourage others, and take advantage ofopportunities to improve his/her ability to be moreprofessionally competent.6. The officer’s last performance evaluation must begood to excellent in order to be considered forthis award.B. The following method of selection will be used:1. Any police officer or supervisor may nominateanother police officer by submitting his/her nameand a brief written statement supporting thenomination on the appropriate nomination form(Attached). The nomination must be consistentwith the aforementioned criteria. The nominationwill be forwarded through the nominated officer'scommand officers, who will verify the pertinentcomments regarding the nominee's performance.The immediate supervisor of the nominee willconsult with the nominating employee andcompile documents to include any citizencommendations, letters of commendation,specific incidents of note and supervisorycomments regarding the nominee for thepreceding year. Copies of these documents willbe attached to the nomination form. Allnominations will then be forwarded to the Chiefof Police by February 1 each yearC. A selection board will recommend an award recipientto the Chief of Police after carefully reviewing eachnomination and, if necessary, casting a ballot with asimple majority ruling. The selection board willinclude officers representing all shifts and divisions,and a supervisor will represent supervisors.D. The officer selected for this award will be recognizedin the following manner.1. The officer will be given use of a special parkingspace for one year.2. The officer will have his/her photograph takenand displayed in the Police Department lobby.3. The officer will be awarded uniform insignia.4. The officer will receive a plaque at theOfficer/Employee/Volunteer of the Yearreception.26.2.2 EMPLOYEE OF THE YEAR AWARDA. The following criteria will be used to select the"Employee of the Year" award recipient:Page 1 of 4

1. All non-commissioned employees in permanentfull-time employment status in this departmentare eligible for consideration.2. The employee should consistently performhis/her duties in a professionally acceptablemanner; be familiar and comply withdepartmental policy, procedure, rules andregulations; and perform his/her duty withoutclose supervision.3. The employee should actively seek citizen orcustomer involvement in decision-making,engage in problem-solving efforts whereappropriate, and adhere to our value of Servicewith Pride.4. The employee should be favorably distinguishedfrom his/her peers in the manner in which he/sheinteracts with others; and his/her conduct shouldreflect favorably upon himself/herself, thisdepartment, and the City of Champaign.5. The employee should strive continually to bebetter informed, seek self-improvementopportunities, encourage others, and takeadvantage of opportunities to improve his/herability to be more professionally competent.6. The employee’s last performance evaluationmust be good to excellent in order to beconsidered for this award.B. The following method of selection will be used:1. Any department member may nominate a noncommissionedemployee by submitting his/hername and a brief written statement supportingthe nomination on the appropriate nominationform (Attached). The nomination must beconsistent with the aforementioned criteria. Thenomination will be forwarded through thenominated employee’s supervisors, who willverify the pertinent comments regarding thenominee's performance. The immediatesupervisor of the nominee will consult with thenominating employee and compile documents toinclude any citizen commendations, letters ofcommendation, specific incidents of note andsupervisory comments regarding the nominee forthe preceding year. Copies of these documentswill be attached to the nomination form. Allnominations will then be forwarded to the Chiefof Police by February 1 each year.2. A selection board will recommend an awardrecipient to the Chief of Police after reviewingeach nomination and, if necessary, casting aballot with a simple majority ruling. The selectionboard will consist of one Deputy Chief, twosupervisors, and one non-commissionedemployee.C. The employee selected for this award will berecognized in the following manner.1. The employee will be given use of a specialparking space for one year.2. The employee will have his/her photograph takenand displayed in the Police Department lobby.3. The employee will receive a plaque at theOfficer/Employee/Volunteer of the Yearreception.26.2.3 VOLUNTEER OF THE YEAR AWARDA. The following criteria will be used to select the“Volunteer of the Year” award recipient:1. All current volunteers on “active” status in thisdepartment are eligible for consideration.2. The volunteer should consistently perform his/herduties in a professional, acceptable manner; befamiliar and comply with the Civilian VolunteerContract, and perform his/her duty without closesupervision.3. The employee should consistently engage inproblem-solving efforts where appropriate andadhere to our value Service with Pride.4. The volunteer’s demeanor should reflectfavorably upon himself/herself, this department,and the City of Champaign.B. The following method of selection will be used:1. Any department member may nominate avolunteer by submitting his or her name and abrief written statement supporting the nominationon the appropriate nomination form (CPD 85-6).The nomination must be consistent with theaforementioned criteria. All nominations must beforwarded to the Chief of Police by February 1each year. The nomination will be forwardedthrough the Department Volunteer Coordinator,who will verify the pertinent comments regardingthe nominee's performance. The VolunteerCoordinator will consult with the nominatingemployee and compile documents to include anycitizen commendations, letters of commendation,specific incidents of note and supervisorycomments regarding the nominee for thepreceding year. Copies of these documents willbe attached to the nomination form.2. A selection board will recommend an awardrecipient to the Chief of Police after reviewingeach nomination and, if necessary, casting aballot with a simple majority ruling. The selectionboard will consist of one Deputy Chief, oneLieutenant, two supervisors (one sworn and onenon-sworn), one commissioned employee, andone non-commissioned employee.C. The volunteer selected for this award will berecognized in the following manner.1. The volunteer will have his/her photograph takenand displayed in the Police Department lobby.2. The volunteer will receive a plaque at theOfficer/Employee/Volunteer of the yearreception.Page 2 of 426.2.4 COMMENDATION AND VALOR AWARDS

A. Special performance by a member of this departmentrequires special recognition. Although it is oftendifficult to distinguish performance which is "aboveand beyond" the call of duty from performance that ismerely in keeping with professional police action, aneffort to make such a distinction will be madepursuant to these guidelines. In addition to awardsfor the Officer/Employee/Volunteer of the Year,Commendation and Valor awards may also bepresented to any full-time employee of thisdepartment.1. Selection Methoda. Any employee of this department may benominated for a Commendation or Valoraward by any other member of thedepartment. Such nomination must be inwriting (using the attached form) and detailthe circumstances regarding the incident forwhich he or she is being nominated. Thenominating employee should attachappropriate documentation to assist theselection board in making decisions.b. Upon receipt of such nomination, it will bekept on file until February when the Chief ofPolice will convene an advisory committeeconsisting of two non-supervisoryemployees and two Deputy Chiefs who willevaluate the nominations and eitherrecommend to the Chief of Police theappropriate award or reject the nomination.If necessary, both the employee nominatedand the employee submitting the nominationmay be interviewed by the advisorycommittee.c. The Chief of Police shall make the finaldetermination as to which nominations areaccepted.B. Award Criteria1. Commendationa. A department commendation may beawarded to any employee or team ofemployees for any of the following reasons:1) Exceptional performance of dutydirected toward solving a significantproblem on an employee's beat or otherarea of responsibility.2) Exceptional service to the community,either on- or off-duty, that brings honorto the department.3) Exceptional performance of duty thathas been particularly instrumental inapprehending a dangerous or notoriouscriminal or solving a significant criminalinvestigation.4) Exceptional performance of duty thathas substantially improved workmethods or procedures and that resultsin a significant improvement in the2. Valor.ability of the Department to fulfill itsmission.a. A department Valor award, upon approval ofthe Chief of Police, may be awarded to anyemployee of this department who:1) Has performed under hazardouscircumstances at great risk to his/her lifeand safety, without regard for his/herpersonal safety; or2) Has saved a person from death or greatbodily harm under similarcircumstances; or3) Has apprehended an armed dangerouscriminal without regard for his/herpersonal safety.26.2.5 CHIEF’S DISTINGUISHED LEADERSHIPAWARDA. Leadership is an indispensable quality for anysupervisor or manager. On rare occasions the qualityof leadership is so exceptional as to win significantpraise from those being led.B. The recognition of exceptional leadership must comefrom those being led.C. This award is intended to honor those who:1. Demonstrate exceptional leadership on aconsistent basis.D. The recognition of Distinguished Leadership has asignificant impact on the mission of the department.26.2.6 LIFESAVING AWARDA. The Life Saving Award will be presented to anofficer(s) who has taken significant steps to mitigate apotentially life-threatening event. This award isintended to honor those actions which do not meetthe established criteria for a Valor Award, yet whichdirectly result in:A. A person being saved from a heart attackthrough the use of CPR and/or an AED; orB. A person being saved from potentially drowning,suffocating, choking or electrocution, when theperson would have otherwise succumbed tothese threats with out the intervention by anofficer; orC. Any other event that had a near certain likelihoodof death if not for the direct intervention of theofficer.26.2.7 PURPLE HEART AWARDA. The Purple Heart Award will be presented to anofficer who has received an injury resulting from anassault with potentially lethal force. This award willnot typically be issued to those officers receivingPage 3 of 4

strains, sprains, and fractures during a confrontationwith a resistive or combative subject.26.2.8 MILITARY SERVICE AWARDA. The Military Service Award will be presented to thoseofficers who have completed a tour of active militaryduty, or at least one complete reserve or NationalGuard tour, and who have received an honorabledischarge from such duty.1. The recipients of this award will be identified bythe Chief of Police based upon evidence ofqualifying service and accompanying discharge.26.2.9 SWAT AWARDA. The Department makes information on recognizingexceptional employee performance available to thepublic through the City’s website.B. Copies of citizen letters of appreciation will beforwarded to the officer being commended and alsofiled in that officer’s shift jacket.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentA. The Swat Service Award shall be presented to thoseofficers who have served a minimum of five (5)consecutive years on the Swat Team, and have leftthe team under honorable conditions. The officermust not have ever been placed on an involuntaryleave of absence during his tenure, nor have receivedany form of performance related discipline.1. The Swat Team leader will notify the Swat Teamcommander of any officer who meets theestablished award criteria. The notification willbe made during the annual awards nominationperiod. The recipient of this award will berecognized at the department’s annual awardsceremony.26.2.10 AWARDS / INSIGNIAA. All recipients of the above-described awards willreceive a certificate issued by the department.B. The following uniform insignia will be awarded tosworn personnel receiving the following awards:1. Commendation Award – A blue-yellow uniformribbon.2. Valor Award - A medal and a red-white-blueuniform ribbon.3. Distinguished Leadership Award - A green-whitegreenuniform ribbon.4. Life Saving Award – A red-white uniform ribbon.5. Purple Heart Award – A medal and purpleuniform ribbon.6. Military Service Award – A green-blue-greenuniform ribbon.7. Officer of the Year Award - A blue-white-blueuniform ribbon.8. SWAT Award – I am waiting on thecolor/description of the ribbon from Murphy.C. Stars will be issued for subsequent awards in thesame category.26.2.11 PUBLIC RECOGNITIONPage 4 of 4

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 82.1SUBJECT: RECORDS ADMINISTRATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.22.03ADM.25.02ADM.25.03ADM.25.11the Records Division, and shall delegateresponsibility to a Records Manager.C. Privacy and security of records are ensured throughthe following:82.1.1 PRIVACY AND SECURITY PRECAUTIONS82.1.2 JUVENILE RECORD ADMINISTRATION82.1.3 RECORDS RETENTION SCHEDULE82.1.4 UNIFORM CRIME REPORTING SYSTEM82.1.5 RECORDS ACCOUNTABILITY82.1.6 COMPUTER FILE SECURITY82.1.7 COMPUTERIZED CRIMINAL HISTORIESPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines forrecords processing, retrieval, and retention.DEFINITIONS:CHRI: Criminal History Record Information. CHRI isinformation collected by criminal justice agencies onindividuals and consists of identifiable descriptions andnotations of arrests, detentions, indictments, information,or other formal criminal charges, and any dispositionsarising there from (i.e., sentencing, correctionalsupervision, and release).Freedom of Information Act: Title for Illinois CompiledStatutes 5 ILCS 140, et seq.POLICY:82.1.1 PRIVACY AND SECURITY PRECAUTIONSA. The privacy and security regulations of theDepartment’s Records Division are in accordancewith the following:1. Local Records Act (Illinois Compiled Statutes 50ILCS 205).2. Illinois Uniform Conviction Act (Illinois CompiledStatutes 20 ILCS 2635).3. Freedom of Information Act (Illinois CompiledStatutes 5 ILCS 140).4. Open Records Act (Illinois Compiled Statutes820 ILCS 40).5. The privacy and security of criminal historyrecord information (CHRI) is in accordance withthe US Department of Justice Regulations, Code28, Part 20, and as governed through the IllinoisLaw Enforcement Agencies Data System(LEADS) User’s Agreement.1. Departmental personnel will have access to theRecords Division at all times. During businesshours when the Records Division is open andstaffed, physical access to the Division will not belimited. Police reports may be copied, butoriginal police reports will not be removed fromthe Records Division.2. Outside of normally staffed hours or duringweekends and holidays, the Records Division willbe locked and secured but supervisors will haveaccess by key.3. Archived records are physically maintained in alocked storage room on the third floor of thepolice department. Access to archived recordsis limited to Records personnel and swornsupervisors.4. Additionally, officers and authorizeddepartmental personnel shall have at all timesthe ability to access both current and archivedrecords through the Area-Wide RecordsManagement System (ARMS) database.a. Computer access is controlled through theuse of passwords and related technology.5. Requests for public records under the Freedomof Information Act (FOIA) (5 ILCS 140) may besubmitted in writing to the Records Divisioneither in person or by mail.a. Requests will typically be processed by aRecords Manager or Records Supervisorwithin 7 days of receipt of the request, butthe department reserves the right to take upto fourteen days to respond to suchrequests.b. The department will respond to such arequest in one of three ways;1) Approve the request,2) Deny the request in part, or3) Deny the request.i. Requests will be denied only for thereasons stated in either Section 3(f)or Section 7 of the FOIA.B. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards shall beresponsible for the overall operation and security ofPage 1 of 3ii.Denials may be appealed to theCity Manager.

c. In cases in which the request for publicinformation is granted, the records will bemade available only for inspection. TheDepartment will provide copies of suchrecords only upon payment of copy fees.6. Requests for police records/reports from outsidesources;a. Requests for police records/reports fromoutside criminal justice agencies andbranches will be granted at the discretion ofeither a Records supervisor or Policesupervisor. Such requests typically will nothave to be made in writing, andrecords/reports released to other criminaljustice agencies and branches for officialpurposes will not have to be redacted.However, secondary dissemination isprohibited.b. Requests for police records/reports fromother external sources will require thesubmission of a written request and will begranted at the discretion of either a Recordssupervisor or Police Supervisor. When suchrequests are granted, the releasedrecords/reports will have to be redacted.c. Requests for police/records from externalsources for background purposes will onlybe released when a signed waiver has beensubmitted by the person to whom therecords pertain.7. Copies of Traffic Crash reports will be providedupon payment of copy fees.a. If the person requesting the Traffic Crashreport was involved in the accident then thereport does not have to be redacted.b. If the person requesting the Traffic Crashreport was not involved in the accident thenthe report must be redacted.82.1.2 JUVENILE RECORD ADMINISTRATIONA. The following guidelines and statutes will be followedregarding the collection, dissemination, and retentionof fingerprints, photographs, and other forms ofidentification relating to juveniles.1. Every juvenile taken into custody for a violationthat would be a felony if committed by an adultshall be photographed and fingerprinteda. All juvenile photographs and fingerprints,whether resulting from arrest or placementon station adjustment, will be taken at theyouth Detention Center.2. All juvenile arrest information including bookingreports, photographs, and fingerprints shall bemaintained in locked file cabinets by theInvestigations Division. All juvenile records,whether written or computerized, shall be keptseparate and distinct from adult offender records.B. Juvenile fingerprint and photograph information isintended for in-house purposes and will not beforwarded to any outside agency for criminal historypurposes unless required by lawful court order.However, they may be used for specific comparisonpurposes in the formal investigation of criminaloffenses.C. The release and transmittal of fingerprints,photographs or digital images are governed by theIllinois Compiled Statutes (705 ILCS 405/1-7).1. Identifying information about juveniles shall notbe released to the media or general publicunless the release is required by law or thejuvenile has been reported as a missing person.2. Juvenile records will be made available to allChampaign Police officers for purposes ofcriminal investigation and/or backgroundinformation.3. Juvenile records may be viewed by policeofficers from other jurisdictions who areconducting a criminal investigation.D. The Investigations Division is responsible for purgingthe file of each juvenile who has reached the age of17. The Investigations Commander or his designeeshall purge all juvenile files within one year of thejuvenile’s seventeenth birthday.E. It is the responsibility of the Records Manager to fullycomply with all Court Orders of Expungement,including both juvenile and adult records.1. All records of arrest of the defendant, togetherwith case reports, supplemental reports, bookingreports, evidence sheets, photographs,fingerprints, and other records of identificationtaken as a result of the arrest will be removedfrom all Department files and records.2. The Records Division, under the directions of theRecords Manager, shall forward a copy of thecourt order to the Illinois Bureau of Identification(Illinois State Police).3. All records shall be returned to the defendant orthe attorney representing him in accordance withthe court ordered Expungement.82.1.3 RECORDS RETENTION SCHEDULEA. The Department has a records retention schedulewhich is consistent with the State of Illinois LocalRecords Act retention schedule (Illinois CompiledStatutes 50 ILCS 205 1/9).1. Dispositions shall be maintained in theDepartment’s computerized arrest data systemand also by the Champaign County CircuitClerk’s office.2. The Circuit Clerk also sends disposition recordsfrom all felony and misdemeanor cases to theIllinois State Police and the FBI.82.1.4 UNIFORM CRIME REPORTING SYSTEMPage 2 of 3

A. All reportable incidents shall be submitted to theState and National Uniform Crime Reporting Systembased upon an established reporting schedule.B. The Records Manager or his designee is responsiblefor transmitting this information.82.1.5 RECORDS ACCOUNTABILITYA. Officers shall be responsible for accuratelycompleting all field reports and arrest documentation.All written reports shall be forwarded to a supervisorfor review to ensure their accuracy, completenessand legibility.B. All reports shall be reviewed by a supervisor prior tobeing forwarded to the Records Division. After thesupervisor reviews a report, it shall either be returnedto the reporting officer for corrections or signed by thesupervisor and forwarded to the Records Division.The signature of the reviewing supervisor indicatesthat he has read the report and verified that it hasbeen completed in accordance with departmentalpolicy and proper reporting practices.C. At the end of each patrol shift, a shift supervisor shallensure that all completed reports have been reviewedand forwarded to the Records Division.1. Any report that cannot be completed by the endof an officer’s tour of duty shall be completed bythe end of the officer’s next workday. Absentunusual circumstances, reports typically shouldnot be held over an officer’s days off.2. A supervisor may grant an officer additional timeto complete a complicated report or to follow-upon a report, but such extension should notextend beyond one week.D. The Records Division is responsible for ensuring thatall reports have been completed and approved bycomparing the log of file numbers generated againstthe list of completed files which have been submittedto Records.D. It shall be the responsibility of the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards to ensure that access codesand passwords remain operable until theauthorization status of the user has been changed.1. On an annual basis, either the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards or his designee shallconduct an audit of the central records computersystem for verification of access codes andpasswords.2. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards orhis designee is responsible for deleting theaccess codes and passwords of personnel whohave ended their employment with theDepartment and for maintaining integrity of thepassword system. Any misuse of access codesor passwords will be reported to the Chief ofPolice.3. Access to LEADS requires system promptedpassword changes on a regular basis.82.1.7 COMPUTERIZED CRIMINAL HISTORIESA. Computerized criminal history record access iscontrolled through the use of passwords and relatedtechnology.B. The dissemination of computerized criminal historyinformation will conform to the rules and regulationsoutlined in the Illinois Law Enforcement AgenciesData Systems (LEADS) user’s agreement.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department82.1.6 COMPUTER FILE SECURITYA. Computer files that reside on the local network, theArea-Wide Records Management System (ARMS),and Field Reporting are backed up on a daily basis.B. All backup computer files are stored offsite by eitherthe City of Champaign IT Department or the Area-Wide Records management System (ARMS)administrator. The files are kept in a secure, fireproofarea.C. Microcomputer users shall be permitted physicalaccess to hardware, software, and data as authorizedby their position. Access to Department ownedmicrocomputers or mainframe computers requiresthat users possess access codes and passwords. Allaccess codes and passwords are treated asconfidential, and knowledge of them shall berestricted to the person to whom they have beenassigned.1. All City of Champaign computerized recordsfunctions contain an automated system forverifying passwords and access security.Page 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 82.3SUBJECT: RECORDS MAINTENANCE EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE: 01/01/10REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.25.04ADM.25.05ADM.25.08ADM.25.0982.3.1 MASTER NAME INDEX82.3.2 INDEX FILES82.3.3 TRAFFIC RECORDS82.3.4 CITATION RECORDS82.3.5 RECORDS MAINENANCE BY OTHERCOMPONENTS82.3.6 CRIMINAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish filing andmaintenance procedures of all department reports andcitations within the Records Unit.DEFINITIONS:I-UCR: Illinois Uniform Crime Reporting. I-UCR is asystem by which all Illinois law enforcement agenciesreport their crime information to the state.LEADS: Law Enforcement Agencies Data System.LEADS is a statewide, computerized telecommunicationssystem designed to provide services, information, andcapabilities to the law enforcement and criminal justicecommunity in the State of Illinois.NCIC. National Crime Information Center. The FederalBureau of Investigation operates the NCIC. The NCICcomputer, located in Washington, DC, is connecteddirectly to the LEADS computer by two high-speed lines.The NCIC is also connected to law enforcementcomputers or terminals in all other states.POLICY:82.3.1 MASTER NAME INDEXA. The following persons will be listed in the Area-WideRecords Management System (ARMS) master nameindex:1. Any person listed on a traffic crash or incidentreport as a victim, witness, reporting party,complainant, suspect, offender, arrestee, orother party.2. Any person receiving a traffic citation or writtenwarning.3. Any person arrested or receiving a writtenwarning for a City Ordinance violation.4. Any person who has their vehicle towed by thePolice Department.5. Any person arrested on a warrant.6. Any person who provided their identity to anofficer during a field interview.7. Officers or employees involved in any incident oraccident.B. The master name index shall include an alphabeticallisting of all such parties.82.3.2 INDEX FILESA. The Records Division shall make entries into andmaintain the Area-Wide Records ManagementSystem (ARMS) database. The ARMS database willinclude:1. Incidents by type/classification.2. Incidents by location.3. Found, stolen, and recovered property, as wellas property seized as evidence.1. A key component in recovering stolenproperty is the acquisition of serial numbersand the entry of unique serial numbers intothe LEADS and NCIC systems.82.3.3 TRAFFIC RECORDSA. The ARMS database will include the following:1. Traffic accident data consisting of reports,investigations, and locations.2. Traffic enforcement data consisting of citations,warnings, arrests, locations, and dispositions.3. Traffic crash and enforcement activity reports.B. Roadway hazard reports may be handled either bythe Police Department or Public Works, dependingupon the nature of the hazard, the location of thehazard, the time of day, etc.1. When a member of the Police Department isassigned to handle a roadway hazard a dispatchticket will be created so that a record of theincident exists.2. Requests for assistance with non-emergencyroadway hazards made after hours or duringweekends will be referred to the Public Worksdepartment in writing. Public Works will beresponsible for maintaining a log of suchincidents.Page 1 of 2

C. Both the ARMS and Tiburon (dispatch system)computerized databases computer databases allowfor the compilation of data for administrative andsupervisory review and analysis. Such data will bemade available so that patterns of accidents,violations, or enforcement may be periodicallyreviewed.82.3.4 CITATION RECORDSA. It is each officer’s responsibility to maintain anadequate supply of written warnings, uniform trafficcitations, traffic crash reports, and parking citations.B. The Operations Division shall be responsible for thesecure storage and issuance of citation books andparking citations. Citation books and parking ticketbooks will only be issued to officers by supervisors.C. The Records Division will be responsible for the filingof all voided and issued traffic citations.D. The Parking Division will be responsible for the filingof all issued and voided parking citations.82.3.5 RECORDS MAINTENANCE BY OTHERCOMPONENTSA. The Records Division is the central repository fororiginal copies of all offense and incident reports,arrest reports, citations, written warnings, and otherfield reports and other official records. However,other components of the Department also maintainvarious records. Records maintained by othercomponents of the Department include, but are notlimited to, the following:82.3.6 CRIMINAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERSA. All custodial arrests shall be assigned a uniqueinternal identification number, as well as a Statearrest number which is issued by the State of Illinoisupon fingerprinting.1. Juveniles age 10-16 will be assigned an internaljuvenile arrest number.2. Individuals age 17 and above, including age 17misdemeanants, will be assigned an internaladult arrest number.B. Once the number is issued, it shall be included on allarrest documents.C. The arrest identification number shall be crossreferencedto the incident number and easilyinterpreted.D. Arrest identification numbers are maintained by theIllinois Department of State Police and are notduplicated.E. If a criminal history check reveals that an arrestedindividual has been previously assigned a State ofIllinois and/or FBI number, those numbers shall beincluded on all arrest reports, to ensure positiveidentification and verification of the arrestee.1. Office of the Chief of Police.a. Department personnel records.b. Internal affairs records.c. Other administrative files.2. Investigations Division.a. Criminal intelligence records.b. Informant records.c. Investigative files.d. Juvenile records.e. Other administrative files.3. Professional Standards.a. Complaint records.b. Accreditation files.c. Training Records.d. Other administrative files.B. Release of any information from these files shall be inaccordance with the law or pursuant to court order.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 33.4SUBJECT: RECRUIT TRAINING EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:TRN.01.011. Recruit officers are not permitted to carryfirearms on their person except during authorizedtraining.33.4.1 BASIC POLICE TRAINING REQUIREMENT33.4.2 RECRUIT TRAINING PROGRAM33.4.3 FIELD TRAINING PROGRAMPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to list the basic trainingrequirements which newly hired police officers must fulfill.DEFINITIONS:Lateral Officer: Refers to an individual who has been hiredthrough the experienced officer hiring program and whohas been certified as a police officer, either within oroutside of the State of Illinois.Probationary Officer: Refers to an individual who iscertified as a police officer through the Illinois LawEnforcement Training and Standards Board and who hasbeen sworn in, but has not yet completed the 15-monthprobationary period.Recruit Officer: Refers to an individual who has beenselected to attend the Minimum Standards Basic LawEnforcement Officers course and who has been sworn in.POLICY:33.4.1 BASIC POLICE TRAINING REQUIREMENTA. Academy instruction prior to assignment.1. Pursuant to the Police Training Act, IllinoisCompiled Statutes 50-ILCS 705/8.1, all recruitofficers who are not certified through the IllinoisLaw Enforcement Training and Standards Boardat the time they are hired must attend andsuccessfully complete the Basic LawEnforcement Officers Course at an approvedpolice training academy.2. A lateral officer who is hired through theexperienced officer hiring program and who hasbeen certified as a police officer in another statewill be required to successfully complete anyadditional training required by the Illinois LawEnforcement Training and Standards Board.2. Recruit officers will neither be assigned norpermitted to perform regular police duties prior tosuccessful completion of formal academytraining.3. Recruit officers may be temporarily assigned toother duties within the police department that donot require carrying of a weapon, enforcing thelaw, or making an arrest.33.4.2 RECRUIT TRAINING PROGRAMA. The Minimum Standards Basic Law EnforcementOfficers Course was developed by the Illinois LawEnforcement Training and Standards Board. When arecruit officer is assigned to attend a trainingacademy to complete this course, he will beparticipating in a training program that includes;1. A curriculum based on job task analyses of themost frequent assignments of officers whocomplete recruit training.2. Use of evaluation techniques designed tomeasure competency in the required skills,knowledge and abilities.33.4.3 FIELD TRAINING PROGRAMA. The organization, administration, and trainingrequirements of the Field Training Program aredelineated in Policy 33.9, Field Training Program.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentB. Recruit officer authority and responsibility.Page 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 41.2SUBJECT: RESPONSE TO CALLS, MOTOR VEHICLE EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09PURSUITS, AND FORCIBLE STOPPINGREFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.01.01OPR.01.1041.2.1 RESPONSE TO CALLS41.2.2 MOTOR VEHICLE PURSUITS41.2.3 ROADBLOCKS AND FORCIBLE STOPPINGPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures forresponding to routine and emergency calls, to govern thepursuit of motor vehicles, and to address the use ofroadblocks and forcible stopping techniques.DEFINITIONS:Pursuit: An active effort by a commissioned, uniformedpolice officer operating an authorized police vehicle toapprehend the occupant(s) of a fleeing vehicle who is/areresisting apprehension by increasing speed, disobeyingtraffic laws, and/or attempting to elude the officer.Marked Police Vehicle: Any police vehicle that isidentifiable by its color scheme, has red and/or blueemergency lights permanently mounted on the vehicle, isequipped with a siren, has a permanently mounted policeradio, and has the departmental seal and/or policelettering on its exterior.Semi-Marked Police Vehicle: Any police vehicle that is notidentifiably marked by a distinctive color scheme, butwhich has red and/or blue emergency lights mounted onor within the vehicle, is equipped with a siren, and has apermanently mounted police radio (i.e. a supervisor’ssquad).Unmarked Police Vehicle: A police vehicle that has nodistinctive or identifiable exterior markings, but isequipped with a siren and has dash or visor mounted redand/or blue emergency lights (i.e. an investigationsvehicle).Pursuit Vehicles:Primary Unit: The police vehicle that initiates thepursuit or any unit that assumes control of the pursuitas the lead vehicle (the first police vehicleimmediately behind the fleeing suspect).Secondary Unit: Any police vehicle that becomesinvolved in the pursuit as a back-up to the primaryunit and follows the primary unit at a safe distance.Forcible Stop: The deliberate act of impacting a violator’svehicle with another vehicle in an effort to functionallydamage or otherwise force the violator’s vehicle to stop.Roadblock: The use of a police vehicle to restrict orobstruct the free passage of a motor vehicle on a roadwayin an effort to effect apprehension of a suspect.Rolling Roadblock: A defensive maneuver designed toblock the lanes in front of the fleeing vehicle and used toeither slow it down or bring it to a stop.Stop Stick: A device specifically designed to deflate thetires of a vehicle.POLICY:41.2.1 RESPONSE TO CALLSA. CALL RESPONSE CLASSIFICATION.1. Routine incidents are calls for police servicewhere a quick response is not essential to thepreservation of life or property.a. Police vehicles will be driven in a lawfulmanner and will not obstruct the freemovement of traffic when stopped or parkedexcept as authorized in 2(a) through 2(d) ofthis statement.b. Officers will not temporarily park policevehicles unattended without locking themexcept during an emergency.c. Continuous use of ignition lock-out devicesis detrimental to vehicles. The primarypurpose of the device is to operate theemergency lights for extended periods oftime when officers can not remain in thevehicle.d. Lock-out devices should not be used forconvenience (i.e. keeping the vehicle warmor cool). The use of lock-out devices whileparked at the police station is prohibitedexcept as authorized under paragraph (e)(below).e. Section D does not apply to K-9 vehicleswhen the canine is secured in the vehicle.Other exceptions include recharging deadbatteries, warming up vehicles on cold days,or when extreme temperatures could affectthe operation of the MDC.2. A police vehicle may respond as an authorizedemergency vehicle when;a. Engaged in an authorized pursuit, providedthat the officer utilizes the emergency lightsand siren.b. Responding to an emergency, such as a callinvolving a personal injury accident or anPage 1 of 5

accident in which the vehicles are situated insuch a manner as to cause further seriousaccidents by hazardously blocking traffic.c. Responding to a call which either involvescrime in progress or is likely to result indeath or great bodily harm.d. Authorized or directed to do so by asupervisor.3. The driver of an authorized emergency vehiclemay:a. Proceed past a red light, stop signal, or stopsign, but only after slowing down or stoppingas may be required and necessary for safeoperation.b. Exceed the posted limit, so long as he doesnot endanger life or property.c. Disregard regulations governing thedirection of movement or prohibiting turns inspecified directions.d. Park or stand, irrespective of the provisionsof State and/or City laws that wouldordinarily prohibit parking or standing in agiven area.Emergency lights and siren must be utilizedduring an emergency response. The lightsand siren are not to be relied upon in lieu ofofficer diligence and discretion, and theseexemptions do not protect the driver fromthe consequences of the reckless disregardof the safety of others. Officers must alsoexercise caution in order to reduce damageto police vehicles during an emergencyresponse or pursuit.4. The driver of a police vehicle shall not:a. Follow an ambulance by exceeding theposted speed limit.b. Provide high speed escorts for othervehicles. However, an escort for othervehicles may be provided on an expeditedbasis while observing traffic control devices.41.2.2 MOTOR VEHICLE PURSUITSA. EVALUATING THE CIRCUMSTANCES.1. Preservation of life.a. The overriding responsibility for policeagencies in the State of Illinois is to protecthuman life and property. When the risks tohuman life and/or property outweigh or beginto outweigh the benefits of capture, officersshall refrain from or disengage pursuits.B. LIMITATIONS ON PURSUIT.1. The Champaign Police Department recognizesthat the objective of a motor vehicle pursuit is tomaintain police contact with a fleeing driver,without unnecessary endangerment to life andproperty, until the individual can beapprehended. Officers and supervisors shallcontinually evaluate a pursuit to determinewhether or not the pursuit should be terminated.2. A commissioned uniformed police officer drivinga marked squad car may initiate a pursuit onlywhen all of the following criteria are met:a. The suspect is attempting to avoidapprehension, ANDb. The suspect, if allowed to escape, presentsa danger to human life, or has causedserious injury to another.3. Semi-marked units may initiate a pursuitprovided the proper justification exists, but willrelinquish primary unit status upon theparticipation of a marked unit. Uponrelinquishing primary unit status, semi-markedunits shall terminate active involvement in thepursuit unless they are needed to fulfillsecondary unit responsibilities or are otherwisedirected by a supervisor.4. Officers driving unmarked vehicles are prohibitedfrom being involved in a pursuit unless a lifethreateningsituation exists at the time the pursuitis initiated.5. Alternatives to Pursuit.a. No pursuit and following at a safe speed aretwo alternatives to pursuit. Following at asafe speed is expected in lieu of pursuitwhen the officer knows that there arehostages and/or children in the fleeingvehicle.C. Pursuit Tactics.1. The use of a vehicle to forcibly terminate apursuit, as defined in this policy, is authorizedonly when there is sufficient legal justification forthe use of deadly force.2. To reduce the likelihood of a pursuit, an officerintending to stop a vehicle for any violation of thelaw, other than a traffic violation, shall close thedistance between the two vehicles prior toactivating the emergency lights or siren orotherwise signaling the driver to stop.3. No more than two (2) police vehicles (a primaryunit and a secondary unit) shall become activelyinvolved in a pursuit unless otherwise specificallydirected by a supervisor.4. Officers shall not attempt to overtake, pullalongside, or pass the violator’s moving vehiclewithout the specific authorization of a supervisor.5. Officers involved in a pursuit shall not dischargeany firearm from or at a moving vehicle, norengage in any forcible stop technique, except asa last resort to prevent imminent death or seriousbodily injury to an officer or another person.Page 2 of 5

6. Officers traveling parallel to the pursuit may notjoin or interfere with a pursuit unless specificallydirected to do so by a supervisor.7. Both the primary and secondary vehiclesinvolved in a pursuit should be spacedsufficiently to allow adequate distance to executeevasive maneuvers in the event that othervehicles stop, slow, turn, or otherwise create acollision hazard.8. Before approaching an intersection, the driver ofany pursuit vehicle shall reduce the vehicle’sspeed to avoid collision with another motorvehicle or a pedestrian.9. A pursuing officer is expected to maintaincomplete control of his vehicle at all times.10. Vehicles will not be commandeered for pursuitpurposes.11. Officers will not pursue vehicles traveling in thewrong direction on interstates or other controlledaccess highways.D. PRIMARY UNIT RESPONSIBLITIES1. The decision to initiate and/or continue a pursuitrequires determining whether the danger of thepursuit outweighs the need for immediateapprehension. Officers are reminded that theyare under no legal obligation to initiate orcontinue a pursuit.2. Upon the initiation of a pursuit, the vehicle’semergency lights and siren shall be immediatelyactivated.3. An officer initiating a pursuit shall immediatelynotify METCAD that a pursuit is underway andprovide the following information:a. The specific reason for the pursuit.b. Location and direction of travel.c. Speed and driving behavior of the fleeingvehicle.d. Suspect vehicle license and description.e. Number of occupantsf. Any other relevant factors.4. When leaving the City of Champaign, thepursuing officers shall transmit a message onISPERN without un-necessary delay.5. The primary unit will provide frequent updatesregarding the location of the pursuit, the directionof travel, and other pertinent information. Theprimary unit is also responsible for controlling thepursuit unless otherwise directed by asupervisor.6. The pursuing officer shall keep the vehicle’swindows rolled up so that communicationspersonnel can hear radio transmissions clearly.E. SECONDARY OFFICER’S RESPONSIBILITIES1. The secondary unit shall notify METCAD and asupervisor upon joining a pursuit.2. When assigned secondary unit responsibilities,the vehicle’s emergency lights and siren shall beactivated. The siren on the secondary unit willbe operated in a different mode than that of theprimary unit (i.e yelp vs. wail).3. The secondary unit shall serve as a back-up tothe primary unit and will respond to directionsfrom the primary unit unless otherwise directedby a supervisor.F. SUPERVSOR’S RESPONSIBILITIESThe Patrol Supervisor shall:1. Assume responsibility for the monitoring andcontrol of the pursuit as it progresses.2. Verify the following:a. That the offense meets the department’scriteria for pursuits.b. That no more than the required or necessarynumber of units are involved in the pursuit.c. That proper radio procedure is followed.d. That all necessary agencies are notified.3. Continuously review incoming information todetermine whether or not the pursuit should beterminated.4. Order a pursuit terminated anytime:a. He concludes that the danger of the pursuitoutweighs the need for immediateapprehension.b. The suspect’s identity is established andthere is no immediate threat to public safety.c. The weather, road, or traffic conditionssubstantially increase the danger of thepursuit.d. He determines that the pursuit does notmeet established criteria.5. Control and coordinate the pursuit as follows:a. Direct pursuit and/or support units into andout of the pursuit.b. Re-assign primary, secondary, and supportunits as necessary.c. Approve, disapprove, and coordinate pursuittactics.d. Ensure compliance with multi-jurisdictionalpursuit agreements, if applicable.Page 3 of 5

6. Approve and assign additional back-up orsupport units to assist the primary and secondaryunits based upon:a. The nature of the offense for which thepursuit was initiated.b. The number of suspects and any knownpropensity for violence.c. The number of officers in the pursuitvehicles.d. Any damage or injuries to the assignedprimary or secondary units or officers.e. The number of officers necessary to safelymake an arrest at the conclusion of thepursuit.7. Require that all participating agencies be notifiedwhen a pursuit is terminated.8. Respond to termination points, whether inside oroutside of City limits.G. OTHER UNIT RESPONSIBILITIES1. Unless otherwise directed by a supervisor, policeunits other than the primary or secondary unitsshall not become involved in an ongoing pursuit.Such police units are expected to monitor radiotransmissions and position themselves to be ofpossible assistance.H. PURSUITS ENTERING INTO ANOTHERJURISDICTION1. When a pursuit enters another jurisdiction, theprimary unit shall notify METCAD that the pursuitis leaving the City.2. The appropriate supervisor will decide whether ornot the pursuit should be continued based uponexisting circumstances.3. METCAD shall notify the involved jurisdiction.I. PURSUITS ENTERING FROM ANOTHERJURISDICTION1. Officers shall refrain from entering into anotherdepartment’s pursuit unless assistance isrequested by that department and approved by aChampaign Police supervisor.2. Champaign police officers involved in a multijurisdictionalpursuit are required to comply withthis policy.J. WHEN TO TERMINATE A PURSUIT1. Pursuing officers will immediately terminatepursuit when:a. The officer knows the suspect and/or theoffense involved is a traffic offense,misdemeanor, or non-violent felony.b. The distance between the officer and theviolator is such that continuing the pursuitwould require speeds endangering theofficer or the public.c. The officer loses visual contact with thesuspect for an extended period of time (15seconds or more). In such a case the officermay continue to look for the suspect atreduced speeds.d. Either the officer or the vehicle beingpursued encounters heavy pedestrian orvehicle traffic.e. The pursuit vehicle experiences amalfunction or failure involving lights, siren,radio, brakes, steering, or other essentialequipment.f. The danger to the public or the pursuingofficer(s) outweighs the necessity ofimmediate apprehension.g. Directed to do so by a supervisor.K. REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION1. Any officer initiating a pursuit shall document theincident in an official police report and bookmarkthe video recording.2. Any other unit participating in the pursuit shalldocument their actions in a supplemental report.3. The responsible supervisor shall for controlpolice actions at the scene and ensure that allreports are completed. The supervisor shall alsoensure that police reports contain the followingfacts:a. Start and stop time of pursuit.b. Number of personnel involved.c. Number of police vehicles involved, and theirdegree of participation.d. The reason for initiating the pursuit.e. Speed of the pursuit.g. Law violations committed by the offender.h. Traffic conditions.i. Tactics used.j. Other pertinent details as directed by thesupervisor.4. The shift supervisor who responds to thetermination of a pursuit shall prepare amemorandum to the Deputy Chief of Operationsvia the chain of command. The supervisor shallcomment as to whether or not tactics wereutilized consistent with policy, procedure, andacceptable police tactics. This memorandumshall have all applicable police reports attached.Page 4 of 5

5. The appropriate District Commander will reviewand forward all reports plus a written assessmentof the pursuit to the Deputy Chief of Operationswithin seventy-two (72) hours of the occurrence.L. ANNUAL PURSUIT ANALYSIS1. On an annual basis, the Deputy Chief ofOperations shall conduct a written analysis of allpursuits to determine if there are any trendsrequiring policy changes or additional training.The analysis will be submitted to the Chief ofPolice.41.2.3 ROADBLOCKS AND FORCIBLE STOPPINGA. USE OF ROADBLOCKS DURING PURSUITS1. Roadblocks shall not be employed when it isapparent that innocent persons would beendangered.2. Roadblocks can be employed during pursuit onlyupon the order of a supervisor.3. Roadblocks may only be used when the personbeing pursued has demonstrated a recklessdisregard for the lives and safety of the publicand justification for the use of deadly force exists.b. Prior to deployment, officers will notify thepursuing unit(s) of the location of the “StopSticks”.c. Deployed “Stop Sticks” should be removedfrom the roadway once the pursued vehiclehas passed and only when it is tacticallysafe to do so.d. “Stop Sticks” shall only be utilized by officerstrained in their proper deployment.D. DOCUMENTATION1. Any roadblock, forcible stop, or use of “StopSticks” shall be documented in an official policereport.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department4. A supervisor may cancel a roadblock if dangeroutweighs the necessity for apprehension.5. Only unoccupied departmental vehicles shall beused as roadblocks.6. When a supervisor authorizes a stationaryroadblock, necessary detours, sufficient advancewarning for all motorists, sufficient stoppingdistances, and alternative routes of travel mustbe provided.7. Rolling roadblocks may be authorized by asupervisor. They are most useful on divided,controlled access highways or when the entirehighway is un-obstructed by oncoming traffic.B. FORCIBLE STOPPING1. Unless there is sufficient justification for the useof deadly force, officers shall not attempt todeliberately collide with, or pull in front of,pursued vehicles, nor shall they use a policevehicle to force any other vehicle off a roadway.C. STOP STICKS1. Officers may deploy “Stop Sticks” in an effort tobring a motor vehicle pursuit to a safe conclusionwhen sufficient time is available and it is safe todo so.a. “Stop Sticks” shall only be used on vehicleswith four or more tires.b. “Stop Sticks” shall only be used on pavedsurfaces, such as concrete or blacktop.Page 5 of 5

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 70.2SUBJECT: RESTRAINING DEVICES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.07.01OPR.08.0170.2.1 PRISONER RESTRAINT DURING TRANSPORTPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for theuse of restraining devices during transport of arrestedpersons and for the use of restraining devices whentransporting mentally disturbed prisoners.DEFINITIONS:Handcuffs: Commercially produced chain link or hingedtypecuffs, capable of being double locked, which aredesigned for restraining the arms of a prisoner.F. Prisoners are to be kept under observation at alltimes during transport. Prisoners shall not be hogtied(hands and feet handcuffed separately but joinedtogether behind the back), except for the purpose oftemporary restraint during extreme circumstance.Whenever a hog-tie restraint is necessary, theprisoner will be turned on his side and his breathingclosely monitored.G. Prisoners are not to be transported in a proneposition. If a prisoner is so out of control as to maketransport in a seated position impossible, then amedical transport with leather restraints shall beused.H. If force is used during an arrest, attention should begiven to the possible medical needs of the subject.ISSUING AUTHORITYDisposable Flex Cuffs: Commercially produced plasticflexible band cuff with a one-way locking system.Hobbles: Commercially produced nylon restraints whichare designed for restraining the feet, legs, or arms of aprisoner.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPOLICY:70.2.1 PRISONER RESTRAINT DURING TRANSPORTA. An officer making a full-custody arrest shall handcuffthe person arrested, so long as necessary, to ensurecontinued custody and the safety of others.B. Whenever possible, prisoners should be handcuffedbehind their back with their palms pointed out.C. Whenever reasonable, once a prisoner has beensubdued and handcuffed the handcuffs shall bechecked to ensure that they are not too tight aroundthe wrists and are double-locked.D. Restraint devices may be applied to the wrists withhands positioned in the front of the arrestee in somecircumstances, such as when the arrestee is:1. Physically incapable of placing his hands behindhis back, or2. Physically handicapped, or3. Sick or injured to the extent that placing hishands behind his back would be impractical.4. Being transported long distance.E. Hobbles or disposable flex cuffs may be used inconjunction with other restraining devices ininstances involving high risk or combative prisoners.Page 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 45.4SUBJECT: RIDE-ALONG PROGRAM EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:10/18/12REFERENCE ILEAP:REFERENCE CALEA:INDEX AS:45.4.1 PROGRAM COORDINATION45.4.2 PARTICIPATION GUIDELINES45.4.3 PARTICIPANT CATEGORIES45.4.4 SUPERVISIONPURPOSE:The Champaign Police Department has a long-standingcommitment to the development and improvement ofpositive police-community relations. A positiverelationship between this Department and the citizens ofour service community is necessary to promote a climateof understanding and support for the delivery of lawenforcement services.It shall be the policy of the Champaign Police Departmentto encourage citizens to participate in the Ride-AlongProgram. The Ride-Along Program affords citizens anopportunity to ride with an officer in the Patrol Section ofthe Operations Division while the officer is engaged inroutine patrol activities. This program is not intended forcitizens to engage in actual police activities.POLICY:45.4.1 PROGRAM COORDINATIONA. The Operations Division Chief, or his designee, shallcoordinate the Ride-Along Program.B. Applicants for the Citizen Ride-Along Program mustcomplete the request to ride-along, waiver andrelease form at least one week prior to the date theapplicant desires to ride.C. Participants must have valid photo identification withthem when they report for their scheduled ride-along.D. A criminal history check shall be conducted on allpersons requesting participation in the Ride-AlongProgram. Individuals who have been arrested for anyfelony shall be denied participation. Individuals with arecord of arrest for non-traffic misdemeanors orordinance violation offenses may be deniedparticipation at the discretion of the Deputy Chief ofOperations.E. The executed Release and Waiver of Liability Formsshall be maintained in the Chief of Police’sadministrative files.45.4.2 PARTICIPATION GUIDELINESA. Each participant in the Ride-Along Program mustcomplete a Ride Along Waiver prior to a ride-alongand view the Ride-Along DVD. The Release andWaiver of Liability Form shall be of a design andcontent approved by the City Attorney.B. The minimum age for participants in the Ride-AlongProgram shall be sixteen years. Persons undereighteen years of age shall have a parent or legalguardian jointly execute the Release and Waiver ofLiability Form. (Ride Along Release - Juvenile ).C. Participants in the Ride-Along Program are expectedto be neat and clean in appearance. Sweat clothes,shorts, etc. are not appropriate attire and shall not bepermitted.D. All participants authorized for the Champaign PoliceDepartment’s Ride-Along Program shall wearidentification. Participants shall be issued ID cardsmarked “Ride-Along” that must be worn on theiroutermost garment during the duration of the ridealong,including when accompanying an officeroutside the squad. Champaign Police Departmentpersonnel may wear their department-issued photo IDin lieu of the “Ride-Along” ID.E. The rider shall be instructed to follow the directions ofthe officer during the ride-along. Officers will informtheir ride-alongs of the behavior expected prior to theride-along. Ride-alongs will be advised that they maybe listed as a witness in police reports relating toincidents that they have directly observed.F. Officers will also advise participants that failure tocomply with reasonable directions or injectingthemselves into a situation improperly will result intermination of the ride-along.G. Ride-alongs are not authorized to operate anyChampaign Police Department equipment, unless anofficer’s safety is at risk or they are so directed by aChampaign Police Officer.H. No tape recordings, cameras, or similar devices areallowed without prior written approval from the Chiefof Police or the Deputy Chief of Operations.I. An officer’s involvement with the Ride-Along Programis voluntary, but an officer who has taken friends asriders can reasonably be regarded as volunteering totake others.J. An officer may request to decline participation in theRide-Along Program for reasonable cause.Reasonable causes include those situations whichmay result in embarrassment to the participant, theofficer, or the Department. Final decisions on allassignments are the responsibility of thecommanding officer.Page 1 of 2

45.4.3 PARTICIPANT CATEGORIESA. Civilians.1. Citizens accepted to the Ride-Along Program willbe limited to one four hour period every sixmonths.2. Champaign Police Department interns areauthorized to ride-along as many times as theInternship Program Coordinator deemsnecessary to complete their internship programs.3. Champaign Police Department civilian personnelare authorized to ride-along as many times asmay be required to complete departmentalbusiness. If riding for reasons other thandepartmental business, civilian police personnelare limited to two times per year.4. City officials, other City employees, and civiliansfrom other criminal justice agencies are allowedto ride-along as many times as deemedappropriate by the Chief of Police or hisdesignee.5. Media representatives are allowed to ride-alongas many times as deemed appropriate by theChief of Police or his designee.C. The officer who is assigned a rider shall take allreasonable steps to ensure the rider is not placed inharm's way.D. The rider may be dropped off at a safe location whenan officer is responding to a highly dangeroussituation. The officer should use his best judgment indetermining whether it is safer to drop a rider off at aparticular location or otherwise keep the rider with theofficer and in the vehicle during the call.E. The officer should never be involved in any pursuitswhen carrying a Ride-Along Program participant.F. In the event a situation occurs which may result infuture litigation involving a rider, i.e. emotionaldistress, physical altercation, etc., the officerassigned the rider shall prepare a written reportdocumenting the incident in detail.ISSUING AUTHORITYAnthony D. CobbChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department6. Civilian ride-along guests, including mediarepresentatives, are advised that they do nothave authority to enter a private residencewithout the knowing consent of a person withlegitimate expectations of privacy at thatresidence. (See case Wilson v. Layne, 119 S.Ct.1962 [1999])B. Sworn Police Personnel.1. Sworn police officers are authorized to ride-alongas many times as necessary to complete policerelatedbusiness.2. Sworn police officers riding-along for other thanpolice-related business are limited to twice peryear.C. Exceptions1. The Chief of Police or the Deputy Chief ofOperations may make exceptions to the aboverestrictions for the purpose of accommodatingspecial situations or requests.45.4.4 SUPERVISIONA. Supervisors shall determine to which officer the Ride-Along Program participant is assigned.B. A ride-along may be terminated at any time forpersons who act in an unsafe, disorderly, irrational, ordangerous manner, fail to obey instructions, distractan officer from his/her duties, or at the discretion ofthe shift supervisor.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 32.2SUBJECT: SELECTION - ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:PER.01.0332.2.1 BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION32.2.2 PERSONNEL CONDUCTING BACKGROUNDS32.2.3 BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION RECORDS32.2.4 POLYGRAPH TESTING32.2.5 POLYGRAPH EXAMINERS32.2.6 POLYGRAPH TESTING32.2.7 MEDICAL EXAMINATION32.2.8 PSYCHOLOGICAL EXAMINATION32.2.9 SELECTION FILE32.2.10 PROBATIONARY PERIODPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish responsibility forthe administration of the police officer and employeeselection process and to ensure the selection of thoseapplicants who meet entrance requirements.DEFINITIONS:Candidate: A person seeking employment who hascompleted a formal application.Emotional Stability/Psychological Fitness Examination:Professional screening designed to identify candidatebehavior patterns and/or personality traits that may proveeither detrimental or advantageous to successful fobperformance.Probation: A phase of the selection or promotionalprocess represented by some form of conditionalemployment.POLICY:32.2.1 BACKGROUND INVESTIGATIONA. A background investigation of each candidate isconducted prior to appointment to probationarystatus, and includes the following:1. Verification of minimum qualifying credentials(age, education, etc.).2. Review of credit history.3. Review of driving history.4. Review of criminal background.5. Verification of references and past employment.B. Background investigations shall be performed bysworn supervisors of the Department at the directionof the Chief of Police.A. Personnel conducting background investigations shallhave the investigative training and knowledgenecessary to gather appropriate information duringthe process.B. The training shall ensure that backgroundinvestigations are fair, equitable, and in compliancewith EEOC guidelines.32.2.3 BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION RECORDSA. A confidential record of each candidate’s backgroundinvestigation is maintained on file by the ProfessionalStandards Division of the Champaign PoliceDepartment.32.2.4 POLYGRAPH TESTING32.2.5 POLYGRAPH EXAMINERS32.2.6 POLYGRAPH SIGNIFICANCEA. Polygraph examinations are not administered as apart of the testing or application process for positionswithin the Department.32.2.7 MEDICAL EXAMINATIONA. Appointment to probationary status as a police officeris made contingent upon successful completion of acomprehensive medical examination which shallcertify the general health of each candidate andensure a minimum level of medical fitness.32.2.8 PSYCHOLOGICAL EXAMINATIONA. Appointment to probationary status as a police officeris made contingent upon successful completion of anemotional stability and psychological fitnessexamination.B. The psychological examination shall be performed bya qualified professional from a psychological testingservice.32.2.9 SELECTION FILEA. The Board of Fire and Police Commissionersmaintains a report of each police officer’s medicalexamination and psychological examination. All suchrecords are secured and maintained in accordancewith federal, state and local requirements for privacy,security and Freedom of Information Act access.32.2.10 PROBATIONARY PERIODA. Permanent status as a police officer requirescompletion of a probationary period of 15 months,during which time performance is regularly evaluated.32.2.2 PERSONNEL CONDUCTING BACKGROUNDSPage 1 of 2

B. The probationary period may be extended asprovided in Article 28 of the Labor Agreement.C. Selection criteria and probationary requirements forAFSCME positions are covered in Articles 25 and 27of the AFSCME Labor Agreement.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 32.1SUBJECT: SELECTION OF SWORN PERSONNEL EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:PER.01.01PER.01.02PER.01.04PER.01.05B. The City of Champaign Human ResourcesDepartment is responsible for coordinating theapplication process for the position of police officer. Itis responsible for the following activities:1. The announcement of job vacancies.32.1.1 ELEMENTS OF THE SELECTION PROCESS32.1.2 SELECTION PROCESS – JOB RELATED32.1.3 EVALUATION OF SELECTION PROCESS32.1.4 APPLICANTS INFORMED OF SELECTIONPROCESS32.1.5 APPLICANTS NOT ELIGIBLE FORAPPOINTMENT32.1.6 DISPOSITION OF RECORDS – INELIGIBLEAPPLICANTS32.1.7 SECURITY AND STORAGE OF SELECTIONMATERIALSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for theadministration of the police officer selection process.DEFINITIONS:Job related: A procedure, test, or requirement eitherpredictive of job performance or indicative of the workbehavior expected or necessary in the position.Selection process: The testing components andprocedures which lead to a final employment decision.Selection materials: All written tests, test scores, answersheets, study materials, evaluations, ratings,questionnaires, reports, and forms used in the selectionprocess that have a bearing upon the employmentdecision.Utility/Usefulness: An assessment of the practical value ofa component of the selection process based uponconsiderations of validity, selection/appointment ratio, thenumber of candidates to be selected, and the nature ofthe job.Validity: Proof through statistical data that a givencomponent of the selection process is job related, eitherby predicting a candidate’s job performance or bydetecting important aspects of the work behavior relatedto the position.POLICY:32.1.1 ELEMENTS OF THE SELECTION PROCESSA. The Board of Fire and Police Commissionersmaintains a manual on file which describes allcomponents of the police officer selection process. Acopy of this manual is available in the Office of theChief of Police.2. Coordinating the acceptance and review of allapplications.3. Administering physical fitness examinations.4. Administering written examinations.5. Scheduling eligibility list interviews.C. The City of Champaign Board of Fire and PoliceCommissioners are responsible for establishingeligibility lists for positions within the PoliceDepartment.D. In addition, the Board of Fire and PoliceCommissioners ensure that the selection processcomplies with the City’s equal employmentopportunity policies.E. The Champaign Police Department has anexperienced officer hiring program. Candidates forthe experienced officer hiring program must meet thefollowing requirements, which are in addition to theminimum requirements for the position of policeofficer;1. Have graduated from the Police Training Instituteor an equivalent training academy.2. Possess current State of Illinois Peace Officercertification.3. Have prior law enforcement experience within thepast five (5) years.32.1.2 SELECTION PROCESS – JOB RELATEDNESSA. To document that the elements of the selectionprocess use only those rating criteria or minimumqualifications that are job related, the Board of Fireand Police Commissioners will ensure that:1. The selection process incorporates only thosecomponents that have been documented ashaving validity and utility.2. The selection process has criteria-relatedvalidity.3. Adverse impact is minimized in the selectionprocess.4. Records and data used to measure adverseimpact are maintained on file.Page 1 of 2

5. Materials obtained from or administered by aprivate sector organization or vendor meet therequirements of validity and utility and minimizeadverse impact, or they will not be utilized.Champaign Police Department32.1.3 EVALUATION OF SELECTION PROCESSA. All elements of the selection process areadministered, scored, evaluated, and interpreted in auniform manner by the Board of Fire and PoliceCommissioners and/or the City of Champaign HumanResources Department.32.1.4 APPLICANTS INFORMED OF SELECTIONPROCESSA. The Board of Fire and Police Commissioners and theCity of Champaign Human Resources Departmentnotify applicants, in writing, of:1. All elements of the selection process.2. The scope and expected duration of the selectionprocess.3. The City’s policy on re-application.32.1.5 APPLICANTS NOT ELIGIBLE FORAPPOINTMENTA. Candidates determined to be ineligible forappointment are informed by the Board of Fire andPolice Commissioners or by Human Resources, inwriting, of the basis of their disqualification (e.g.,background investigation, test scores, medicalexamination) within 30 calendar days of eachdecision.32.1.6 DISPOSITION OF RECORDS – INELIGIBLEAPPLICANTSA. The Board of Fire and Police Commissioners ensuresthat records of candidates not appointed toprobationary status are filed, retained, and disposedof in accordance with federal, state, and localrequirements for privacy, security, and the Freedomof Information Act.32.1.7 SECURITY AND STORAGE OF SELECTIONMATERIALSA. Selection and testing materials are securely storedwhen not being used. Only those persons authorizedby the Board of Fire and Police Commissioners haveaccess to the materials.B. Whenever selection material is to be disposed of, thisdestruction is performed in a manner which preventsdisclosure of the information therein and occursunder the supervision of a delegated representativeof the Board of Fire and Police Commissioners.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PolicePage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 46.6SUBJECT: SPECIAL EVENTS PLANNING EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:REFERENCE: CALEA 46.2.7INDEX AS:OPR.04.0346.6.1 SPECIAL EVENT PLANNINGPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for thesecurity and safety of the public attending special eventsand to plan for the safe flow of vehicular and pedestriantraffic during the event.DEFINITIONS:Plan: A document which identifies the methods andprocedures to be used in achieving desirable goals orconditions.Special Event: Activities such as parades, athleticcontests, public celebrations, or festivals which result inan increased need for police services due to traffic,crowds, or crime.POLICY:46.6.1 SPECIAL EVENT PLANNINGA. The responsibility for the planning and coordination ofspecial events rests with the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards or his designee.1. The Sergeant assigned to ProfessionalStandards will serve as the special eventscoordinator. In that capacity, the sergeant willserve as a liaison with event planners and:a. Review and either approve or denyapplications for special events permits.b. Supervise, coordinate, and assign personneldetailed to the special event.c. Procure any necessary equipment forpersonnel assigned, and coordinate thedistribution and return of that equipment.d. For major events in the City of Champaign,develop a written Operational Plan whichaddresses any traffic control, crowd control,and/or crime management issues that areanticipated as a result of the event. Formajor events involving two or morejurisdictions, an Incident Action Plan shall becompleted. In either case, the plan shoulddetail:traffic controls, parking prohibitions, andemergency vehicle access.2) Crowd estimates and crowd controlplans and procedures.3) Anticipated criminal issues, to includethe type, frequency, and location ofexpected occurrences, as well as plansfor response to those occurrences.4) The adequacy of private security plans,when they are planned for a particularevent.e. Coordinate with other City departments(Public Works, Fire, Finance, etc.) andexchange information with them regardingjob functions at the event.f. Coordinate with outside departments for theuse of special operations personnel, such asmedical response teams, which are deemednecessary but cannot be provided by theDepartment.g. Develop logistical plans through the creationof maps, charts, time tables, personnelrosters, and event schedules that:1) Allow for relief of officers assigned.2) Ensure the establishment of staging andstaffing areas.3) Allow for the preparation of publicinformation press releases and, whennecessary, establish news mediabriefing areas and procedures.4) Make maximum use of accessibleparking in and around the event areawhile maintaining lanes of traffic for useby emergency responders.2. The plan, or appropriate portions of it, shall bedisseminated to assigned personnel to ensurethat they are both familiar with the overall planand aware of their individual responsibilities.1) Plans for traffic control, traffic direction,alternate routes of travel, temporaryPage 1 of 1

3. When feasible, a briefing will be held for allassigned personnel just prior to the start of theevent.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 46.2SUBJECT: SPECIAL OPERATIONS PROCEDURES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:OPR.04.03OPR.05.01OPR.05.02perimeter is identified a zone of containment isestablished to prevent anyone from entering or leaving theinner perimeter.INDEX AS:46.2.1 SPECIAL OPERATIONS46.2.2 SELECTION OF SWAT TEAM OFFICERS46.2.3 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT46.2.4 SELECTION OF HOSTAGE NEGOTIATORS46.2.5 DIGNITARY PROTECTION46.2.6 SPECIAL EVENTS PLANNINGPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures forresponses to barricade, hostage, and sniper situations,high risk apprehensions, high risk warrants, and specialevents, and to establish guidelines for the utilization of theSWAT Team.DEFINITIONS:Barricade Situation: The standoff created by an armed orpotentially armed suspect in any location, whether fortifiedor not, who is refusing to comply with police demands forsurrender.Crisis Negotiator: A Champaign police officer who hasbeen selected and trained to perform negotiationfunctions.Dignitary: Any person who, because of his political, social,religious, or other position, may be the victim of threats ofphysical harm to himself, his family, or his travelingcompanions, or may be the victim of intimidation orextortion.High-Risk Apprehension: The arrest or apprehension ofan armed or potentially armed suspect where there islikelihood of armed resistance.High-Risk Warrant Service: The service of a search orarrest warrant where the service matrix recommends orrequires the use of the SWAT Team.Hostage Situation: The holding of any person(s) againsttheir will by an armed or potentially armed suspect.Incident Commander: The ranking officer who hasassumed command at the scene of a special operationsincident. This will be no less than a shift or unit supervisorholding the rank of sergeant.Inner Perimeter: The area in which officers and/or citizensmay be vulnerable to direct fire or other harm from anarmed or potentially armed suspect. The size andlocation of the inner perimeter may be dependent uponthe firepower and field of fire available to the armedperson, or upon other considerations deemed appropriateby the on-scene supervisor. Typically, once an innerOuter Perimeter: A second zone of containment that isestablished to allow officers on the inner perimeter tofocus their attention primarily toward the inner perimeterand which may be used to provide a zone of safety inwhich additional resources can be staged.Sniper Situation: A situation where an armed suspect whois either stationary or mobile fires upon citizens and/orpolice officers.Special Operations Incident: Any occurrence requiringpolice intervention that places demands on departmentalpersonnel and/or resources beyond normal operationalrequirements.Special Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) Team: A group ofofficers who are specially selected, trained, and equippedto handle high-risk incidents, such as those involvingsnipers, barricaded persons, hostage-takers, selectedwarrant services, and other situations or activities asdeemed necessary by command leadership.POLICY:46.2.1 SPECIAL OPERATIONSA. SWAT Mission.1. The presence of a highly trained, highly skilledtactical team has been shown to substantiallyreduce the risk of injury or loss of life to citizens,police officers, and suspects. Therefore, it is theintent of the Champaign Police DepartmentSWAT Team to provide a highly trained andskilled tactical team as a resource for theChampaign Police Department in the handling ofcritical incidents. The mission of the ChampaignPolice Department SWAT Team is to support theChampaign Police Department, and otheragencies within mutual aid agreements with atactical response to critical situations.B. SWAT Team Composition and Structure.1. The SWAT Team’s authorized strength is 18primary team members who have collateralduties within the Operations, OperationalSupport, and Professional Standards Divisions.Team members are activated on an as neededbasis by the Chief of Police or his designee.2. The SWAT Team will consist of the followingpersonnel:a. One (1) SWAT Team Commander, who isappointed by and serves at the pleasure ofthe Chief of Police. The SWAT TeamCommander is responsible for the overallPage 1 of 7

operation of the SWAT Team as well asmembers of the Hostage Negotiations,Explosive ordnance disposal, ElectronicsTechnician, and Tactical Medic Units and aPublic Information Officer (PIO).b. One (1) Assistant SWAT Team Commander.The Assistant SWAT Team Commander willassist the Team Commander and assumethe responsibilities of the Team Commanderin his absence.c. One (1) Executive Officer who will beselected by the SWAT Team Commander.The Executive Officer (XO) will assist withthe day-to-day oversight of the SWAT Team,and during SWAT missions the XO will, ashis primary responsibility, oversee thecoordination and development of the SWATTeam’s immediate action plans and otheractivities deemed necessary to carry out theSWAT mission.d. One (1) Team Leader and two (2) AssistantTeam Leaders who will be selected basedupon their tactical and leadership abilities.Team Leaders serve at the pleasure of andunder the direct supervision of the SWATTeam Commander. Team Leaders may beof any rank, since rank has no bearing onSWAT functions.3. Support for the SWAT Team will consist of thefollowing units and personnel:a. The Explosive Ordnance Disposal Unit,which consists of three (3) technicians.b. The Crisis Negotiations Unit, which consistsof eight (8) negotiators.c. The Electronics Technician Unit, whichconsists of four (4) technicians.d. A Tactical Medic Unit, which consists of six(6) medics.e. One (1) Public Information Officer (PIO).C. Command and Control.1. When the SWAT Team is activated, the SWATTeam Commander or his designee reportsdirectly to the Chief of Police.2. When the SWAT Team is deployed, the Chief ofPolice and the SWAT Team Commander shallmaintain total command and control of theincident and the inner perimeter, which includesdirection, supervision, coordination, and controlof all tactical and other assigned personnel whilethey are engaged in their missions.3. The SWAT Team Commander has the fullauthority to call out any member of thedepartment who has special training or expertisethat will aid in the successful resolution of atactical situation.4. The SWAT Team Commander will work closelywith both the SWAT Team and their supportingunits to ensure a coordinated response; plan orarrange for protracted negotiations; arrange forpersonnel replacement; feeding of deployedofficers; ensure that the Department’s use offorce policy is strictly followed; and developmedical assistance plans as needed.5. The SWAT Team Leader shall assume controlover the inner perimeter and tactical commandpost; deploy marksmen and commencesurveillance; deploy scouts to evaluate thesituation; clear adjacent buildings upon order;keep the SWAT Team Commander informed ofpersonnel deployment and activities; control andcoordinate all personnel movement; ensure thatthe suspect(s) / position(s) are under continuoussurveillance and report all activity to the SWATTeam Commander; maintain strict fire control;plan for a tactical assault; and, when authorized,execute the assault plan.6. When the SWAT Team is deployed, only theChief of Police, SWAT Team Commander, orofficer having leadership positions within SWATwill attempt to direct, supervise, or control anyelement or member of the SWAT Team.7. District Commanders and Shift Supervisors shallensure full logistical and line support of theSWAT mission. Personnel will be assigned asnecessary to re-direct traffic, establish an outerperimeter, and coordinate all communicationswith other agencies involved.D. Activation Process.1. Activation of the SWAT Team shall takeprecedence over all other assignments within theChampaign Police Department. When activated,SWAT Team members assigned to theChampaign Police Department SWAT Teambecome subordinate to the SWAT TeamCommander and remain so until the SWATTeam Commander determines that the activationhas concluded.2. In those situations in which the SWAT Team maybe more effective than traditional police tactics, aChampaign police officer can recommend to asupervisor the mobilization of the SWAT Team.The supervisor will make the determination as towhether or not to request the activation of theSWAT Team. There will be immediatenotification to the Chief of Police and the SWATTeam Commander prior to SWAT deployment.(Note: Under McClelland v. Fancher and Owensv. Haas, if a police department has a trainedspecialized team and does not utilize the team ina situation for which it is trained to respond, thenthe supervisor assumes liability for anything thatgoes wrong).3. In non-emergency situations, only the Chief ofPolice, SWAT Team Commander, or theirdesignees may activate or deploy the SWATTeam.4. Any division or unit within the Champaign PoliceDepartment, such as the CAT Team orPage 2 of 7

Investigations Division, may request theassistance of the SWAT Team in planning orexecuting operations. Such requests will bemade through either the SWAT TeamCommander or Team Leader.5. The Champaign Police Department SWAT Teamis available, with the approval of the Chief ofPolice, to any requesting law enforcementagency. When a request for the team is receivedit shall be immediately forwarded to the SWATTeam Commander who will determine if thesituation warrants the activation of the SWATTeam. If the SWAT Team Commanderdetermines that the team will be activated, theactivation will follow normal procedures.6. In all cases, the SWAT Team Commander shalldetermine the number of Team members andsupport personnel who will be activated. Theonly exception that applies would be theactivation of an EOD officer or Tactical Medic fora bomb call-out.E. Use of Force.1. SWAT Team members will follow the Use ofForce Guidelines outlined in Policy 1.3 of thePolicy and Procedure manual.2. It is recognized that SWAT operations can bevery complex in nature based upon the dynamicflow of evolving events. It is possible that anindividual SWAT officer may not have thecollective knowledge possessed by those in theCommand Post. Based upon this premise, theSWAT Team Commander could possess theknowledge that the use of deadly force is justifiedwhen it may not be readily apparent to anindividual SWAT officer. Conversely, there maybe facts unknown to an individual SWAT officerthat would result in the SWAT Team Commanderdirecting that deadly force not be used when itwould appear to be readily justified.F. Training1. The SWAT Team and Crisis Negotiation Unit willtrain separately a minimum of 8 hours eachmonth.2. In addition to their regular SWAT training,Sniper/Observer Teams will train a minimum of 8hours each month.3. In addition to their regular SWAT training, lesslethal and chemical munitions specialists willtraining a minimum of 5 hours each month.4. EOD Technicians will train with the University ofIllinois technicians a minimum of 8 hours eachmonth, and call-outs may be counted towardsthis time.5. On a quarterly basis the SWAT Team willconduct an additional 8 hours of training forfitness and weapons qualifications.6. On a quarterly basis each member of the CrisisNegotiation Unit will participate in at least 8 hoursof scenario training.7. On an annual basis an “In Service Tactical SkillsReview” will be held during which the SWATTeam will train as a group for 40 hours.8. On an annual basis, and as a part of theirregularly scheduled monthly training sessions,EOD Technicians will complete a total of at least40 hours of hands-on explosives training.9. EOD Technicians shall attend the HazardousDevices School 40-hour refresher training everytwo (2) years.10. Team and Unit members are expected to attendall scheduled training sessions. If a member isunable to attend a training session, then thereason for the absence must be submitted, inwriting, to a Team Leader or Unit Supervisor.11. Team or Unit members who frequently misstraining, whether with or without cause, aresubject to removal.12. Team or Unit members who miss consecutivetraining sessions will be placed on nondeployablestatus until the next training date.13. All training must be documented, and trainingrecords must be retained for seven (7) years.G. Equipment Standards and Uniforms.1. SWAT Team members will be provided withsafety equipment as outlined in the SWAT TeamSOP manual.2. SWAT Team members will wear approved utilityuniforms and footwear. Uniforms shall includeclearly visible and identifiable placards, patches,badges, or lettering that clearly identified theperson wearing the uniform as a lawenforcement officer. All other items of personalwear or equipment must be approved by theSWAT Team Commander.3. SWAT Team members are responsible for thecare and maintenance of issued equipment.Failure to appropriately maintain equipment infull mission readiness will be grounds fordisciplinary action, up to and including dismissalfrom the team.H. Operational Orders and Documentation.1. Mission Planning.a. The Champaign Police Department SWATTeam will utilize a detailed writtenoperational plan for any operation that ispro-active or anticipatory in nature, such asa warrant service. The operational plan willbe completed using the Tactical IncidentResponse program.Page 3 of 7

. A team briefing will be held prior to eachplanned event. Team briefings will cover theoperational plan and be video-recorded.Both the operational plan and the videorecording will be stored and maintained for aminimum of seven (7) years.c. The SWAT Team Commander will cause alog of events to be recorded on selectSWAT operations, and will also cause allplanning or decision-making documents tobe recorded. These documents will bestored and maintained for a minimum ofseven (7) years.2. Documentation.a. The SWAT Team Commander will cause anagency incident report to be generateddetailing any activation/use of the SWATTeam. The report will be a standard policereport which details the operation andpertinent information required for follow-upinvestigation or prosecution.3. After-Action Critique.a. At the completion of all operations andsignificant training events the SWAT TeamCommander/Team Leader will conduct anafter-action review. The purpose of thisreview will be to create a forum for teammembers to offer suggestions forimprovement. The after-action review will beformatted to develop the followinginformation: positive factors, negativefactors, and solutions for the negativefactors.46.2.2 SELECTION AND RETENTION OF SWATTEAM OFFICERSA. Assignment of an officer to the SWAT Team is acollateral assignment which is voluntary.B. Recognizing that the nature of SWAT operationsrequires disciplined, physically fit, mission-capableprofessionals, SWAT Team members will be selectedthrough a fair and non-discriminatory process thatmeasures that applicant’s ability to be trained in theessential tasks deemed necessary for theperformance of the SWAT mission.C. There are certain personality traits and individualabilities necessary in the make-up of a SWAT officer.Those personality traits are courage, self-discipline,initiative, decisiveness, responsibility, loyalty, and theability to work as a member of a team. The individualabilities are physical fitness, good motor coordination,good shooting skills, and the ability to perform undergreat stress. Applicants who possess these traits areusually capable of being trained in the essential tasksrequired for SWAT service.D. The selection process will be designed to measurethe quality of a candidate against these traits andabilities. Testing for the SWAT Team will consist ofthe following:1. A physical fitness test consisting of the followingevents:a. Sit/Reach.b. Sit-ups (one minute).c. Bench Pressd. 1.5 mile rune. Push-ups (one minute)2. The applicant will complete a psychologicalexamination at the department’s expense todetermine their ability to function as a SWATofficer.3. The applicant will complete the SWAT pistolqualification course and must achieve aminimum score of 430 points.4. The applicant will participate in an oral interviewin which a series of pre-developed questions willbe asked. The interview panel will consist ofthree members of the Team’s leadership.E. Once selected for an opening on the team, thecandidate will be placed on probationary status fortwelve months. The probationary period begins uponcompletion of the Basic SWAT School and may beextended. Failure to complete the Basic Course willresult in immediate dismissal from the team. At anytime during the probationary period, the candidatemay be dismissed from the team without cause uponthe consensus of the team leadership. Teammembers will not be allowed to wear the SWAT Pinas a part of their uniform until they have successfullycompleted their probationary period.F. Past SWAT Team members who have left the teamunder circumstances involving a leave of absence, avoluntary withdrawal, or a failure to maintainadequate levels of performance or fitness may reapply.Preference for filling an existing opening maybe given to a past member upon consensus of theteam leadership. Under these circumstances, a pastmember will not have to go through the applicationprocess. Instead, both a fitness and marksmanshiptest will be administered. If the past member passesboth tests, they will be brought back onto the team.All standards for continued membership on the teamthen apply.G. There is a general expectation that SWAT Officerswill hold themselves to higher standards of conductand performance. While a “Met Standards” rating isthe minimally acceptable rating for a team member,the team’s leaders will monitor each team member’sefforts to exceed minimum standards. Four keyperformance areas will be monitored:1. Teamwork.2. Officer Safety.3. Pro-active Enforcement.4. Investigative Ability.Team member’s ratings in these areas ofperformance evaluation will be factored into decisionsregarding training, team assignments, and retention.H. All SWAT Team members must maintain adequatelevels of performance. All SWAT Team membersmust also maintain minimum levels of physicalPage 4 of 7

fitness. Failure to maintain adequate performance orfitness is grounds for discipline, up to and includingdismissal from the team. A team member may alsobe dismissed upon consensus of team leadership orupon directive of the Chief of Police.I. The procedure to be followed when a team memberfails a performance skill is remediation followed by animmediate re-test. Failure to pass a re-test will resultin the team member being placed on non-deployablestatus for a period of 30 days. Within 30 days theteam member must improve their skill level andrequest a re-test. Failure to take or pass the re-testwill result in dismissal from the team.J. When a team member is placed on non-deployablestatus twice in a one-year period it will result in theirstatus being reviewed for possible dismissal by teamleadership.K. Physical fitness tests will be conducted on a quarterlybasis. The tests will be conducted by a team leader,with a minimum of three team members present – theleader conducting the test, a scorer, and the membertaking the test. Team members must participate in allphysical fitness tests. A team member who is unableto make a scheduled test must request a test on analternate schedule within fourteen (14) days of thescheduled test. Exceptions may be made when ateam member is on vacation or attending a weeklongschool. Failure to take or pass any physical fitnesstest will result in the team member being placed onnon-deployable status for a period of 30 days. Priorto the end of that 30 day period, the team membermust take and pass a re-test. Failure to take and/orpass the re-test will result in immediate dismissal.L. If the failure to take a physical fitness test is due tothe existence of a valid injury, as determined by theSWAT Team Commander, the team member willbegin a 90 day rehabilitative process. If 90 days isdeemed insufficient based upon a doctor’s report, theteam member will be placed on a temporary leave ofabsence for a period not to exceed 180 days. If theteam member requires a rehabilitation of more than180 days then they will be dismissed from the teambut may re-apply as previously outlined in this policy.Any team member who is unable to take a fitness testdue to injury will be placed on non-deployable status.M. Any team member who is convicted of a crime or wholoses certification under Illinois Training andStandards Board guidelines, whether temporarily orpermanently, will be permanently dismissed from theteam.N. Any team member who is given time off or suspendedwithout pay will be subject to a SWAT review board,the results of which could result in discipline up toand including dismissal from the team.O. A negligent discharge by any team member, at anytime, whether performing SWAT or other duties,either on- or off-duty, will result in the followingactions:a. If the negligent discharge did not impact anotherperson, then the team member will be placed onnon-deployable status for 30 days and givenaggressive remedial training in the handling ofweapons.b. If the negligent discharge impacted anotherperson, then the team member will bepermanently dismissed from the team.P. Any team member who fails to adequately maintainassigned equipment may be dismissed from theteam. Any team member who loses equipment,through negligence, will be required to replace theequipment at his own expense. If lost equipment issensitive in nature (i.e., weapons, explosives, etc.),then the team member will also be subject todiscipline, up to and including dismissal from theteam.Q. Any team member may voluntarily withdrawal fromthe team at any time by giving written notice to theSWAT Team Commander.R. All decisions concerning the SWAT Team are subjectto the approval of the Chief of Police.46.2.3 SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENTA. Recognizing that the missions of the SWAT Team areperformed in a hazardous environment, and that thesafety of innocent citizens, officers, and subjects isoften jeopardized by hazardous conditions, it shall bethe intent of the SWAT Team to utilize the specializedequipment listed below in an attempt to lessen therisk of injury or death to all involved during theperformance of SWAT operations. The ChampaignPolice Department SWAT Team recognizes,however, that the use of specialized equipment in noway implies or guarantees that injury or death will notoccur. Authorized specialized equipment will include,but not be limited to:1. Primary Entry Weapons: entry shotguns, submachineguns, and tactical rifles; short-barreledweapons which allow for rapid target acquisition,enhanced accuracy, provide for maneuverability,reliability, and stopping power, and also allow theability to return/sustain fire.2. High Caliber Rifles: Commonly referred to ascounter-sniper rifles, these weapons all a teammember to place highly accurate rounds whereneeded to resolve life-threatening incidents.3. Less Lethal Weapons or Ammunition: Weaponsor ammunition which propel a device notnormally lethal in nature and which are designedto offer an alternative to the use of deadly forcewhen appropriate.4. Noise/Flash Diversionary Devices: Utilizes abright flash of light, is immediately followed by aloud noise, and reduces the potential for anarmed confrontation by providing a diversionwhile SWAT Team members make entry into ahazardous area.5. Breaching Tools and Ammunition: Items such asrams, pry bars, hydraulic or electronic machine,special frangible shotgun rounds, etc., which aredesigned to force entry into barricaded orsecured areas.Page 5 of 7

6. Gas: Items of CS, CN, and OC used to attemptto subdue an individual, drive an individual to orfrom an area, or deny an individual entry into anarea.7. Explosives: Tactical explosives are used to forceentry into a barricaded or secured area, or tocreate an entry point where appropriate speedand surprise can be accomplished through theuse of an explosive. Explosives may also beused to create large exterior distractions.8. Negotiator Phone: A portable two-waycommunications system that allows for directcontact with, and may allow observation of, asuspect during an incident, and which facilitatesthe negotiation process.B. The SWAT Team Commander will ensure that onlythose team members who have been properly trainedand certified in the use of special equipment willutilize the equipment.C. The SWAT Team Commander will be responsible forestablishing the certification standards and criteria forthe team. Those standards and criteria will bedefined in the SWAT Training Manual and SWATStandard Operating Procedures (SOP).46.2.4 SELECTION OF CRISIS NEGOTIATORS, EODTECHNICIANS, AND ELECTRONICTECHNICIANSA. Assignment of an officer as a Crisis Negotiator,Explosive ordnance disposal (EOD) Officer, orElectronic Technician is a collateral assignmentwhich is voluntary.B. The selection criteria for Crisis Negotiators, EODTechnicians, and Electronic Technicians shall followthe same guidelines as those for specializedassignment selection.C. Each Crisis Negotiators shall successfully graduatefrom both Basic and Advanced Crisis NegotiationSchool and shall be capable of functioning in any orall of the Crisis Negotiation assignments.D. Each Electronics Technician will be trained to repair,maintain, assemble, and disassemble all of theSWAT Team’s electronic equipment.E. The SWAT Team Commander will appoint one leadereach to the Crisis Negotiations, EOD, and ElectronicTechnicians Units. Those leaders will serve at thepleasure of the SWAT Team Commander.F. Unit leaders will be responsible for the overall trainingof their respective units, delegating assignments,establishing lines of communication between theSWAT Team Commander and Team Leader,ensuring the availability of officers during call-out, andfor participating in decisions regarding theirrespective units.46.2.5 DIGNITARY PROTECTION1. Upon receipt of a request for dignitary protectionwithin the City of Champaign, the SWAT TeamCommander or his designee will act as a singlepoint of contact for representatives of visitingdignitary and other agencies that may beinvolved in the overall security or event.2. If a dignitary has his own security detail, theSWAT Team Commander or his designee willarrange for coordination between the ChampaignPolice security detail and the outside securitydetail.3. When the SWAT Team Commander deems thata written security plan is necessary for the detail,either he or his designee will submit such a planto the Chief of Police as soon as practical prior tothe event.B. Equipment Requirements.1. Arrangements shall be made to obtain thefollowing equipment and/or resources, asdeemed necessary by the SWAT TeamCommander:a. Body armor for the visiting dignitary.b. Communication equipment.c. Crowd control equipment.d. Vehicles.e. SWAT Team assistance.f. Canine Unit assistance.C. Planning and Reconnaissance.1. The SWAT Team Commander or his designeeshall determine the date, time, and location ofthe visit. If known ahead of time, routes of travelshould also be obtained.2. When possible, local expertise should be used toassist with the planning of travel routes.3. Areas where stops and visits are planned shouldbe pre-inspected to determine what, if any,security challenges may exist. If deemednecessary, advance inspections will becompleted by the SWAT Team Commander orhis designee.4. The SWAT Team Commander or his designeewill be responsible for gathering anddisseminating intelligence to enhance thepreparedness of the detail.5. If protest activity is anticipated, representatives ofthose groups may be contacted ahead of time inan effort to prevent confrontations.D. Coordination of Operations.1. When multiple jurisdictions are or may beinvolved, the SWAT Team Commander or hisdesignee will appoint a single individual tocoordinate interagency assistance.E. Communications.A. Coordination and Supervision.Page 6 of 7

1. When possible, multi-agency communicationsshould take place on a shared frequencyaccessible by all involved agencies.F. Identification.1. All members of the security detail shall either beknown or readily identifiable to other members ofthe detail.46.2.6 SPECIAL EVENTS PLANNINGA. See Policy 46.6 regarding Special Events Planning.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 7 of 7

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 70.3SUBJECT: SPECIAL TRANSPORTS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:08/10/11REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.07.02OPR.07.03OPR.07.04OPR.07.0570.3.1 TRANSPORTING SICK, INJURED ORDISABLED PRISONERS70.3.2 TRANSPORTING PRISONERS TO MEDICALFACILITIES70.3.3 SPECIAL TRANSPORTSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures forspecial transportation situations that will provide for thesafety and security of the prisoner, the transportingofficer(s), and the general public.POLICY:70.3.1 TRANSPORTING SICK, INJURED, MENTALLYILL OR DISABLED PRISONERS, OR THOSEWITH A POSSIBLE COMMUNICABLEDISEASEA. If a person who has been placed under arrest in thefield requires immediate medical attention due toinjury or illness, the arresting officer shall promptlyrequest that METCAD dispatch EMS personnel to thescene.B. As in the transport of any prisoner, the safety of thetransporting officer and the prisoner is of primaryconcern. In transporting a disabled prisoner, specialaccommodations for transport may be required.1. Depending on the type of disability and thespecial needs of the prisoner, the transportingofficer may, as approved or directed by asupervisor, utilize a vehicle other than a policevehicle for transport.70.3.2 TRANSPORTING PRISONERS TO MEDICALFACILITIESA. Prisoners who require medical treatment for minorinjuries may be transported to the hospital by squad.In such cases, the officer conducting the transportshall notify a shift supervisor of the transport to thehospital.B. Prisoners who have significant injuries, who are likelyto contaminate the transport area with blood or otherbodily fluids, or who request an ambulance will betransported to the hospital by ambulance.1. When a prisoner is being transported to thehospital by ambulance, the prisoner will bePage 1 of 2handcuffed or restrained by an authorizedmethod, unless prevented due to medicalreasons.2. Unless otherwise directed by a supervisor, anofficer will ride in the ambulance with theprisoner. If an officer does not ride in theambulance, an officer will follow the ambulanceto the hospital.3. Officers will remain with prisoners during medicaltreatment unless the attending physicianrequests the officer(s) leave the treatment area.When this occurs, the officer(s) will positionthemselves in a location so as to preventescape.4. The use of restraints on a prisoner receivingmedical care shall be at the discretion of theofficer. The officer should base his decision onthe circumstances at hand, the requests ofmedical personnel, and the medical needs of theprisoner. Generally, restraints should not beused when they will interfere with treatment orotherwise aggravate the prisoner’s condition.5. After treatment has been provided and theprisoner has been released from the hospital, thetransporting officer will obtain a written medicalrelease and transport the prisoner to theappropriate correctional facility.6. If a prisoner is admitted to the hospital, thetransporting officer shall advise a shift supervisorof that fact. The supervisor will then determinethe most appropriate course of action. Indeciding the most appropriate course of action,the supervisor shall weigh the seriousness of anycharges against the seriousness of the prisoner’sillness or injury. The supervisor has the latitudeto:a. Leave the prisoner in the custody of hospitalsecurity and request that the policedepartment be notified prior to the prisoner’srelease; orb. Authorize the issuance of a Notice to Appear(NTA) in court and release the prisoner tothe hospital; orc. Post an officer at the hospital to guard andmaintain custody of the prisoner until theprisoner can be released.70.3.3 SPECIAL TRANSPORTS

A. Juvenile prisoners will be transported in the samemanner as adults. However, adult and juvenileprisoners shall not be transported together in anyvehicle.1. Individuals age 10-16 are classified as juveniles.2. Age 17 misdemeanants may be transported withother juvenile arrestees since they would betransported to and confined at the YouthDetention Center if not released.3. Age 17 felons may be transported with otheradult arrestees since they would be transportedto and confined at the Champaign CountyCorrectional Center upon being taken intocustody.B. Prisoners of the opposite sex shall not be transportedtogether in any vehicle.C. Any officer transporting a prisoner of the opposite sexshall provide the following information to METCAD byradio prior to transport:1. The starting location and destination.2. The beginning and ending mileage.D. Officers are permitted to provide transportation tocitizens (non-prisoners) at their own discretion.a. Officers should be mindful of the risk involved intransporting an individual who has not beensearched or patted down.b. Whenever an officer feels that it is necessary tosearch an individual prior to transport in order toensure their safety, the officer may require thatthe individual consent to a search of their personand any bags or container in their possession.c. An officer may decline to provide transportationto any individual if that individual refuses consentto search their person or any bags or containersin their possession.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 33.6SUBJECT: SPECIALIZED TRAINING EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:TRN.02.01TRN.02.0333.6.1 SPECIALIZED TRAINING33.6.2 SWAT TEAM TRAININGPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for thetraining of members with specialized assignments withinthe Department.DEFINITIONS:Specialized Training: Training that is given to an officerwho is newly assigned to a permanent, temporary, orspecialized position.POLICY:33.6.1 SPECIALIZED TRAININGA. Numerous assignments within the Departmentrequire specialized training. The purpose ofspecialized training is to provide skills, knowledge,and abilities in addition to those taught in either basicor other in-service training. Specialized trainingprovided to Department members will incorporate thefollowing performance objectives:1. Development and/or enhancement of the skills,knowledge, and relevant abilities of the particularposition or assignment.2. Identification of the management, administration,supervision, personnel policy and/or supportservices associated with the position orassignment.3. Provisions for supervised on-the-job training.4. Definition of the Department policies,procedures, rules and regulations thatspecifically impact the position or assignment.5. Performance standards of the function orcomponent.B. Certain specialty assignments require certificationtraining by law. Other specialty assignments requireadditional training. Specialized training will beprovided for, but not limited to, the following positions:4. Canine Handler.5. Crime Scene/Evidence Technician.6. Crisis Negotiator.7. Defensive Tactics Instructor.8. Electronic Technician.9. Explosive Ordnance Technician.10. Supervisor.11. Field Training Officer.12. Firearms Instructor.13. Investigator.14. Juvenile Officer.15. Narcotics Officer.16. School Resource Officer.17. Traffic Crash Investigator.C. In an effort to maintain skills and increase theknowledge of agency personnel involved in theinvestigative process, the Department providesrefresher training courses as a component of its inservicetraining programs.D. An officer returning to uniformed field duties after anabsence of more than 365 days shall undergo an inserviceretraining process as outlined in Policy 33.9.33.6.2 TACTICAL TEAM TRAININGA. Officers assigned to the Special Weapons andTactics Team (SWAT) are required to attend the 40-hour Basic SWAT School as soon as practical andavailable.B. All SWAT members must attend monthly SWATtraining as scheduled by the Team.C. Sniper/Observers, Crisis Negotiators, EODTechnicians, and Less Lethal/Chemical MunitionsSpecialists will attend additional regularly scheduledtraining.1. Armorer.2. Arson Investigator.3. Breathalyzer Operator.Page 1 of 1

D. SWAT Team training will be documented and thetraining records will be maintained for seven (7)years.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 44.4SUBJECT: SCHOOL RESOURCE PROGRAMS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:OPR.03.04REFERENCE: CALEA 44.2.4INDEX AS:44.4.1 SCHOOL RESOURCE OFFICER OBJECTIVES44.4.2 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF SCHOOLRESOURCE OFFICERS44.4.3 JOB FUNCTIONSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish the role of schoolresource officers and to outline their responsibilities,duties, and job functions.POLICY:44.4.1 SCHOOL RESOURCE OFFICER OBJECTIVESA. The School Resource Officer (SRO) program hasbeen developed to establish positive relationshipsbetween police, school administration, educators,social service agencies, parents, and students. Thegoal of this program is to maintain a safe, secureenvironment, free of violence and fear, which willallow the educational process to occur in a naturaland uninhibited manner.1. School Resource Officers shall be involved in theimplementation of prevention programs that deteryouth from involvement in criminal acts, alcoholuse, drug use, and gang involvement.2. School Resource Officers shall assist in thepreparation of educational programs concerninglegal issues, ethical issues, and the role of lawenforcement that can be addressed in aclassroom setting.3. School Resource Officers shall offer individualcounseling to students who are in need of crisisintervention, legal advice, or confidentiality in thereporting of crime(s). They shall also serve toassist students with personal problems and thusdeter delinquent behavior.4. School Resource Officers shall exemplify the lawenforcement role in society by fosteringrelationships with students and school personnelbased on mutual respect and trust. SchoolResource Officers are ambassadors of theDepartment and shall serve as a resource tostudents, their families, school staff, and thecommunity at large.44.4.2 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF SCHOOLRESOURCE OFFICERSA. School Resource Officers shall assist in protectingthe school community from violations of the lawincluding, but not limited to, theft, vandalism, loitering,trespassing, assault, drug and alcohol offenses, andgang activities. This will be accomplished by:1. Initiating police reports and investigating allcriminal matters reported to them during theirtour of duty.2. Documenting and investigating all other mattersof importance to the safety of the school andcommunity (e.g., potential violence, gang anddrug activity, etc.).3. Reporting truancy problems to school officials,remaining aware of patterns of delinquency,abuse, neglect, and other areas of concern, andacting as a resource.4. Assisting the Department, school officials, andparents with locating missing and/or runawayyouths.5. Meeting regularly with the school deans, socialworkers, and psychologists to identify individualsor conditions that could result in delinquentbehavior.6. Maintaining an active involvement in the studentassistance program and related preventionactivities.7. Attending large school functions that requirepolice presence (e.g., sporting events, dances,etc.) as authorized by a supervisor.8. Daily monitoring of problem areas within theschool building and grounds.44.4.3 JOB FUNCTIONSA. School Resource Officers are employees of the Cityof Champaign on assignment to the school district forthe school year. The Department has establishedfull-time programs for both high schools and all threejunior high schools.1. Normal work hours shall be Monday throughFriday, 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., unless otherwiseapproved by an Investigations DivisionSupervisor.2. Assignments and hours during the summermonths shall be at the discretion of theInvestigations Division Commander.3. The School Resource Officer positions areconsidered Special Duty Assignments asoutlined in Article 2 of the Labor agreement.Page 1 of 2

4. Selection and assignment of School ResourceOfficers shall be made by the Chief of Police incompliance with Article 24 of the Laboragreement.5. School Resource Officers shall wear the uniformof the day unless otherwise authorized by anInvestigations Division supervisor.6. School Resource Officers shall adhere to allDepartmental policies, procedures and writtendirectives.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 53.2SUBJECT: STAFF INSPECTIONS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:53.2.1 STAFF INSPECTIONSPURPOSE:ADM.19.02ADM.19.03The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines forevaluating the quality of police operations, ensuring thatthe goals of the organization are being pursued, andensuring that control is maintained throughout thedepartment. It provides a means of assessing thedepartment’s effectiveness, efficiency, and ability to meetits commitments, and also provides a basis for adjustingexisting policies, procedures, and directives to meetcontinually changing needs.DEFINITIONS:Staff Inspection: An inspection ordered by the Chief ofPolice, which is conducted by personnel who are notresponsible to the Commander of the unit beinginspected, nor are they responsible for the performance ofthe personnel in the inspected unit. The inspection willassist in correcting organizational weaknesses, eliminateduplication of effort, report new and innovative systemsand procedures, and provide alternative methods forchange and improvement.POLICY:53.2.1 STAFF INSPECTIONSA. Staff inspections ensure an objective review of theagency, its facilities, property, equipment, andpersonnel, and both administrative and operationalactivities outside the normal supervisory and lineinspection process. Staff inspections may beconducted periodically and accomplish the following:1. Determine whether or not duties are beingperformed in accordance with prescribeddirectives.2. Determine whether or not personnel areexecuting assigned tasks and adhering topolices, procedures, rules, and directives.3. Determine whether or not supplies andequipment are being used efficiently andeffectively.B. All organizational components, functions, facilities,equipment, personnel, and activities are subject tostaff inspections.D. The Chief of Police is responsible for the staffinspection process and will select the personnel whowill participate in staff inspections. The Chief willmeet with assigned inspectors prior to the inspectionto identify specific areas of operation to be evaluated.E. Staff inspection personnel typically will not issuedirectives, except under circumstances where failureto do so may jeopardize the Department’s reputationor the accomplishment of its objectives.F. All staff inspections require a written report that willdocument the following:1. Unit being inspected.2. Current status or condition.3. Any noted successes and accomplishments.4. Any noted deficiencies or conditions of noncompliance.5. Recommendations for improvements orcorrections.6. Future plans.G. The staff inspection report will be forwarded to theChief of Police. A copy will be provided to thesupervisor of the unit that was inspected.H. Line supervisors responsible for the inspected unitare responsible for remediating any deficienciesnoted in the staff inspection report. Their responsesand plans for correction will be sent to the Chief ofPolice within thirty days following receipt of the report.I. Line supervisors will also notify the Chief of Police, inwriting, when the necessary corrections have beenmade.J. Staff inspections of organizational components will beconducted as directed by the Chief of Police.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentC. Written notice of a staff inspection should be sent tothe supervisor of the unit to be inspected at leastthirty days prior to the inspection. This notice willinclude a listing of the areas, materials, files, facilitiesand equipment to be inspected.Page 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 46.11SUBJECT: STREET GATHERINGS AND EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09LABOR DISPUTESREVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:REFERENCE CALEA: 46.1.246.1.10INDEX AS:46.11.1 PURPOSE46.11.2 POLICY GUIDELINES FOR LABOR DISPUTES46.11.3 CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS46.11.4 MANAGING THE IMPACT46.11.5 VIDEO RECORDINGPOLICY:46.11.1 PURPOSEA. The purpose of this policy statement is to makeofficers aware of available alternatives whenresponding to street gatherings or labor disputes.1. During periods of severe economic recession,high unemployment, social unrest, or labordispute, this Department will maintain anincreased awareness of situations which couldquickly escalate into civil disorder or a civildisturbance.2. Department personnel will be cognizant of anindividual citizen’s rights to free speech andlawful assembly when responding to streetgatherings or labor disputes.3. When responding to a complaint concerningactivities at a street gathering or labor dispute,the investigating officer(s) will conductthemselves in such a manner so as to notprovoke a civil disorder.4. To reduce the likelihood of a major disturbance,the investigating officer(s) will determine andconsider the following factors prior to initiatingcorrective actions:a. The evidence and seriousness of anyviolations;b. How corrective actions may be perceived byothers in the community; andc. Whether or not there are a sufficient numberof officers available to complete the actionwithout requiring excessive force.5. Actions taken by investigating officers are limitedto those which are reasonably necessary toresolve the situation, consistent with the followingsequence of alternatives:a. Make police presence known.b. Maintain constant surveillance.c. Counsel.d. Warn.e. Order to “move on.”f. Make arrest.6. Investigating officers will regard the “move on”order as serious interference with personalfreedom, therefore:a. The “move on” order may be used only inlieu of arrest and when a minor violation of astatute or ordinance has been committed.b. Whenever possible, the involved personswill be informed of the following:i. Any complaint received;ii.iii.The ordinance/statute being violated;andThe consequences of failing to obey the“move on” order.7. When the investigating officer discoversevidence of a serious violation of astatute/ordinance and has decided that thealternative courses of action are inappropriate,the officer may make a full-custody arrest of theoffender(s).46.11.2 POLICY GUIDELINES FOR LABOR DISPUTESA. The law will be enforced impartially.B. Police department personnel will avoid fraternizationwith parties to the dispute and/or the appearance oftaking sides in the dispute. Supervisors and officerswill also refrain from voicing their personal opinionsregarding any issue(s) in dispute.C. The right to picket peacefully in numbers during theday or night will be respected by the police, butneither force nor violence will be tolerated.D. The police will neither prohibit nor limit the size ofplacards used by picketers nor restrict the number ofpeaceful participants unless otherwise specified bycourt injunction.E. An attempt will be made by police to obtain thecooperation of both parties to the dispute and tocontrol the demeanor of persons involved in thedispute.Page 1 of 3

F. One problem may be the consumption of alcoholicbeverages or the intoxication of participants. Unionofficials will be provided with a reasonable opportunityto remove intoxicated person from the picket line inlieu of arrest for disorderly conduct.G. The general public has a right to free and immediateuse of public sidewalks, public roadways, and toingress and egress locations where picketing is beingconducted.H. All violations of law reported to any officer at thescene of any labor dispute will be reported on anofficial police report.I. When mass picketing is conducted in a congestedarea, or where pedestrians or motorists are beingdeprived of the use of sidewalks or roadways, thepublic inconvenience will be brought to the attentionof the union officials and they will be directed toimmediately remedy the situation.J. Because parties to a labor dispute often desire towithdraw their criminal and civil complaints upon thesettlement of a labor dispute, arrests for minorinfractions of law will occur only to reduce thepotential for escalation of an incident. Also,complainants to minor violations of law may bereferred to the State’s Attorney or City Attorney’sOffice for possible complaints and/or warrants ofarrest. This permits a cooling off period and ensures,to some extent, that complaints are not prompted byemotion.K. An opportunity which permits self-restraint on the partof the involved parties is encouraged. Incidents of aminor nature will be brought to the attention of theofficial who has supervisory authority over theperson(s) involved. Police action will be takenif/when this procedure fails. Incidents involvingviolence, disturbing of the peace, and unlawful actsthat lead to disorder will not be tolerated.L. When felonies or crimes of violence occur at a scene,an investigation shall be conducted. If probablecause exists, an arrest will be made.M. If the need arises, command or observation postsmay be established, but they shall not be establishedon the property of either party involved in the dispute.N. Police officers may be assigned to observe job-actionsites, and highly visible police patrol and/orsurveillance methods may be used when appropriate.O. When the driver of a motor vehicle desires to cross apicket line, it is best to have a union representativedirect union personnel to clear an entrance. If aunion representative’s attempt to do so isunsuccessful, the police will clear the entrance.46.11.3 CONCEPT OF OPERATIONSA. During periods of time when there is an increase inthe likelihood of street gatherings or labor disputes,this department will increase its efforts to gather,analyze, and distribute essential informationpertaining to potential trouble areas. Concurrently,refresher training will be provided to ensure that allofficers of this department are aware of availablealternatives when responding to street gatherings orlabor disputes situations.1. The Deputy Chief of Operations will coordinatethe gathering, analysis, and distribution ofpertinent information, and will plan and supervisethe administration of refresher training regardingthis subject.2. Shift supervisors will ensure that complaints areinvestigated promptly, documented completely,and reported as required. Shift supervisors willalso ensure that deterrent patrols are conductedin an effort to prevent/deter major civildisorder/civil disturbance.46.11.4 MANAGING THE IMPACTA. Street gatherings and labor disputes sometimes havethe potential to affect a number of City departments.In such cases it is imperative that on-duty policesupervisors notify the appropriate personnel fromother potentially affected City departments so that theimpact can be properly managed.1. When a street gathering or labor dispute occursthat could potentially affect other City or localdepartments, a shift supervisor will notify theappropriate District Lieutenant, the Deputy Chiefof Operations, and the Chief of Police as soon aspossible.2. The Chief of Police will notify the City Manager.When appropriate, the City Manager willcoordinate information and/or resources withother department heads.3. The shift supervisor will alert the appropriatelocal police agencies when a street gatheringand/or labor dispute has the potential to involve aneighboring jurisdiction.4. If a street gathering involves University of Illinoisstudents, the shift commander shall ensure thatthe emergency dean is notified withoutunnecessary delay.5. Some street gatherings involve political or socialprotest. As in labor disputes, officers shall notgive the appearance of taking sides. Protestswill be monitored using only the amount ofresources necessary for safety. All relevantstatutes and ordinances will be enforceduniformly and without bias. Guidelines formanaging these events include:a. Supervisors should monitor such events assoon as they become aware of the event.b. Supervisors should attempt to meet withleaders of the protest before or at thebeginning of an event to establish groundrules.c. Handbills may be distributed in the street topassengers in stopped vehicles in the laneclosest to the sidewalk. If traffic is impededor hindered by such action, the violator shallPage 2 of 3

e ordered to move. The violator may becited if he or she does not move.d. Picketing is not prohibited on publicsidewalks in non-residential areas.46.11.5 VIDEO RECORDINGA. When citizens choose to exercise their FirstAmendment rights (assembly, petition, or speech),others with competing interests often choose to do soas well. Police response to incidents involving FirstAmendment situations should not be unnecessarilyprohibitive, but there are occasions when the policereasonably need to record unlawful conduct duringstreet gatherings. There are also occasions whenpolice officers need to record confrontations withcitizens in order to refute potential allegations ofpolice misconduct. Therefore, it is the policy of theChampaign Police Department that video recorderswill be used only:1. To record unlawful conduct.2. To record persons who have committed unlawfulacts for purposes of future identification.3. To record police conduct.B. Video recording and camera equipment in thepossession of police employees at street gatheringsand/or labor disputes shall be kept out of public viewuntil such time the equipment is actually used. Suchequipment will not be used to record lawful conducton the basis that unlawful conduct may occur.C. Video recordings and photographs stemming fromstreet gatherings and/or labor disputes will be enteredinto evidence. The video records and photographswill be destroyed when there is no reasonable basisfor retaining them for evidentiary purposes.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTSTRIP SEARCH AUTHORIZATION REPORTChampaign PD Report Number: _____________________________Name of Person Searched:_____________________________Search Conducted By:__________________________________________________________Date of Search:_____________________________Time of Search:_____________________________Location of Search:_____________________________Charge at Arrest:_____________________________I, _____________________________, understand the provisions of Chapter725, Section 5/103-1 of the Illinois Compiled Statutes as amended, authorize thestrip search of the above named individual. I certify that the strip search wasconducted in compliance with the provisions of this act and the person searchedhas been provided with a copy of this report.Authorizing SupervisorDateCC: Deputy Chief of Operations Policy 1.2 (Attachment A)

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 61.5SUBJECT: REMOVAL AND TOWING OF VEHICLES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:02/11/1105/03/12REFERENCE ILEAP:OPR.06.12REFERENCE CALEA: 61.4.3INDEX AS:61.5.1 ABANDONED/INOPERABLE VEHICLES61.5.2 TRAFFIC CRASH TOWS61.5.3 EVIDENCE TOWS AND RECOVERED STOLENVEHICLES61.5.4 VEHCILE SEIZURES61.5.5 MANDATORY TOWING61.5.6 VEHICLE IMPOUNDMENT61.5.7 TOWING OFF PRIVATE PROPERTY61.5.8 TOW SHEETS AND INVENTORYREQUIREMENT61.5.9 MAINTENANCE OF RECORDSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for theremoval and towing of vehicles.DEFINITIONS:Abandoned Vehicle: An abandoned vehicle is any vehiclethat remains parked in one location on a City street oralley for more than 72 consecutive hours; remains parkedin a City parking lot or metered space 24 hours in excessof the parking limit for that lot or meter; remains parked ona City street, alley, or other public property and whichlacks current, legal registration; remains parked on a Citystreet, alley, or other public property and which has aremoved, destroyed, or otherwise defaced VIN plate oridentifier.Arrest Tow: The towing of a vehicle belonging to or usedby a lawfully arrested subject when conditions exist whichprohibit the custodial transfer of the vehicle to a licenseddriver at the scene or the legal relocation of the vehiclefrom the scene.Emergency Tow: The towing of a vehicle which has beendisabled in the roadway and which is causing a traffichazard.Evidence Tow: The towing of any vehicle for evidentiarypurposes, i.e., for evidence processing, impoundment,forfeiture, or as a recovered vehicle.Inoperable Vehicle: An inoperable vehicle is any vehiclethat is not in working order. “Working order” shall meanthat the vehicle is equipped and contains those parts inproper condition and adjustment necessary for itsmechanical operation, and also equipped with andcontains such tires, lamps, brakes, mirrors, windshieldsand other equipment in proper condition and adjustmentas required by Chapter 12 of the Illinois Vehicle Code.Impoundment: The seizure of a vehicle which has beenused in the commission of certain criminal and/or trafficviolations. Upon impoundment, the vehicle is notreleased back to the owner until the fees associated withthe impoundment are paid. An impoundment is intendedto serve as a deterrent to people who use, or allow theirvehicles to be used, in the commission of certain crimes.Inventory: An inventory is the search of a vehicle lawfullyin the custody of the police. The purpose of an inventoryis to protect or secure the property of the owner, to ensurethat property seized is not dangerous, and to protect theDepartment against false claims that property was lost,damaged, or stolen while in police custody.POLICY:61.5.1 ABANDONED/INOPERABLE VEHICLESA. There are two primary categories of abandonedvehicles; those that are considered abandonedbecause they have been parked beyond the timelimits allowed by ordinance, and those that areconsidered abandoned because they lack validregistration, have altered or destroyed VIN plates, orconstitute a hazard.B. When an officer is dispatched to or locates anabandoned or inoperable vehicle, the officer shall:1. Determine which category the vehicle fits into.2. Run the vehicle registration and check thewanted/stolen status of the vehicle by making aninquiry through LEADS/NCIC.a. If the vehicle is not stolen and considered“abandoned” solely because it has beenparked in one location on a City street oralley for more than 72 hours or because ithas been parked in a metered space or Citylot for 24 hours beyond posted time limits,then the officer may only issue a parkingcitation. City ordinance does not provide forthe towing of these vehicles.1) When vehicles are cited under suchcircumstances, Traffic Services shall benotified. Traffic Services will thenassume responsibility for notifying theregistered owner of the violation andmaking arrangements to have thevehicle moved.b. If the vehicle is not stolen, but classified as“abandoned” because it is inoperable,leaking fluids, lacks valid registration, has analtered or destroyed VIN plate, or is sittingon blocks and has the wheels removed, thenPage 1 of 4

the officer will issue a citation and tow thevehicle.c. If the vehicle has been entered inLEADS/NCIC as stolen, the officer will haveFront Desk staff contact the entering agencyto determine how the vehicle needs to behandled.61.5.2 TRAFFIC CRASH TOWSA. Vehicles involved in traffic crashes which cannot bedriven from the scene, cannot be properly secured, orconstitute a traffic hazard are subject to towing at thediscretion of the investigating officer.1. If the driver of a vehicle requests a specifictowing company, the officer will request thatMETCAD call that company.a. If the requested towing company cannot becontacted or cannot respond to the scenewithin a reasonable amount of time, thenMETCAD will contact the next available towcompany off of the rotation list and notify theon-scene officer.2. If the driver does not request a specific towingcompany, the officer will have METCAD contactthe next available tow company off of the rotationlist.61.5.3 EVIDENCE TOWS AND RECOVERED STOLENVEHICLESA. Whenever any vehicle, including a recovered stolenvehicle, is to be towed for evidence processing, theinvestigating officer will:1. Obtain supervisory approval and determine thelocation to be used for evidence processing.2. Request that METCAD contact the next availabletowing company on the rotation list.3. Complete a Vehicle Tow-In report.4. Notify the Front Desk that the vehicle has beentowed and, as soon as possible, deliver a copy ofthe tow sheet to the front desk.5. Provide the tow truck operator with theappropriate copy of the tow sheet.6. Keep the vehicle under continual observationduring the tow in order to preserve the integrity ofany evidence located within the vehicle.7. Complete a police report.8. If the vehicle is towed to the Department forprocessing, a copy of the tow sheet shall beplaced in the box on the door of the Crime Scenebay and a Crime Scene Unit member shall benotified that the vehicle requires processing.a. The Crime Scene Technician who processesthe vehicle shall be responsible forconducting an inventory of the vehicle.B. After the vehicle has been processed, the followingprocedures will be followed:1. The officer who processed the vehicle will notifythe Front Desk that processing has beencompleted and advise them that the vehicle canbe released.2. The Front Desk will contact the registered ownerand make arrangements for them to come in andpick up their vehicle.3. If the owner can not be reached or can not pickthe vehicle up within a reasonable period of time,the Front Desk will contact the original towcompany and request that they pick the vehicleup and place it into storage.4. If the vehicle is not claimed within ten days afterauthorization of release, disposal of the vehiclewill be in accordance with the Illinois CompiledStatutes.61.5.4 VEHICLE SEIZURESA. The seizure of vehicles is authorized by Illinois lawaccording to 720 ILCS 5/36-1, 720 ILCS 550/12, 720ILCS 570/505, and 725 ILCS 150/6, which list theoffenses for which vehicles may be seized forforfeiture.B. The Chief of Police will designate a Deputy Chief toprocess each individual vehicle seizure.C. Vehicle seizures will be coordinated with theappropriate State’s Attorney’s office or United State’sAttorney’s Office.61.5.5 MANDATORY TOWINGA. Vehicles shall be towed whenever any of thefollowing circumstances apply:1. The driver of the vehicle has been arrested andtaken into custody, the vehicle is not parkedlegally at the scene, and there is not a passengeror family member present and capable ofimmediately removing the vehicle.2. The driver of the vehicle was arrested for a DUIrelatedoffense. (Note that a 12-hour hold shallalso be placed on the vehicle).3. The driver of the vehicle was arrested and thevehicle has no valid registration.4. The vehicle registration is suspended.5. The driver of the vehicle was arrested and thevehicle does not have valid insurance.6. The vehicle is a recovered stolen vehicle.7. The vehicle is in itself a crime scene.8. The vehicle is being seized for evidentiarypurposes.9. The vehicle is being seized for forfeiture.Page 2 of 4

B. An officer may elect not to tow a vehicle under any ofthe above circumstances only upon the approval of asupervisor.61.5.6 VEHICLE IMPOUNDMENTA. A motor vehicle used in violation of the statutes listedbelow shall be subject to seizure and impoundmentunder Section 33-189 of the Municipal Code of theCity of Champaign.1. Fleeing or attempting to elude a police officer(626 ILCS 5/11-204).2. Aggravated fleeing or attempting to elude apolice officer (625 ILCS 5/11-204.1).3. Leaving the scene of an accident involving death,injury, or a felony “failure to report” violation (625ILCS 5/11-401(a)).4. Leaving the scene of an accident involvingvehicle damage (625 ILCS 5/11-402(a)).5. Driving under the influence (625 ILCS 5/11-501).6. Reckless driving (625 ILCS 5/11-503).7. Driving with a suspended or revoked driver’slicense (625 ILCS 5/6-303). (Note – A supervisormay authorize a release of the vehicle to aparent or guardian who is present at the sceneand immediately capable of arranging for theremoval of the vehicle).8. Suspension of driver’s license: person under age21 (625 ILCS 5/11-501.8). (Note – A supervisormay authorize a release of the vehicle to aparent or guardian who is present at the sceneand immediately capable of arranging for theremoval of the vehicle).9. Driving with no valid license (625 ILCS 5/6-101).(Note - This does not include cases where thedriver has a valid license but does not have thelicense on his person, cases where the driver’slicense has been expired for less than 12months, or cases where the driver’s license isinvalid due to a violation of graduated drivingprivileges).10. Suspended or revoked registration plate (625ILCS 5/3-702).11. Operation of an uninsured motor vehicle (625ILCS 5/3-707). (Note – This does not includecases where the insurance card is expired or thedriver is unable to show proof of insurance. Inorder for an officer to impound the vehicle, theofficer must have proof that the vehicle is notinsured).12. Any violation of Article IV of the ControlledSubstances Act (720 ILCS 570 Article IV).13. Any felony violation of the Illinois CannabisControl Act (720 ILCS 550).14. Any violation of Article 24 (deadly weapons) ofthe Illinois Criminal Code of 1961, as amended(720 ILCS 5/25-1 et. sec.).15. Any violation of the Illinois Criminal Code of1961, 5/11-14 (720 ILCS 5/11-14; Prostitution).16. Any violation of the Illinois Criminal Code of1961, 5/11-14.1 (720 ILCS 5/11-14.1; Solicitationof a Sexual Act).17. Any violation of the Illinois Criminal Code of1961, 5/11-15 (720 ILCS 5/11-15; Solicitation ofa Prostitute).18. Any felony for which seizure is authorized underthe Illinois Criminal Code of 1961, 5/36-1 (720ILCS 5/36-1).19. Operation of motor vehicle when registrationsuspended for noninsurance. (625 ILCS 5/3-708)B. When probable cause exists for an officer to impounda vehicle under Section 33-189 of the MunicipalCode, the officer shall impound the vehicle andremove it to a secure location. If an officer findsreason to believe an impound is not appropriate, thatofficer shall consult a supervisor and obtainpermission to deviate from this policy.1. When a vehicle is impounded, the officer shalltell the owner or, if the owner is not present, theperson in control of the vehicle of the owner’sright to a prompt probable cause hearing.2. Within 48 hours of the impoundment of thevehicle, the police department shall also sendnotice by first class U.S. mail to all record ownersand lien holders of the vehicle of their right to aprompt probable cause hearing.61.5.7 TOWING OFF PRIVATE PROPERTYA. Officers may tow vehicles off of private propertyONLY under the following circumstances:1. When the vehicle is being seized as evidence ofa crime.2. When the vehicle is being temporarily seized forevidence processing.3. When the vehicle is being seized for forfeiture,pursuant to applicable statutes.4. When the driver of the vehicle has been arrestedfor a violation of DUI laws and a 12-hour holdhas been placed on the vehicle.5. When the driver of the vehicle has been placedunder arrest for Driving Under Suspension (DUS)or Driving Under Revocation (DUR), the owner ofthe vehicle does not have valid insurance, and acorresponding hold has been placed on thevehicle.6. When a search warrant has been issued for thevehicle.61.5.8 TOW SHEETS AND INVENTORYREQUIREMENTPage 3 of 4

A. Whenever an officer tows a vehicle, that officer shall:1. Immediately upon taking legal control of thevehicle conduct an inventory of the passengercompartment and trunk of the vehicle. Each itemof property having a value of more than onehundreddollars ($100.00) shall be noted on thetow sheet.a. All closed and/or locked containers shall beopened and inventoried when the content(s)of the container are not immediatelyapparent to the officer conducting theinventory.ISSUING AUTHORITYAnthony D. CobbChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department2. Request a tow truck off of the rotation list throughMETCAD.3. Complete a tow sheet and place any applicablehold on the vehicle.4. Notify the Front Desk that the vehicle is beingtowed and, as soon as possible, deliver a copy ofthe tow sheet to the Front Desk.5. Provide the tow truck operator with theappropriate copy of the tow sheet.B. The only exception to the requirement for animmediate inventory is when a vehicle is being towedfor processing by a Crime Scene Technician. In suchinstances, the Crime Scene Technician whoprocesses the vehicle shall be responsible forcompleting the inventory.61.5.9 MAINTENANCE OF RECORDSA. The Front Desk will maintain records of vehiclestowed, including those towed:1. At the direction of an officer.2. At the direction of a Parking Enforcement officer.3. At the direction of the Neighborhood ServicesDepartment.4. As a result of relocation off of private property orleased space at the direction of the propertyowner.B. The records will include, at a minimum, the followinginformation:1. The date, time, and location of the tow.2. The name of the person whorequested/authorized the tow.3. The name of the towing company.4. The location where the vehicle is being stored.5. The vehicle description, including make, model,color, VIN, license plate number, and licensestate.6. A list of any hold(s) that may have been placedon the vehicle.Page 4 of 4

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 61.4SUBJECT: TRAFFIC – ANCILLARY SERVICES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.06.11OPR.06.1261.4.1 ASSISTANCE TO MOTORISTS61.4.2 HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS61.4.3 REMOVAL AND TOWING OF VEHICLES61.4.4 TRAFFIC SAFETY EDUCATIONAL MATERIALSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines forassisting motorists, handling hazardous traffic conditions,and distributing traffic safety information.POLICY:61.4.1 ASSISTANCE TO MOTORISTSA. The Department shall respond to motorists’ requestsfor assistance and offer assistance whenever astranded motorist is observed. If an officer is unableto assist a stranded motorist, the officer shall reportthe location and description of the stranded motoristto METCAD so that another officer may respond tothe scene.B. Types of services rendered.1. General assistance.a. Information and directions: Officers shallprovide information and directions whenasked and shall remain familiar with variousservices and facilities available to helpmotorists.b. Disabled vehicles: Disabled vehicles on theroadway present a hazard to the strandedmotorists and to other roadway users. Forthis reason, officers will at al times offerreasonable assistance to motorists whoappear to be in need of aid.c. Department vehicles which are not equippedwith “push bars” are prohibited from beingused to push a disabled vehicle from theroadway.d. Officers may transport stranded motorists tothe nearest convenient location whereassistance may be obtained.b. Field personnel will assist motorists inobtaining tow services when requested. Thetow company requested by the motorist willbe utilized provided the company canrespond within a reasonable period of time.If the motorist does not have a personalchoice, an authorized towing agency will berequested from the Department’s rotationaltow list.3. Protection for stranded motorists.a. Stranded motorists should not be leftunattended when they appear to be exposedto hazardous situations. Due considerationshall be afforded stranded motorists forfactors that contribute to hazardousconditions, such as location, time of day ornight, weather, and current priority of callsfor service. When circumstances precludean officer from remaining with a motorist’svehicle, the vehicle should be removed to aposition of reasonable safety until thevehicle can be towed or the mechanicalproblem can be resolved.b. Field personnel who assist strandedmotorists will communicate this to METCADso that a dispatch ticket can be generated.c. When practical, motorists residing within theCity of Champaign may be transported totheir residence. Motorists residing outside ofChampaign, but within reasonable distance,may be transported to their residence withthe approval of a supervisor.1) If the motorist to be transported is of theopposite gender, METCAD is to beadvised of the destination and thebeginning and ending mileage.2) If assistance cannot be obtained for themotorist, he may be transported to thelobby of the Department where atelephone can be made available.d. During adverse weather conditions, officersshall make an effort to transport or arrangefor transportation for persons who arestranded.2. Mechanical assistance and towing services.a. Field personnel encountering motoristsexperiencing mechanical or other difficultieswill make reasonable efforts to obtainappropriate assistance for the motorist.4. Emergency assistance.Officers will render all practical assistance tousers of the roadway who are involved inemergency situations.Page 1 of 2

a. In medical emergencies:1) Request the response of EmergencyMedical Services (EMS) to the scene.2) If possible, render first aid until thearrival of EMS personnel.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department3) Officers shall not transport injuredpersons in a police vehicle.b. In cases involving gas leaks, vehicle fires,overturned vehicles, hazardous materials,trains, or aircraft, the response of theChampaign Fire Department shall also berequested.61.4.2 HAZARDOUS CONDITIONSA. Officers locating unsafe or hazardous roadwayconditions (roadway debris, large potholes, etc.) shalltake immediate corrective action to prevent crashesand/or damage to vehicles. Such action shallinclude, but not be limited to:1. Standing by at the scene whenever possible withemergency lights activated until additionalassistance arrives.2. Arranging for suitable barricades.3. Removing hazards from the roadway.4. Summoning the Public Works Department.61.4.3 REMOVAL AND TOWING OF VEHICLESA. A written directive governing the towing of vehicles isfound in Policy 61.5 – Removal and Towing ofVehicles.61.4.4 TRAFFIC SAFETY EDUCATIONALMATERIALSA. The Department distributes educational materials ontraffic laws and regulations, drunken drivingprevention, safety restraint information, and trafficsafety programs to the public. The purpose ofproviding these traffic education materials is toenhance the public understanding of safety programsand to gain their support for the Department’s trafficenforcement efforts.B. Upon request and as a part of the Department’scommitment to traffic safety, speakers will be madeavailable to schools, community groups, andneighborhood groups to discuss traffic-related topicsand provide training materials.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 61.2SUBJECT: TRAFFIC CRASH INVESTIGATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.06.05OPR.06.06OPR.06.0761.2.1 TRAFFIC CRASH INVESTIGATION ANDREPORTING61.2.2 TRAFFIC CRASH OFFICER RESPONSE61.2.3 CRASH SCENE RESPONSIBILITY61.2.4 FOLLOW-UP PROCEDURES61.2.5 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING POLICE VEHICLES61.2.6 DAMAGE TO POLICE DEPARTMENTVEHICLESPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines andprocedures for the reporting and investigation of trafficcrashes.DEFINITIONS:Traffic Crash Reporting: The collection of data for thecompletion of an Illinois Traffic Crash Report. An IllinoisTraffic Crash Report typically includes the identificationand classification of the involved persons and vehicles,the time and location of the crash, and contributing factorssuch as traffic law violations.Traffic Crash Investigation: The collection of factualinformation, which includes identifying and describingpeople, roads, and vehicles involved in a crash;describing the results of the crash in terms of damage tovehicles and roadside objects, injuries to people, marksand residue on the roadway, and final positions ofvehicles and bodies; interpretation of these facts in termsof the behavior of the motorists involved; and, sometimes,an attempt to specify the particular combination of factorsrequired to produce the crash.Traffic Crash Investigator: An officer who has beenspecially trained in the investigation and re-construction oftraffic crashes.POLICY:61.2.1 TRAFFIC CRASH INVESTIGATION ANDREPORTINGA. The Department will comply with all statutes requiringthe reporting of traffic crashes. The primary Officerassigned to investigate a traffic crash shallinvestigate and/or report all crashes occurring onpublic roads or property that meet or exceed the statespecified requirements for reporting. Officers willconduct an on-scene investigation of all trafficcrashes involving the following, except where noted:1. Death or injury crashes.a. A shift supervisor shall be notified in theevent of a fatal, or probable fatal, crash.b. A Traffic Crash Investigator and/or an on-calldetective will be called to assist with everyfatal or potentially fatal traffic crashinvestigation, unless a Lieutenant, DeputyChief, or Chief of Police directs otherwise.c. All other injury crashes will be investigatedand reported by the initial assigned officer.2. Property damage crashes meeting or exceedingstatutory requirements.3. Hit and run crashes.4. Crashes involving driver impairment due toalcohol and/or drugs.5. Crashes involving hazardous materials.6. Crashes occurring on private property.a. Any private property crash which involves aninjury, a DUI-related offense, recklessdriving, drag racing, or which results in eitherdriver leaving the scene shall be reportedand/or investigated by the assigned officer.b. Provided that none of the above factors arepresent, the assigned officer will supply thedriver(s) with the appropriate forms andexplain how they are to be completed.B. All traffic crashes requiring a report shall be reportedon a State of Illinois Traffic Crash Report (SR1050).61.2.2 TRAFFIC CRASH OFFICER RESPONSEA. At least one officer shall respond to the scene of areported traffic crash involving any of the following:1. Death or injury.2. Hit and run.3. Driver impairment due to alcohol and/or drugs.4. Damage of public vehicles or property.5. Hazardous materials.6. Disturbances between the parties involved.7. Major traffic congestion as a result of the crash.8. Damage to vehicles to the extent towing isrequired.Page 1 of 3

B. During severe weather conditions when there is aheavy demand for shift services, a shift supervisor,Division Head, or the Chief of Police may activate theEmergency Accident Procedure. When theEmergency Accident Procedure is in effect, accidentswill be investigated only when:1. There is an injury, or2. One or more of the involved vehicles cannot bedriven from the scene.If an accident is not investigated, the driver(s) will beinstructed to file a report with the Secretary of State’sOffice if damage to any involved vehicle exceeds$1,500. Report forms may be obtained at theChampaign Police Department or any other policeagency in the state.When the Emergency Accident Procedure isactivated, METCAD will place in notes the timeactivated and a copy will be forwarded to the Chief ofPolice.61.2.3 CRASH SCENE RESPONSIBILITIESA. The primary officer at a crash scene shall be theofficer assigned by METCAD, unless reassigned by asupervisor. Upon arrival, the primary officer shallmaintain control of the scene until the investigation iscomplete or the scene is turned over to a TrafficCrash Investigator.B. Upon arrival, the first responding officer shall:1. Position the police vehicle, with emergency lightsactivated, in such a manner as to protect thecrash scene while, if possible, still maintainingtraffic flow through the area.2. Determine if there are any injuries and, ifappropriate, request that an ambulance respondto the scene. To the extent possible, first aidshould be administered until the ambulancearrives.3. Determine if additional officers are necessary fortraffic control and, if so, request assistance.4. If both vehicles can be driven and there are noinjuries, the officer may instruct the drivers torelocate their vehicles safely off the roadway.5. The officer shall advise a supervisor wheneverthere are life threatening injuries.6. If an officer has determined that a crash involveslife threatening injuries or death, a supervisorshall respond to the scene. The supervisor willthen be responsible for requesting appropriateadditional resources7. In addition to those traffic accident scenes wherethe Fire Department is dispatched by METCAD,the Fire Department will also be notified underthe following circumstances:a. A person is trapped in or under a vehicle.c. A train is involved.d. Hazardous materials are involved.e. Aircraft is involved.f. Medical response is requested for an injury.g. Any fire hazard is identified or observed.8. If hazardous materials are involved, theprocedures outlined in Policy 61.4 shall befollowed.9. Officers shall not call off or terminate medicalresponse to accident scenes, but they mayprovide updates through METCAD.10. The officer shall interview all witnesses andinvolved parties.11. The officer shall request tow truck(s) to removedisabled vehicles and debris from the roadwayand scene.12. Crash reports and any enforcement actions shallbe completed by the assigned officer.C. In the event of injury where the injured party cannottake possession or control of personal property, theofficer shall provide for the safekeeping of all propertyby doing one of the following:1. Turning property over to paramedics for transportwith the victim.2. Retaining control of the property and return it tothe victim at the hospital.3. Inventorying the property and place it in evidencefor safekeeping at the Department.4. When possible, securing it in the victim’s vehicle.61.2.4 FOLLOW-UP PROCEDURESA. At times, follow-up crash investigations requirespecial skills and technical assistance not availablewithin the Department. In those instances, theDepartment may request assistance from outsidecertified crash reconstruction investigators,photographers, surveyors, mechanics, physicians,engineers, or other experts.1. The request for outside technical assistance willbe done only with the approval of the appropriateDeputy Chief.61.2.5 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING POLICE VEHICLES(INCLUDING PRIVATE PROPERTY)A. A command officer will investigate or be present tosupervise the investigation of any accident involving aPolice Department vehicle.1. If the other driver is determined to be at fault, acitation shall be issued for the appropriateviolation.b. A vehicle is overturned or on its side.Page 2 of 3

2. If the employee is at fault, the matter will typicallybe handled through internal discipline. However,under some circumstances an employee may beissued a citation.B. The employee driving or responsible for aDepartment vehicle which is involved in an accidentwill complete the following forms, whenever possible,within 48 hours of an accident:1. Vehicle Accident Report (5/2008).2. City of Champaign Accident/Incident ReportForm (7/26/07).3. One (1) copy of the Illinois Motorist Report Form.4. Accident notification from for Fleet Services andHuman Resources.5. An Illinois Traffic Crash Report.6. The following information is to be included in theIllinois Traffic Crash Report: the name and phonenumber of the other driver, plus the name,address, and policy number of their insurance.7. Once completed, each of the above forms will beforwarded to the appropriate command officer.8. If the employee is unable to complete any of therequired forms, a shift supervisor will assumethat responsibility.61.2.6 DAMAGE TO POLICE DEPARTMENTVEHICLESA. An officer who discovers damage to a Departmentvehicle shall promptly notify a supervisor.1. The supervisor will check the Squad CarDamage Book for a previous report of thedamage.2. If the damage is less than $500 and no previousreport is found, then the supervisor will note thedamage in the Squad Car Damage Book.3. If no previous report is found and the damage ismore than $500, the officer discovering thedamage will complete a City of ChampaignAccident/Incident Form detailing the damage anddocumenting any circumstances known. Thesupervisor will note the damage in the Squad CarDamage Book and forward a copy of theAccident/Incident Report Form to the DeputyChief of Professional Standards.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 61.3SUBJECT: TRAFFIC DIRECTION AND CONTROL EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.06.08OPR.06.09complaints and concerns will be evaluated by theDepartment’s Selective Traffic Enforcement ProgramCoordinator and considered during the deployment ofradar trailers and personnel.61.3.1 TRAFFIC ENGINEERING61.3.2 TRAFFIC DIRECTION61.3.3 ESCORTSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for thedirection and control of traffic.DEFINITIONS:Traffic Survey: An examination of traffic characteristicssuch as volume, speed, delay, crashes, origin,destination, etc.POLICY:61.3.1 TRAFFIC ENGINEERINGA. Traffic engineering is the responsibility of the TrafficControl Division of the Champaign Public WorksDepartment. The Chief of Police or his designeeshall act as a liaison with appropriate components ofPublic Works to ensure coordination of trafficengineering functions. The Traffic Control Divisionresponsibilities include but are not limited to:1. Recommending the efficient use of traffic controldevices, new and revised laws, or otherengineering improvements.2. Identifying physical conditions that contribute totraffic crashes.3. Studying parking needs, restrictions, andimprovements.B. The Department will participate in the followingactivities:1. Collecting and compiling traffic data.2. Traffic surveys and studies.3. Analyzing crash and enforcement data.4. Preparing special reports and makingrecommendations concerning the efficient use oftraffic control devices, new or revised laws orordinances, and engineering improvements.5. Participating in local and regional transportationsystems management planning as necessary.C. The Department has a website through which citizenscan report traffic complaints and concerns. IncomingD. The Records Division is responsible for transmittingmotor vehicle crash data to the State of IllinoisDepartment of Transportation pursuant to theirreporting requirements.61.3.2 TRAFFIC DIRECTIONA. The following procedures are specified for trafficdirection and control:1. Traffic crash direction and control.a. Officers performing traffic direction at crashscenes shall allow for the safe ingress andegress of emergency vehicles and providealternative routes for other traffic.b. The following may be used by officers to aidin protecting crash scenes:1) Police vehicles with activated overheadlights.2) Flares.3) Traffic cones.4) Barricades.2. Manual traffic direction procedures.a. Personnel assigned or authorized to directtraffic should use the following uniformsignals and gestures to perform manualtraffic direction.1) Stopping traffic: To stop traffic, theofficer should first extend the arm andindex finger toward, and look directly atthe driver to be stopped, until that driveris aware, or it can be reasonablyinferred that the driver is aware, of theofficer’s gesture. The pointing hand isthen raised at the wrist so that the palmis toward the person to be stopped, andthe palm is held in this position until theperson is observed to stop. To stoptraffic from both directions, theprocedure is then repeated for trafficcoming from the other direction whilecontinuing to maintain the raised armand palm toward the previously stoppedtraffic.2) Starting traffic: To start traffic, the officershould first stand with shoulder and sidePage 1 of 3

toward the traffic to be started, extendthe arm and index finger toward, andlook directly at the driver to be starteduntil that driver is aware of, or it can bereasonably inferred that the driver isaware of, the officer’s gesture. Withpalm up, the pointing arm is swung fromthe elbow, through a vertical semicircle,until the hand is adjacent to the chin. Ifnecessary, this gesture is repeated untiltraffic begins to move. To start trafficfrom both directions, the procedure isthen repeated for traffic coming from theother direction.3) Right or left turn: When directing adriver to make a turn, the extended armand index finger and gaze are firstdirected toward the driver, followed byswinging the extended arm and indexfinger in the direction of the driversintended turn.4) Use of flashlight: A flashlight can beused to stop traffic. To stop traffic,slowly swing the beam of light acrossthe path of oncoming traffic. The beamfrom the flashlight strikes the pavementas an elongated spot of light. After thedriver has stopped, arm signals may begiven with the vehicle headlightsproviding illumination.3. Fire scene traffic direction.a. The primary task of officers engaged intraffic direction at fire scenes is to restrictpublic access to fire scenes whilemaintaining access routes for emergencyvehicles.b. Officers will coordinate their efforts with theFire Department’s officer in charge atemergency scenes to provide crowd controland adequate safety measures for vehicularand pedestrian traffic.4. Adverse weather and road conditions.a. Adverse road and weather conditions mayinclude:1) Crash hazards, such as debris that hasfallen onto the roadway.2) Acts of nature, such as fog, snowstorms, flooding, ice on roadways, etc.3) Engineering hazards, such as anexposed guardrail, a downed powerline, or the presence of other objectsthat might cause unnecessary additionaldamage or injury should a vehicleimpact with such objects.b. Upon discovering an adverse road orweather condition, Department personnelshall take appropriate action, to include:1) Notifying an appropriate respondingagency via METCAD.2) Providing traffic control as needed.3) Protecting the scene as appropriate.4) Immediately rectifying the situationwhen feasible.5. Operation of traffic control signals.a. Police officers are neither trained norequipped to make traffic signal repairs oradjust the timing cycles. Traffic signals willnot be manually controlled by an officerwithout the approval of a supervisor.b. Officers may place signals on four-way flashin emergency situations to temporarilyalleviate a traffic control problem. When thisbecomes necessary, the officer will requestthat proper notification be made for serviceor repair.6. Temporary traffic control devices.a. Temporary traffic control devices includemovable barriers, portable signs, trafficcones, and other similar apparatus intendedto assist in the safe and efficient movementof vehicular or pedestrian traffic.1) The Department maintains a supply ofbarricades for use during emergencysituations. Those barricades may beused by officers to provide forimmediate and/or temporary trafficcontrol as deemed appropriate by asupervisor.2) When the need for portable barricadesor signs exceeds the Department’s onhandsupply, the City of ChampaignPublic Works Department will becontacted.3). All marked police vehicles contain flaresfor use by officers as needed inemergency situations.b. These temporary traffic control devices maybe used for circumstances including:1) Sustained power outages which rendertraffic control signals inoperative.2) Special events.3) Traffic crashes.4) Other situations when supervisorypersonnel deem it to be necessary.7. High-visibility clothing.a. The Department provides high-visibilityreflective vests to all personnel who may beassigned to perform manual traffic directionand control functions.Page 2 of 3

. Personnel shall wear their high-visibilityreflective vests in addition to the full uniformwhenever performing traffic direction.1) Some emergency situations mayrequire an individual to assume trafficdirection responsibilities without time toput on a reflective vest. When thisoccurs, the individual shall make everyeffort to obtain a reflective vest as soonas possible.c. It is the responsibility of each field employeeto have available to him the high visibilityreflective vest during on-duty hours.61.3.3 ESCORTS1) A yellow, orange, or green raincoat maybe worn as high-visibility clothing duringrainy weather.A. Escort services, both routine and emergency, can beprovided under the following circumstances:1. High speed escorts are not permitted under anycircumstance. However, an escort for anothervehicle may be provided on an expedited basison while observing traffic control devices.2. Under no circumstance will emergency escortsbe provided for fire trucks or ambulances.3. Requests for non-emergency police escorts,such as funeral escorts and escorts for publicofficials or other dignitaries, shall be referred to aDistrict Commander for authorization andassignment.4. The Deputy Chief of Operations or his designeemay authorize non-emergency police escorts inspecial circumstances, such as heavy equipmentmoves on local roads or for hazardous materialmoves, provided that they comply with allprovisions of federal, state and local statutes.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 61.1SUBJECT: TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.06.01OPR.06.02OPR.06.03OPR.06.04OPR.06.10OPR.06.12of streets and highways, the ownership and operation ofmotor vehicles, and other road vehicles.Visible Observation: Stationary observation by anobserver in full view but so located, such as on a sidestreet, that effort is required by those in the traffic todiscover the observer.61.1.1 SELECTIVE TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT61.1.2 UNIFORM ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES61.1.3 SPECIAL TRAFFIC VIOLATION PROCESSING61.1.4 INFORMATION PROVIDED TO VIOLATORS61.1.5 ENFORCEMENT OF VIOLATIONS61.1.6 TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT PRACTICES61.1.7 STOPPING VIOLATORS61.1.8 OFFICER/VIOLATOR CONTACT61.1.9 SPEED MEASURING DEVICES61.1.10 DUI ENFORCEMENT61.1.11 DUI ARRESTEE HANDLING61.1.12 REFERRAL OF DRIVERS FOR RE-EXAMINATION61.1.13 PARKING ENFORCEMENTPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish proceduresrelated to the Department’s selective traffic enforcementefforts, the deployment of personnel, traffic stops, andenforcement practices.DEFINITIONS:Concealed Observation: Stationary observation in whichthe observer is not visible to persons from the roadwaybeing observed.Pacing – A method of speed timing in which an officer,driving a vehicle with a calibrated speedometer, maintainsa constant speed for a minimum of two blocks withoutgaining any distance on a paced vehicle.Preliminary Breath Screening Test Units: A portablebreath testing unit (PBT) which meets the IllinoisDepartment of State Police standards for such devices,and which has been certified as operationally accurate.Roadside Safety Check: A temporary operation in whichlaw enforcement or other authorized personnel stop someor all motorists to inspect individual vehicles or theircontents, or to interview drivers.Selective Traffic Enforcement: Conducting trafficenforcement activities at times and locations wherehazardous or congested conditions exist.Stationary Observation: Traffic observation at a selectedlocation, typically with unfavorable crash statistics ortraffic problems, for the traffic law enforcement purposes.Traffic Law Enforcement: Law enforcement as it appliesto statutes, ordinances, and regulations relating to the usePOLICY:61.1.1 SELECTIVE TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENTThe overall goal of the Department’s Selective TrafficEnforcement Program is to reduce the frequency andseverity of accidents through proactive trafficenforcement. Visible patrol and consistency of effort willserve to promote voluntary compliance with traffic lawsand regulations.A. The Department’s Selective Traffic EnforcementProgram activities shall be based upon review oftraffic crash data, review of data collected through thedeployment of radar trailers, officer observation,citizen concerns and complaints, and traffic volume.The deployment of personnel shall be directedtowards addressing violations at times when illegaldriving behavior is prevalent.1. The most appropriate traffic law enforcementmethod for modifying collision-causing behavioris to address the most common violationscontributing to traffic collisions.2. The Selective Traffic Enforcement Programcoordinator shall have primary responsibility forthe review of traffic data, to include:a. Compilation and review of traffic crash data.b. Compilation and review of trafficenforcement data.c. Comparison of collision data andenforcement data.d. Selection of appropriate traffic enforcementmeasures.e. Annual evaluation of the outcomes of theSelective Traffic Enforcement Program.f. Review and revision of selective trafficenforcement objectives.B. The Deputy Chief of Operations has overallresponsibility for the Department’s traffic enforcementfunctions. On an annual basis, the Deputy Chief ofOperations or his designee shall prepare aPage 1 of 9

documented evaluation of the Department’s SelectiveTraffic Enforcement Program. This evaluation will:1. Examine the effectiveness of the Selective TrafficEnforcement Program.2. Compare Selective Traffic Enforcement Programefforts and results against established goals andobjectives.61.1.2 UNIFORM ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURESA. A primary objective of traffic enforcement is to reducetraffic crashes and injuries, and to facilitate the safeand expeditious flow of vehicular and pedestriantraffic through the public’s voluntary compliance withtraffic regulations. The Champaign PoliceDepartment seeks to achieve this objective through acombination of education and enforcement.Enforcement actions include:1. Custodial Arrest – An officer may effect acustodial arrest of any person committing aserious offense, such as driving under theinfluence (DUI), fleeing and eluding, recklessdriving, etc., when taking the offender intocustody is warranted and best serves the safetyof the community.2. Citation – A citation shall be issued to a violatorwhen the officer believes that a written warningwould be ineffective in gaining the futurecompliance of the violator.3. Warnings – A written warning shall be issued toa violator when the offense is minor and theofficer believes that the warning will result infuture voluntary compliance.B. When multiple hazardous violations are committed bythe same person, the officer should consider eachviolation separately when deciding what enforcementaction should be taken. Enforcement measures shallbe taken for the purpose of promoting the safe andefficient movement of traffic, not for the purpose ofgenerating revenue. Multiple citations shall all havethe same court date.61.1.3 SPECIAL TRAFFIC VIOLATION PROCESSINGA. This policy establishes procedures for processingtraffic law violations committed by the following:1. Non-residents - Officers shall follow theprocedures as set forth in 625 ILCS 5/6-306.4.When a traffic violation is committed by amotorist from a member State of the non-residentviolator compact and the person is going toreceive a citation, the rules of the compact apply.Residents of a non-compact state will be allowedto post a cash bond as set forth in the SupremeCourt practice rules. A resident of a noncompactstate who is unable to post bond will bebrought before a judge only if all other bondingoptions have been exhausted.2. Juvenile Violators - Juvenile traffic offenders aregenerally subject to the same requirements asadult traffic offenders. If, however, a custodialarrest is made on a juvenile traffic offender, thecustody procedures set forth in Policy 44.2,Juvenile Operations, must be followed.3. State Legislators - Pursuant to 725 ILCS 5/107-7(b), “Senators and representatives shall, in allcases, except treason, felony, or breach of thepeace, be privileged from arrest during thesession of the General Assembly, and in going toand from the same.” Additionally, members ofCongress may not be detained for the issuanceof a citation while in transit to or from theCongress of the United States.4. United States Legislators – Members of U.S.Congress may not be arrested or detained whilein transit to or from the Congress of the UnitedStates.5. Diplomatic Immunity - Diplomatic and consularimmunity are granted by the U.S. governmentunder the Diplomatic Relations Act, U.S.C. 254and the Vienna Convention on ConsularRelations. Diplomats, consular officials, theirfamilies, and staff enjoy varying levels ofimmunity from arrest and prosecution. Immunityhas many levels. For example, “Official ActsImmunity” of consular officials must be assertedin court as an affirmative defense. All foreignmission members and dependents areaccountable for traffic violations. Stopping aforeign mission member or dependent andissuing a citation does not constitute an arrest ordetention and is always permitted (however thesubject may not be compelled to sign thecitation).a. Officers shall comply with 625 ILCS 5/16-108, when a violator displays a driver’slicense issued by the U.S. Department ofState or otherwise claims immunity underTitle 22, Chapter 6 of the U.S. Code. Theofficer shall:1) As soon as practicable, contact the U.S.Department of State office in order toverify the driver’s status and immunity.(Notify supervisor of findings.)2) Record all relevant information from anydriver’s license or I.D. card.3) Within five working days after the dateof the stop, forward to the IllinoisSecretary of State a copy of thecitation(s) issued to the violator (and thetraffic crash report if the person wasinvolved in a collision). If a citation wasnot issued, then a written report of theincident will be forwarded.4) In serious cases, such as a DUI orpersonal injury crash, telephonenotification of the U.S. Department ofState is required as soon as practicable.Field sobriety investigation will followDepartment guidelines. If the officerjudges the individual too impaired todrive safely, the officer shall not permitthe individual to continue to drive (evenPage 2 of 9

in the case of diplomatic agents whohave the highest level of immunity). Asupervisor shall be notified whendiplomatic personnel are stopped for aserious violation. Immune diplomaticpersonnel may be taken to the policestation where further arrangements maybe made to assure his safety and that ofthe community. If the personnel are notimmune from arrest, according to theState Department, they are subject toarrest. Any search of their person orproperty, including vehicle (andincluding towing), must conform to theirlevel of inviolability, according to theState Department.b. Consular Notification and Access. SeePolicy 1.1.6. Military Personnel - Pursuant to 725 ILCS 5/107-7(d), military members shall be privileged fromarrest during their attendance at musters andelections and in going to and returning fromsame, except for treason, felony or breach ofpeace arrests.61.1.4 INFORMATION PROVIDED TO VIOLATORSA. At the time a motorist is charged with a violation,information relative to that specific charge will beprovided. The officer will provide the motorist with thefollowing information:1. The specific violation alleged.2. The date, time, and location of the courtappearance.3. Whether or not the court appearance is required.4. The procedure for entering a plea and/or payinga fine by mail through the office of the Clerk ofthe Circuit Court, if appearance is not mandatory.5. Options for posting bond.61.1.5 ENFORCEMENT OF VIOLATIONSA. A primary goal of traffic enforcement is voluntarycompliance with traffic laws. The provisions of thispolicy are intended to encourage good judgment indeciding what enforcement action is appropriate,based upon the situation, prior training andexperience, and common sense.1. Driving Under the Influence (DUI) - Officers mustbe alert for signs of alcohol or drug impairmentduring all motorist contacts. Upon establishingthat probable cause exists for a violation of DUIlaws, an officer will effect a custodial arrest of theviolator.2. Driving Under Suspension (DUS), Driving UnderRevocation (DUR), No Valid Driver’s License -When an officer makes a custodial arrest of aperson for driving with no valid driver’s license(never obtained or expired over one year), drivingunder suspension (DUS), or driving underrevocation (DUR), the officer may transport theviolator to the Champaign County Jail. Theviolator’s vehicle and property shall be handledaccording to Department procedures. Theviolator should be issued the appropriatecitation(s) and processed according to arrestprocedures.a. Officers shall use discretion whendetermining whether or not to make acustodial arrest of a driver who has no validlicense or whose driver’s license issuspended or revoked. In determiningwhether or not to make a custodial arrest,officers should consider the following:1) Whether or not the driver has beenproperly identified.2) Whether or not the driver has valid proofof insurance for the vehicle.3) Driving history.b. When an officer elects not to make acustodial arrest of a driver, the officer mustverify that the driver understands that hecannot drive.1) Nothing prohibits the officer from towingthe vehicle pursuant to Departmentpolicy.2) When leaving a vehicle on privateproperty, an officer should confirm thatthe property owner has grantedpermission to leave the vehicle at thatlocation.3. Speed violations - There is no affirmativedefense for speeding or for driving faster thanconditions permit. However, strict adherence topolicy is not a substitute for common sense. Indetermining whether or not a citation should beissued, an officer should exercise sounddiscretion and consider factors such as trafficvolume, weather conditions, and location.a. Speeding violations may be issued basedupon radar display or pacing.4. Other hazardous violations - Officers areexpected to take action upon observinghazardous violations. Sound judgment should beused to determine what type of enforcementaction results. A violator may be issued either awarning or a citation based upon the specificcircumstances of the violation.5. Off-road vehicle enforcement.a. Off-road recreational vehicles includesnowmobiles, dirt bikes, mini-bikes, and allterrainvehicles. Officers will takeappropriate enforcement action for observedor reported violations. Any off-roadrecreational vehicle driven upon publicroadways is subject to the traffic laws asspecified in the Illinois Compiled StatutesChapter 625, including:Page 3 of 9

1) Section 5/11-1426, Operation of All-Terrain Vehicles and Off-HighwayMotorcycles on Streets, Roads andHighways.2) Section 5/11-1427, Illegal Driving orOperation.3) Sections 40/1 through 40/11,Snowmobile Registration and SafetyAct.6. Equipment violations - Equipment violations willbe dealt with on an individual basis, and anofficer should use sound judgment in determiningwhat type of enforcement action is appropriatefor a given situation.7. Public carrier/commercial vehicle violations -Public carrier and commercial vehicle violationswill be treated in the same manner as violationscommitted by the general public.8. Non-hazardous violations – The enforcement ofnon-hazardous violations will be governed byofficer discretion. Voluntary compliance is thegoal of enforcement action for minor violations.9. Multiple violations - When multiple hazardousviolations are committed by the same person, theofficer should consider each violation separatelywhen deciding what enforcement action shouldbe taken.10. Newly enacted laws – In lieu of special orders tothe contrary, officers of this department will,whenever practical, issue written warnings forminor violations for a minimum of fourteen (14)days after such law becomes effective.11. Violations resulting in traffic crashes.a. Officers are generally expected to takeenforcement action whenever their trafficcrash investigation produces probable causeto believe that a violation of statute orordinance has occurred.b. An officer’s specific enforcement actionsarising from traffic crashes will be consistentwith the nature of the alleged violation andwith the Department’s written directivesconcerning traffic law enforcement. In takingany enforcement action, the officer mustestablish all elements of the violation.Elements that the officer has not personallywitnessed must be established throughinvestigation. The investigation may include:1) Statements made to the officer by thealleged violator.2) Statements of witnesses.3) Crash scene measurements.4) Physical evidence.c. In traffic crashes involving life-threateninginjuries or fatalities, the investigating officeror his supervisor may contact the State’sAttorney’s office before taking anyenforcement action.12. Pedestrian and bicycle enforcement – Theenforcement of traffic laws pertaining to bicyclesand pedestrians requires broad discretion on thepart of officers. Consequently, prior to anysubstantial increase in enforcement effortsdirected towards pedestrian or bicycle violations,awareness campaigns will be conducted by theDepartment.a. Pedestrian and bicycle enforcement shall bebased on officer discretion with a focus onviolations in areas where pedestrian andbicycle crashes have been frequent orsevere.61.1.6 TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT PRACTICESA. Marked patrol units shall generally be used for trafficenforcement. When authorized by a supervisor,unmarked units may be used in instances whennecessary to accomplish a specific purpose.1. Officers shall drive police vehicles in accordancewith existing laws and in such a manner as todemonstrate exemplary driving behavior.2. In situations or areas where stationaryobservation (either visible or concealed) isnecessary to maximize the effectiveness of aselective enforcement effort, officers shall park ina location and in such a manner that traffic flowis not impeded.3. Roadside safety checks may be used whenauthorized by the Chief of Police. A designatedsupervisor shall be responsible for plandevelopment and coordination of approvedroadside safety checks.a. A supervisor must be assigned to the safetycheck.b. The safety check must be adequatelystaffed.c. Personnel assigned shall wear high-visibilityreflective vests.d. The public must have prior notice of plannedsafety checks.61.1.7 STOPPING VIOLATORSA. The following guidelines are recommended to providefor officer safety when conducting traffic stops:1. The location of the stop should be chosencarefully. Every effort should be made to effectthe traffic stop in a location that provides amplespace and sufficient lighting. When possible,avoid making stops at hills, curves, andintersections.2. If possible, the location of the stop, vehicleregistration information, and vehicle descriptionshall be provided to METCAD prior to makingcontact with the driver.Page 4 of 9

3. Activate the emergency lights to signal theviolator to stop. The horn or siren may be used ifnecessary. Officers shall also activate theMobile Video Recording System in accordancewith policy.4. The patrol vehicle should be positioned behindthe violator’s vehicle and offset to the left.5. Officers should observe the occupants of thestopped vehicle briefly before exiting the patrolvehicle.6. While approaching the violator’s vehicle,driver/passenger movement should be monitoredand the officer should remain alert for actionsthat do not appear to be normal.7. While speaking to the violator, the officer shouldstand as close to the vehicle as possible and tothe rear of the driver. If traffic is heavy or tacticsdictate, the officer may stand on the passengerside.8. The violator’s driver’s license status and warrantstatus should be checked.9. While completing the citation, warning, or FIcard, the officer should remain alert to theactions of the driver and any passengers.10. When returning to the violator’s vehicle to issuethe citation or written warning, the officer shouldcontinue to remain alert for any suspiciousmovements or actions inside the vehicle.11. Allow the violator to depart and re-enter trafficbefore leaving.12. If at any time during a stop an officer’sperception of risk escalates, the officer mayabandon the above procedures, retreat to aposition of cover, and move to high-risk trafficstop procedures.B. High-Risk Traffic Stops.1. High risk traffic stops include stops of potentialfelony suspects and/or investigative stops wherethe officer believes that a threat to his safetyexists.2. All officers arriving at the scene of a high-riskstop shall activate their Mobile Video RecordingSystems.3. High-risk stops will typically involve two or moresquad cars, and officers are discouraged fromconducting high-risk stops when they are actingalone as one-officer units. An officer conductinga high-risk stop alone is at a distinctdisadvantage.a. Officers shall notify METCAD of their intentto effect a high-risk traffic stop. METCADwill clear the air and dedicate the channel forthe stop.b. Make radio contact with backup units andcommunicate the following:1) Location and direction of travel.2) Description of suspect vehicle.3) Description of suspects.4) High-risk factors.c. When a backup unit is in position to provideassistance, communicate to both the backupunit and METCAD the intended location forthe high-risk stop.e. As the suspect vehicle comes to a stop, careshould be exercised in positioning squads.Squads should be positioned in locationswhere both safety and tactical advantage ismaximized.f. Spotlights and high beam headlights shouldbe utilized to illuminate the suspect vehicleand protect the officers. When feasible,backup units positioned to the rear of theprimary unit should turn off their headlightsand spotlights to avoid the “silhouetting” ofprimary unit officers.g. Once primary and backup officers are inpositions of cover, suspects should becontrolled through the use of verbalcommands. One officer should take controlof the stop and give the commands.h. If justified, weapons may be drawn andpointed at the occupants of the suspectvehicle.i. Verbal commands should be given to thedriver of the suspect vehicle. Order thedriver to shut off the vehicle ignition, openthe driver’s door, and place the vehicle keyson the ground or on the roof of the vehicle.The driver should be ordered to put bothhands out of the door into view, and to openthe driver’s side door from the outside withhis left hand. Order the driver to exit thevehicle and face you with his hands andarms up. Order the driver to turn completelyaround with his hands up. Visually inspectthe suspect for any weapons on his person.Give commands to the driver to step awayfrom the vehicle and to a safe location.Choose a location based upon vehiclepositioning and other environmental factorsso that backup officers have a clear view ofthe suspects. Order the driver to assume aprone position.j. Continue clearing the vehicle of occupants inthe same manner, one at a time, orderingthem out from the front seat first and thenfrom the rear seat. It is preferable that allpassengers exit from the passenger side ofthe suspect vehicle.Page 5 of 9

k. All occupants of the vehicle are subject tosearch and temporary restraint, dependingon the circumstances of the stop.l. When all visible occupants have beenremoved, the primary officer should exercisegreat care in inspecting and clearing thesuspect vehicle. Backup officers will providecover and continue to observe thesuspect(s). Officers should remaincognizant of the potential for crossfirebetween officers.m. When the suspect vehicle has been clearedand the scene is secured, the primary officershould advise METCAD of the status of thestop. If normal radio traffic can be resumed,METCAD should be so advised.n. At a minimum, all occupants of the vehicleshall be identified and the contactsdocumented on field interview cards.o. If a weapon is pointed at the driver or anoccupant of the vehicle, then a report shallbe completed.61.1.8 OFFICER/VIOLATOR CONTACTA. Enforcement action shall be carried out in a fair,impartial, and courteous manner. An officer’s actionsshould at all times demonstrate a positive andprofessional demeanor.B. Unless exigent circumstances exist, officers shouldfollow the procedures outlined below during trafficstops:1. Introduction – Greet the violator, identify yourself,and, if the stop is being recorded, advise themotorist of that fact.2. Reason for the Stop – As soon as possibleinform the motorist of the reason for the stop.3. Explanatory Request – Ask the motorist if thereis any justifiable reason for the violation.4. Request the motorist’s driver’s license and proofof insurance.5. Inform the motorist of any actions you desire forsafety reasons (i.e. remain in the car).6. Take Action – Review all relevant informationand take the most appropriate course of actionbased upon your investigation (DL status,warrant status, etc.). Write the citation orwarning. To the best of your ability, completeyour actions promptly.7. Re-approach, Close, and Return – Re-approachthe motorist, inform them as to what action youhave taken, and advise them of anyresponsibilities they have (i.e. mandatory courtdate). Do not debate your actions. Explain themotorist’s options for future actions (i.e. pay thefine or appear in court), and close theconversation with a concern for their safety, suchas “Thank you for your cooperation. Please drivesafely.” If appropriate, offer to assist the motoristback into traffic.61.1.9 SPEED MEASURING DEVICESA. Radar and laser equipment used by the Departmentmeets all standards established by the NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration.B. In selecting a location from which to operate radar orlaser speed detection, officers should position theirpatrol vehicles so as not to impede traffic.C. Officers must ensure that the radar or laser unit beingused is functioning properly by testing it both beforeand after any enforcement contacts. This shall bedone through the following procedures:1. Check the internal circuitry through the use of theinternal test function.2. Check the readout lights through the use of thelight test function.3. External checks:a. For radar, check the calibration of the unitexternally through the use of a tuning fork.b. For laser, follow the manufacturer’sinstruction for external calibration.61.1.10 DUI ENFORCEMENTA. Drivers impaired by alcohol or other drugs representa serious threat to the safety of others. Therefore,the Department considers DUI enforcement one of itshighest priorities. The overall objective is to removeimpaired drivers from the road and reduce the loss oflife and property from DUI-related accidents.B. All officers receive training in DUI enforcement. Thistraining includes:1. Identifying DUI motorists by characteristicbehavior.2. Identifying the physiological and behavioral signsof intoxication.3. The proper administration of field sobriety tests.4. Completion of required DUI reports, complaintsand citations.5. Specialized training in the Horizontal GazeNystagmun test.C. Officers who are trained as breath analyzer operatorsreceive specialized training in the use of breathanalysis instruments. These officers are trained andcertified in accordance with specifications establishedby the Illinois Department of State Police.Page 6 of 9

D. The Department is responsible for several programsdesigned to increase the drug and alcohol awarenessof community groups of all ages.E. Roadside Safety Checks may be conducted as a partof DUI enforcement efforts.61.1.11 DUI ARRESTEE HANDLINGA. Officers must be alert for signs of impairment duringall contacts with motorists. When an officerdetermines that probable cause exists to make anarrest for violating DUI laws, a custodial arrest shallbe made. After a custodial arrest is made, theoffender shall be transported to the ChampaignCounty Jail. If the arrestee requires immediatemedical attention or hospitalization, the officer will soadvise his supervisor and arrange for transport of theoffender to the hospital.B. An arrestee’s vehicle may be released to anunimpaired person at the scene with the consent ofthe arrestee; otherwise, it will be towed according topolicy. Under no circumstances shall the arrestee beallowed to operate the vehicle after being arrested.C. After charging an arrestee with DUI, the arrestingofficer shall read the arrestee the “Warning toMotorist”. The “Warning to Motorist” form shall befilled out completely. After giving the warning tomotorist, the officer shall request that the arrestee tosubmit to a test (or tests) to determine the arrestee’sblood alcohol concentration (BAC).D. If the arrestee consents, the arresting officer shallmake arrangements for the appropriate tests. If thearrestee refuses, no additional requests need bemade.E. The arresting officer has the discretion to determinewhether a subject will be required to submit to abreath, blood, and/or urine sample for testing. DUItesting shall be conducted as follows:1. Breath tests shall only be administered by breathanalyzer operators licensed by the IllinoisDepartment of State Police.a. If the arrestee submits to the test and theresults show a level of 0.30 or higher, theofficer shall immediately notify a supervisorand, if necessary, arrange for transport to ahospital.b. If the arrestee submits to the test and theresults show a level of 0.08 or higher, thearrestee shall be charged with a secondcount of DUI for violation of Illinois VehicleCode, Illinois Compiled Statutes 625 ILCS5/11-501(a)(1).2. For an arrestee with a test result of 0.08 orhigher, the officer shall complete the “LawEnforcement Sworn Report,” which includes the“Notice of Summary Suspension”.3. If the arrestee’s test result is below 0.08 theofficer may request blood and/or urine samples.If the arrestee consents to a blood test or a bloodand urine test, he will be taken to a local hospital.If the arresting officer requests a urine test onlyand the arrestee consents, the urine may becollected at the Champaign County Jail asoutlined by this policy.4. A blood sample may be requested if the breathtest is inconclusive or unavailable, intoxicationfrom other than alcohol is suspected, if someinjury, possible injury, deformity, or medicalcondition prevents the arrestee from taking thebreath test, or at the discretion of the arrestingofficer.a. Before being asked to submit to a blood test,the individual will be read the appropriate“Warning to Motorist”.b. The arrestee shall be taken to a localhospital, where the blood sample will betaken.c. With the consent of the arrestee, the bloodsample will be drawn by a licensedphysician, a registered nurse, or otherperson authorized by the Illinois StatePolice. The hospital may require thearrestee to sign a waiver. This shall beexplained to the arrestee before taking thetest. Refusal to submit to the blood test willconstitute a refusal under the statute. If thearrestee is not capable of refusal, Illinoisstatutes provide that the person be deemednot to have withdrawn consent and the bloodsample will be drawn as indicated above.d. The arresting officer shall be present duringthe drawing of the blood sample. Whenavailable, the blood sample kits to be usedare those provided to hospitals by the IllinoisDepartment of State Police. In case thereare no such kits available at the hospital,blood samples may be drawn and placedinto two grey top vacuum tubes pursuant toIllinois State Police Rule (according togenerally accepted industry standards, greytop tubes contain an anticoagulant andpreservative). The officer will make sure thata disinfectant containing no alcohol or othervolatile organic substance is used.e. The officer shall witness the blood samplesbeing placed into the kit. The forms in the kitshall be filled out completely, the kit sealedwith the supplied materials, and the kit willbe submitted as evidence.f. In the case of blood or blood and urine tests,the officer shall wait until the test resultshave been returned to fill out the “LawEnforcement Sworn Report” and “Notice ofSummary Suspension.” If applicable, theofficer shall then serve the violator with hiscopies, either in person or via the UnitedStates Postal Service Certified Mail.5. Urine tests should be requested in addition to theblood test if drugs are suspected, or when abreath or blood test is not possible. A specimenof urine, when collected, shall be collected in aPage 7 of 9

manner to preserve the dignity of the individualand to ensure the integrity of the sample.a. Urine samples shall be collected in thepresence of the arresting officer, another lawenforcement officer, an agency employee, orhospital nurse who can authenticate thesample. The officer, agency representative,or nurse shall be of the same sex as thesubject undergoing testing.b. A urine sample of approximately 60 mlshould be collected.c. The urine sample shall be collected from thearrestee’s first emptying of the bladder in aclean, dry container.d. Approximately equal volumes should bedispensed directly into two containers. Nopreservatives shall be used. The containersshall be closed with inert stoppers.6. Each of the containers shall be labeled andprovide the following information:a. Name of accused.b. Date and time of collection.c. Collecting attendant.d. Authorizing officer’s signature of initials andagency identification.7. The officer shall witness the samples beingplaced into the kit. The forms in the kit shall befilled out completely, the kit sealed with thesupplied materials, and the kit will be submittedas evidence.8. The “Notice of Summary Suspension” will becompleted to indicate a refusal if the arresteerefuses or fails to complete any of the chemicaltests.F. A violation of the zero tolerance law is anadministrative offense, not a criminal one. If, duringthe course of a traffic stop of an operator under theage of 21 years, it becomes apparent that theoperator has been consuming alcoholic beverages,the following steps should be taken:1. Field sobriety tests should be conducted.2. If there is probable cause to believe that thedriver is under the influence of alcohol, asdefined in Illinois Compiled Statutes 625 ILCS5/11-501, the enforcement of regular DUIstatutes as specified in the preceding paragraphsis preferred to the use of zero tolerance law.3. If there is evidence of the consumption of alcoholwithout impairment which meets the probablecause standards of DUI:a. The offender can be taken into custody andtransported to a holding facility. Theappropriate alcohol related charges may be:1) Unlawful possession of alcohol by aminor.2) Unlawful consumption of alcohol by aminor.3) Illegal transportation of an intoxicatingbeverage.b. A report will be filed and the operator will becharged with the violation which promptedthe initial stop in addition to the above citedviolation.c. The officer will read the Zero Tolerance“Warning to Motorist” Form to the driver.d. The officer will complete and serve the driverwith the Zero Tolerance Sworn Report form.e. If the subject does not refuse, a breath,blood, and/or urine test will be conductedpursuant to rules set forth in this policy,depending upon which test is requested bythe officer.f. At the scene, the vehicle should be handledin accordance normal arrest procedures, asa DUI hold may not be placed on the vehiclefor a violation of zero tolerance laws.1. If there is evidence of consumption of alcohol inconjunction with other criminal or delinquentoffenses, the driver should be processed aswould normally be done for the criminal ordelinquent offense, and the breath test cansimply be completed incidentally to the otherprocessing.2. If a juvenile (as defined by Chapter 705 Act 405of the Illinois Compiled Statutes) is taken to aholding facility, the juvenile shall be completelyseparated from any adult detainees, both bysight and sound, for the period of time they are inthe holding facility. There should be nounnecessary delay in completing the breath test.Immediately upon completion, the minor is to beremoved from the holding facility for furtherprocessing.3. The officer is responsible for properly completingall necessary reports, as well as any and allcitations and/or complaints.61.1.12 REFERRAL OF DRIVERS FOR RE-EXAMINATIONA. Through routine enforcement, collision reporting, andinvestigation, officers may discover drivers who areunable to exercise reasonable and ordinary care inoperating a motor vehicle.B. Officers who identify a motorist who appears to beincompetent, physically or mentally disabled, orsuffering from a disease or other condition thatprevents that person from exercising reasonable andordinary care over a motor vehicle may request a reexaminationby the Illinois Secretary of State’s Office,in accordance with the procedures set forth in theIllinois Compiled Statutes.Page 8 of 9

C. All re-examination requests shall be routed to theIllinois Secretary of State using the prescribed form.61.1.13 PARKING ENFORCEMENTA. While Parking Enforcement has the primaryresponsibility to enforce parking regulations, swornofficers of this department also have the authority toissue parking citations.B. All existing parking regulations shall be enforced withreasonableness and impartiality in all areas of theCity.C. On street parking is restricted as posted, to ensurefair access to parking, to expedite the flow of traffic,and to facilitate snow plowing operations, etc.D. Officers shall enforce parking violations withdiscretion, taking into account the seriousness of theviolation.E. Special attention shall be given to the following areas:1. Handicapped parking violations.2. Fire hydrant violations.3. Fire Lanes.4. Restricted or prohibited parking zones.F. When vehicles are parked in such a manner as tonecessitate their immediate removal, officers shallmake a reasonable attempt to locate the owner priorto towing. If attempts to locate the owner areunsuccessful, the vehicle may be towed inaccordance with departmental policy.G. Permission to park illegally in certain situations maybe granted by a supervisor. When a supervisorapproves such a request, notice of that approval willbe indicated in shift briefing notes and forwarded toall affected shifts.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 9 of 9

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 33.1SUBJECT: TRAINING ADMINISTRATION EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:TRN.04.01C. Any mandatory training missed, whether due to anexcused or unexcused absence, will be rescheduled.33.1.1 ADMINISTRATION33.1.2 ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS33.1.3 REIMBURSEMENTS33.1.4 LESSON PLANS33.1.5 REMEDIAL TRAINING33.1.6 EMPLOYEE TRAINING RECORDS33.1.7 DEPARTMENT CONDUCTED TRAININGPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to develop, support, andadvance the skills, knowledge, and abilities of allemployees through training.POLICY:33.1.1 ADMINISTRATIONA. The Deputy Chief of Professional Standards isresponsible for the overall administration of theDepartment’s training program.B. The Training Sergeant will coordinate Departmentaltraining, and will report directly to the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards.1. The duties of the Training Sergeant shall be asfollows:a. Assisting the Chief of Police in the planningand development of in-service trainingprograms.b. Distributing information to all departmentpersonnel on available training opportunitiesand schedules.c. Maintaining training records.d. Monitoring attendance at required trainingprograms.e. Implementing training as required.f. Evaluating training activities.33.1.2 ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTSA. Attendance and participation in scheduled trainingsessions is mandatory.B. In cases of conflict with court or pre-scheduled andapproved leave time, an employee may be excusedfrom mandatory training by a District or UnitCommander.1. It will be considered an unexcused absence if anemployee fails to report for a training sessionwithout having first obtained supervisoryapproval.D. Copies of any training certificates will be forwarded tothe Training Sergeant with the employee retaining theoriginal.33.1.3 REIMBURSEMENTSA. The Department will reimburse employees forreasonable expense directly related to completion ofassigned training in accordance with Article 18 of theLabor Agreement and Article 18 of the AFSCMELabor Agreement.33.1.4 LESSON PLANSA. Lesson plans shall be developed and followed for alltraining classes conducted by the Department.These plans will include the following:1. A statement of performance and job-relatedobjectives.2. The content of the training and specification ofthe appropriate instructional techniques such aslecture, group discussion, panel or seminar.3. Department instructors shall submit lesson plansfor approval prior to conducting any classes.4. Any tests administered shall be included with thelesson plan.a. Certain programs such as defensive tacticsor driving techniques may utilize aperformance / motor skill test instead of awritten instrument.33.1.5 REMEDIAL TRAININGA. The Department will utilize remedial training as aconstructive tool to reinforce, retain, and refine anemployee’s skills, knowledge and abilities in keepingwith the goals and objectives of the Department.B. Remedial training is personalized training designed tocorrect a specific deficiency that is observed duringtraining, regular job performance, or as a result ofdisciplinary action.C. Upon the recommendation of an employee’simmediate supervisor or Training Instructor, remedialtraining may be scheduled for employees who:Page 1 of 2

1. Demonstrate a lack of knowledge or skills toperform an assigned job task.2. Have been disciplined for reasons that may becorrected through additional training.D. The timetable under which remedial training will beprovided and the criteria for its successful completionshall be established prior to the onset of remedialtraining.E. Employees assigned to remedial training mustrecognize that such training is intended to assist theemployee in improving their job performance. Thefailure to participate in or satisfactorily completeremedial training may be cause for disciplinaryproceedings.33.1.6 EMPLOYEE TRAINING RECORDSA. The Training Sergeant will maintain a current recordof all training received by Department employees.The records will include the following:1. Date of training and number of hours ofattendance.2. Title of training course.3. Course Instructor.4. Attendance and test scores (if any).5. Certificates or licenses received.33.1.7 DEPARTMENT CONDUCTED TRAININGA. The Training Sergeant shall maintain records oftraining classes conducted by the Department, toinclude, at a minimum:1. Date of training.2. Title of training course.3. Course Instructor.4. Attendance and test scores (if any).ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTUNIFORM INSPECTION LOGOFC / BDG #____________DATE_______PASS / FAILCOMMENTS____________________________________________________________SUPERVISOR___________OFC / BDG #____________DATE_______PASS / FAILCOMMENTS____________________________________________________________SUPERVISOR___________OFC / BDG #____________DATE_______PASS / FAILCOMMENTS____________________________________________________________SUPERVISOR___________OFC / BDG #____________DATE_______PASS / FAILCOMMENTS____________________________________________________________SUPERVISOR___________OFC / BDG #____________DATE_______PASS / FAILCOMMENTS____________________________________________________________SUPERVISOR___________OFC / BDG #____________DATE_______PASS / FAILCOMMENTS____________________________________________________________SUPERVISOR___________OFC / BDG #____________DATE_______PASS / FAILCOMMENTS____________________________________________________________SUPERVISOR___________OFC / BDG #____________DATE_______PASS / FAILCOMMENTS____________________________________________________________SUPERVISOR___________

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTUNIFORM MANUALEFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:PER.03.04REFERENCE CALEA: 22.2.5I. GENERALCHAPTER 1GENERALA. Command officers are encouraged to interpret theprovisions of this manual to address specificconcerns whenever necessary. However, this doesnot extend to the creation of policies or practiceswhich contradict the provisions of this manual unlesswritten exception is granted by the Chief of Police.1. The Champaign Police Department uniform withappropriate insignia is designed to show at aglance the department we represent and the rankof the officer.2. Wearing the uniform should be a matter of pride.Command officers and police officers willmaintain their uniforms and equipment in a neatand serviceable condition and will, by theirappearance, set an example of neatness andstrict conformity with these regulations.3. Components of one uniform will not be worn withcomponents of another except as authorized bythese regulations.construed unless specifically authorized by theChief of Police.III. GROOMING STANDARDSA. Male officers will be well groomed at all times andabide by the following standards:1. Hair will be neat and clean. Hair will be cut so asnot to extend below the top of the shirt collar atthe back of the neck when standing in normalposture.2. Wigs, hairpieces, and hair streaking or coloringare permitted if they conform to the standards fornatural hair.3. Hair will be styled so as not to interfere with theproper wear of headgear.4. The face will be clean shaven, except that amustache may be worn. The mustache will notextend below the upper lip line or below thecorners of the mouth.5. Sideburns will be neatly trimmed and rectangularin shape.6. Watches, rings, medical alert bracelets, and nomore than one silver or gold plain necklace shallbe the only jewelry worn while in uniform.Necklaces will be worn under the t-shirt.II.4. Violations of the specific prohibition andrequirements in this manual may result inprogressive discipline.5. Officers will procure and maintain in goodcondition their uniforms and the items ofequipment prescribed in this policy.RESTRICTIONS ON WEARING UNIFORMS7. Earrings or other visible body piercing jewelry willnot be worn while on duty.8. These standards do not apply to officers workingcertain specialized assignments, such as withthe Narcotics Unit.B. Female officers will be well groomed at all times andwill abide by the following standards:A. Members of the Champaign Police Department,including retired personnel, are prohibited fromwearing the Champaign Police uniform whileengaged in any of the following activities, functions,or circumstances unless specifically authorized by theChief of Police.1. Soliciting funds for any purpose from the public.2. Participating in any type of show or event whichis commercially sponsored for advertisingpurposes where endorsement is construed orimplied by the Champaign Police Department.3. Appearing or participating in any event in publicthat would compromise the dignity of the uniform.4. Secondary employment of a police related naturewhere police authority or jurisdiction is implied or1. Hair will be neatly shaped and arranged. Whenin uniform, hair may not extend more than 2inches below the collar when standing in normalposture.2. Hair will be styled so as not to interfere with theproper wear of headgear.3. Braids/ponytails may be worn as long as they arepinned up and can be covered by a hat.4. Wigs, hairpieces, and hair streaking or coloringare permitted if they conform to the standards fornatural hair.5. Cosmetics, if worn, will be applied conservativelyand will complement the individual’s complexion.Lipstick and/or nail polish may be worn but mustPage 1 of 11

e in muted tones. Clear nail polish may also beworn.6. Watches, rings, medical alert bracelets, and nomore than one silver or gold plain necklace shallbe the only jewelry worn while in uniform.Necklaces will be worn under the t-shirt.7. Female officers shall be allowed to wear one pairof earrings (one earring per ear) which shall beconservative in style. The earrings will fit tightlyagainst the ear and will not extend below theearlobe. Visible body piercing jewelry (other thanearrings) is not permitted.8. These standards do not apply to officers workingcertain specialized assignments, such as withthe Narcotics Unit.IV. DAMAGED APPARELA. The City, as addressed in the current LaborAgreement, will authorize the repair or replacement ofall clothing and/or equipment lost or damaged whileengaged in the performance of police duties.at any time and consists of the followingcomponents:a. A long or short sleeved white or dark navyuniform shirt with a military press.i. A tie with a tie bar will be worn with thelong sleeve uniform shirt.ii.A white t-shirt will be worn with the shortsleeve shirt.b. Dark navy dress trousers (no cargopockets).c. Solid black socks.d. Black leather shoes or boots.e. Department approved coats and jacketswithout embroidery.f. Dress cap (optional).g. Dark navy sweater (optional).B. A written report documenting the loss or damage willbe submitted to a supervisor. The reviewingsupervisor will view the damaged article, determinewhether repair or replacement is needed, and thenforward recommendation to the appropriate accountclerk.CHAPTER 2DUTY UNIFORMSI. DRESS GUIDELINES FOR UNIFORMED SWORNPOLICE PERSONNELA. Authorized uniforms for Champaign Police officersare designated as Service (Class A and B), SpecialDuty, SWAT, EOD, Canine, Bicycle patrol, FootPatrol, and Special Events. Other uniforms may beauthorized by the Chief of Police.B. The uniform of the day for all commissionedChampaign Police personnel will typically be theService uniform. When tactical or seasonalconditions make it impractical to wear this uniform,other uniforms or attire may be authorized.C. Service uniforms shall be worn for the followingofficial occasions:II.1. When reporting for duty, unless assigned tocanine, bicycle, or foot patrol duties.2. When making an official presentation or speech.3. When appearing in court or at an administrativehearing.4. When attending an official function as arepresentative of the Department.SERVICE UNIFORMSA. Class A Uniform (long or short sleeve).1. The Class A uniform is the official uniform of theChampaign Police Department. It may be wornPage 2 of 11h. Black or fluorescent regulation raincoat(optional).i. Black, full-fingered gloves. Fingerlessgloves are permitted only for bike officers.j. The dark navy “Trooper Cap” or the plainblack “Watch Cap” may be worn with a longsleeve shirt or with an approved coat over ashort sleeve shirt.B. Class B Uniform (long or short sleeve).1. The Class B uniform is an optional uniform whichmay be worn at any time. It consists of thefollowing components:a. A long or short sleeved white or dark navyuniform shirt with a military press.i. The long sleeve shirt will be worn with awhite or black t-shirt, black mockturtleneck, or tie.ii.The short sleeve shirt will be worn witha white or black t-shirt.b. Dark navy trousers with or without cargopockets.c. Solid black socks.d. Black leather shoes or boots.e. Department approved coats and jackets witha name tag (no embroidery) or the innerfleece liner.f. Dress cap, dark navy “Trooper Cap”, or plainblack watch cap.g. Black or fluorescent regulation raincoat(optional).

h. Gloves may be worn only when an outercoat is worn or when searching a person,vehicle, or structure.C. Special Duty Uniforms.1. Consists of the black tactical BDUs with theKevlar helmet.2. Additional crowd control equipment, such as thelong riot baton, a gas mask, a face shield, and/ora body shield may be required.3. The special duty uniform should be worn whenconditions exist where it is not practical to wearthe service uniform. It can only be worn at thedirection of the Chief of Police or his designee.D. Canine.1. In addition to the uniform of the day, as specifiedby departmental order, K-9 officers areauthorized to wear:E. S.W.A.T.a. A one-piece jump suit for call outs andsearches.b. All uniforms will have the Champaign PoliceDepartment shoulder patch affixed.1. Raid Uniform: Each team member will maintaintwo OD green raid uniforms, one of which will becleaned and pressed at all times. The RaidUniform will be identified by the following:a. Two full color SWAT shoulder patches.b. Black/silver “POLICE” and “SWAT” tabssewed on to the uniform pocket flaps.c. A full color badge-sewed 1/2” above the topseam on the left breast pocket.d. A specified patch bearing the word“POLICE” in 3” letters, sewn to the back ofthe uniform shirt just below the shoulders.e. The BALAKLAVA is worn as uniformheadgear during all raids. It is flameretardant and provides team members withsome protection against the liquids and/orflammable elements to which they may beexposed.f. All officers shall wear clear goggles with thebalaklava. In order to preserve the clarity ofthe lenses, each team member must eithercarefully handle the goggles or in some wayprotect the lenses. Any goggles whichimpair the vision of the team member, eitherdue to excessive scratches or habitualfogging, must be replaced or repaired. Aninhibitive spray, such as RAIN-X, will bemaintained in the SWAT box. All gogglesand chemical mask lenses will be treated toensure satisfactory visibility.g. The ball cap was designed as uniformheadwear which specifically identifies theteam member as a SWAT officer. The fullcolor ball cap is worn with the raid uniformon details such as protests, school details,containment details, etc. The subdued ballcap provides the same, but is worn with thefatigue uniform either during training orduring circumstances (outside of actualmovement exercises requiring fullcamouflage) where the fatigue uniform isworn.h. Only two undershirts will appear beneathany SWAT uniform. A black turtleneck willbe worn during the cold months and a blackT-shirt during warm months. Although thechange from turtlenecks to t-shirts willgenerally be dictated by changes in weatheror the nature of a detail, the entire team mayelect to wear one of the other. This decisionwill be made by a Team Leader. (Theuniform changes, to include headgear, willbe made part of message from the initialcall-out page).i. All identification worn on the uniform shirtwill be sewn on so as to preventunnecessary down time and replacementcost. Any uniform replacement will bedirected through a Team Leader. Thisensures that uniforms are obtained throughthe same distributor and are thereforeconsistent with the uniforms presently wornby the team. Any irreparable damage to araid uniform will be reported to a TeamLeader and documented in a “DamagedApparel” report.j. The Raid Uniform represents the Team’sdistinction and should be worn with pride. Inachieving this, each team member shall:i. Ensure that their uniform shirt is tuckedin.ii.iii.Ensure that their pant legs are tuckedinto their boots.Brush shine their boots (at a minimumthey must be completely black).iv. Ensure that their pockets are buttoned.v. Ensure that their bootlaces are tuckedinto their boots.vi. Wear serviceable headgear.2. Camouflage Fatigues Uniform.a. Each team member will maintain at leastone pair of camouflage fatigues. Thecamouflage fatigue uniform is worn duringtraining exercises, during call-outs whichrequire lengthy concealed movement orsurveillance, and during some SWAT teamdemonstrations.Page 3 of 11

. Although the maintenance standards for thecamouflage fatigues are less rigid thanthose for the Raid Uniform, a clean andpressed camouflage uniform will bemaintained at all times.c. Only two forms of identification are to beworn on the camouflage uniform – two (2)subdued shoulder patches and a subduedbadge. These patches will be sewn on insimilar fashion and location to those on theRaid Uniform. When worn, the camouflageuniform shall be accompanied by the facenet and floppy hat during movementexercises or the subdued ball cap duringtraining exercises.d. The Camouflage Fatigues will be worn in thefollowing manner:i. Only black T-shirts and blackturtlenecks may be worn with thisuniform.ii.iii.Uniform buttons will be buttoned.The pant legs will be tucked into blackboots.iv. The boots will be laced.v. Bootlaces will be tucked into the bootsto prevent snagging on objects duringmovement.vi. The floppy hat will be worn as a form ofcamouflage as it breaks up the outlineof the face and head. During movementexercises, it will be accompanied by aface net. (Face nets can be donnedand removed in moments. In hostagescenarios where team memberspenetrate a business or residenceundetected, the face net and floppy hatcan be removed eliminatingobstructions to the eyes and ears ofteam members).3. Web Gear and Equipment.a. In emphasizing the principle that training ispreparation for life and death threateningsituations, team members may be requiredto use any/every available resource, withoutthe benefit of additional preparation. Teammembers must therefore attend trainingsessions and call-outs with all of the gearwhich may be used in such a situation.b. Although it is not necessary for teammembers to wear special gear such as aprotective mask, it is important that criticalequipment be immediately available to eachteam member. In addition, the more familiara team member is with every piece ofequipment they may use during an actualincident, the greater the likelihood ofsuccess during his participation in thatmission.Page 4 of 11c. Tactical operations are ultimately defined bylife and death “Use of Force” issues. Thevery nature of raids and barricaded subjectspresent similar and/or greater “Use of Force”situations than those an officer will typicallyface on the street. SWAT team membersmust avail themselves of a least onealternative to deadly force.d. If CAPSTUN is preferred, the foam type willbe carried. Given the normal proximity ofother team members within the confines of abusiness or residence, chemical spray couldjeopardize the mission or the safety of fellowofficers.e. If a team member elects to carry an ASP, hemust be proficient with it so as to notendanger the limbs of fellow team members.The ASP provides immediate resolution tothe threat of canine attack and the necessityto break/clear glass from residence andvehicle windows.f. During training, scenarios will require teammembers to demonstrate proper use ofthese alternative tools.g. Each team member must wear a web nylonduty belt and must ensure that all of theirequipment is securely attached to the belt.Personal preferences will dictate the holsterworn by each team member. HOWEVER, ifit is determined that a team member’sholster of preference inhibits hismovement or jeopardizes the missionthrough unsatisfactory retention of thefirearm, then the team member will berequired to purchase a new holster at theteam member’s expense.h. Each team member must have at least oneset of handcuffs and the handcuffs must besecured inside of a closed black nylon case.This ensures that the handcuffs will notcatch on anything during movement, and italso inhibits sound and reflection of light.i. Each team member will have on his web belttwo (2) handgun magazines.4. Weapon/Radio/Handcuffs.a. Each team member will maintain hisassigned SWAT handgun to the higheststandards at all times. Tactical operationsrequire a team member’s completeconfidence in their weapon. Therefore, theweapons shall always be clean, lightly oiled,fully functional, free of rust, and firedregularly. Likewise, magazines will beclean, rust free, lightly soiled, and fullyfunctional.b. During each training exercise and upon callout,each team member shall be equippedwith a fully functional radio, complete withearpiece (headset must also be available).

F. Bicycle Patrol.Black tape shall be placed over the transmitlight on the radio. During call-outs andtraining, radio transmissions shall beconducted on dedicated SWAT channels.All SWAT Team members shall remain onthe designated frequency unless otherwisenotified of a frequency change by the SWATTeam Commander or Team Leader. AllTeam members shall keep radio traffic to aminimum during training sessions and callouts.This is to allow important intelligenceto be passed to the Tactical Command Postand other Team members.1. Class A or Class B Uniform.2. Department approved bike uniforms consist ofthe following components:a. A dark navy or yellow knit sport shirt with theChampaign Police Department badgeembroidered over the left breast and theofficer’s name over the right breast. Theword Police will be printed in large lettersacross the back of the shirt. Emblemsindicating they are bike officers may be wornon each sleeve.b. Dark navy shorts or pants designed forbicycle operation.c. Black ¾ boots or tennis shoes with whitesocks.d. All yellow or yellow and blue jacket/coat.e. Standard duty belt with baton and dutyweapon.3. The bike uniform is only authorized duringbicycle operation.G. Alternative Summer Uniform.1. This uniform is optional and will not be suppliedby the Department. It will consist of thefollowing.a. Dark navy shorts.b. Dark navy short sleeve shirt. The shirt willbe embroidered consistent with the rules onuniform embroidery, and the word “POLICE”will be written in large letters across the backof the shirt. Sergeants and above will havetheir rank embroidered below their nameand the badge embroidered in gold.c. Black athletic style shoes with a smooth toe.d. Ankle length white socks.III. DRESS GUIDELINES FOR NON-UNIFORMEDSWORN POLICE PERSONNELA. Non-uniformed officers in administrative positions orInvestigations will be dressed in appropriate businesscasual attire. More casual dress will be acceptablewhen authorized by an appropriate Commander.B. These guidelines do not apply to officers assigned tocovert units.C. Duty weapons will either be concealed when anofficer is off the property of the Champaign PoliceDepartment or their badge shall be prominentlydisplayed adjacent to their duty weapon.D. Non-uniformed street officers will be guided by thetactical nature of their assignment. Clearidentification as police officers is required whenacting in a law enforcement role.IV. DRESS GUIDELINES FOR UNIFORMED NON-COMMISSIONED PERSONNELA. Police Service Representatives.1. Uniforms for Police Service Representativesshall consist of the following:a. Khaki or brown colored trouser style pants orskirt.b. The PSR I shirt shall consist of a long orshort sleeve polo type shirt in navy blue fromSport Print. All lettering shall be in greythread. The name shall be embroidered onthe left side of the shirt and appearunderneath the embroidered patch design.c. The PSR II short sleeve uniform shirt shallbe navy blue with bimini blue piping. Thebadge design and name shall be ofmatching color.d. The PSR II long sleeve uniform shirt shallmatch the PSR I uniform shirt color scheme.e. A navy blue cardigan sweater may also beworn.f. Either black or brown shoes may be wornwith dark socks, and sandals (with or withouthosiery) are permissible in season.2. Rules for attire.a. All pants and skirts shall be solid khaki orbrown. Pants shall be “Dockers-style”; denimstyle jeans with cargo/exterior pockets arenot acceptable.b. Uniform shirts may be worn either tuckedinto the waist band or outside of the uniformpants. Shirts which are not tucked in shallnot exceed mid-thigh length.c. A solid colored turtleneck, mock turtleneck,or t-shirt may be worn under the long sleeveuniform shirt. When wearing a short sleeveuniform shirt, only a t-shirt may be wornunderneath and the t-shirt sleeves may notextend more than ½ inch past the uniformsleeves. Approved colors are white, navyblue, black, and grey.Page 5 of 11

d. Uniform clothing is to be clean, wrinkle-free,and in good repair (no rips, tears, missingbuttons, excessive fading, fraying cuffs,etc.).e. The following items of jewelry may be worn:i. Necklace – One single strand of finejewelry, not to exceed 20 inches inlength.ii. Earrings - No restrictions, butsupervisors have discretionary override.iii.Watches - No restrictions.iv. Bracelets - No restrictions.v. Commemorative pins may be worn ifthey do not detract from the overallappearance of the uniform.3. Uniforms and clothing allowances will beprovided in accordance with Article 21 of thecurrent AFSCME Labor Agreement.4. Maternity Clothing.a. Appropriate attire which is similar to the dutyuniform may be worn.B. Records Clerks.1. Uniforms for Records Clerks shall consist of thefollowing:a. Khaki or blue colored trouser style pants orskirt.b. A long or short sleeve polo type shirt in navyblue or tan from Sport Print or 24/7 Hero.Either the name shall be embroidered on theleft side of the shirt and appear underneaththe embroidered patch design in anapproved color or a nametag must be worn.c. A navy blue cardigan sweater. Either thename shall be embroidered on the left sideof the shirt and appear underneath theembroidered patch design in an approvedcolor or a nametag must be worn.d. A navy blue vest with a white shirt orturtleneck worn underneath. Either thename shall be embroidered on the left sideof the shirt and appear underneath theembroidered patch design in an approvedcolor or a nametag must be worn.e. Unless otherwise approved by a supervisor,only black or brown shoes may be worn withdark socks. Sandals (with or withouthosiery) are permissible in season; flip flopsare not permissible.f. Special shirts purchased for special eventsmust be approved by a supervisor.2. Rules for attire.a. All pants and skirts shall be solid khaki ornavy blue. Pants or trousers shall be“Dockers-style”; denim style jeans withcargo/exterior pockets are not acceptable.b. Uniform shirts may be worn either tuckedinto the waist band or outside of the uniformpants. Shirts which are not tucked in shallnot exceed mid-thigh length.f. A solid colored navy blue or white turtleneckor mock turtleneck may be worn under thelong sleeve uniform shirt in the winter time.When wearing a short sleeve uniform shirt,only a navy blue or white t-shirt may be wornunderneath and the t-shirt sleeves may notextend more than ½ inch past the uniformsleeves.g. Uniform clothing is to be clean, wrinkle-free,and in good repair (no rips, tears, missingbuttons, excessive fading, fraying cuffs,etc.).h. The following items of jewelry may be worn:i. Necklace – One single strand of finejewelry, not to exceed 20 inches inlength.ii. Earrings - No restrictions, butsupervisors have discretionary override.vi. Watches - No restrictions.vii. Bracelets - No restrictions.viii. Commemorative pins may be worn ifthey do not detract from the overallappearance of the uniform.3. Only uniform attire shall be worn during dutyhours unless other attire is approved by asupervisor.4. Uniforms and clothing allowances will beprovided in accordance with Article 21 of thecurrent AFSCME Labor Agreement.5. Maternity Clothing.a. Appropriate attire which is similar to the dutyuniform may be worn.C. Traffic Services.1. Uniforms for Traffic Services officers shall consistof the following:a. Dark blue uniform slacks or walking shortswith a light blue uniform shirt.i. A name tag or ID badge must be wornand will be centered above the rightshirt pocket.ii. Departmental awards will be worncentered above the name tag.Page 6 of 11

iii.The City service pin may be worncentered above all other items abovethe right shirt pocket.C. Non-commissioned employees will wear either theiruniform of the day or appropriate civilian clothing asprescribed for male and female officers.b. During cold weather months an approvedsnowsuit may be worn when workingoutside.c. A shirt and coat badge identifying theposition with the City will be worn.d. Either black or brown shoes may be wornwith dark socks, and sandals (with or withouthosiery) are permissible in season.2. Rules for attire.a. Uniform clothing is to be clean, wrinkle-free,and in good repair (no rips, tears, missingbuttons, excessive fading, fraying cuffs,etc.).b. The following items of jewelry may be worn:i. Necklace – One single strand of finejewelry, not to exceed 20 inches inlength.ii. Earrings - No restrictions, butsupervisors have discretionary override.iii.Watches - No restrictions.iv. Bracelets - No restrictions.v. Commemorative pins may be worn ifthey do not detract from the overallappearance of the uniform.3. Uniforms and clothing allowances will beprovided in accordance with Article 21 of thecurrent AFSCME Labor Agreement.4. Maternity Clothing.a. Appropriate attire which is similar to the dutyuniform may be worn.V. DRESS GUIDELINES FOR NON-COMMISSIONED,NON-UNIFORMED PERSONNELA. Dress for male and female personnel will be guidedby the dress requirements for non-uniformed policepersonnel in administrative and investigationpositions but with matching accessories in keepingwith good grooming and neatness standards.B. These standards may be relaxed for evidencetechnicians due to the nature of their workassignment.VI. DRESS FOR COURT AND ADMINISTRATIVEAPPEARANCESA. Male officers will be dressed in the uniform of the day,a suit, or a sports coat with dress pants and tie.B. Female officers will be dressed in either the uniformof the day or in business/professional attire.D. If an officer is previously scheduled for Court while onduty he/she must wear the Class A or Class BUniform and not the Alternative Summer Uniform.The Alternative Summer Uniform may not be worn toCourt unless the officer is called from duty withoutprior notice.VII. DRESS GUIDELINES FOR UNIFORMEDADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNELA. While in the Police Department building wearing of aduty belt is not required.B. Whenever leaving the Police Department buildingwhile in uniform the duty belt and accessories mustbe worn.CHAPTER 3UNIFORM ITEMS AND REGULATIONS FOR THEIRWEARI. BADGESA. The standard Champaign Police Departmentapproved silver and gold metal badges byBlackington will be worn on the service uniform shirt,coat, and dress cap.II.1. Small shirt badge (Model B544)2. Large coat badge (Model B551)3. Hat shield (Model B617)HATS/HEAD GEARA. General1. When worn, the service cap will be worncentered and straight with the tip of the visor inline with the eyebrows.2. Service cap covers should fit in the frame and befree of wrinkles.3. The wearing of headgear is optional except:B. Service Cap.a. When directing traffic.b. When attending formal occasions.c. When the special duty uniform is required.d. During special circumstances as directed byUnit commanders or supervisors.1. Round visored cap, dark navy in color and madeby the Midway Cap Company.2. Class A and B commissioned officers will wearsilver snake metal bands centered with silverpolice buttons.Page 7 of 11

3. Sergeants and above will wear gold snake metalbands centered with gold police buttons.4. The appropriate silver/gold cap shield will beworn centered in the front.5. Lieutenants and above will wear gold starscentered aft of the gold snake band. (Lieutenant,1 star; Deputy Chief, 2 stars; Chief, 3 stars)C. Trooper Cap (fur cap).1. The dark navy “trooper” winter cap with fur flapswill be worn with the appropriate silver/gold hatshield centered on the front of the cap.2. The trooper cap may be worn with a long sleeveshirt or with an approved coat over a short sleeveshirt.D. Watch cap.1. Must be black wool with no insignia.2. The watch cap may be worn with a long sleeveshirt or with an approved coat over a short sleeveshirt.III. COATSA. General.1. Service coats are semi-uniform fitting garments.A properly fitted coat will ride up and down whenthe arms are raised and lowered.Authorized Service Coatsa. Dark Navy Tactical 5.11 “4-in-1” coat.b. Black leather “Chicago Style” coat.c. Lightweight fleece liner with sewn patchesand embroidered badge.2. Department shoulder insignia patches will beworn on each sleeve, centered 1 inch below theshoulder seam.3. Seniority hash marks are optional. If worn, theywill be on the left coat sleeve 1.5 inches from thefront and 4 inches from the bottom of the coatsleeve. Each hash mark represents four years ofservice.4. Sergeant’s stripes will be worn on each sleeve ½inch below the shoulder patches.5. Lieutenants and above will wear insignia of theirrank on each shoulder lapel.6. All service coats will be worn with the large coatbadge positioned on the left breast.7. Name tags are optional, but if worn, will becentered over the right coat pocket.IV. DUTY BELTS AND ACCESSORIESA. General.1. Only authorized belts/accessories may be wornwith duty uniforms.2. The authorized duty belt and accessories will beblack, ballistic, tactical nylon.3. Equipment required on duty belt:a. Handgun and holster.b. Ammunition holder.c. Handcuffs and case.d. Radio and holder.e. Baton and baton holder, except for bikeofficers.4. Officers may choose duty belts/accessories fromthe following manufacturers and styles.V. FOOTWEARa. Manufacturers - Uncle Mike’s, Davis,Safariland, Bianchi, and Don Hume.b. Belt systems - Velcro with fasteners ifneeded. Accessories with Velcro or snaps.c. Holsters - Strong hand only, medium or highrise with thumb break. The trigger will not beexposed while the weapon is in the holster.A. The following footwear is authorized to be worn withduty uniforms.1. Black leather or black synthetic oxfords or boots.2. Black leather shoes or boots, or black athleticstyle shoes with a smooth toe.3. Exceptions may also be made for medicalreasons with proper documentation.VI. GLOVESA. General1. Officers wearing long sleeve shirts may wearblack leather, vinyl, or cloth gloves.2. Officers wearing the short sleeve shirts may weargloves only when an outer coat is worn or whensearching a person, vehicle, or structure.3. Latex gloves should be available at all times andworn when appropriate for officer safety.4. Weighted gloves, “Sap” gloves, weighted gloveinserts, and fingerless gloves are prohibited.VII. NAME TAGSA. The standard Champaign Police name tag will besilver or gold metal with blue or black block lettering.The nametag is 5/8 inch wide by 3 inches long withclutch type fasteners. It will be centered above theright shirt pocket.Page 8 of 11

B. Officers assigned to the Field Training unit areauthorized to purchase and wear a special nametagdesignating them as a member of the unit.C. Officers wearing duty uniforms other than Class A orClass B may not be required to wear name tags, buttheir names must be embroidered over the rightbreast on their shirts.D. A gunbelt is not required for officers engaged inadministrative duties while in police headquarters.VIII. NECKWEAR AND TIE CLASPSA. Champaign Police Officers must wear one of thefollowing items with the Class A uniform:1. A 3.5 inch dark navy, clip-on tie.2. A black, smooth dickey or turtleneck is optionalexcept for special dress occasions.3. A white or black crewneck t-shirt.B. One of the above must be also worn with the servicesweater.C. A tie clasp or tie tack may be worn. They will beplaced on the lower half of the necktie, midwaybetween the third and fourth button.D. They will be inconspicuous and subject to theapproval of a shift supervisor.IX. RAIN GEARA. Rain coats will be full length. They will be solid blackor reversible (black/fluorescent).B. The coat badge will be affixed to the raincoat when itis worn.C. A plastic rain cover may be placed over the policecap during rainy weather.X. SCARVESA. Officers may wear a dark navy or solid black scarfwhen a jacket is worn.XI. SWEATERSA. The dark navy service sweater is a heavy ribbed knitdesign made by Blauer, and it has a v-neck or a crewneck, elbow and shoulder patches, epaulets, a badgeholder, and a nameplate.B. The sweater may be worn with the Class A or Buniform.C. A dark navy clip-on tie, or a non ribbed blackturtleneck sweater or dickey must be worn with thesweater.XII. SHIRTS1. When the Class A or Class B uniform is worn,officers will wear the white or dark navy longsleeve or short sleeve shirt.2. Department shoulder insignia patches will beworn on each shirtsleeve centered 1-inch belowthe shoulder seam.3. Shirts will be pressed with military creases.XIII. TROUSERSA. Dark navy.1. Class A and B uniform trousers will be Dark Navyin color. Class A (dress) trousers do not havecargo pockets; Class B trousers have cargopockets. They will be full cut, straight hanging,without cuffs, and worn long enough to reach thejuncture of the welt of the shoe in the rear. Hemswill be between 2 and 3 inches wide.2. Trousers will be pressed to present a smoothvertical crease at about the center front and rearof each leg.B. Department approved dark navy shorts may be wornwhen authorized.XIV. UNDERGARMENTSA. Officers will wear adequate undergarments to ensurethe proper fit and appearance of the uniform.B. Long underwear (tops) may be worn only with thelong sleeve service shirt.C. Undershirts (t-shirts).1. Will be white or black in color, have quarterlength sleeves, and have either a crew neck or v-neck collar. A crew neck is required with shortsleeve shirts and with long sleeve shirts if neithera tie nor a turtleneck is worn.XV. SUNGLASSESA. Sunglasses shall be conservative in style. Nomirrored sunglasses are allowed.CHAPTER 4INSIGNIA AND REGULATIONS FOR WEARI. INSIGNIA OF RANKA. General.1. Command officers will wear only the rankinsignia prescribed for their rank. Collar orshoulder rank insignia is made of metal withclutch type fasteners. Sewn on insignia isoptional with the special duty uniform. Sergeantsmay wear authorized cloth insignia on uniformshirts and coats.2. Description by rank.A. Dark Navy or White.Page 9 of 11a. Chief of Police: Three gold, five pointed,pyramid-shaped stars. Shoulder stars are 1inch in diameter and may be fastened

together on a metal holding bar or placedindividually with each star in the same line.The distance between the centers ofadjacent stars will be 3/4 inch. Collar starsare 9/16 inch in diameter and will befastened together on a metal holding bar in astraight line with one ray of each starpointing upward and at right angles to theholding bar.b. Deputy Chief of Police: Two gold -coloredstars of the same type and arranged in thesame manner as for the Chief of Police.c. Lieutenant: One gold colored bar. Shoulderinsignia is 1 1/8 inches long by 3/8 inch wideand is slightly curved. Collar insignia is 3/4inch long by 1/4 inch wide and is flat.d. Sergeant: Three gold chevrons overlappedworn single point facing up. Cloth insigniawill be worn single point facing up, centeredon the outer half of each sleeve, and directlybelow the shoulder patch.B. Shoulder rank insignia will be worn on each shoulderstrap of jackets and coats.b. Crisis Intervention.c. Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) Team.d. K-9.e. Crime Scene Investigator.f. Crisis Negotiator.g. Motor Officer.2. Unit insignia will be worn centered 1” aboveribbons/awards authorized for wear by policy.III. SERVICE STRIPESA. Service Stripes (hash marks) designate the officer’syears of active service. Each stripe represents fouryears of active service.1. Service stripes are slanted gold embroideredcloth stripes on a blue background and come inlengths cut specifically to the number required bythe individual officer.1. All command officers will wear their insignia so itis equidistant from the front and rear edges ofthe shoulder strap.2. Stars will be worn equally spaced between thearmhole seam and the shoulder strap button, oredge of the collar, whichever is closer. One rayof each star points toward the collar.3. Bars will be worn with the long axis perpendicularto the shoulder strap. Bars will be positioned sothat the midpoint of the outer edge is 3/4 inchfrom the armhole seam.C. Collar grade insignia will be worn on each collar ofClass A and Class B uniform shirts.II.1. Collar bars worn on the shirt will be centered ½inch from the straight edge of the collar. Barsare vertical and parallel to the straight edge ofthe collar.2. Stars are worn diagonally across the point of thecollar with one point of the star pointing towardthe neck.SPECIAL UNIT INSIGNIAA. General.1. Individual officers designated through specialtraining or selection for special duties may wearappropriate insignia designating their unit orspecial duties.B. Description and Placement.1. The following unit insignias are approved forwear by sworn personnel:a. SWAT.Page 10 of 112. They may be sewn on the outside edge of the leftsleeve of long sleeve shirts and jackets. It will becentered on the sleeve ½ inch from the edge and4 inches from the bottom of the sleeve.I. GENERALCHAPTER 5AWARDSA. Officers may wear those awards described in Policy26.2.B. Officers who receive awards from other agencies orinstitutions may wear such awards with thepermission of the Chief of Police.C. When an officer is authorized to wear more than onepersonal decoration for the same award, a star(s) willbe attached noting the second and subsequentaward(s).II.MARKSMANSHIP BADGESA. General.1. Marksmanship badges may be worn with theservice uniform. When worn, it will be centeredon and directly above the nametag.2. Marksmanship badges are based on the level ofproficiency attained:a. At the Department’s annual weaponsqualification; orb. At PTI by recruits entering the Field TrainingProgram.3. Only one marksmanship badge may be worn.III. SERVICE AWARD

A. The service award for years of service with the Citymay be worn centered above all other awards on theright breast or as a tie tack.CHAPTER 6MISCELLANEOUSI. HONOR GUARD EQUIPMENTA. The following items will be worn at the discretion ofthe Chief of Police or his designee by officersperforming Honor Guard duties.1. Class A uniform with tie.2. White cloth gloves.3. Service cap.II.MOURNING BANDSA. The mourning band is ½ inch wide and is made ofelastic knit black rayon.B. It will be placed midway over the shirt and coat badgewith the seam behind the badge.C. The mourning band will be worn as follows:1. For one week following the death of anyDepartment employee.2. On the day of the funeral service for retired ordisabled employees, or officers/employees fromother jurisdictions.2. While serving as a member of an Honor Guard.3. As authorized by the Chief of Police.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 11 of 11

Uniform Ribbon OrderLifesavingValorOfficer of the Year Leadership Purple HeartMilitary ServiceSWATCommendationThe above ribbons represent the awards currently issued by the Champaign PoliceDepartment. They are listed in the order of precedence as they should appear on theuniform. The ribbon to the far right would be nearest the buttons on the shirt.Ribbon Order 11-3-09

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY AND PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 11.2SUBJECT: UNITY OF COMMAND EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/1/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.07.041. In situations involving unsuitable or improperaction on the part of an employee of lesser rank,or11.2.1 UNITY OF COMMAND11.2.2 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMANDPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to promote efficiency andresponsibility within the Department, to avoid confusionamong employees, to establish accountability anddetermine who is in command of a particular operation.DEFINITIONS:Unity of Command: The concept that each individual inthe organization has one, and only one, immediatesupervisor.Chain of Command: Formal lines of communicationgoing downward or upward within the organizationalhierarchy through each successive level of command.Organizational Component: A subdivision of thedepartment, such as a division, section, or unit, or positionthat is established and staffed on a full-time basis toprovide a specific function.2. In emergency situations, such as at the scene ofa serious crime, major event, or catastrophe, asupervisor may demand and shall receiveassistance in performing essential tasks fromany lesser employee, regardless of theorganizational component to which he isregularly assigned. These situations demandimmediate action in order to accomplish thepolice mission and uphold the reputation of theDepartment.B. No civilian personnel have line authority over anysworn police officers of this Department.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPOLICY:11.2.1 UNITY OF COMMANDA. It is important that only one person be in completecommand of each situation and also that only oneperson be in direct command or supervision of eachemployee. Therefore, to ensure unity of command:1. Clearly defined lines of authority have beendrawn so that each employee is accountable toonly one supervisor at any given time, and2. A relationship in the organizational structure hasbeen established between each employee andthe Chief of Police.B. Employees should strive at all times to operate withinthe chain of command and to keep their supervisorsinformed about their activities.11.2.2 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMANDA. Each organizational component is under the directcommand of one supervisor. But, while superiority ofrank does not ordinarily authorize supervisors toassume command or supervision over subordinatepersonnel outside their organizational component,there are two circumstances in which this action iswarranted:Page 1 of 1

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 1.3SUBJECT: USE OF FORCE EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE: 02/01/10REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.05.01ADM.05.02ADM.05.031.3.1 FORCE NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISHLAWFUL OBJECTIVES1.3.2 USE OF DEADLY FORCE1.3.3 USE OF FIREARMS1.3.4 USE OF LESS LETHAL WEAPONS1.3.5 MEDICAL AID AFTER USE OF FORCEINCIDENTS1.3.6 USE OF FORCE REPORTING1.3.7 REVIEW USE OF FORCE INCIDENTS1.3.8 REMOVAL FROM LINE OF DUTY1.3.9 AUTHORIZED WEAPONS AND AMMUNITION1.3.10 WEAPONS QUALIFICATION1.3.11 PROFICIENCY TRAINING1.3.12 POLICY TRAINING1.3.13 ANNUAL ANALYSIS OF USE OF FORCEINCIDENTSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures forthe use of force and the review of use of force incidents,to ensure adherence to Departmental policy, and toensure that the use of force is based uponreasonableness in accomplishing a lawful task.DEFINITIONS:AFID(s): Confetti-like pieces of paper which are expelledfrom the cartridge of a Conducted Energy Weapon. EachAFID contains an alpha-numeric identifier unique to thecartridge used.Deadly Force: The Illinois Compiled Statues define deadlyforce as force which is likely to cause death or greatbodily harm; the firing of a firearm in the direction of theperson to be arrested, even though no intent exists to killor inflict great bodily harm; and the firing of a firearm at avehicle in which the person to be arrested is riding.However, per 720 ILCS 5/7-8(b), a peace officer’sdischarge of a firearm using ammunition designed todisable or control an individual without creating thelikelihood of death or great bodily harm shall not beconsidered force likely to cause death or great bodilyharm.Drive-Stun: The process of using a Conducted EnergyWeapon for pain compliance. A drive stun isadministered by activating the Conducted Energy Weaponand placing it in contact with an individual’s body.Non-Deadly Force: Force which is not likely to causedeath or great bodily harm. Non-deadly force optionsinclude but are not limited to hands-on defensive tactics,impact tools, Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) spray, canineapprehension, and less lethal impact munitions.Reasonable Belief: The United States Supreme Court inGraham v Connor 490 U.S. 386 (1989) stated “thereasonableness of a particular use of force must bejudged from the perspective of a reasonable officer onscene, rather than the 20/20 vision of hindsight”. Thetotality of information known to the officer at the time ofaction, not what is learned thereafter, is the basis uponwhich such police use of force actions shall be reviewed.Factors that will typically be reviewed in determiningreasonableness will include the seriousness of the allegedoffense, whether or not the subject posed an immediatethreat to the officer or another, and whether or not thesubject was actively resisting the officer.Great Bodily Harm: Serious physical injury that creates asubstantial risk of death, causes serious permanentdisfigurement, or results in long term loss or impairment ofthe function of any bodily member or organ.Forcible Felonies: Under the Illinois Compiled Statutes,the following offenses are considered forcible felonies:Treason; First Degree Murder; Second Degree Murder;Predatory Criminal Sexual Assault of a Child; AggravatedCriminal Sexual Assault; Criminal Sexual Assault;Robbery; Burglary; Residential Burglary; Arson;Aggravated Arson; Kidnapping; Aggravated Kidnapping;Aggravated Battery resulting in great bodily harm orpermanent disability or disfigurement, and; any otherfelony which involves the use or threat of physical force orviolence against any individual.POLICY:A. It is the policy of the Champaign Police Departmentto accomplish its law enforcement mission asefficiently and effectively as possible.1. The mission of the police department is topreserve peace and order within the City.2. The values of the department are Respect andService. The department respects human lifeand recognizes that the use of force must beused only in support of its mission and values.3. The use of force must be in conformance withboth the law and this policy.4. Officers must de-escalate their level of force asthe suspect/offender de-escalates their level ofresistance or threat, or as circumstancesotherwise warrant.B. The use of force, whether in defense of the officer orothers or to accomplish arrest, often occurs incircumstances that are tense, uncertain, and rapidlyevolving. Such situations involve the need fordecisions that may affect the safety of the public, theofficers involved, and suspects/offenders. As such,use of force decisions shall be based upon thePage 1 of 5

following safety priorities as applied to those personsat risk:1. Victims and other persons.2. Police Officers.3. Suspects / Offenders.C. When feasible, the safety of a criminal offender orsuspect will be considered and alternatives may beutilized. However, the safety of a criminal offender orsuspect will not take precedence over the safety of avictim, other person, and/or a police officer.1.3.1 FORCE NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISHLAWFUL OBJECTIVESA. State law and the City of Champaign have entrustedits police officers with the unique powers andauthority designated to assist them in performing theirduties. Officers, under certain circumstances, havethe right to apply force, including lethal force, onanother human being. Such application will be basedupon the reasonable belief that such force iswarranted and justified based upon current laws andthe policies of this Department.B. Use of Force Principles.1. An officer may use force in the performance ofhis duties under the following circumstances:a. To prevent or terminate the commission ofan offense.b. In self defense or the defense of another.c. To effect the arrest of an offender, includingthose resisting arrest or attempting to fleefrom arrest or custody.d. To prevent a person from injuringthemselves.2. The use of force continuum, in order ofescalation, is as follows:a. Verbal Persuasion.b. Non-Deadly Force.c. Deadly Force.3. Verbal Persuasion as a means of effectingcustody.a. The practice of courtesy and dialogue mayencourage understanding and cooperationon the part of the public and those who areto be arrested.b. Verbal commands which result incompliance are the desired method ofgaining cooperation from the public, takingan offender to be arrested into custody, anddefusing potentially violent situations.However, recognizing that not all personswill comply with lawful verbal commands andsubmit to arrest and/or cease aggressive orviolent actions, the use of force by policemay be necessary to effect an arrest and toprotect the officer or others during the arrestprocess.i. 720 ILCS 5 / 7-5, Peace Officer Use ofForce in Making Arrest, sets out thefollowing; (a) A peace officer, or anyperson whom he has summoned ordirected to assist him, need not retreator desist from efforts to make a lawfularrest because of resistance orthreatened resistance to the arrest. Theofficer is justified in the use of any forcewhich he reasonably believes to benecessary to effect the arrest and of anyforce which he reasonably believes tobe necessary to defend himself oranother from bodily harm while makingthe arrest. However, he is justified inusing force likely to cause death orgreat bodily harm only as permittedunder Section 1.3.2.4. It is not intended that any suspect or offendershould ever be allowed to be the first to exerciseforce, thus allowing them to gain an advantage ina physical confrontation. Nothing in this policyshould be interpreted to mean that an officer isrequired to resort to a lesser level of force todefend against a threat of violence that placesthe officer or others at greater risk or to engagein prolonged physical confrontation beforeresorting to a use of force that will more quicklyand safely bring the arrestee under physicalcontrol.1.3.2 USE OF DEADLY FORCEA. Officers may use lethal force against another humanbeing when the officer, or another person, is inimminent and otherwise unavoidable danger of deathor great bodily harm from the individual(s) againstwhom the officer is applying or is about to applydeadly force.B. Illinois Compiled Statutes (720 ILCS 5/7-5) define theparameters of a police officer’s use of force in makingan arrest, including the use of deadly force, asfollows:1. A peace officer is justified in using deadly forceonly when:a. He reasonably believes that such force isnecessary to prevent death or great bodilyharm to himself or another; or,b. Such force is necessary to prevent the arrestfrom being defeated by resistance orescape; and,i. The person to be arrested hascommitted or has attempted to commit aforcible felony which involves theinfliction or threatened infliction of greatbodily harm; or,ii.Is attempting to escape by use of adeadly weapon; or,Page 2 of 5

iii. Otherwise indicates that he willendanger human life or inflict greatbodily harm unless arrested withoutdelay.2. Use of deadly force against fleeing felons:a. Officers are prohibited from using deadlyforce against “fleeing felons” when the onlycondition for the application of deadly forceis that the individual is a “fleeing felon”.b. A “fleeing felon” should not be presumed topose an immediate threat to life in theabsence of actions or circumstances thatwould lead one to believe that a threat to lifeexists.c. Officers are authorized to use deadly forceagainst “fleeing felons” only under thespecific circumstances and conditions asstated in this policy.d. If an officer faces a lethal force situation andhis firearm is not reasonably available to himat the time, any force used by the officer indefense of his or a citizen’s life would bejustified.3. Use of force to prevent escape:a. A peace officer, or other person who has anarrested person in his custody, is justified inthe use of such force to prevent the escapeof the arrested person as he would bejustified in using if he were arresting suchperson.b. A guard or other peace officer is justified inthe use of force, including force likely tocause death or great bodily harm, which hereasonably believes to be necessary toprevent the escape from a penal institutionof a person whom the officer reasonablybelieves to be lawfully detained in suchinstitution under sentence for an offense orawaiting trial or commitment for an offense.4. When feasible, and where such action does notincrease the level of danger to the officer orothers, a verbal warning or command should begiven before deadly force is used (Tennessee v.Garner).5. Officers shall not discharge a firearm at or from amoving vehicle unless there exists an imminentor immediate threat of death or great bodily harmoffered by the driver or occupants of the vehicleto the officer or others, or where the escape of anoffender(s) otherwise indicates that he/they willendanger human life or inflict great bodily harmunless arrested without delay. This may includethe offender’s use of a vehicle as a deadlyweapon NOT solely as means of escape.6. Where the offender is not visible, firing into abuilding, through doors, or other barriers behindwhich an offender is hiding is prohibited unlessthe offender offers an imminent or immediatethreat of death or great bodily harm and theoffender’s location can reasonably be identified.C. Deadly force may be used to kill a dangerous animalor an animal that is so severely injured that humanityrequires its disposal to prevent further suffering.1.3.3 USE OF FIREARMSA. Officers are authorized to draw and/or point theirfirearms at a person (or persons) whencircumstances create a reasonable belief that it maybe necessary to use the firearm, including unknownor unsecured situations where an officer may drawand/or point his weapon in order to maintain a tacticaladvantage and preserve the safety of himself orothers.B. Warning shots are prohibited. Officers will not fire intothe air, ground, or any other location in an attempt tohalt a fleeing offender.1.3.4 USE OF LESS LETHAL WEAPONSA. Department members may respond to resistance oraggression by use of physical control tactics basedupon reasonable belief that the tactics are necessary.B. Department members may have at hand certain lesslethal defensive weapons, including but not limited to:1. ASP Baton/Baton: The baton is intended to beused against unarmed aggressive suspects orwhen lesser levels of control have failed or beendetermined to be inadequate.a. The use of the baton shall follow Departmenttraining guidelines. Baton training and recertificationwill be conducted as directed bythe Department’s Training Unit.b. Officers may carry only batons authorized bythe Department after completing initialacademy training or other Departmentauthorized training.c. Flashlights are not intended to be used asprimary defensive tools. If an officer isforced to use a flashlight as a defensive tool,it will be used in accordance withDepartment baton training guidelines.2. Less Lethal Impact Munitions: Less LethalImpact Munitions are used in an attempt to deescalatepotentially dangerous situations. Suchsituations may include, but are not limited to,suicidal subjects, crowd control, and subjectsarmed with edged or impact weapons. LessLethal Impact Munitions are intended to be usedwhere time and tactics permit.a. Officers may utilize Department approvedLess Lethal Impact Munitions aftercompleting Department approved training.b. Less Lethal Impact Munitions training andre-certification will be conducted as directedby the Department’s Training Unit.c. Less Lethal Impact Munitions will be usedPage 3 of 5

consistent with Department approvedtraining.3. Use of Oleo Resin Capsicum (OC) Spray: TheUse of OC Spray is intended to be used primarilyagainst unarmed subjects who officersreasonably believe have indicated physicallyand/or verbally that they intend to resist arrest orassault an officer or other person.a. OC Spray may used for animal control orattack prevention.b. Officers must complete OC Spray trainingprior to carrying or using OC Spray. OCSpray Training and re-certification will beconducted as directed by the DepartmentTraining Unit.ii.iii.armed with a firearm or other weaponthat places the officer or others inimminent or immediate threat to life.“Drive Stuns” shall not be utilized forpain compliance. “Drive Stuns” may beutilized only to create distance betweenan officer and a subject when necessaryto enable the officer to fully deploy theprobes of a Conducted Energy Weapon.Conducted Energy Weapons should notnormally be used in an environmentwhere an officer reasonably believesthat flammable, volatile, or explosivematerial is present, including, but notlimited to, OC spray with volatilepropellant.c. Officers shall decontaminate or flush theeyes of a subject against whom OC hasbeen deployed as soon as feasible followingthe deployment.d. Only Department approved OC Spray maybe carried and used.4. Conducted Energy Weapons: Conducted EnergyWeapons are intended for use against eitherunarmed persons or those persons who arearmed with weapons or objects not easilycapable of spanning the distance between theperson and an officer employing a ConductedEnergy Weapon and who officers reasonablybelieve have indicated, either verbally orphysically, that they intend to assault an officer orother person, resist arrest, or do serious harm tothemselves.a. While the Champaign Police Departmentdoes not deploy Conducted EnergyWeapons, other law enforcement agencieswithin Champaign County do. Accordingly,the Champaign Police Departmentrecognizes the possibility that an agencydeploying Conducted Energy Weaponscould be called to assist the ChampaignPolice Department through an emergencymutual aid request.b. The Department also recognizes that it mayfrom time to time be reasonable for asupervisor from the Champaign PoliceDepartment to request the assistance of anagency which does deploy ConductedEnergy Weapons in attempting tosuccessfully resolve a unique incident.c. The department will provide the guidelinesbelow to all departments reasonablyanticipated to be called upon for thedeployment of a Conducted Energy Weaponand reach a common understanding as tousage.d. The following guidelines shall be consideredprior to such a request:i. Conducted Energy Weapons are notintended for use against a personiv. Conducted Energy Weapons should notnormally be used in any environmentwhere the subject would be reasonablylikely to fall, and when such a fall couldresult in death or serious physical injury.v. Conducted Energy Weapons should notnormally be used on a handcuffed orsecured prisoner, absent overtlyassaultive, self-destructive, or violentlyresistive behavior that can not bereasonably addressed by other readilyavailable means.vi. Officers shall be aware of the generalconcerns raised when a ConductedEnergy Weapon is used on a memberof a High Risk Population. High RiskPopulations include small children,elderly persons, those who are visiblyfrail, and those who are obviouslypregnant. Conducted Energy Weaponsmay be used on members of High RiskPopulations, but such use is limited tothose circumstances where the need touse the device reasonably outweighsthe risk(s) to those involved.vii. Conducted Energy Weapons should notbe used against suspects in physicalcontrol of a motor vehicle in motion, toinclude automobiles, trucks,motorcycles, ATVs, bicycles, andscooters unless exigent circumstancesexist.e. The probes of a Conducted Energy Weaponshall be removed as soon as possible afterdeployment. Probes that are imbedded in asubject’s skin shall be removed by medicalpersonnel.f. When a Conducted Energy Weapon hasbeen deployed in the field, the location of theAFIDs shall also be noted in thecorresponding police report.g. Upon booking, the transporting officer shalladvise the intake officer of the fact that thearrestee was subjected to the use of aConducted Energy Weapon.Page 4 of 5

5. The use of any instrument or equipment notauthorized and trained in as a defensive tool bythe Department is prohibited unless used as adefensive tool of last resort in an extremeemergency.1.3.5 MEDICAL AID AFTER USE OF FORCEINCIDENTSA. After any use of force incident, if an officer observesany injury or the person arrested or seized complainsof injury then the officer shall obtain medicalassistance as soon as reasonably possible. Photosshall be taken of all observable injuries. In the eventthe injuries are in sensitive or private areas of thebody, the shift supervisor shall request thatappropriate medical personal assist with the photodocumentation. Injuries shall also be documented inappropriate Departmental reports.1.3.6 USE OF FORCE REPORTINGA. The following shall be documented in an offensereport any time an officer applies non-deadly ordeadly force:1. The facts and circumstances of the arrest,including the level and type of threat, passive orovert resistance, or violence directed against theofficer or others that required the officer toemploy defensive measures and / or use force inmaking an arrest and / or in defense of the officeror other persons.2. A description of type of force used and anydefensive tools employed.3. The effectiveness of the force employed againstthe offender(s).4. Any injury to the arrestee(s).5. Any known pre-existing injuries to the arrestee.6. Any verbal statements made by the offender.7. All injuries to officers or others, whether minor orserious.8. Any known consumption of alcohol or controlledsubstances by the arrestee.9. The names and identifiers of any witnesses tothe incident/arrest.1. The report will be reviewed for any policy,training, weapon, or equipment issues related tothe incident.2. A copy of all Use of Force Incident Reports willbe retained for annual analysis.1.3.8 REMOVAL FROM LINE DUTYA. The requirements of this standard are delineated inPolicy 1.5.1.3.9 AUTHORIZED WEAPONS AND AMMUNITION1.3.10 WEAPONS QUALIFICATION1.3.11 PROFICIENCY TRAININGA. The requirements of these standards are delineatedin Policy 1.4.1.3.12 POLICY TRAININGA. All personnel authorized to carry lethal and less-lethalweapons shall be issued copies of and receiveinstruction regarding this policy before beingauthorized to carry any weapon.B. Officers will receive training on the use of force atleast yearly.C. Policy instruction will be documented in the officer’sfield training and evaluation program.1.3.13 ANNUAL ANALYSIS OF USE OF FORCEINCIDENTSA. All reports required by Section 1.3.6 will be reviewedand analyzed on an annual basis to determine anytrends, patterns, training needs, or needs for policymodification.B. Copies of the annual analysis will be provided tomembers of both the Champaign City Council and theCity of Champaign Human Relations Commission.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentB. It is the responsibility of the reviewing shift supervisorto ensure that all the above elements are included inthe offense report(s).1.3.7 REVIEWING USE OF FORCE INCIDENTSA. Each police report involving the use of force shallhave a “Use of Force Incident Report” cover sheetattached to it. The cover sheet will be completed bythe reviewing supervisor, and a copy of the report andcover sheet will be forwarded to the appropriateDeputy Chief through the chain of command andreviewed at each step.Page 5 of 5

POLICY 12.2ATTACHMENT ACHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTVALUE STATEMENTSERVICE with PRIDEP erformanceR resultsI ntegrityD ignityE nthusiasmGuiding values: performance guidelines and standardsSERVICE means• Being committed to the needs of the community• Helping other with solutions to problems, explaining your decisionsand actions• Delivering timely service when service counts• Treating citizens as important, valued customers• Providing police services in a professional mannerPERFORMANCE means• Taking personal accountability for your words and actions• Being proactive, anticipating problems and offering solutions• Looking for better ways to d your job and to improve performance• Doing the job right—being accurate, taking care of details,completing assigned tasks• Demonstrating strong work ethicRESULTS means• Taking pride in your work product, your tasks and results• Seeing constant improvements and better results• Community acceptance of methods and results• Working together as a team using each person’s talents• Completing the job in a timely manner and following through oncommitments

INTEGRITY means• Being responsible for your job and actions, being accountable for theend results and outcomes• Being honest and trustworthy• Serving as a positive example to others• Holding yourself to the highest standards• Be loyal to the police department—your actions reflect on all of us• Improving yourself and learning from setbacksDIGNITY means• Treating others with respect and the way you would like to be treated• Having compassion for others• Appreciating individual strengths, talents and contributions of others• Upholding the rights of all citizens• Respecting our profession, our uniform, your represent ourdepartment at all times• Supporting diversity in the community an departmentENTHUSIASM means• Supporting the department’s goals, values, mission and decisions• Working like your job makes a difference• Being highly motivated, giving 100% effort• Encouraging self and other to excel• Contributing to the team an dour police department• Plan for the future and think about end results

53.1.1 / ADM.19.01Attachment ACHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTVEHICLE INSPECTION REPORTSQUAD#______PDC.INIT:__________________ DATE INSPECTED:___________________ INSPECTED BY:_________________[ ] Patrol [ ] Investigations [ ] AdministrationEXTERIOR BODY:ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLECLEANLINESS: ( ) ( )INTERIOR OF VEHICLE:CLEANLINESS: ( ) ( )STANDARD LIGHTING SYSTEM:OPERABLE INOPERABLEHEADLIGHTS/TAILLIGHTS/BRAKE LIGHTS/TURN LIGHTS/SPOTLIGHT ( ) ( )EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM:LIGHT BAR, FLASHING HEADLIGHTS ( ) ( )TAKE-DOWN LIGHTS, ALLEY LIGHTS, GRILL LIGHTSUPPER TURN SIGNALS, UPPER BRAKE LIGHT, REAR DECKSPECIFY FAULTY ITEMS: __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST:YESNOFIRE EXTINGUISHER ( ) ( )2 FLARES ( ) ( )MULTI-PURPOSE STORAGE BOX w/- CPR MASK ( ) ( )- LATEX GLOVES ( ) ( )- LARGE BANDAGES ( ) ( )- ALCOHOL WIPES ( ) ( )- C3 PACKET ( ) ( )- PROTECT AIDE PACKET ( ) ( )- VIONEX TOWLETTES ( ) ( )- HEPAFILTER MASK ( ) ( )- CRIME SCENE TAPE ( ) ( )- DISPOSABLE BLANKET ( ) ( )- SUDECON WIPES ( ) ( )COMMENTS:___________________________________________________________________

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 41.3SUBJECT: VEHICLES AND UNIFORMS EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:OPR.01.02OPR.01.04OPR.01.05OPR.01.06A. In order to enable officers to respond adequately toaccidents or other emergencies, every patrol vehiclewill be furnished with the following supplies andequipment:1. Two flares.41.3.1 PATROL VEHICLES41.3.2 PATROL VEHICLE EQUIPMENT41.3.3 OCCUPANT RESTRAINT DEVICES41.3.4 UNIFORMS AND PERSONAL APPEARANCE41.3.5 PROTECTIVE VESTS41.3.6 PROTECTIVE VESTS FOR HIGH RISK PRE-PLANNED OPERATIONS41.3.7 MOBILE DATA COMPUTERSPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines forpatrol vehicles and uniforms.POLICY:41.3.1 PATROL VEHICLESA. Marked patrol vehicles shall be readily identifiable aslaw enforcement agency vehicles.B. Marked patrol vehicles will be conspicuously markedwith a distinctive paint scheme and identifiers toinclude:1. “Champaign Police” will be marked on both sidesof the vehicle.2. The unit number of the vehicle will be located onboth sides and the rear bumper of the vehicle.C. Marked patrol vehicles will be equipped withoperational emergency lights and a siren.D. All marked patrol vehicles will be equipped with aradio which allows the operator to maintain constantcommunication with METCAD.E. Except for certain specialized units, unmarkedvehicles will not normally be used for patroloperations. However, any unmarked vehicle used forgeneral patrol purposes must be equipped withemergency lights, a siren, and allow the operator tomaintain constant communication with METCAD.F. An unmarked vehicle of the Department shall not beused for emergency response unless it is equippedwith emergency lighting and a siren.2. A fire extinguisher.3. Crime scene tape.4. An emergency medical kit containing a CPRmask, latex gloves, bandages, alcohol wipes, aC3 packet, a Protect-Aide Packet, Vionextowlettes, a hepafilter mask, Sudecon wipes, anda disposable blanket.B. Designated supervisors will be responsible formonthly inspections of the vehicles assigned to theirrespective units and will forward the inspectionreports to the designated commander.C. At the beginning of their tour of duty, officers andsupervisors shall check their vehicle to ensure that itsequipment and accessories are functional and that itis adequately supplied.1. Any damage to the vehicle, damaged or missingequipment, defects and/or malfunctions shallimmediately be reported to a supervisor.2. Areas of the vehicle which are designated forprisoner transport shall be checked to ensurethat they do not contain any discarded weaponsor contraband.3. Any officer who damages a squad, or loses ordamages any police equipment, shall report thematter without delay to his immediate supervisor.41.3.3 OCCUPANT RESTRAINT DEVICESA. Department personnel shall wear seat belts whileoperating City vehicles in accordance with theprovisions of 625 ILCS 5/12-603.1.B. Any passengers riding in a City vehicle shall berequired to wear an occupant restraint device. Smallchildren who require child restraint devices shall beplaced in one prior to being transported, inaccordance with state law. Department personnelare responsible for ensuring compliance with thisdirective.C. Prisoners shall be seat belted whenever possible.41.3.4 UNIFORMS AND PERSONAL APPEARANCE41.3.2 PATROL VEHICLE EQUIPMENTA. Unless otherwise authorized, personnel assigned topatrol duties shall report in uniform and in possessionof all required equipment.Page 1 of 3

B. See Policy 22.5, Uniforms and Equipment, for uniformspecifications, grooming standards, and authorizedpersonal equipment and apparel not issued by theagency.C. Special exceptions to uniform and appearancestandards may be granted by the Chief of Police.41.3.5 PROTECTIVE VESTSA. All sworn personnel of the Department shall beissued protective soft body armor vests.B. The protective vest shall be worn at all times whileperforming the following duty assignments:1. Sworn uniformed patrol, including those engagedin STEP duties and/or traffic enforcement.2. Planned warrant executions.3. Narcotics, drug, and/or gang interdiction.4. Any time an on-duty officer may become activelyengaged in the support of operational activitieswhere the potential for confrontation exists. TheDeputy Chief of Operations may grantexceptions.5. Department sponsored extra duty details.C. Those personnel not required to wear the protectivevest shall maintain their vest so that it is available ifnecessary and may be quickly accessed. This shallinclude personnel whose duties do not ordinarilyinvolve making arrests or actively enforcing the law.D. The protective vest shall be maintained by theemployee in a clean and serviceable condition andmay be subject to periodic inspection. Cleaning shallbe done in accordance with the manufacturer’sspecifications. Any damage to the protective panelsshall immediately be reported to a supervisor. Areplacement vest shall be issued as soon aspossible.E. The records for the issuance of protective body armorshall be maintained by the Deputy Chief ofProfessional Standards or his designee.F. Protective vests issued to employees shall bereplaced prior to the warranty expiration date on thevest.41.3.6 PROTECTIVE VESTS FOR HISH RISK PRE-PLANNED OPERATIONSA. Sworn employees involved in high risk activities,such as the service of a search warrant or theplanned arrest of a violent criminal, shall wearprotective body armor.B. Employees involved in pre-planned high riskoperations are encouraged to carry, and haveavailable for use, authorized specialized equipment tomake such operations safer and more efficient.41.3.7 MOBILE DATA COMPUTERS (MDCs)A. Administration.1. The mobile data information system isadministered by the Deputy Chief of ProfessionalStandards, and any inquiries or issues involvingthe system should be directed to the DeputyChief of Professional Standards.2. Pursuant to LEADS Regulations and Policies,Less Than Full Access Operator Certification ismandatory for any personnel having limited orrestricted use of LEADS. Operators must beinitially certified within six (6) months ofemployment and must re-certify every two (2)years thereafter.3. All data supplied through LEADS, NCIC, and theSecretary of State’s Office is to be used strictlyfor law enforcement purposes.4. It is strictly forbidden to obtain any data throughLEADS, NCIC, or the Secretary of State’s Officefor personal reasons.5. It is strictly forbidden to transmit, or encouragethe transmission of, messages through LEADSor NCIC for reasons of personal, unofficialcommunication.6. The dissemination of any information obtainedthrough LEADS, NCIC, or the Secretary ofState’s Office to any person not legallyauthorized to possess that information is strictlyprohibited.7. It is strictly forbidden to sell any informationobtained through LEADS, NCIC, or the Secretaryof State’s Office to any individual, group,organization, or corporation.8. Due to the confidential and regulated nature ofthe information that may be exchanged usingmobile data computers, employees shall beissued unique user identifications and utilize selfassignedpasswords. In accordance with IWINregulations, passwords shall be changed at leastmonthly.B. Operation.1. All marked police vehicles designated for normalpatrol operations shall be equipped with a mobiledata computer capable of sending and receivingimportant data such as LEADS and NCICinformation.2. Routine LEADS, NCIC, and Secretary of State’sinquiries will be made by MDC wheneverpossible.3. Routine car-to-car and car-to-station messageswill be sent by MDC whenever possible.4. Reports should be written on the MDC wheneverpossible.5. Extended use of the MDC shall occur only whenthe vehicle is stopped, when the MDC is beingutilized by someone other than the driver, orduring an extreme emergency. Single keystrokes, such as those used to change or updatePage 2 of 3

unit status, to enter a license plate, or view ascreen are not considered to be extended use.6. All “hits” received via the MDC shall be confirmedthrough METCAD.7. Sensitive information may be sent by MDC whenit enhances officer or citizen safety.8. The MDC and associated software are for officialuse only. No unauthorized software may beinstalled on an MDC, nor shall the softwaresettings be altered.C. Security.1. Officers will sign on the MDC at the beginning oftheir shift and off of the MDC at the conclusion oftheir shift.2. Officers and supervisors are responsible forensuring that only authorized departmentpersonnel have access to the MDC.3. Officers and supervisors will ensure thatinformation obtained through LEADS, NCIC, orthe Secretary of State’s Office is not given to orobserved by anyone not legally authorized toreceive it.4. Car-to-car messages are recorded by IWIN andwill be periodically viewed for content.D. Care of the MDC.1. Officers are responsible for keeping their MDCclean and handling it with care.2. The use of MDCs is also governed by theprinciples of City of Champaign AdministrativePolicy 8.08, titled “Computer Communications.”ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 3 of 3

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 55.1SUBJECT: VICTIM / WITNESS ASSISTANCE - EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09ADMINISTRATIONREVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.23.0155.1.1 RIGHTS OF VICTIMS AND WITNESSES55.1.3 PROCEDURES FOR VICTIM/WITNESSASSISTANCEPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to declare the Department’scommitment to victim/witness assistance, to outline therights of victims and witnesses, to provide for analysis ofavailable services, and to establish procedures forvictim/witness assistance.DEFINITIONS:Rights of Crime Victims and Witnesses Act: See IllinoisCompiled Statutes 725 ILCS 120/1.Follow-up Investigation: An extension of the preliminaryinvestigation. The purpose of follow-up investigation is toprovide additional information which could allow a case tobe closed, result in the arrest of an offender, and/or permitthe recovery of evidence.Preliminary Investigation: Generally defined as theactivity which begins when officers arrive at the scene ofan incident.Victim: For the purpose of this directive, “victim” means(1) a person physically injured in this State as a result of aviolent crime perpetrated or attempted against thatperson; (2) a person who suffers injury to or loss ofproperty as a result of a violent crime perpetrated orattempted against that person; (3) the spouse, parent,child, or sibling of a person killed; or the spouse, parent,child, or sibling of any person granted rights under theIllinois Bill of Rights for Victims and Witnesses of ViolentCrimes who is physically or mentally incapable ofexercising such rights, except where the spouse, parent,child, or sibling is also the defendant or prisoner; (4) anyperson against whom a violent crime has been committed;(5) any person who has suffered personal injury as aresult of a violation of Illinois Compiled Statutes 720 ILCS5/9-3 (or of a similar provision of a local ordinance).Violent Crime: As defined in 725 ILCS 120/30.A. Victims and witnesses coming in contact with theDepartment will be treated with respect, fairness,compassion, and dignity. The specific rights ofvictims and witnesses are described in IllinoisCompiled Statutes 725 ILCS 120/1, Rights of CrimeVictims and Witnesses.55.1.3 PROCEDURES FOR VICTIM/WITNESSASSISTANCEA. The following procedures have been established toensure that the Department maintains an effectivevictim/witness program.1. Appropriate services and referrals shall be madeupon initial contact with victims and witnesses.The follow-up investigator shall conductadditional assessments and make furtherreferrals as required. Investigators shall beavailable to victims and witnesses with a need forspecial intervention, such as homicide or suicideincidents, those victimized by domestic violence,abuse and neglect situations involving childrenand elderly persons, and sexual crimes.2. Department employees shall ensure theconfidentiality of records and files ofvictims/witnesses and their role in casedevelopment to the extent consistent withapplicable statutes and Departmental directives.3. When appropriate, the Deputy Chief ofOperations shall inform the media and public ofthe Department’s victim/witness assistanceprogram.4. The Department shall maintain a relationshipwith the Champaign County State’s Attorney’sOffice to ensure the consistency andappropriateness of victim/witness efforts and tobe kept informed of the activities of otheragencies in similar endeavors in the area.B. The Champaign-Urbana Emergency ServicesSupport Team is available to assist victims and familymembers during times of crisis, such as in the eventof a serious fire, homicide, or suicide. The teamprovides services 24 hours per day, 365 days peryear.Witness: Any person who personally observed thecommission of a violent crime and who will testify onbehalf of the State of Illinois in the criminal prosecution ofthe violent crime.POLICY:55.1.1 RIGHTS OF VICTIMS AND WITNESSESPage 1 of 2

ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police DepartmentPage 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 55.2SUBJECT: VICTIM / WITNESS ASSISTANCE - EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09OPERATIONSREVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:ADM.23.02ADM.23.0355.2.1 LEVELS OF VICTIM WITNESS ASSISTANCEINDEX AS:55.2.1 LEVELS OF VICTIM/WITNESS ASSISTANCE55.2.2 ASSISTANCE TO THREATENEDVICTIM/WITNESSES55.2.3 VICTIM/WITNESS ASSISTANCE DURINGPRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION55.2.4 VICTIM/WITNESS ASSISTANCE IN FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATIONS55.2.5 ARREST/POST ARREST VICTIM/WITNESSASSISTANCE55.2.6 NEXT OF KIN NOTIFICATIONPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to provide for appropriatelevels of victim/witness assistance services to be offeredprior to preliminary investigations, during preliminary,ongoing, and follow-up investigations, and following thearrest of a suspect.DEFINITIONS:Victim: For the purposes of this directive, “victim” means(1) a person physically injured in this State as a result of aviolent crime perpetrated or attempted against thatperson; (2) a person who suffers injury to or loss ofproperty as a result of a violent crime perpetrated orattempted against that person; (3) the spouse, parent,child, or sibling of a person killed as a result of a violentcrime perpetrated against the person killed; or the spouse,parent, child, or sibling of any person granted rights underthe “Rights of Crime Victims and Witnesses Act” who isphysically or mentally incapable of exercising such rights,except where the spouse, parent, child, or sibling is alsothe defendant or prisoner; (4) any person against whom aviolent crime has been committed; (5) any person whohas suffered personal injury as a result of a violation ofSection 11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle Code, or of a similarprovision of a local ordinance, or of Section 9-2 of theCriminal Code of 1961, as amended.Witness: Any person who personally observes thecommission of a violent crime and who will testify onbehalf of the State of Illinois in the criminal prosecution ofthe violent crime.Preliminary Investigation: Generally defined as theactivity which begins when officers arrive at the scene ofan incident.Follow-up Investigation: An extension of the preliminaryinvestigation. The purpose of follow-up investigation is toprovide additional information which could allow a case tobe closed, result in the arrest of an offender, and/or permitthe recovery of evidence.A. The City of Champaign maintains an emergencytelephone number (911) which victims/witnesses cancall to receive assistance. The emergency telephonenumber is publicized and the telephone is answered24 hours per day, seven days per week.B. Callers shall be provided the appropriate serviceswith telephone numbers for:1. The Victim and Witness Assistance division ofthe Champaign County State’s Attorney Office.2. Crisis referral hot lines, including a 24-hour perday number for counseling and assistance.3. Local mental health services.C. There are a wide variety of services forvictim/witnesses available throughout the ChampaignCounty area. The Department’s role in providingvictim/witness assistance is primarily accomplishedthrough referral.55.2.2 ASSISTANCE TO THREATENED VICTIMS ANDWITNESSESA. Employees, upon becoming aware that a threat hasbeen made against a victim and/or witness, will obtainthe information necessary to document the incident ina police report and notify a shift supervisor of theincident. Reports documenting threats to a victim orwitness shall be forwarded to the InvestigationsDivision. Appropriate follow-up assistance shall bedetermined depending upon the nature of theindividual case and the resources available to theDepartment, and shall be commensurate with thedanger faced by the victim/witness. Typically, aninvestigations supervisor will determine the type ofassistance provided.B. If the victim/witness is in another jurisdiction, the shiftsupervisor shall ensure that contact is immediatelymade with the appropriate department to advise themof the situation and request that reasonableprecautions are taken. The results of this contactshall be confirmed by computer message during thesame shift, if possible.C. The State’s Attorney’s Office shall be advised of thethreats received by victims/witnesses. The threat andnotification to the State’s Attorney’s office shall bedocumented in the police report and a copy shall beforwarded to the State’s Attorney’s office.55.2.3 VICTIM/WITNESS ASSISTANCE DURINGPRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONPOLICY:Page 1 of 2

A. Officers shall render appropriate victim/witnessservices during the preliminary investigation,including:1. Giving information to victims/witnesses aboutapplicable services, including counseling,medical attention, compensation of emergencyfinancial assistance, and victim advocacy.2. Advising victims/witnesses what to do if thesuspect, or someone acting on the suspect’sbehalf, threatens or otherwise intimidates them.3. Providing victims/witnesses with thecorresponding report number and explaining thesteps involved in the subsequent processing ofthe case.4. Providing a telephone number thatvictims/witnesses may call to report additionalinformation about the case, or to receiveinformation regarding the status of the case.55.2.4 VICTIM/WITNESS ASSISTANCE IN FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATIONSA. Victim/witness assistance services to be providedduring the follow-up investigation include, but are notlimited to:1. Periodically re-contacting the victim/witness toensure his/her assistance needs are being met ifthe impact of the crime on the victim/witness hasbeen unusually severe.2. Explaining to the victim/witness the proceduresinvolved in the prosecution of their case and theirrole in those procedures.3. Scheduling line-ups, interviews, and otherrequired appearances at the convenience of thevictim/witness, and if necessary and reasonable,providing transportation.4. Promptly returning property to thevictims/witnesses when the case has beenadjudicated, when the law permits, and/or whenthe rules of evidence have been satisfied.5. Requesting that a victim/witness advocate, ifavailable, assist the victim/witness during thefollow-up investigation.B. The requirements of this section may be met by thevictim/witness programs of other agencies includingthe Champaign County State’s Attorney’s Office.C. Notification is not required on failure to appearwarrants.55.2.6 NEXT OF KIN NOTIFICATIONA. The Department is, at times, called upon to notifycitizens of the death, injury, or serious illness of afamily member. It is the Department’s policy to honorsuch requests whether they come from a citizen oranother law enforcement agency.1. In the event of a death notification, suchnotification will be made in person. The officerassigned shall request assistance from either asupervisor or another officer.a. If the request is made by an outside agency,reasonable attempts to verify the informationshall be made prior to any notification.b. The notifying officer will, whenever possible,attempt to obtain assistance from the clergy,a relative, or a close friend.c. Attempts to notify next of kin shall beexhausted prior to such information beingreleased to the news media. Only swornsupervisors are authorized to release thisinformation.2. It is preferable that medical authorities that arebetter equipped to answer questions, which mayarise, make notification of injury or seriousillness.a. The next of kin shall be assisted incontacting the medical authorities or therequesting outside agency to obtainnecessary information. The officer shalldetermine what, if any, additional assistanceis necessary.ISSUING AUTHORITYR.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department55.2.5 ARREST/POST ARREST VICTIM/WITNESSASSISTANCEA. When known, the investigating officer or arrestingofficer shall endeavor to promptly notify thevictim/witness of the following:1. When an arrest has been made.2. What charges are pending against the personwho was arrested.3. Any known court dates.Page 2 of 2

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 1.4SUBJECT: WEAPONS - REQUIREMENTS AND PROFICIENCY EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE: 03/11/11REFERENCE ILEAP:ADM.06.01ADM.06.02REFERENCE CALEA: 1.3.91.3.101.3.11INDEX AS:1.4.1 WEAPONS1.4.2 QUALIFICATION1.4.3 FIREARMS TRAINING1.4.4 URBAN POLICE RIFLE1.4.5 SHOTGUN1.4.6 FIREARMS AMMUNITION1.4.7 WEAPONS1.4.8 FIREARMS QUALIFICATION COURSESPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish requirements forthe carrying of weapons, both on- and off-duty, and toestablish minimum standards of weapons proficiency.DEFINITIONS:Qualification Course: A course of fire that is shot one time.Unqualified Shooter: A shooter who scores less than 70%on a qualification course of fire with their issued orapproved handgun; a shooter who scores less than 6 of 8center mass hits on the shotgun qualification course; or ashooter who scores or less than 510 out of a possible 600on the UPR qualification course.Urban Police Rifle (UPR): An officer purchased andDepartment-approved or authorized magazine fed AR-15or M-16 style rifle, or Ruger Mini 14 style, .223 caliberweapon. Each UPR shall be equipped with a shouldersling. All UPRs will be of semi-automatic configuration.No modifications may be made to the weapon to allow it tofire more than one round upon each pull of the trigger.POLICY:1.4.1 WEAPONSA. Police officers in uniform shall be armed with aDepartment-issued or approved handgun carriedsecurely in a Department-approved holster. On-dutypolice officers not in uniform and off-duty policeofficers (when armed with a handgun) shall be armedwith a Department-issued or approved handguncarried securely by holster. When attired in plainclothes and armed on-duty, to include training, eithera badge must be displayed or the weapon must beconcealed.B. The Department issued handgun will be the Glocksemi-automatic pistol. Officers may continue to carrypreviously issued Department weapons untilseparation from service or until replaced with a Glock.The Chief of Police may authorize the issuance ofanother handgun following a recommendation fromthe firearm-training cadre.C. Officers will only carry Department approved andissued ammunition in any Department issued orapproved weapon, handgun, rifle, or shotgun,whether the weapon is carried on- or off-duty.D. During special assignment as a member of theSpecial Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) Team, officersmay be authorized by the SWAT Commander to bearmed with other approved firearms and/orammunition. The Chief of Police may extend thisauthorization to SWAT members or other officers forresearch or study projects.E. Off-duty officers may carry a concealed handgun thatis in accordance with Attachment B of this policy.Before authorization is granted the officer mustqualify with and be proficient in the handling of theweapon as determined by a Department firearminstructor.F. Each officer is responsible for their Departmentissuedweapon. It is not to be functionally altered.G. All Departmental weapons or approved personalweapons carried by officers, whether on- or off-duty,will have the make, model number, and serial numberon file at the Department.H. Officers shall not unnecessarily draw (from theholster), display, or carelessly handle firearms.I. Officers will lock their handguns in the providedhandgun lockers when interviewing arrestees atheadquarters or booking prisoners at a correctionalfacility.J. Department employees will not leave firearmsunattended at any time or any place. This includeson-duty weapons, off-duty weapons, and weaponsseized as evidence or taken for safekeeping.K. Dry firing of weapons shall be conducted safely andconsistent with range regulations and/or firearminstructor direction.L. All Department-issued or approved handguns,shotguns, and Urban Police Rifles (UPR) must beinspected and certified safe by a Department armorerat least annually. If a firearms instructor deems itnecessary for a Department-issued firearm to bealtered in some manner to aid the officer in the safehandling of the handgun, then the instructor mustmake such recommendation in writing and submit itto the Chief of Police for approval. If therecommendation is approved, then the weapon willbe given to a Department armorer for modification. ItPage 1 of 4

is Department policy that double-action and singleactiontrigger tension and all parts of Departmentauthorized weapons meet manufacturer'sspecifications. Pursuant to this policy, all suchweapons will be inspected annually by an armorerapproved by the Department for this purpose. Anyworn, damaged, or altered parts of Departmentissuedweapons will be replaced during inspection.Any worn, damaged, or altered part of personallyowned and Department authorized weapons notmeeting manufacturer's specifications must bereplaced at owner's expense in order for the weaponto be authorized for on- or off-duty use.M. Only those officers who have successfully completedthe annual firearms qualification are authorized tocarry and/or use Department-issued or approvedfirearms consistent with departmental training, thispolicy, and the Departmental Use of Force policy.Sworn officers who have been away from their regularduties for a period of three (3) months or more, orwho have not completed their annual qualification, willbe required to successfully complete a weaponfamiliarization course and/or re-qualification. TheDepartment's firearms familiarization training andqualification course shall be conducted by aDepartment firearm instructor and shall includeinstruction in nomenclature, cocking/de-cocking,safety (to include home safety), loading/unloading,operation of the handgun, firing, malfunction andcorrection, field stripping and maintenance,breakdown and cleaning, and Use of Force policyinstruction. A Departmental firearm instructor shalldetermine successful completion of this requiredtraining.N. On-duty officers may carry a second securelyholstered and concealed .380, .38, .357, .40, .45 or9mm handgun in compliance with this policy.1.4.2 QUALIFICATIONA. Officers who fail for reasons other than medical orphysical fitness to successfully pass the Department'sfirearms familiarization or qualification course with theweapon they carry on-duty will be subject to thefollowing.1. Officers who score less than 70% on anyhandgun qualification course will be consideredunqualified and shall not be assigned to full dutypending additional training and successfulqualification. Officers will be assigned to stationduties until qualification occurs. As soon aspossible, but no later than ten days following theunsuccessful qualification attempt, anotherattempt at qualification must occur. If the officerhas not qualified at the conclusion of the ten dayperiod, action will be taken as to the officer'semployment status.2. An officer with a demonstrated performanceweakness or deficiency may, upon the consent ofthe Chief of Police or his designee, be placed ona Performance Improvement Plan (P.I.P.), theintent of which would be to improve the officer’smarksmanship and/or gun-handling skills to anacceptable level. Such officers may be requiredto participate in additional training sessions,attend open range training sessions, etc., andtheir attendance and performance will bedocumented by the Firearms Training Cadre.3. Officers who score 70% or greater will beconsidered qualified shooters.4. Officers who carry the Urban Police Rifle mustscore 510 (85%) or more on the annual UrbanPolice Rifle qualification to carry the Urban PoliceRifle on duty. Officers who score less than 510(85%) on the Urban Police Rifle qualification areunqualified and are not allowed to carry theUrban Police Rifle on duty.a. Qualification will consist of one course of fireusing iron sights and a second course of fireusing the optic sights, if the rifle is soequipped.b. The officer must qualify with both the ironsight and optic sight (if equipped) tosuccessfully qualify.5. Officers who carry the shotgun on duty mustscore six out of eight (75%) or more on theannual shotgun qualification to carry the shotgunon duty. Officers who score less than six out ofeight (75%) on the annual shotgun qualificationare unqualified and are not allowed to carry theshotgun on duty.a. Qualification will consist of one course of fireusing iron/bead sights and a second courseof fire using the optic/red dot sights, if theshotgun is so equipped.b. The officer must qualify with both theiron/bead sight and optic/red dot sight (ifequipped) to successfully qualify.1.4.3 FIREARMS TRAININGA. All Department or unit firearms training shall besupervised by a Department firearms instructor.B. All Department firearm instructors must either becertified as a Master Firearms Instructor or in theprocess of obtaining Master Firearms InstructorCertification.C. All sworn employees will be required to attendscheduled firearms training. Attendance will betaken. Employees may miss firearms training only forthe following reasons:1. The employee was scheduled for vacation priorto the training session being scheduled.2. The employee is attending school which isscheduled for the same time as the rangetraining.3. The employee has a documented injury thatwould hinder their performance or might beaggravated by the training.4. The employee is in court while the training isbeing conducted.Page 2 of 4

5. The employee is on documented sick leave.6. The employee has the permission of the Chief ofPolice or a Deputy Chief to miss the training.D. If an absence is determined to be unexcused by theChief of Police, the employee may be subject todisciplinary action.1.4.4 URBAN POLICE RIFLEA. A Department-qualified officer may, withoutsupervisory approval, choose to carry and use theUPR in any situation where there is a threat of deathor serious bodily injury or upon the direction andapproval of a supervisor or command officer.1. Prior to an officer carrying a UPR on duty, theofficer must have the weapon inspected andcertified for use by a Department armorer. Oncecertified, the weapon can not be modified. Ifmodifications are sought to be made to theweapon after initial approval of the UPR, themodifications shall be approved in writing by aDepartment armorer prior to any modificationsbeing made. A Department armorer must makeany approved modification, unless the weaponhad work done by a professional gunsmith ormanufacturer. The officer seeking themodification shall be re-certified and re-qualifiedprior to carrying the modified UPR.2. All ammunition for the UPR must be aDepartment approved .223 caliber round. AllUPR qualified officers will receive 100 rounds ofDepartment issued ammunition. If officers wishto carry more ammunition than is issued, theofficer will pay for the cost for the extraDepartment approved ammunition.3. Officers are permitted to mount an optical sighton a UPR when:a. The sight is from a reputable manufacturer(such as EO Tech, Aimpoint, Trijicon,Meprolight, Leopold); andb. It is approved by the Chief of Police and amember of the Firearms Training Cadre; andc. The sight mounted on the rifle is cowitnessedwith back up iron sights (BUIS),allowing for immediate use of the iron sightsin the event that the optical sight fails.4. An officer who is qualified to carry the UPR onduty shall be responsible for the safe handling ofthe weapon. While on duty and on patrol, therifle shall be secured in a protective case in thetrunk of the officer’s squad car or in a gun rack,with the bolt forward on an empty chamber andthe fire selector level on safe until needed.5. An officer who is ending his/her tour of duty shallnot leave a UPR in the gun rack or trunk of thesquad car. Officers shall be responsible for thesecurity of their UPR.6. The Department will supply the ammunition forUPR training.Page 3 of 4B. To become authorized to carry a UPR on duty, theofficer shall first:1. Complete a course on gun-handling and thenomenclature of the semi-automatic weapon.2. Pass the ten-question written examination whichis administered at the completion of the gunhandling/nomenclaturecourse. The passingscore for this examination is 90%.1.4.5 SHOTGUNA. Shotguns transported in patrol vehicles shall becarried in a case with the safety on and without around chambered. The magazine shall be loadedwith Department approved rifled slug ammunition.The shotgun shall be used consistent withDepartmental training, this policy, and the Use ofForce Policy. Only those officers who havesuccessfully passed required Departmental shotguntraining and qualification as determined by theFirearms Training Cadre shall be authorized to carrya shotgun on duty. The only shotgun authorized forduty use is a fast/recoil-operated or pump actionweapon similar to the Remington, Benelli, Mossberg,or FN type, in either 12- or 20-gauge. All shotgunsmust be inspected and certified by a Departmentarmorer. All shotguns carried on duty must beequipped with a Department approved shoulder sling.B. Prior to an officer carrying a shotgun on duty, theofficer must have the weapon inspected and certifiedfor use by a Department armorer. Once certified, theweapon cannot be modified. If modifications aresought to be made to the weapon after initialapproval, the modifications shall be approved inwriting by a Department armorer prior to anymodifications being made. A Department armorermust make any approved modifications, unless thework is done by a professional gunsmith ormanufacturer. The officer seeking the modificationshall have the shotgun re-certified and the re-qualifyprior to carrying the modified shotgun on-duty.1.4.6 FIREARMS AMMUNITIONA. Ammunition to be used in Department-issued orapproved handguns is limited to that which is issuedby the Department.B. Ammunition carried or used by officers while on- oroff-duty will not be altered.C. Ammunition to be used in Department-approvedshotguns and rifles is limited to that which is issued orapproved by the Department.1.4.7 WEAPONSA. The following non-firearm weapons are authorized foruse.1. Chemical Irritants.a. Non-flammable oleoresin capsicum-basedspray, not to exceed 10% solution.b. CS/OC blended foggers.

c. CN or CS gas in SWAT operations.2. Impact Weapons.a. Straight baton.b. Metal expandable baton which is at least 21inches in length.c. 12-gauge less-lethal drag-stabilized ballisticsock round.Center of mass = counted as 1 hit3) Requires that 6 of 8 shots hit centermass.B. The attachment for Policy 1.4 contains specificdescriptions of the “A”, “B”, and “C” courses offire.ISSUING AUTHORITY1.4.8 FIREARMS QUALIFICATION COURSESA. Qualification courses for all firearms will be includedin the firearms training manual. Qualification coursesmust be approved by the Chief of Police.R.T. FinneyChief of PoliceChampaign Police Department1. Courses of Fire.a. "A" Course - Course of fire for qualificationwith on-duty/off-duty handguns.b. "B" Course - Course of fire for qualificationwith the Urban Police Rifle (UPR).d. "C" Course - Course of fire for qualificationwith the shotgun.2. Scoring Systems.a. “A” Course.1) Utilizes the PTI replaceable markedcenter of mass on a (B-24) silhouettetarget.2) The target is scored as follows:Center of mass = counted as 1 hit3) Requires that 21/30 shots hit centermass.b. “B” Course.1). Utilizes the PTI replaceable markedcenter of mass on a (B-24) silhouettetarget and a 3 by 5-index card for thehead shot target.2). The target is scored as follows:10 ring = 10 pts9 ring = 9 pts8 ring = 8pts3x5-index card hit = 10 ptsMiss of center mass = 0 ptsMiss of 3x5-index card = 0pts3) 60 rounds = a possible score of 600 ptsc. “C” Course.1) Utilizes the PTI replaceable markedcenter of mass on a (B-24) silhouettetarget.2) The target is scored as follows:Page 4 of 4

CHAMPAIGN POLICE DEPARTMENTPOLICY and PROCEDURE POLICY NUMBER: 12.2SUBJECT: WRITTEN DIRECTIVES EFFECTIVE DATE: 10/01/09REVISED DATE:REFERENCE ILEAP:INDEX AS:ADM.03.01ADM.09.01ADM.09.0212.2.1 WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM12.2.2 DISSEMINATION OF WRITTEN DIRECTIVESPURPOSE:The purpose of this policy is to establish definitions,formatting, and authority for the preparation and issuanceof written departmental directives. It further establishes areview process, and also provides a formal distributionsystem to ensure that all employees receive copies ofdepartmental policies and procedures.DEFINITIONS:Manual: A collection of written directives in book,notebook, electronic, or other similar format.Policy: Directives based upon that which is discretionaryor philosophical. Policy statements may be characterizedby such words as “may” or “should”, and usually do notestablish fixed rules or set procedures for conduct of aparticular activity.Procedure: Directives which lay out specific steps to befollowed under well defined circumstances and whichguide officer discretion, though they may occasionallyallow some latitude and discretion. A procedure may bemade mandatory in tone through the use of “shall” ratherthan “should” or “must” rather than “may”.Rules and Regulations: Directives which significantly limitofficer discretion and conduct in order to reduce risks tosafety and liability.Written Directive: A written document used to guide orotherwise affect the performance or conduct of agencyemployees. The term “Directive” includes policies,procedures, rules and regulations, memoranda, andinstructional materials.POLICY:12.2.1 WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEMA. The Department shall establish a formal mission andvalues statement which will become part of thewritten directive system.1. MISSION – It is the mission of the ChampaignPolice Department to preserve peace and orderwithin the City of Champaign through a cooperativeeffort with its citizens. To that end, the PoliceDepartment will seek citizen involvement in identifyingproblems and solutions to those problemsneighborhood by neighborhood throughout the City.Once solutions are found, the Police Department andcitizens will combine resources to address thoseproblems.2. VALUES – See 12.2 Attachment A, ChampaignPolice Department Value Statement.B. The police department has a formal written directivesystem which consists of the following:1. Chief’s authority.The authority to issue, delete, modify, and/orapprove all written directives shall be vested withthe Chief of Police or his designee. Writtendirectives should not conflict with establishedpolicies or procedures unless short-termextenuating circumstances exist or the directiveconstitutes a revision or replacement of anexisting policy or procedure.2. Coordination and distribution.Proposed changes to policies, procedures, rulesand regulations will be coordinated through theProfessional Standards Division. TheProfessional Standards Division will ensure thatwritten directives are consistent with existingauthority, compliant with accreditation standards,and properly formatted. All proposals will bereviewed for the purpose of gauging thedirective’s impact on departmental operations.3. Written directive format and indexing.a. Policy and Procedure:The “Policy and Procedure” heading sheetwill be used on the initial page of eachpolicy. The heading will include the name ofthe subject, the policy number, and theeffective date. In so far as possible, indexingwill coincide with the AccreditationClassification System. Policies will follow thestandard outline form.Example:A.B.1.2.a.b.b. Memorandum: Memoranda willuse the format prescribed by theChief of Police. Memoranda arenot indexed.Page 1 of 2

4. Written directive revisions.Purging, updating, and revising ofwritten directives shall be done on acontinual basis at the direction of theChief of Police. Policies andProcedures will be reviewed annually bythe Professional Standards Division.From time to time changes to writtendirectives may occur as a result of thepassing of new laws, revisions toexisting law, and/or operational need.5. Statements of Department policy.All statements of Department policy andprocedure will be carried under the“Policy and Procedure” system.a. Gender of words.The word “he” will normally be usedto include both male and femaleemployees of the Departmentthroughout these orders foradministrative convenience.6. Rules and Regulations.Procedures for carrying outDepartmental activities are documentedin the Policy and Procedure Manual,Department Rules, the collectivebargaining agreement, and/or otherwritten directives.7. Management review.Normally, proposed changes to policiesand procedures, rules and regulations,and other written directives will bereviewed by Management Staff. Whenand where appropriate, affectedpersonnel may be asked to provideadditional input.a. All proposals creating new policies,procedures, rules and regulations,or changing existing policies,procedures, rules and regulations,must be approved by the Chief ofPolice prior to implementation.b. Unless otherwise specified by theChief of Police, new and revisedPolicies, Procedures, Rules andRegulations will become effectiveten days after approval by the Chiefof Police.A. The Professional Standards Division shall beresponsible for the distribution of writtendirectives. Dissemination of new or newlyrevisedwritten directives will typically bemade through the Policy and ProcedureManagement Software. Critical policyrevisions will be accompanied either by acomputer-based testing component and/orreviewed during roll call, etc., prior toimplementation. When policies andprocedures are disseminated electronically,backup hard copies will be maintained bythe Professional Standards Division atcentralized locations.1. All employees will have access tocomplete and up to date electroniccopiesof the directives manual on thePolicy and Procedure ManagementSoftware.2. Storage of written directives.a. The Chief’s Secretary shallmaintain an independent set ofmaster files of all Policies andProcedures.b. Each employee will be issued asign-in code which will allow themaccess to directives issued through,and stored in, the Policy andProcedure Management Software.c. Printed manuals will be placed inaccessible locations throughout thedepartment and will include a tableof contents and index.d. The Professional StandardsDivision will ensure that up-to-dateprinted manuals and/or CDversions of the manual areavailable for review by newly hiredemployees.3. Employee acknowledgment.a. Except in cases where anemployee is absent on authorizedleave, employees shallacknowledge the receipt andcomprehension of Policies andProcedures, Rules andRegulations, and/or other writtendirectives through the Policy andProcedure Management Softwarewithin ten days of issuance.c. All written directives of theDepartment shall remain valid uponassumption of command of a newlyappointed Chief of Police or ActingChief of Police and remain validuntil specifically amended orrescinded.12.2.2 STORAGE AND DISSEMINATION OFWRITTEN DIRECTIVESPage 2 of 2